naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90393oapen20260516a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260516s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1420043660OCoLC97810034244759781032543130978103254356710.4324/9781003424475doi1420043660OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBCthemaJNthemaJohnston, OliviaautConstructing Composite NarrativesA Step-By-Step Guide for Researchers in the Social SciencesTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book provides the first instructional guide to composite narrative research methods. Composite narratives are short vignettes that weave together quotes from multiple participants. The effect is to convey meaning to both academics and end-users, disseminating research findings succinctly and effectively. Readers interested in writing composite narratives will find a complete guide in this book. More and more researchers are using composite narratives to present their research findings, with support for the effectiveness of composite narratives as a research method growing. Inside this book, there is a rationale for why to use composite narratives and a complete guide for how to write them. Many examples from the author are provided, complete with audit trails that evidence how the composite narratives were written from the raw qualitative research data. Social science researchers at all career stages will be able to use this book to justify and construct composite narratives. Beginning with a discussion of this background, the proposed book will offer research students, supervisors, and experienced academics a manual for how and why to use composite narratives in social sciences research. The intended audience includes qualitative researchers in the social sciences.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSocial research and statisticsthemaEducationthemacomposite narrativesqualitative research methodsresearch disseminationresearch methodologysocial sciences researchJohnston, Oliviaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90393/6/9781040010556.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90393OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112989oapen20260514a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260514s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805116127978180511613497818051161419781805116158978180511616510.11647/OBP.0470doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFBthemaCFFthemaCFHthemaDthemaDNthemaDNBthemaDNBHthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCC9themaNthemaNHthemaNHKthemaGerman, Gary D.edtBenjamin Franklin, Orthoepist and PhoneticianVol. 1: Language, Literacy and Social Mobility in Franklin’s WorldCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (586 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPublications of the Philological Society2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBenjamin Franklin has been hailed as an inventor, scientist, printer, author, philosopher, diplomat, philanthropist and political activist and, especially, a founding father of the United States, but few are aware he was also a phonetician. This book offers a groundbreaking exploration of Franklin’s little-studied linguistic legacy—his Reformed Mode of Spelling (1768/1779). In this short treatise, Franklin outlined a plan for a radical, phonetically-based modernization of the English spelling system that would simultaneously serve as a pronunciation guide for what he envisaged to be 'correct' English as well as a practical scheme allowing the unlettered and foreigners to learn to read and write ‘within a week’. The social and sociolinguistic reasons for its inception as well as what that model entailed linguistically are the focus of this book.Moreover, while Franklin’s fascination with English orthographic reform is known among specialists, previous studies have rarely taken his reform seriously. This is the first comprehensive linguistic analysis of his phonetic system within the broader historical and sociolinguistic context of early American English, a study which also includes comparative analyses of 17th and 18th century English varieties. Drawing on an impressive array of archival and manuscript sources—some previously unknown—Gary German reconstructs Franklin’s linguistic environment and investigates how his proposed spelling reform functioned as both a phonetic guide as well as a political and cultural statement.The book employs a robust historical sociolinguistic methodology which, for the first time, distinguishes between Franklin’s native American pronunciation and that proposed in his RMS. The data presented offer a persuasive answer to the question of whether his model was ‘English’ or ‘American’ while also exploring speaker networks and personal correspondence to trace linguistic patterns.This study is a vital contribution to historical linguistics, American studies, and the growing field of World Englishes. With its detailed analysis and interdisciplinary appeal, it sheds new light on both Franklin’s intellectual world and the complex phonological landscape of early American-English. It is essential reading for linguists, historians, and anyone fascinated by the roots of American English.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: American Philosophical SocietyCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSociolinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaPhonetics, phonologythemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaBiography: generalthemaBiography: historical, political and militarythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaHistory of ideasthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaBenjamin FranklinHistorical PhonologyHistorical SociolinguisticsNew EnglishesOrthographyReformed Mode of Spelling (RMS)dialectologyGerman, Gary D.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112989/2/9781805116141.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112989/4/9781805116141.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112989OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112987oapen20260514a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260514s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805118473978180511848097818051184979781805118503978180511851010.11647/OBP.0520doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNKthemaJNMthemaUthemaUYthemaUYQthemaHeller, Richard F. | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3161-5967edtDistributing KnowledgeOpenness, Equity, and Higher Education TransformationCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (210 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInequity is deeply embedded in higher education: in who can access learning, whose knowledge is created and valued, who gets published, and who ultimately benefits from universities’ work. Distributing Knowledge argues that the sector is falling short of its public mission—and that incremental reform is no longer enough.Drawing on research, policy analysis, and real-world examples from across the globe, Richard Heller presents a compelling case for a distributed model of higher education designed to promote knowledge equity. The book shows how corporatisation, managerialism, and commercial control of educational technology and academic publishing have narrowed participation, reinforced global inequalities, and weakened universities’ ethical foundations. At the same time, it highlights the opportunities offered by digital technologies, Open Education, and collaborative knowledge creation to reverse these trends.This volume introduces a practical framework for distributing knowledge more equitably—across its creation, publication, and delivery—grounded in core values of justice, autonomy, sustainability, and public good. It explores how open publishing, Open Educational Resources and Practices, distributed education structures, inclusive research practices, and supportive decentralised digital infrastructure can widen access, reduce carbon footprints, and amplify under-represented voices. Each chapter concludes with concrete steps to guide institutions, policymakers, and educators towards meaningful change.Ultimately, this book is both a critique and a call to action. It challenges universities to re-imagine their role in society and offers a realistic pathway for transforming higher education into a more ethical, inclusive, and sustainable system—one capable of distributing knowledge in ways that genuinely reduce inequity and respond to the urgent challenges of our time.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaEducational administration and organizationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaComputer sciencethemaArtificial intelligencethemaDigital technologyDistributed educationKnowledge equityOnline learningOpen accessUniversity transformationHeller, Richard F. | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3161-5967authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112987/2/9781805118497.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112987/4/9781805118497.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112987OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112990oapen20260514a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260514s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818051173779781805117384978180511739110.11647/OBP.0497doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFFthemaNthemaNHthemaNHCthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAFthemaQRJthemaQRMthemaQRMFthemaQRMF1themaBohak, Gideon | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3894-7094edtThe Sentencing of Jesus (Gzar-dina de-Yeshu)The 'Authentic' Jewish Protocols of the Trial of JesusCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (593 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSemitic Languages and Cultures45Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis monograph offers a rich and insightful study of The Sentencing of Jesus, an ancient Jewish polemical narrative describing the trial and execution of Jesus, which is the earliest of all the Toledot Yeshu texts. The volume includes a substantial historical introduction, carefully edited synopses of the Aramaic, Judaeo-Arabic and Hebrew versions, detailed philological and exegetical notes on the text and its transmission history, and an English translation. In his comments, Bohak explores recurring themes in Late Antique literature—such as the apologetic and polemical uses of authentic or forged protocols of trials and executions, envisioning an enemy hanged on an unexpected tree, the humiliation of dragging a corpse through the streets for all to see, and the use of magical handbooks and of spells to heal or harm—shedding new light on the cultural and literary resonances of these motifs. Detailed linguistic analyses trace translations and mistranslations across Aramaic, Hebrew, and Judaeo-Arabic traditions. By reconstructing an ancient polemical text that has previously been known only in a fragmentary manner, and by situating it both within its Late Antique context and in the context of previous scholarship, this book makes a significant contribution to the study of Judaism, and of Jewish-Christian relations, in Late Antiquity and the early Middle Ages.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: European Research CouncilCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAncient historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaInterfaith relationsthemaJudaismthemaChristianitythemaChristianity: sacred texts and revered writingsthemaBiblesthemaJesusJewish-Christian polemicsJohn the BaptistPilateRoman protocolsToledot Yeshuancient Jewish literatureBohak, Gideon | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3894-7094authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112990/2/9781805117391.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112990/4/9781805117391.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112990OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112988oapen20260514a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260514s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805119289978180511929697818051193029781805119319978180511932610.11647/OBP.0537doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFBthemaCFFthemaCFHthemaDthemaDNthemaDNBthemaDNBHthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCC9themaNthemaNHthemaNHKthemaGerman, Gary D.edtBenjamin Franklin, Orthoepist and PhoneticianVol. 2: Colonial American Voices and London Norms: Franklin’s Quest for an Orthographic ReformCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (862 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPublications of the Philological Society3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBenjamin Franklin has been hailed as an inventor, scientist, printer, author, philosopher, diplomat, philanthropist and political activist and, especially, a founding father of the United States, but few are aware he was also a phonetician. This volume offers a groundbreaking exploration of Franklin’s little-studied linguistic legacy—his Reformed Mode of Spelling (1768/1779). In this short treatise, Franklin outlined a plan for a radical, phonetically-based modernization of the English spelling system that would simultaneously serve as a pronunciation guide for what he envisaged to be 'correct' English as well as a practical scheme allowing the unlettered and foreigners to learn to read and write ‘within a week’. The social and sociolinguistic reasons for its inception as well as what that model entailed linguistically are the focus of this book.Moreover, while Franklin’s fascination with English orthographic reform is known among specialists, previous studies have rarely taken his reform seriously. This is the first comprehensive linguistic analysis of his phonetic system within the broader historical and sociolinguistic context of early American English, a study which also includes comparative analyses of 17th and 18th century English varieties. Drawing on an impressive array of archival and manuscript sources—some previously unknown—Gary German reconstructs Franklin’s linguistic environment and investigates how his proposed spelling reform functioned as both a phonetic guide as well as a political and cultural statement.The book employs a robust historical sociolinguistic methodology which, for the first time, distinguishes between Franklin’s native American pronunciation and that proposed in his RMS. The data presented offer a persuasive answer to the question of whether his model was ‘English’ or ‘American’ while also exploring speaker networks and personal correspondence to trace linguistic patterns.This study is a vital contribution to historical linguistics, American studies, and the growing field of World Englishes. With its detailed analysis and interdisciplinary appeal, it sheds new light on both Franklin’s intellectual world and the complex phonological landscape of early American-English. It is essential reading for linguists, historians, and anyone fascinated by the roots of American English.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: American Philosophical SocietyCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSociolinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaPhonetics, phonologythemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaBiography: generalthemaBiography: historical, political and militarythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaHistory of ideasthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaBenjamin FranklinHistorical PhonologyHistorical SociolinguisticsNew EnglishesOrthographyReformed Mode of Spelling (RMS)dialectologyGerman, Gary D.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112988/2/9781805119302.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112988/4/9781805119302.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112988OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112967oapen20260511a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260511s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819121860829781912186112978191218667910.63308/63912364983486.bookdoioapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNAthemaKNALthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaRthemaRNthemaRNFthemaRNTthemaBonan, Giacomo | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3743-2440edtThe State in the ForestContested Commons in the Nineteenth Century Venetian AlpsWinwick, UKThe White Horse PressThe White Horse Press [Imprint]20191 electronic resource (242 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"The State in the Forest" uses a case study of conflict over use of wood – the principal source of energy and the primary raw material at the time – to offer an environmental history of the nineteenth century ‘great transformation’. The focus is on Cadore, a supposedly peripheral area that was, in fact, at the core of the wood economy. The region comprises several valleys of the Eastern Italian Alps that constituted the main timber supply basin of Venice and other cities of the Veneto plain. With vivid and in-depth description of the role of forest resources for both local communities and state apparatus, the book sheds new light on key aspects of the nineteenth century agrarian world: the debate on wood shortage and the rise of scientific forestry; the social and environmental consequences of Napoleonic administrative reforms; the ambivalent relationship between privatisation of common lands and the restrictions imposed by state authorities on common and customary activities; the reorganisation of timber trade networks during the first steps of the industrial transition in continental Europe. Local socio-economic dynamics illuminate the interrelations between the macro and micro scales, showing how general transformations were perceived and experienced on the ground and how local actors were both subjects and agents of these events.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaAgribusiness and primary industriesthemaForestry industrythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental managementthemaSocial impact of environmental issuesthemaCadoreItalian Alpsforestryforestsresource conflictBonan, Giacomo | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3743-2440authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112967/2/9781912186112.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112967/4/9781912186112.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112967OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112807oapen20260511a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260511s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667519978946166752610.11116/9789461667526doioapenoapendc3thema3MthemaAthemaAFthemaAFKthemaAFKPthemaATthemaATYthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPaklons, EleonoraautPerforming MagnetismThe Theatrics of Persuasion in the Long Nineteenth CenturyLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (250 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe cultural and scientific significance of animal magnetism as performance. The long nineteenth century bears the mark of Anton Mesmer. In a burgeoning media landscape, and in an emerging entertainment culture that fashioned growing numbers of people into audiences, the performative qualities of Mesmer’s magnetic healing techniques came to define magnetism’s cultural power. Shaped by many performers, magnetism flowed into other practices – mentalist, somnambulist, spiritist, hypnotist, mystical, magical and medical. Examining mesmerism as a socially and theatrically embedded phenomenon, Performing Magnetism shows that it was not merely a medical or pseudoscientific practice but a performative and culturally situated one. Drawing on new case studies from Europe, Asia and Northern Africa, the book offers a transnational perspective on nineteenth-century epistemologies and explores how magnetic practices intersected with science, art, popular entertainment, and engagement with the occult. Its interdisciplinary scope will engage readers interested in the cultural history of performance, media, and knowledge.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: European Research Council (ERC)Funded by: Fonds De La Recherche Scientifique - FNRSFunded by: Fonds Wetenschappelijk Onderzoek – Vlaanderen (F.W.O.)Funded by: KU LeuvenFunded by: Open Book CollectiveFunded by: Universiteit AntwerpenCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythemaThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaNon-graphic and electronic art formsthemaPerformance artthemaPerforming artsthemaHistory of Performing ArtsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaAnimal magnetismCultural historyGenderHistory of knowledgeMedia studiesMesmerismPerformancePopular entertainmentPaklons, EleonoraedtSmeyers, KristofedtVanhoutte, KurtedtWelslau, Hannahedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112807/1/9789461667519.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112807OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112968oapen20260511a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260511s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783691130010978369113007210.53198/9783691130072doioapenoapenenggerdcAthemaAMthemaAMVthemaJthemaJPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaHeindl, GabuedtNonsolutionDisputed Closures in the Politics of ArchitectureHamburgadocs [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (108 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarProblems require solutions. But what is defined as a problem, and how are answers and solutions found? In view of the climate catastrophe, the unjust distribution of wealth, and the demand for liveable housing and urban spaces for all, purely technical solutions are often promoted, while existing power relations are ignored.In contrast, we propose nonsolution as a politicised approach to the problem of finding solutions. We adopt the term nonsolution, and the conceptual outlook it represents, from the writings of sociologist, historian, and urban theorist Siegfried Kracauer in order to open up spaces for critical thinking along the lines of radical democracy: solutions are not avoided; rather, an active nonsolution is pursued. The “non” signifies the rejection of closed identities, the affirmation of conflict and opposition, and the integration of architecture into political alliances.With regard to housing and urban development under the pressure of capitalisation and exclusion, we combine planning practice with political theory to develop a critique of architectural practice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccenggerThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaLandscape architecture and designthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaarchitectural theorycritical urbanismHeindl, GabuauthRobnik, Drehliauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112968/2/9783691130072.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112968/4/9783691130072.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112968OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112970oapen20260511a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260511s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646472110.56235/art_theory.2025_1doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaJthemaJBthemaJBGthemaJBGBthemaBólya, Anna MáriaedtNéptáncszínház – és ami mögötte van. Tanulmányok a népzene, a néptánc és a színpadi tánc világábólBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (None p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMűvészet és elmélet1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA jelen kötet – a 2020-as Magyar Csupajáték NEK 1938 projekt történeti kutatásainak folytatásaként – a magyar néptánc színpadi kontextusaira helyezi a hangsúlyt, tovább bővítve a magyar színpadi néptánc történetének feltárását. Legfőbb célja, hogy interdiszciplináris módon vizsgálja a hagyományos táncanyag színpadi megjelenítésének körülményeit Aurél Milloss és a magyar iskola alkotásain keresztül. A néptánc művészi feldolgozásának művészetelméleti vizsgálatát a Magyar Művészeti Akadémia Művészetelméleti és Módszertani Kutatóintézete támogatta. A szerkesztő külön köszönetét fejezi ki az intézet néhai igazgatójának, Kocsis Miklósnak rendkívüli szakmai támogatásáért, továbbá Csáji László Koppánynak, az intézet jelenlegi igazgatójának, Sándor Emesének, a projekt vezetőjének, valamint Buzás Boglárka és Kákay Viola olvasószerkesztőknek. Az úgynevezett „népszínházi” előadások két fő elemzési szempontot kínálnak. Az egyik a gyűjtött néptáncanyaghoz való hűség vizsgálata – erre bőséges példát találunk a táncfolklorisztikában a Gyöngyösbokréta előadásai óta. A másik megközelítés az alkotásokat önálló művészeti produktumként kezeli, és ezek elméleti, valamint esztétikai értelmezésére helyezi a hangsúlyt. A magyar szakirodalomban ez a fajta szemlélet mindeddig csak elszórtan jelent meg. A jelen tanulmánykötet egyik alapkérdése a tradicionális kultúra fogalmának különböző – mára igen szerteágazó – értelmezéseinek vizsgálata, továbbá annak feltárása, hogy a táncfolklórból származó etnográfiai hitelesség hogyan értelmezhető más tudományterületek, így a kulturális antropológia, különösen pedig a művészetelmélet nézőpontjából. A kutatás középpontjában az etnográfiai hitelesség áll, érintve az autentikus folklór és az autentikus művészi feldolgozás kérdéseit is. A kötet egyik legösszetettebb célja annak vizsgálata, miként lépnek kölcsönhatásba különböző táncnyelvek, illetve hogyan értelmezhetők a táncmozgás különböző szókészletei és koreográfiai eszköztárai alakítható művészi anyagként és jelentéshordozó struktúrákként. A kötet egyik hangsúlyos tematikus egysége az Elektra-témakör vizsgálatát követi. A további tanulmányok olyan alkotók életművére épülnek, akik munkásságukkal a magyar néptáncszínház ma már hungarikumnak tekinthető hagyományát teremtették meg. A tanulmányok művészetelméleti, kulturális antropológiai, etnomuzikológiai és etnokoreológiai megközelítéseket alkalmaznak: az etnikus és az „etnicizált” jelenségek vizsgálatát (Bólya Anna Mária), a performativitás kérdéseit (Kovács Örs), a drámai konfliktus pszichológiai elemzését (Györffy Ágnes), a hagyományos zenei anyag rendszerezésének strukturális problémáit (Fehér Anikó), Aurél Milloss művészetének vizsgálatát (Kővágó Zsuzsa), valamint a táncnyelvi reprezentációk és kölcsönhatások elemzését (Kavecsánszki Máté, Kovács Péter). Ahogyan az Auróra 1–2. és a Magyar Csupajáték projektekben is történt, a jelen kötet egy olyan korszerű oktatási módszertant is tartalmaz, amely középiskolás és egyetemi hallgatók számára készült. A HY-DE modellre épülő tananyag, multimédiás anyagok és oktatási segédletek (Dani Erzsébet, Bólya Anna Mária, Györffy Ágnes), valamint tudományos mérőanyagok (szintén Dani Erzsébet, Bólya Anna Mária, Györffy Ágnes) együttesen kapnak helyet a Tudáskapszula 5.0 elnevezésű egységben. A csomag kész, könnyen alkalmazható tananyagot, multimédiás tartalmakat és módszertani ajánlásokat kínál.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaPopular beliefs and controversial knowledgethemaFolklore studies / Study of myth (mythology)themaArts (artsFolklore studiesMűvészetek (művészetekNépművészeti tanulmányokart theoryelőadóművészetelőadóművészetekfolk arthistory of artsmusicmusic)művészetelméletművészettörténetnépművészetperforming artsszínházművészettheatre artszene)zeneművészetBólya, Anna MáriaauthDani, ErzsébetauthFehér, AnikóauthGyörffy, ÁgnesauthKavecsánszki, MátéauthKovács, PéterauthKovács, ÖrsauthKővágó, ZsuzsaauthBólya, Anna Máriaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112970/2/9789636464721.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112970/4/9789636464721.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112970OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112969oapen20260511a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260511s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781912186938978191218694510.63308/63878687083054.bookdoioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaWthemaWNthemaWNCthemaFijn, Natasha | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2474-3365autMultispecies Ethnography and Artful MethodsWinwick, Cambs., UKThe White Horse PressThe White Horse Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (207 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMultispecies Ethnography and Artful Methods explores the potential of multimodal art practices in doing qualitative research beyond the human. Through artful endeavours such as creative writing, photography, filmmaking, drawing and poetry, the volume aims to overcome the shortcomings of conventional, anthropocentric and logocentric methods in multispecies research. To move beyond the limitations of language and linguistic communication, the contributors build on the long tradition of visual and sensory anthropology while also engaging in and consciously reflecting on innovative, creative and artistic methods. Taking a multispecies and more-than-human perspective – ranging from snow and trees to animals and an AI oracle – the volume investigates ways to touch, speak, listen, feel, walk with and reach across different species.This book and accompanying multimedia website advance the frontier of publishing artful expressions of academic research by highlighting how creative practices can be the very core of data collection, analysis and the communication of research. As such, the artful pieces are not ‘just’ illustrations of textual representations, but are practised as part of an iterative process of data collection and analysis. The contributions by well-established scholars, early career researchers and postgraduates who carry out new, cutting-edge research offer an engaging range of analytical, methodological and empiric orientations, while conversing at the intersection of multispecies ethnography and artful methods.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Australian National UniversityFunded by: Australian Research CouncilFunded by: Behavioural Science institute, Radboud UniversityFunded by: Open Book CollectiveCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaNature and the natural world: general interestthemaWildlife: general interestthemaAnimalsCultural and social anthropologyWildlifeFijn, Natasha | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-2474-3365edtNotermans, Catrien | https://orcid.org/0009-0009-3354-0226edtPetitt, Andrea | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-3811-0531edtServais, Véronique | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9006-685XedtTonnaer, Anke | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0804-369Xedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112969/2/9781912186945.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112969/4/9781912186945.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112969OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112966oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819085907879781908590794978190859080010.63674/pycy9503doioapenoapendc3thema3Mthema3MPthemaJthemaJWthemaJWTthemaNthemaNHthemaNHWthemaThompson, Rowan | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7138-3043edtOrganised Militarism in Interwar BritainThe Navy League and the Air League of the British EmpireLondon, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (None p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNew Historical Perspectives8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhile militaristic and patriotic organisations formed an important part of political culture in Edwardian Britain, 1918 often marks a terminus for histories of organised militarism. Taking the end of the First World War as its starting point instead, this book is the first full-length study of militarism and militaristic associational culture in interwar Britain. It argues that militarism was able to survive World War One, despite the competing rise of liberal internationalism, pacifism, and anti-war sentiment. Focusing on the ideas, aims, and activities of the Navy League and the Air League of the British Empire – two extra-parliamentary organisations established to promote naval and aerial supremacy – the book examines how the Leagues negotiated the trauma of the First World War and how they contributed to the societal and military preparation for a second global conflict as the clouds of war gathered in the late 1930s.Drawing on extensive archival research, the book explains how these Leagues mobilised broad public and political support and what the story of each organisation tells us about the impact of war on British society and culture, civil-military relations, political and private activism, military theatre and commemoration, youth, and the politics of disarmament, collective security, internationalism, and national defence. In doing so, it demonstrates that martial and militaristic sentiment remained an important part of mainstream British political culture, despite the ravages of war.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaSociety and Social SciencesthemaWarfare and defencethemaMilitary institutionsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaMilitary historythemaAir LeagueBritish EmpireNavyassociational culturecivic ritualheritagemilitarisationmilitarismmilitary culturemodernitytechnologyvoluntary societiesyouthThompson, Rowan | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-7138-3043authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112966/2/9781908590800.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112966/4/9781908590800.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112966OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112964oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819115074829781911507499978191150750510.63674/nkvo5059doioapenoapendc1thema1AthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFGthemaJBFHthemaLthemaLBthemaLBBthemaLBBJthemaLNthemaLNDthemaLNDAthemaLNDCthemaPrabhat, Devyani | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9993-7789edtMigrating Borders and Citizenship in LawScales, Locales, Themes and PracticesLondon, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (None p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierReimagining Law and Justice3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBorders not only demarcate nations and territories, but transform people into migrants. Hand-in-hand with law and law enforcement, borders create residents and foreigners. The law ascertains who crosses borders and who does not, and who remains foreign despite being within national borders.Migrating Borders and Citizenship in Law argues that law has multiple roles and mechanisms for breathing life into borders, operating at different locales and scales (from worldwide to the nation; from the family to the workplace), and through different practices, for example, preventing entry or withholding access to resources. It examines case law, legislation and press accounts relating to several key events in recent times that have changed the legal landscape on migration control, such as the Immigration and Nationality Acts in the UK, the end of empire, the arrival of Empire Windrush, Brexit, Covid and the case of Shamima Begum. Focusing on race and ethnicity, gender and class, as well as crime and control, the book contextualises the legal debates around these historical and political developments, the question of who belongs, the consequences of behaviour for immigration status and citizenship, and the links with conduct and national security.With its wide interdisciplinary framing of the law, drawing from sociology, politics, philosophy and history, this groundbreaking book will appeal to all readers with broad interests in migration studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaWorldthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaRefugees and political asylumthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaPublic international law: territory and statehoodthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaCitizenship and nationality lawthemaLaw: Human rights and civil libertiesthemaBrexitCovidImmigration and Nationality ActShamima BegumWindrushasylum seekersborderingcrimeempireethnicityfree movementgendermigration studiesracePrabhat, Devyani | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9993-7789authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112964/2/9781911507505.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112964/4/9781911507505.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112964OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112434oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667465978946166747210.11116/9789461667472doioapenoapendcAthemaAGthemaAGAthemaAGBthemaAGCthemaNthemaNHthemaNHHthemaEnderby, EmmaautJean Katambayi MukendiCircuitsLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKU Leuven A.R.T.S.S. SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarExhibition catalogue for Jean Katambayi Mukendi’s solo exhibition RATIO at KW Institute for Contemporary Art (Berlin, 21 February – 10 May 2026) and M HKA (Antwerp, 6 June - 20 September 2026) . Jean Katambayi Mukendi: Circuits is the first comprehensive monograph dedicated to the Congolese artist on the occasion of his solo exhibition RATIO at KW Institute for Contemporary Art, Berlin, and M HKA—Museum of Contemporary Art Antwerp. Spanning his career from its inception to the present, the volume combines richly illustrated pages with insightful texts that situate Katambayi’s work within contemporary art history, African thought, and the cultural context of present-day Lubumbashi. It includes interviews, two texts written by the artist, and a multidisciplinary exploration of his installations, performances and drawings. This book is published in partnership with the Contemporary Art Committee KU Leuven, KW, and M HKA.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaIndividual artists, art monographsthemaExhibition catalogues and specific collectionsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAfrican historythemaArtExhibitionJean Katambayi MukendiEnderby, EmmaedtMuselaers, JohannesedtSchmitz, Anne-ClaireedtSymons, Stéphaneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112434/1/9789461667465.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112434/4/9789461667472.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112434OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112963oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978191373906597819137390729781913739089978191373909610.63674/jimx5453doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DDthema1DDUthema3thema3Mthema3MLthema3MNthema3MPthema3MRthema3MRBthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaBridgen, Adam | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9594-7835autBritish Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700London, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (None p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaWestern EuropethemaUnited Kingdom, Great BritainthemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema18th century, c 1700 to c 1799thema19th century, c 1800 to c 1899thema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999thema21st century, c 2000 to c 2100themaEarly 21st century c 2000 to c 2050themaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaBritishJohn ClareStephen Duckliterarypoetrypoliticsradical culturesocialismwomen writersworking-classBridgen, Adam | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9594-7835edtGoodridge, John | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1765-7215edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112963/2/9781913739089.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112963/4/9781913739089.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112963OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112431oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667519978946166752610.11116/9789461667526doioapenoapendc3thema3MthemaAthemaAFthemaAFKthemaAFKPthemaATthemaATYthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPaklons, EleonoraautPerforming MagnetismThe Theatrics of Persuasion in the Long Nineteenth CenturyLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (250 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe cultural and scientific significance of animal magnetism as performance. The long nineteenth century bears the mark of Anton Mesmer. In a burgeoning media landscape, and in an emerging entertainment culture that fashioned growing numbers of people into audiences, the performative qualities of Mesmer’s magnetic healing techniques came to define magnetism’s cultural power. Shaped by many performers, magnetism flowed into other practices – mentalist, somnambulist, spiritist, hypnotist, mystical, magical and medical. Examining mesmerism as a socially and theatrically embedded phenomenon, Performing Magnetism shows that it was not merely a medical or pseudoscientific practice but a performative and culturally situated one. Drawing on new case studies from Europe, Asia and Northern Africa, the book offers a transnational perspective on nineteenth-century epistemologies and explores how magnetic practices intersected with science, art, popular entertainment, and engagement with the occult. Its interdisciplinary scope will engage readers interested in the cultural history of performance, media, and knowledge.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythemaThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaNon-graphic and electronic art formsthemaPerformance artthemaPerforming artsthemaHistory of Performing ArtsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaAnimal magnetismCultural historyGenderHistory of knowledgeMedia studiesMesmerismPerformancePopular entertainmentPaklons, EleonoraedtSmeyers, KristofedtVanhoutte, KurtedtWelslau, Hannahedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112431/1/9789461667519.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112431/4/9789461667526.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112431OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112965oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819115075369781911507543978191150756710.63674/yqyj7969doioapenoapendc3thema3Mthema3MPthema3MPBthemaLthemaLNthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaAuchmuty, Rosemary | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0792-3978autLaw and Justice in the 1950sCase Studies From a Neglected DecadeLondon, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierReimagining Law and Justice2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe 1950s was a decade of considerable legal development in England and Wales, despite often being regarded as very conservative in contrast to the more radical 1960s and 1970s. This collection illustrates the breadth of those developments, providing a sociolegal perspective on a range of topics across criminal, property, family, commercial, environmental and public law, and legal education. It examines the social, political and economic context of the decade to reveal how legal developments in the 1950s have much greater significance than has generally been acknowledged to date. Drawing on case studies from the Great London Smog in 1952, the treatment of women in the Wolfenden Report and divorce law reform, to the takeover battle for the Savoy Hotel in 1953, law on the radio and more, the chapters throw new light on current debates about the relationship between law and issues of justice, inclusion and equality in different spheres of activity.Written for historians and legal specialists alike, this book explores the stories behind the laws in this neglected decade. In revealing the historical context, arguments and controversies raised at the time and the different perspectives of the parties involved, it offers a greater understanding of why we have the law we have now and of these issues as they continue to be played out in the early twenty-first century.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaEarly 20th century c 1900 to c 1950themaLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythema1950sEnglandLondonWalesWolfenden Reportdivorce lawenvironmental lawfamily lawjusticelegal educationlegal historysocialAuchmuty, Rosemary | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0792-3978edtCownie, Fiona | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-6788-6673edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112965/2/9781911507567.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112965/4/9781911507567.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112965OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112962oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819122509439781912250950978191225097410.63674/bxds6730doioapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaGLZthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaJBCT1themaUthemaUGthemaGoudarouli, Eirini | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0103-8230edtExploring Digital Cultural HeritageAccess, Use, Value and SustainabilityLondon, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (100 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe digitisation of cultural heritage has had a transformative effect both on humanities research and on research and professional practice in the cultural heritage sector, even if the scale and nature of this impact is still at an early stage. As more of the world’s cultural heritage is born-digital, the questions posed by new digital archives and collections will bring complexity and new challenges, but also opportunities and commonality of method and approach across sectors.This book is an accessible starting point for researchers, postgraduate students and cultural heritage professionals interested in the past, present and future of digital cultural heritage. It explores the multiple interpretations, contexts and uses of digital cultural heritage across four core thematic areas: access, use and reuse, value(s) and sustainability. These themes cut across the digitised and the born-digital and are central to the work of the institutions responsible for the management and dissemination of digital cultural heritage and the researchers and practitioners of all kinds who work with those digital materials.Drawing on real case studies, resources and practical examples, this is an essential state-of-the-field overview of the concepts, initiatives, processes and emerging technologies that have shaped digital cultural heritage over the last decades as well as its future challenges and directions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaMuseology and heritage studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaMedia studies: internet, digital media and societythemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaGraphical and digital media applicationsthemaaccessibilityborn-digitalcollectionsdatadigitisationheritagelibrariesmuseumspreservationsustainabilitytechnologiesweb archivesGoudarouli, Eirini | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0103-8230authSichani, Anna-Maria | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-6778-4610authWinters, Janeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112962/2/9781912250974.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112962/4/9781912250974.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112962OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112432oapen20260510a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260510s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667687978946166769410.11116/9789461667694doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVCthemaHurenkamp, MennoautCitizenship in Nativist TimesLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (340 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNIAS Studies in Academic Freedom and Epistemic DiversityOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPresenting a novel multidimensional framework of citizenship confronting the urgent challenges of populism and nativism. Over the past two decades, debates about diversity, belonging, and feeling at home have intensified significantly. A particularly prominent argument posits that growing diversity threatens societal cohesion, eroding citizens' commitment to ideals such as solidarity and justice. Similarly widespread is the claim that various societal divides—between urban and rural populations, politicians and constituents, cosmopolitans and communitarians—are widening rapidly, leaving many feeling abandoned and disillusioned. As perceptions of deepening divides gain traction, citizenship has become a central site of political struggle. Populist and nativist forces increasingly dictate who counts as a ‘real’ citizen, often undermining democratic principles, the rule of law, and the welfare state. Citizenship—with all its perplexities—is the central focus of this collection. Through case studies and theoretical reflections, essays by well-established international experts explore the tensions and intersections among the political, social, cultural, and academic dimensions of citizenship. From rights and representation to social welfare and public discourse, the contributions question how citizenship is being restricted, reimagined, or reclaimed—and by whom. Engaging with current debates, this volume is essential reading on democracy, justice, and belonging amid populism, nativism, and (perceived) societal fragmentation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaCivics and citizenshipthemaAcademic freedomBelongingCulturalisationDemocracyInclusionNativismPolitical identityPopulismRights and dutiesHurenkamp, Mennoedtde Waal, Tamaredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112432/4/9789461667687.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112432/5/9789461667694.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112432OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41461oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1313089855OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03093doi1313089855OCoLCoapenoapendcDirlewanger, DominiqueedtLes couleurs de la vieillesseHistoire culturelle des représentations de la vieillesse en Suisse et en France (1940-1990)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLa vieillesse a radicalement changé de visage, au cours du xxe siècle. Parmi les vieillards encore verts, des seniors argentés pro tent d’une retraite dorée. A contrario, le vieillissement démographique pèse sur l’avenir supposément noir des assurances sociales. Ces représentations colorées oscillent entre des valeurs positives et négatives. Ce livre retrace l’évolution des regards portés sur la vieillesse entre 1940 et 1990. L’éventail des couleurs de la vieillesse re ète des transforma- tions profondes. Le statut de retraité propose une nouvelle identité à la personne âgée. Sous l’in uence croisée du poids démographique des vieil- lards et de l’allongement progressif de la durée de vie, les représentations de la vieillesse se recomposent. Aux âges légaux xés par le législateur (âge de la retraite, accès aux tarifs seniors) répondent des âges sociaux construits par les pratiques (activité du troisième âge, désengagement lors du passage à la retraite). En n, des âges culturels véhiculent des modèles di usés médiatiquement. Loin d’être une catastrophe, la vieillesse entendue comme nouvel âge représente un formidable progrès, probablement l’un des plus importants qu’a connu l’espèce humaine.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfre1940-1990FranceSuisseVieillesseDirlewanger, Dominiqueauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41461/1/9782889301911.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41461OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41459oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202566390OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03109doi1202566390OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DFthema1DFHthemaJthemaJHthemaAceti, MonicaautFaire corpsTemps, lieux et gensNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSociétésOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarQuels rapports entre des hommes et des femmes qui chantent dans une chorale, les tableaux de Ferdinand Hodler et d’Auguste Baud-Bovy, des personnes qui font l’expérience d’une grave maladie ou encore des ouvriers confrontés à la discipline du travail ? C’est le corps et la manière dont il est utilisé, fabriqué, entretenu, montré, réparé et mobilisé. Cet ouvrage collectif propose une série d’éclairages propres à tracer les contours d’un faire corps – soit la manière dont les individus et la société tentent d’intervenir sur le corps – dans des situations et des contextes variés. Sont mis en lumière le rôle joué par les pensionnats dans l’adoption des pratiques sportives, des femmes migrantes engagées dans des activités de soin auprès de personnes âgées, des personnages de romans d’Alice Rivaz, des footballeurs de la Nati, des pratiquantes de pole dance, l’intérêt porté par les médecins aux xvııe et xvıııe siècles à la notion de Heimweh, le témoignage d’une himalayiste ou encore des stratégies de conservation corporelle développées par un homme ordinaire au cours d’une vie sportive. Des correspondances entre des temps, des lieux et des gens sont proposées à travers quatorze contributions issues de l’histoire de l’éducation, de l’art et du sport, de l’anthropologie médicale, de la sociologie, de la littérature, de la géographie ou encore à partir de la restitution autobiographique. Tous les articles qui constituent ce volume ont pour ancrage la Suisse sur une période qui court de la fin du xvııe siècle à aujourd’hui.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfrePlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaCentral EuropethemaSwitzerlandthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologieCorps humainHistoireSuisseAceti, MonicaedtJaccoud, ChristopheedtTissot, Laurentedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41459/1/9782889302116.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41459OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32895oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1030820858OCoLC978288930036510.26530/OAPEN_594270doi1030820858OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFBthemaCotelli Kureth, SaraedtQuestion jurassienne et idéologies langagières. Langue et construction identitaire dans les revendications autonomistes des minorités francophones (1959-1978)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20151 electronic resource (464 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis sociolinguistic study analyses the discourse on the language of the Jura autonomist movement. It explores the hypothesis that the language ideologies present in this discourse have participated in the identity construction of the Jura separatists as a francophone linguistic minority endangered under the supervision of the German speaking Berne Canton majority.Cette étude analyse, dans une approche sociolinguistique, les discours sur la langue du mouvement autonomiste jurassien durant les vingt années les plus chaudes de la lutte pour la création du 23e canton suisse. Elle explore l’hypothèse que les idéologies langagières présentes dans ce discours ont participé à la construction identitaire des Jurassiens séparatistes comme minorité linguistique francophone mise en danger sous la tutelle du canton de Berne à majorité germanophone. Un corpus varié a été dépouillé, consti-tué principalement de l’hebdomadaire autonomiste Le Jura Libre, des publi-cations du Rassemblement jurassien (RJ) et de ses membres et de documents d’archives. Le cas du Jura démontre une nouvelle fois que les idéologies langagières ne portent pas tant sur la langue que sur la société, classifiant francophones et bilingues, créant une frontière symbolique imperméable entre Bernois et Jurassiens. Partageant ces idéologies avec d’autres minorités, le RJ se fait l’amplificateur d’idées reçues très traditionnelles sur le bilinguisme, l’excellence du français, la germanisation ou le déterminisme linguistique qu’il réinterprète et oriente dans un sens lui permettant de faire du français une arme symbolique. Cette position linguistique est poussée à son paroxysme jusqu’à devenir une véritable posture de combat politique dans le contexte de la Question jurassienne.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSociolinguisticsthemabilingualismbilinguismefrench languagegermanisationhistorical sociolinguisticsidéologies langagièresjura (suisse)jura (swiss)language ideologieslangue françaiselinguistic minorityminorité linguistiquesociolinguistique historiqueCotelli Kureth, Saraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32895/1/594270.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32895OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41463oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202537063OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03113doi1202537063OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJornod, JoëledtLa conquête des clientsLes magasins Gonset et la Suisse occidentale (1920-1960)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAmazon. Ces six lettres suffisent à faire trembler les acteurs traditionnels du commerce de détail. Mais l’essor du géant de la vente en ligne et des autres « disrupteurs » de l’ère numérique n’est qu’un épisode de la longue histoire du secteur : les entreprises en difficulté aujourd’hui étaient à l’avant-garde hier. Les historiens ont ainsi mis en évidence le faste des grands magasins du XIXe siècle, l’inventivité des chaînes en matière de gestion et d’organisation, la faculté de la vente par correspondance à maîtriser les distances. Cependant, focalisés sur les enseignes urbaines, ils ne se sont guère aventurés au-delà des grandes villes. Le présent ouvrage explore ces territoires méconnus. Il évoque la manière dont la maison Gonset, fondée durant l’hiver 1870-1871 à Yverdon-les-Bains, part à la conquête des clients de Suisse occidentale dès les années 1920. Cette chaîne de magasins familiale est au coeur du propos. Mais le livre est davantage qu’une monographie : il évoque, à partir du point de vue de Gonset, les transformations du commerce de détail helvétique jusqu’en 1960, en lien avec les évolutions internationales. L’histoire de Gonset et de ses concurrents mérite d’être racontée. En proposant toutes sortes de marchandises, en suscitant des désirs et des besoins chez leurs clients, ils contribuent à l’avènement de la société de consommation dans des régions où ce phénomène est peu étudié : les historiens de la consommation, comme ceux du commerce de détail, ont négligé les petites villes et les campagnes.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaConsommationcommerce de détaildistributionmarketingJornod, Joëlauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41463/1/9782889302420.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41463OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41458oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1313087915OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03106doi1313087915OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRGthemaRGBthemaDecorzant, YannedtRelire l’altitudeLa terre et ses usages Suisse et espaces avoisinants, XIIe-XXIe sièclesNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLorsqu’il parcourt le Val d’Illiez dans les années 1770, l’artiste genevois Marc-Théodore Bourrit, compagnon d’excursions d’Horace-Bénédict de Saussure, s’émerveille à la vue de cette vallée « embellie de champs et de pâturages […] dont les flancs ont été cultivés jusqu’à la plus grande hauteur ». Or, rien de tout cela ne subsiste aujourd’hui. Le paysage agraire décrit par Bourrit a disparu : les champs cultivés ont laissé la place aux prés de fauche et, dans les hauteurs, il ne reste aucune trace des cultures d’autrefois. Inspiré par ce témoignage, ce livre réunit une série d’études qui, dans une perspective historique, analysent le rôle de l’altitude dans les formes d’appropriation et de mise en valeur du sol, aussi bien dans les hautes terres de montagne que dans les basses terres des fonds de vallée de l’espace helvétique et de ses régions avoisinantes. En conjuguant les approches de l’histoire environnementale, de l’histoire du territoire et de l’histoire économique et sociale, les auteur·e·s s’interrogent sur le rapport entre l’altitude et les formes de propriété et d’usage des terres à travers diverses perspectives dont la variété des systèmes agro-pastoraux, l’influence de l’économie de marché, ainsi que les cadres et les variables politiques et institutionnelles. En effet, loin d’être figées, les relations entre l’homme et son milieu se modifient au fil du temps et l’altitude est moins une contrainte qu’une opportunité que certaines sociétés ont su valoriser et utiliser à leur profit.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaPhysical geography and topographythemaAltitudesMontagnesUtilisation du solVie en montagneDecorzant, YannauthHead-König, Anne-LiseauthLorenzetti, Luigiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41458/1/9782889302062.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41458OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41467oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202543382OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03114doi1202543382OCoLCoapenoapendcRoulin, StéphanieedtUne abbaye dans le siècleMissions et ambitions de Saint-Maurice (1870-1970)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHistoire3114Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNichée depuis l’an 515 dans un goulet de la vallée du Rhône, l’abbaye de Saint-Maurice d’Agaune en Suisse détient un record dans la chrétienté occidentale avec 1500 ans d’activité ininterrompue. Elle compte parmi les rares abbayes territoriales qui dépendent directement de Rome. À l’entrée d’un canton rural à forte tradition catholique, et à proximité du canton de Vaud majoritairement protestant, elle occupe une place particulière dans l’espace catholique. Connue aujourd’hui pour son collège-pensionnat et pour les pièces somptueuses de son trésor d’orfèvrerie médiévale qui fait d’elle une étape sur la route touristique du Valais, elle a subi des évolutions majeures entre le Kulturkampf et le Concile Vatican II dont les détails ont longtemps échappé à l’historiographie. L’abbatiat de Joseph Mariétan (1914-1931) apparaît comme le point d’orgue de cette période perçue comme un âge d’or. Sous l’égide de ce prélat, l’institution se signale par son activisme en faveur de la presse, l’imprimerie, l’enseignement, la diffusion du néothomisme, la promotion de l’art sacré, le recrutement d’aspirants chanoines et les missions en Asie. Bien qu’inscrits dans la plus pure tradition et orthodoxie catholiques, ces engagements ont suscité leur lot de crises et de mythes dont cet ouvrage présente une lecture critique.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfrecatholicisme thomisme missions maurrassisme presse éducation élitesRoulin, Stéphanieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41467/1/9782889302451.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41467OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41469oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1306307842OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03115doi1306307842OCoLCoapenoapendcJaccoud, ChristopheautDes réseaux et des hommesParticipation et contribution de la Suisse à l’internationalisation du sport (1912-1972)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSciences Sociales et SportOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarGianni Infantino, président de la FIFA, ou son prédécesseur, Joseph Blatter, sont des figures incontournables du sport international. Comme d’autres avant eux, ils incarnent l’action importante des dirigeants sportifs suisses dans l’internationalisation des sports. Cet ouvrage propose d’analyser la genèse et les développements de ce processus en mettant l’accent sur les actions, individuelles et collectives, de plusieurs dirigeants qui occupent de hautes fonctions dans les fédérations sportives internationales entre la première décennie du siècle dernier et les années 1970. Cette période est en effet charnière car elle correspond à l’affirmation d’un internationalisme sportif : marqués par de nombreuses tensions politiques et confrontés à la médiatisation et à la démocratisation croissante des sports, les dirigeants sportifs internationaux cherchent à créer une communauté originale, dont les échanges transcendent parfois le contexte géopolitique. Beaucoup de ces figures sont de nationalité suisse. Plus largement, le pays se profile comme une terre d’accueil particulièrement favorable à l’organisation de nombreuses compétitions internationales et à l’établissement des organisations sportives internationales, ainsi qu’un espace dans lequel se forgent de nombreuses pratiques sportives. Il s’agit dès lors, en convoquant des sources diverses et inexploitées, de s’interroger sur cette situation originale, car elle est avant tout promue par des acteurs privés dont les objectifs recoupent plus ou moins les actions diplomatiques étatiques de la Confédération helvétique, mais sans toutefois que l’État ne développe une politique en la matière.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistoireInternationalRéseauxSportSuisseJaccoud, ChristopheedtQuin, GrégoryedtVonnard, Philippeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41469/1/9782889302475.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41469OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31863oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982228831OCoLC978288930112610.26530/OAPEN_624511doi982228831OCoLCoapenoapendc3thema3Mthema3MPthemaNthemaFarquet, ChristopheedtLa défense du paradis fiscal suisse avant la Seconde Guerre mondialeune histoire internationaleNeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (544 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines how Swiss leaders reached a deal with international pressures that appeared after the First World War, preventing the placement of foreign capital flight in Switzerland. A result of research on unpublished sources, from both Swiss and European archives, this book renews aware-ness of the history of the Swiss financial center and international economic relations during the first half of the 20th century.Il y a un siècle, le secret bancaire suisse était remis en cause pour la premi-ère fois sur la scène internationale. Ce livre étudie comment les dirigeants helvétiques sont parvenus à faire face aux pressions internationales, qui apparaissent après le premier conflit mondial, pour empêcher le placement en Suisse des capitaux étrangers en fuite. Fruit d’une recherche très vaste sur des sources inédites, issues de nombreux fonds d’archives suisses et européennes, l’ouvrage renouvelle les connaissances sur l’histoire de la place financière helvétique et des relations économiques internationales au cours de la première moitié du XXe siècle. L’analyse démontre que les autorités fédérales, de concert avec le patronat bancaire et industriel, ont élaboré un ensemble de stratégies visant non seulement à écarter les attaques à l’encontre du secret bancaire et des avantages fiscaux, mais encore à renforcer l’attractivité du centre offshore suisse, notamment par le biais de la signature des premières conventions de double imposition. Si cette politique ne trouve pas d’équivalent à l’étranger, elle a cependant constamment reçu d’importants appuis auprès des élites européennes. En se penchant sur les premiers épisodes de l’histoire de la protection du secret bancaire, La défense du paradis fiscal suisse avant la Seconde Guerre mondiale réintègre ainsi les événements actuels dans une perspective de plus longue durée.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaHistory and Archaeologythema20e siècle20th centurybanking secrecyeconomyfiscalitéhistoirehistoryinternational organizationsinternational relationsorganisations internationalesparadis fiscauxrelations internationalessecret bancairesuisseswitzerlandtax havenstaxationéconomieFarquet, Christopheauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31863/1/624511.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31863OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31862oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982228979OCoLC978288930114010.26530/OAPEN_624512doi982228979OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRPthemaRPCthemaRPTthemaMunafò, SébastienedtLa ville compacte remise en cause ? Formes urbaines et mobilités de loisirsNeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (440 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFinally the weekend! The time to escape the dense city to enjoy quieter en-vironments? While leisure occupies a central place in our lifestyles, what is the relationship between urban styles and mobility? Are the inhabitants of city centers more mobile, seeking a greener environment in which to spend their free time? This would be the "barbecue effect," which invites stopping advocating for density and upgrading to suburban styles. This book explores this controversy by examining the cases of Geneva and Zurich, to answer some questions: Does the barbecue effect really exist?Enfin le week-end ! L’occasion de fuir la ville dense pour profiter d’environnements plus calmes ? Alors que les loisirs occupent une place centrale dans nos modes de vie, les déplacements induits par les loisirs des citadins sont peut-être à même de remettre fondamentalement en cause l’idée de ville compacte dont les vertus en matière de mobilité étaient jusqu’ici largement reconnues. C’est ce que suggèrent certains chercheurs, soulignant que les liens entre formes urbaines et mobilités n’ont été que peu abordés en prenant en compte les loisirs. Or, pour ce motif, ce sont bien les habitants des centres qui sont les plus mobiles. Selon eux, cela s’expliquerait par le fait qu’ils bénéficieraient de plus faibles possibilités de passer leur temps libre sur leur lieu de vie en comparaison avec les propriétaires de maisons avec jardin profitant d’un environnement verdoyant. Cet « effet de compensation » ou « effet barbe-cue », méconnu, inviterait dès lors à changer de paradigme : cesser de prôner la densité et revaloriser les formes périurbaines afin de réduire ce type de mobilités particulièrement polluantes. Cet ouvrage explore cette controverse en se penchant sur les cas de Ge-nève et Zurich. Son ambition est d’apporter des réponses précises aux en-jeux scientifiques et opérationnels de ce débat. L’effet barbecue existe-t-il vraiment ? Qui sont les plus grands pollueurs en matière de mobilité lorsque l’on intègre le motif loisirs ? Est-ce que la ville compacte doit être critiquée sous cet angle ?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaRegional and area planningthemaUrban and municipal planning and policythemaTransport planning and policythemacompensation hypothesisconsommation énergétiqueenergy consumptionformes urbainesgenevagenèvehypthèse de compensationloisirsmicrocensusmicrorecensementmobility leisuremobilitéssuisseswitzerlandurban styleszurichMunafò, Sébastienauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31862/1/624512.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31862OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112961oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978191373906597819137390729781913739089978191373909610.63674/jimx5453doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DDthema1DDUthema3thema3Mthema3MLthema3MNthema3MPthema3MRthema3MRBthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaBridgen, Adam | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9594-7835autBritish Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700London, GBUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (None p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain.At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day.Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities.Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaWestern EuropethemaUnited Kingdom, Great BritainthemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema18th century, c 1700 to c 1799thema19th century, c 1800 to c 1899thema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999thema21st century, c 2000 to c 2100themaEarly 21st century c 2000 to c 2050themaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaBritishJohn ClareStephen Duckliterarypoetrypoliticsradical culturesocialismwomen writersworking-classBridgen, Adam | https://orcid.org/0000-0001-9594-7835edtGoodridge, John | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1765-7215edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112961/2/9781913739089.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112961/4/9781913739089.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112961OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49819oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266291754OCoLC978288930337310.33055/ALPHIL.03154doi1266291754OCoLCoapenoapendcCordoba, CyriledtAu-delà du rideau de bambouRelations culturelles et amitiés politiques sino-suisses (1949-1989)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPolitique et échanges culturelsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar« Les communistes pourraient donner au mot “culture” et tout ce qu’il implique une définition polyvalente allant d’une représentation d’acrobates au chantage politique ». Tels sont les termes employés en 1959 par la diplomatie helvétique pour évoquer ses échanges avec la Chine de Mao Zedong, lorsque la « peur du Rouge » régnait en maître. Pourtant, entre 1949 et 1989 de nombreuses relations culturelles et politiques ont tout de même existé entre les deux pays. Mais celles-ci se tenaient généralement à l’abri du regard des diplomates suisses et de la police fédérale. Dans cette histoire des relations sino-suisses durant la Guerre froide, Cyril Cordoba analyse comment la République populaire de Chine a tenté de développer son influence et son prestige à l’étranger à l’aide d’organisations qui agissaient en marge des circuits officiels : les associations d’amitié. Ces groupes prochinois ont joué un rôle de premier plan dans toutes les rencontres culturelles entre les deux pays (matchs de ping-pong, tournées de l’opéra de Pékin, jumelages de villes, diffusion du Petit Livre rouge). Qui étaient ces amis de la Chine et quel a été leur rôle politique ? Quelle était exactement la nature de leurs relations avec les autorités chinoises ? Quelle était la position de la Confédération face à ces organisations sur lesquelles elle n’avait aucun contrôle, et qui ont longtemps été des interlocutrices privilégiées de la RPC ? À travers toutes ces questions, l’auteur propose un regard inédit sur les stratégies du soft power – diplomatie d’influence ou pouvoir de séduction – chinois, en analysant comment la propagande maoïste a mis en place un système clientéliste d’ampleur internationale au coeur de la Guerre froide.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreChineCommunismeDiplomatie culturelleGuerre froideHistoireMaoïsmePropagandeRelations internationalesScience politiqueSoft powerSuisseCordoba, Cyrilauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49819/1/9782889303373.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49819OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32893oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1030818904OCoLC978288930061710.26530/OAPEN_594272doi1030818904OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRNthemaRNDthemaDupuis, JohannedtS’adapter au changement climatique. Analyse critique des nouvelles politiques de gestion de l’environnement. Cas spécifiques de l’agriculture en Inde et du tourisme hivernal en SuisseNeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20151 electronic resource (392 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarClimate change has become a real problem in our time. This book examines the issue of how public policies can adapt to climate change. The study of two very specific cases, situated at opposing points of the world – India and Switzerland – illustrate this question.Depuis le début des années 2000, l’insuffisance des efforts politiques pour réduire drastiquement les émissions globales de gaz à effet de serre a conduit au renforcement d’un discours sur la nécessité de s’adapter au changement climatique. Particulièrement dans les régions vulnérables aux effets du changement climatique, une transformation des politiques de gestion de l’environnement apparaît comme nécessaire afin de réduire les risques et d’exploiter les nouvelles opportunités découlant du changement climatique et de ses im-pacts. Or, si les analystes constatent un développement des activités d’adaptation au changement climatique, peu de travaux interrogent l’efficacité réelle des mesures actuelles et leurs éventuelles limites. Cet ouvrage tente de combler cette lacune en déconstruisant la notion d’adaptation au changement climatique et en interrogeant sa signification réelle pour la conduite des politiques à incidence environnementale. Il exa-mine de manière théorique en quoi l’adaptation au changement climatique nécessiterait des réformes de l’action publique. Puis, il examine l’état des pratiques actuelles au travers d’études de cas dans le secteur agricole en Inde (Rajasthan et Maharashtra) et dans le secteur du tourisme hivernal en Suisse (Alpes vaudoises et vallée de Joux). Sur la base de cette incursion théorique et empirique dans l’univers de ces nouvelles politiques de gestion de l’environnement, l’auteur discute des limitations observées et suggère des voies d’amélioration pour le futur.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental policy and protocolsthemaaction publiqueallocation of public resourcesattribution de ressources publiqueschangement climatiqueclimate changenorme de politique publiquepublic actionpublic policy standardsDupuis, Johannauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32893/1/594272.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32893OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41460oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1229545739OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03097doi1229545739OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaSoysüren, IbrahimedtL’expulsion des Étrangers en France, en Suisse et en TurquiePour une sociologie comparative de l’expulsion des étrangersNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSociétésOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCet ouvrage étudie de manière comparative l’expulsion des sans-papiers et des étrangers délinquants en France, en Suisse et en Turquie en se basant sur une méthodologie mixte. Ce faisant, il démontre la complexité du phénomène étudié qu’il définit comme processus et plaide pour sociologie de l’expulsion, obligatoirement interdisciplinaire. Il permet de constater que les personnes expulsées ne sont pas des composantes passives du processus d’expulsion. En outre, malgré le fait que les retours dits « volontaires » sont mis en exergue de manière générale dans les discours officiels, dans la pratique, l’incitation et la contrainte sont mobilisées de manière concomitante et à des degrés divers pour briser la résistance des personnes à expulser et obtenir son consentement. Enfin, last but not least, ce livre souligne d’importants écarts entre le nombre de décisions d’expulsion et celui d'expulsions effectives (deportation gap) qui existe bien au-delà des pays étudiés. Malgré tous les efforts, le processus d’expulsion reste marqué par des échecs dus à de multiples raisons pouvant parfois paraître insignifiantes au préalable.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaExpulsionFranceSuisseTurquie Sociologie de l'expulsionétrangersSoysüren, Ibrahimauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41460/1/9782889301850.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41460OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41464oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1229758975OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03111doi1229758975OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRGthemaRGCthemaGiacomel, GianluigiedtAu travail à vélo..La pratique utilitaire de la bicyclette en SuisseNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEspaces Mobilités Sociétés7Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInventé au xıxe siècle, souvent négligé dans la deuxième moitié du XXe siècle, le vélo connaît actuellement une renaissance dans de nombreuses villes occidentales. Comme moyen de transport, il ne manque pas d’atouts : silencieux, sain, propre, économe en surface et bon marché. Dans une société que l’on dit hypermobile mais où plus de la moitié des trajets ne dépasse pas les cinq kilomètres, le vélo présente un potentiel intéressant. Sa promotion est de plus en plus intégrée dans les agendas politiques ou du moins dans les discours. Mais qu’en est-il sur le terrain? Comment est vécue la pratique utilitaire du vélo? Cet ouvrage se base sur une enquête d’une grande ampleur à laquelle ont répondu près de 14 000 participants à l’action bike to work répartis dans l’ensemble de la Suisse. Il propose une grille de lecture pour comprendre les différentes dimensions qui influencent le recours au vélo et la diversité de ses usages. Il aborde les facteurs qui motivent des pendulaires à enfourcher leur bicyclette. Il montre également les obstacles que rencontre cette pratique entre infrastructures déficientes et manque de légitimité. Cette enquête pose un diagnostic et discute des pistes d’action pour accompagner cette forme de mobilité durable.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaHuman geographythemaMobilitéGiacomel, GianluigiauthMartin, AntonioauthRérat, Patrickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41464/1/9782889302284.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41464OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41465oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202549048OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03112doi1202549048OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaDrevon, Guillaume Simon JosephedtProposition pour une rythmologie de la mobilité et des sociétés contemporainesNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEspaces, mobilités et sociétés8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIl est 21 heures, Barbara et Maxime s’écroulent dans le canapé. Ils viennent de coucher le petit dernier. Il leur faut encore s’organiser pour la journée de demain. Maxime quittera la maison à l’aube pour éviter les embouteillages et Barbara suivra pour une présentation du travail d’une année à ses employeurs. Qui s’occupera des enfants ? Les esprits s’échauffent autour du même débat : il faut que l’un d’eux passe à 80% pour prendre soin des enfants et de la maison. Comme nombre de nos contemporains, Barbara et Maxime ressentent de plus en plus le manque de temps pour leur travail, leurs enfants et leur couple. Ils se sentent souvent prisonniers d’un rythme de vie toujours plus soutenu, soumis à des arbitrages permanents entre vie professionnelle, vie familiale et vie personnelle. Issu des recherches en cours sur l’accélération sociale et les rythmes de vie individuels ou collectifs, cet ouvrage milite pour un changement de regard sur les sociétés contemporaines en proposant une approche rythmique de la mobilité et des modes de vie. Cette proposition s’appuie sur l’analyse des comportements spatio-temporels et du rapport au temps chez des couples biactifs qui doivent concilier famille, travail et mobilité quotidienne. Les résultats mettent en perspective les importantes tensions liées à la gestion des temps quotidiens et suggèrent des formes de vulnérabilités temporelles qu’il s’agit de prendre en compte. Ils témoignent aussi des aptitudes développées par les couples pour gérer ces contraintes et des formes de mobilisation des ressources déployées dans la conduite de la vie quotidienne.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaMobilitéRythmes de vieTravailleurs frontaliersDrevon, Guillaume Simon Josephauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41465/1/9782889302369.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41465OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49818oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266289221OCoLC978288930335910.33055/ALPHIL.03149doi1266289221OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBLthemaJNthemaJNKthemaJNKHthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaJPthemaJPRthemaJPRBthemaGirinshuti, CrispinedtDevenir enseignantCarrières de vie et insertion professionnelle des enseignants diplômés en Suisse romandeNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarComment devient-on enseignant ? Qui choisit ce métier ? S’y intègre-t-on comme dans toute autre activité professionnelle ? L’idée de cet ouvrage est de conceptualiser l’insertion professionnelle selon la théorie interactionniste d’Everett C.Hughes, laquelle soutient que les individus interprètent et donnent du sens à des situations socioprofessionnelles successives à partir de leur « carrière de vie ». Celle-ci se distingue de la position occupée momentanément dans leur métier. Elle correspond aux expériences et interactions sociales qui structurent leur parcours de vie. L’auteur démontre que l’insertion en enseignement relève des mêmes mécanismes. Autrement dit, le sens donné à l’expérience sociale avant de s’orienter vers le métier, explique dans une certaine mesure la variabilité observée tant dans les conditions d’accès à l’emploi que dans la socialisation au travail une fois que les individus exercent avec leur diplôme pédagogique. Ainsi, ce livre met en lumière un processus en trois étapes analytiquement enchevêtrées : l’orientation vers la formation, l’accès à l’emploi et l’insertion subjective.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSociology: work and labourthemaEducationthemaEducational administration and organizationthemaTeaching staffthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaPolitics and governmentthemaRegional, state and other local governmentthemaRegional, state and other local government policiesthemaAccès à l'emploiCarrièresEnseignementInsertion professionnelleParcours de vieSocialisation au travailGirinshuti, Crispinauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49818/1/9782889303359.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49818OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32894oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1030819299OCoLC978288930048810.26530/OAPEN_594271doi1030819299OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaNHTKthemaDebluë, Claire-LiseedtExposer pour exporter. Culture visuelle et expansion commerciale en Suisse (1908-1939)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20151 electronic resource (524 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the early 20th Century, exhibitions and international fairs were a favoured field for Swiss businesses that wished to conquer new territories in foreign markets. The way in which Switzerland was represented abroad challenged traditional regional construction by substituting more geometrical lines, thereby replacing the ‘chalet style’. The ‘genesis’ of the Swiss style of exhibition, between commercial expansion and modern architecture, is depicted here beyond that of a purely institutional history, providing a new viewpoint into its economic and artistic aspects. Particular atten-tion is given to the role of certain ‘intermediaries’ in the creation and diffusion of a visual culture to a commercial action.Durant la première moitié du XXe siècle, les expositions et les foires internationales constituent un terrain d’affrontement privilégié entre les différents acteurs de la politique d’exposition. Alors que les entreprises suisses cherchent à conquérir de nouvelles positions sur les marchés extérieurs, la manière de représenter la Suisse à l’étranger fait particulièrement débat. Aux traditionnelles constructions régional-istes se substituent des aménagements aux lignes épurées, conçus selon les princi-pes fonctionnalistes de la « construction nouvelle ». Désigné dès le milieu des années 1930 sous le terme de « style suisse », ce nouveau visage de l’architecture d’exposition, simple et rationnel, rompt avec le vocabulaire formel du « style chalet », si souvent privilégié dans les expositions universelles du tournant du XXe siècle. Loin de constituer un phénomène isolé, ces reconfigurations témoignent d’un mouvement plus large de rationalisation de l’organisation commerciale. Dans le sillage de la Première Guerre mondiale, des publications spécialisées aux foires modernes, l’efficience visuelle devient en effet un instrument incontournable de la « lutte pour les débouchés » commerciaux. La genèse du « style suisse » d’exposition, conçue comme le fruit d’une collabora-tion étroite entre les acteurs de l’expansion commerciale et du mouvement de l’architecture moderne, est au coeur du présent ouvrage. Au-delà d’une histoire purement institutionnelle, ce livre apporte un éclairage inédit sur les enjeux économiques et artistiques de la politique d’exposition. Il prête une attention par-ticulière au rôle de certains « passeurs » dans la formulation et la diffusion d’une culture visuelle de l’action commerciale.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaIndustrialisation and industrial historythemabetween two warscommercial expansioneconomic and heritage organisationsentre-deux-guerresexhibition policyexpansion commercialeexpositions industriellesindustrial exhibitionorganisations économiques et patronalespolitique d'expositionstyle suisse d’expositionswiss style exhibitionsDebluë, Claire-Liseauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32894/1/594271.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32894OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31864oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982244722OCoLC978288930113310.26530/OAPEN_624510doi982244722OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaDubuis, ClaudiaedtUn mouvement contre le jeu d’argent. D’un loisir controversé à un problème public (Vancouver 1994-2004)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarGambling is now a legitimate sector of the entertainment industry. In the 1990s, opposition emerged in North America but failed to build a social movement on a large scale. This book specifically examines one of these coalitions in Vancouver, Cana-da. The local anti-gambling movement is analyzed as an expression of civic and political engagement. The study focuses specifically on the process of denouncing gambling practices and their conversion into a "public issue." The author analyzes a highly relevant current social debate.Les jeux d’argent sont aujourd’hui considérés comme l’un des secteurs légi-times de l’industrie du divertissement. Dans les années 1990, diverses formes d’opposition à cette industrie ont émergé en Amérique du Nord, sans toutefois réussir à construire un mouvement social à large échelle. Ces op-positions ont la plupart du temps pris la forme de campagnes locales peu organisées et sporadiques, lancées pour faire échouer des modifications de législation ou contre certains projets spécifiques. Ce livre étudie spécifiquement l’une de ces coalitions observée dans la ré-gion de Vancouver, au Canada, à partir d’une série de controverses qui se sont succédées sur une dizaine d’années. Le mouvement antijeu local est analysé comme l’expression d’un engagement citoyen et politique. L’analyse porte en particulier sur le processus de dénonciation des pratiques de jeu d’argent et leur transformation en « problème public ». Les vifs débats so-ciaux et politiques qui entourent les jeux d’argent soulèvent la question de leur réglementation, de leur légitimité et, en fin de compte, du sens que la société doit accorder à cette forme de divertissement. À travers la contestation sociale et la négociation entre acteurs de la société civile et instances politiques et administratives, l’auteure analyse un débat de société d’une grande actualité auquel extrêmement peu de recherches ont été consacrées, alors que l’expansion des diverses formes de jeux d’argent gagne en puissance un peu partout dans le monde et requiert des travaux scien-tifiquement pertinents et diversifiés.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaadtivismamérique du nordanthropologieanthropologyanti-capitalist critiquecasinosconstruction sociale des problèmes publicscritique anti-capitalisteengagement militantleisureloisirsmouvement d'opposition au jeu d'argentnorth americaopposition movement of gamblingsocial construction of public issuessociologiesociologyvancouverDubuis, Claudiaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31864/1/624510.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31864OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41462oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202547223OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03127doi1202547223OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaRthemaRGthemaRPthemaDubois, YannedtFrontières et mobilité au quotidienModes de vie dans l’agglomération trinationale de BâleNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEspaces, mobilités et sociétés9Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRéférendum sur le Brexit au Royaume-Uni en juin 2016, votation sur l’ « immigration de masse » en février 2014 en Suisse, vives discussions sur les frontaliers à Genève ou au Tessin, crispations générales en Occident sur la thématique des migrations, remises en cause multiples du libre-échange : tous ces évènements récents ont remis la question des frontières sur le devant de la scène, après plusieurs décennies d’ouverture grandissante des frontières. Cet ouvrage aborde la thématique des frontières sous un angle individuel, en s’intéressant aux modes de vie des habitants d’une agglomération transfrontalière, en l’occurrence celle de Bâle. Ici, ce sont les pratiques du quotidien de part et d’autre de la frontière – le travail, les achats quotidiens ou encore les loisirs –, mais aussi les liens sociaux et affectifs des habitants de la métropole bâloise qui sont au coeur de l’analyse. Travail frontalier, tourisme d’achats, identité (transfrontalière), rapports linguistiques, mais aussi usages des modes et perception de la mobilité sont autant de thématiques traitées dans cet ouvrage. La métropole bâloise, au coeur de l’Europe, et en tant que pionnière en matière de coopération transfrontalière et de réseaux de transport transfrontaliers offre un cadre idoine pour explorer la question des frontières et de leurs implications dans la vie quotidienne des habitants. Différences territoriales entre les habitants des trois pays, différences sociales entre frontaliers et non-frontaliers, différences entre jeunes et moins jeunes, etc., les rapports à la frontière apparaissent largement individuels. Ainsi, l’un des points forts de cet ouvrage réside dans l’utilisation du concept de motilité, c’est-à-dire du potentiel individuel de mobilité, pour la compréhension des modes de vie dans les agglomérations transfrontalières.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaRegional and area planningthemaAgglomération transfrontalièreBâleFrontièresMobilitéModes de vieMotilitéDubois, Yannauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41462/1/9782889302222.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41462OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41466oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202551010OCoLC10.33055/alphil.03110doi1202551010OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaBrenni, ClaudioedtSouveraineté alimentaire et semencesQuestions autochtones et paysannes dans la gouvernance de la biodiversité agricole internationale (1970-2013)NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCollection Écologie & Société27Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar« Chaque semence cultivée dans le monde est le produit de milliers d’années de travail des paysans, qui sélectionnent des plantes pour obtenir des fruits plus grands ou plus de grains, en les adaptant aux différents sols, climats et goûts. Jusqu’à il y a 100 ans, des milliers de variétés de maïs, de riz [...] prospéraient dans les communautés agricoles. Pourtant, la privatisation des semences a radicalement changé la donne : au cours de cette courte période, la diversité génétique de nombreuses espèces de semences s’est perdue à hauteur de 80 à 90 % des variétés.» En partant de ce constat des représentants du réseau transnational qui voit le jour suite à la première Conférence internationale sur la souveraineté alimentaire de 2007, cet ouvrage retrace l’histoire de la mobilisation internationale des représentants autochtones et paysans dans la gouvernance internationale de la biodiversité des années 1970 à nos jours. Croisant de façon novatrice les travaux constructivistes en relations internationales avec les approches d’économie politique institutionnelle et écologique, il compare les discours et les stratégies politiques déployés par ces représentants, explore toute la complexité des positionnements de ces deux groupes d’acteurs non étatiques et rend compte de leur capacité à faire valoir leurs revendications sur ce sujet de politique internationale.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaBiodiversité agricoleOrganisations PaysannesPeuples AutochtonesRelations internationalesSouveraineté alimentaireBrenni, Claudioauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41466/1/9782889302390.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41466OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49816oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266290731OCoLC978288930300710.33055/ALPHIL/03137doi1266290731OCoLCoapenoapendcGirardier, SandrineedtL’entreprise Jaquet-DrozEntre merveilles de spectacle, mécaniques luxueuses et machines utiles - 1758-1811NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHistoire3137Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLes Jaquet-Droz et Leschot occupent une place de choix dans la mémoire collective neuchâteloise. L’histoire mythifiée des trois mécaniciens chaux-de-fonniers – Pierre Jaquet-Droz, son fils Henry-Louis et leur ami et collaborateur Jean-Frédéric Leschot – participe encore aujourd’hui à la définition du savoir-faire horloger comme une aptitude technique propre à l’Arc jurassien. Alors que tant a été écrit sur ces horlogers du XVIIIe siècle, éminents s’il en est, deux enjeux balisent le présent travail : renouveler le regard porté sur ce trio mécanicien et analyser les sphères d’activités qui caractérisent leurs parcours. De la figure du génie mécanique montagnard à l’image d’Épinal de l’horloger, acteurs isolés au sein d’un contexte idéalisé et non problématisé, les Jaquet-Droz et Leschot envahissent tous les champs de l’histoire en devenant les figures tutélaires de l’horlogerie neuchâteloise. Au sein de cette composition historiographique, les automates occupent une place prépondérante. Déjà au XVIIIe siècle, les enjeux dont ils sont les porte-paroles motivent des commentaires aux orientations diverses : elles ont trait au domaine technique et commercial, à la sphère philosophique et au champ épistémologique. Forte d’une réputation technique fondée sur les automates notamment, la maison Jaquet-Droz prospère et se développe en ouvrant des ateliers à Londres puis à Genève. Ceux-ci deviennent des acteurs importants de la production de mécaniques de luxes où sous-traitance et adaptabilité sont les mots-clés qui permettent de se faire un nom sur la place, quitte à l’effacer de ses propres pièces pour favoriser la vente de la marchandise. À l’image de la production, la vente se réalise sur l’échelle internationale pour toucher, notamment, un marché riche en symboles : la Chine. Pour survivre, notamment en situation de crise, la maison doit aussi adapter son écoulement et laisse ainsi entrevoir les stratégies nécessaires à mettre en œuvre pour s’implanter durablement dans le commerce international. Une polyphonie de définitions permet de mieux circonscrire le rôle et la place de l’horloger au XVIIIe siècle, à l’aune d’activités qui dépassent le seul intérêt économique. À travers la fabrication de prothèses anatomiques ou la participation aux activités de la Société des Arts de Genève, la mécanique devient un outil mis au service de la collectivité et vient ainsi contrecarrer les propos parfois réducteurs émis au sujet de l’inutilité des automates. À travers un corpus forcément à géométrie variable qui donne une image plus nuancée du parcours des trois hommes, cette étude souhaite replacer les Jaquet-Droz et Leschot dans le contexte qui est leur et évoquer les enjeux multiples qu’ils rendent visibles.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreChineautomatescommercehorlogerieluxemobilitéréseauxsous-traitanceGirardier, Sandrineauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49816/1/9782889303007.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49816OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32892oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1014450602OCoLC978294048909110.26530/OAPEN_594273doi1014450602OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaForclaz, BertrandedtL’expérience de la différence religieuse dans l'Europe moderne (XVIe – XVIIIe siè-cles)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20131 electronic resource (412 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collective work explores the themes of religious coexistence and the broaching of religious frontiers in Europe during the 16th, 17th and 18th Centuries. It intends to open new areas for discussion on a European level through the bias of a dia-logue between researchers subscribing to highly different national traditions (France, Netherlands, Switzerland, and Germany). It acts through the contributions gathered here to analyse the possibilities and different methods of interfaith con-tact by using as a departure point the experience of religious differences: The ex-perience garnered by diverse social actors – ecclesiastical, magisterial, academics and nobility.Cet ouvrage collectif aborde les thématiques de la coexistence confessionnelle et du dépassement des frontières religieuses dans l’Europe des XVIe, XVIIe et XVIIIe siècles. Il entend ouvrir de nouvelles pistes de discussion à l’échelle européenne, par le biais d’un dialogue entre des chercheurs s’inscrivant dans des traditions nationales bien différentes (France, Pays-Bas, Suisse, Allemagne). Il s’agit dans les contributions rassemblées ici d’analyser les possibilités et les modalités des contacts interconfessionnels, en prenant comme point de départ l’expérience de la différence religieuse : l’expérience vécue d’acteurs sociaux très divers – ecclésiastiques, magistrats, lettrés ou bourgeois – mais aussi l’expérience tentée par les autorités politiques. Les approches utilisées sont diverses : étude de trajectoires individuelles, histoire intellectuelle et culturelle, histoire sociale et politique. Les recherches présentées, dans leur diversité, s’inscrivent dans un contexte historiographique marqué par la remise en cause des paradigmes insistant sur l’étanchéité des frontières confessionnelles.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaallemagnecoexistence confessionnellecontacts interconfessionnelsfrancefrontières religieusesgermanyhistoire intellectuelleintellectual historyinterfaith coexistenceinterfaith contactnetherlandspays-basreligious frontiersstrong religious frontierssuissseswitzerlandétanchéité des frontières confessionnellesForclaz, Bertrandauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32892/1/594273.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32892OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49815oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266288435OCoLC978288930288810.33055/ALPHIL.03136doi1266288435OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaDarbellay, FrédéricautL'interdisciplinarité à l'écoleSuccès, résistance, diversité.NeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarQuelle serait ton école idéale ? « Une école de rêve c’est une école où il y a tous nos rêves », lance un des enfants interrogés dans le cadre de notre enseignement interdisciplinaire sur la créativité en éducation. Comme l’enfant, tout enseignant et enseignante, tout responsable d’établissement scolaire, tout parent, chercheur ou chercheuse se met un jour à rêver d’une école idéale dans laquelle toutes les disciplines se déploient et communiquent entre elles de manière harmonieuse, en interdisciplinarité. Ils sont de plus en plus nombreux non seulement à rêver une école en phase avec la complexité du monde, mais aussi à rendre l’impossible possible, à faire de l’interdisciplinarité une réalité éducative. Ce livre montre la plus-value de l’interdisciplinarité à l’école, ses avancées et quelques succès institutionnels et pédagogiques. Le travail interdisciplinaire n’est néanmoins pas un chemin facile et tracé d’avance. Les résistances et les obstacles épistémologiques, organisationnels, didactiques, personnels et culturels freinent souvent la réalisation d’une interdisciplinarité ambitieuse. En réunissant une série de chercheurs et chercheuses parmi les meilleur.e.s spécialistes francophones des enjeux de l’interdisciplinarité scolaire, cette oeuvre collective analyse et documente les pratiques de convergence entre les disciplines. Les éducations à pour répondre à l’urgence du développement durable ou aux transformations de l’exercice de la citoyenneté, les rapports complexes entre interdisciplinarité et didactique(s), ou encore la collaboration interdisciplinaire dans une logique de projet et d’usage du numérique, sont des axes de réflexion centraux. Les regards croisés sur le dialogue entre les disciplines dessinent une cartographie nuancée de l’interdisciplinarité qui n’est pas une et indivisible mais réellement diversifiée dans les pratiques d’enseignement et d’apprentissage. Destiné aux chercheurs et chercheuses, formateurs et formatrices, aux responsables éducatifs, aux conseillers et conseillères pédagogiques, aux directeurs et directrices d’établissement, aux enseignants et enseignantes mais également aux spécialistes en sciences de l’éducation et dans toutes disciplines, cet ouvrage propose un regard théorique ainsi que des pistes de mise en oeuvre des pratiques interdisciplinaires en éducation et formation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaDiversitéEcoleEnseignementInterdisciplinaritéRechercheTrandisciplinaritéDarbellay, FrédéricedtLouviot, MaudeedtMoody, Zoeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49815/1/9782889302888.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49815OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41468oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1202564423OCoLC10.33055/alphil.00026doi1202564423OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaPahud, EdwardedtUne innovation pédagogiqueLe cas de l’enseignement mutuel au XIXe siècleNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFocus26Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEnseigner la lecture et l’écriture avec succès à mille enfants présents dans une même salle, cela pourrait passer aujourd’hui pour un pari fou et pourtant deux hommes l’ont imaginé et l’ont mis en pratique. L’Écossais Andrew Bell et l’Anglais Joseph Lancaster se sont ainsi lancés à corps perdu dans l’expérience de l’enseignement mutuel au début du XIXe. Ils proposent alors que des enfants enseignent à d’autres enfants. Très rapidement, leurs écoles acquièrent une grande renommée d’abord en Grande-Bretagne, puis en France ; leur mode d’enseignement s’étend ensuite comme une trainée de poudre à travers l’Europe et le monde. Ils apportent ainsi une réponse aux problèmes des autorités scolaires de l’époque qui, faute de moyens financiers, peinent à former des enseignants et à concevoir les systèmes d’instruction publique. La première partie de l’ouvrage retrace les origines, le développement et le déclin de ce mode d’enseignement et la seconde décrit l’organisation, les composantes et les variations de sa mise en oeuvre. Ainsi, grâce à l’étude de cette innovation pédagogique du XIXe siècle, c’est un pan de l’histoire de l’école qui est remis en lumière.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducationenseignementmutuelPahud, EdwardauthTinembart, Sylvianeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41468/1/9782889500253.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41468OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31861oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982239628OCoLC978288930096910.26530/OAPEN_624513doi982239628OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaRobert, Michèleedt«Que dorénavant chacun fuie paillardise, oisiveté, gourmandise…» Réforme et contrôle des moeursla justice consistoriale dans le Pays de Neuchâtel (1547-1848)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (468 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNeuchâtel adopted the Reformation in 1530. What impact did this decision by the citizens of the city have on the population? This book describes the disci-pline that has since surrounded the parishioners of the canton of Neuchâtel and the lordship of Valangin and evoked three centuries of Neuchâtel consis-tories. Based on the analysis of thousands of cases, it draws back the cur-tain on daily life, love, the revolts of a small population, mostly rural, in which the sources speak only rarely.En 1568, Pierre Racine de La Chaux-de-Fonds est condamné à la prison par le consistoire pour avoir affirmé que tout ce que disaient les pasteurs n’était pas vrai et qu’on était bien fou de les croire. Cette déclaration témoigne de la difficulté d’imposer dans les Montagnes la Réformation votée en 1530 par les bourgeois de la ville de Neuchâtel. Cet ouvrage décrit la discipline qui encadre dès lors les paroissiens, comme dans tous les pays protestants, mais plus longtemps qu’ailleurs, jusqu’en 1848. Il étudie la mise en place progressive entre 1530 et 1560 de ce carcan disciplinaire dans le comté de Neuchâtel et la seigneurie de Valangin, cadre principal de cette étude, non sans tensions entre l’Église et le gouvernement. On voit naître une situation particulière dans le concert des pays réformés : ni Berne la zwinglienne, ni Genève la calviniste, Neuchâtel a inventé son propre modèle. Cette étude passe en revue les trois siècles d’existence des consistoires neuchâtelois, confrontant l’immobilisme des institutions à l’évolution inévitable de la société sous l’influence des Lumières, de la laïcisation, de courants dissidents au sein même de l’Église, de la situation politique des pays voisins. Fondée sur l’analyse de milliers d’affaires, cette enquête lève le voile sur la vie quotidienne, les travaux, les amours, les révoltes d’une population modeste, essentiellement rurale, dont la voix avait peu de chances d’être entendue par le biais d’autres sources.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaancienscalvinconsistoiresconsistoriesdiscipline moralefarelillegitimacyillégitimitéjusticemariagesmoral disciplineostervaldosterwaldpasteurpastorscandalscandaleseniorssorcelleriesuperstitionsurveillanceweddingswitchcraftRobert, Michèleauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31861/1/624513.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31861OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49813oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266286925OCoLC978288930268010.33055/ALPHIL.03131doi1266286925OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaDurler, HeloïseedtTravailler dans une écoleSociologie du travail dans les établissements scolaires en Suisse romandeNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTransmission des savoirsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarJeudi 27 mai, fin d’après-midi, vous poussez la lourde porte d’un bâtiment ancien. Une vague odeur de naphtaline, de pierre et de carton. Vous cherchez le bureau du directeur, lieu dans lequel votre rendez-vous est prévu, pour évoquer la scolarité de votre fils. Secrétaires, infirmière, logopédiste, doyenne, enseignant « ordinaire » et « spécialisé », psychologue, concierge… Vous allez ce jour-là croiser un nombre impressionnant de personnes travaillant dans l’établissement scolaire. En quoi consiste leur travail quotidien ? Comment organisent-elles leurs activités, au jour le jour ? Comment leurs tâches s’articulent-elles entre elles ? L’ambition de cet ouvrage collectif est de décrire le travail, souvent méconnu et parfois invisible, réalisé par ces divers professionnels au sein des établissements scolaires. Il propose des entrées diversifiées sur le travail à l’école, abordant tout autant l’insertion professionnelle, le travail des enseignants, des élèves, des infirmières, des psychologues, des directeurs, des parents ou encore des concierges, afin de donner un aperçu de l’évolution, des divisions et des contradictions qui caractérisent le « travail pédagogique » dans son ensemble. Avec une volonté de dépasser les oppositions préconstruites, notamment celle entre « travail prescrit » et « travail réel », le livre traite des multiples ajustements auxquels les individus ont recours dans leur quotidien. Il révèle leurs pratiques ordinaires, tout en rendant compte des variations normatives et des diverses prescriptions qui leur sont adressées, à l’intérieur comme hors des murs de l’école.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEtablissement scolaireNormesPoste de TravailSubjectivitéTravail pédagogiqueDurler, HeloïseauthLosego, Philippeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49813/1/9782889302680.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49813OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31859oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982228330OCoLC978288930111910.26530/OAPEN_624531doi982228330OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaMoody, ZoeedtLes droits de l’enfant. Genèse, institutionnalisation et diffusion (1924-1989)NeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (424 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOn November 20, 1989, the United Nations General Assembly ratified the Convention on the Rights of the Child. How is the evolution of the socio-legal status of the child that resulted in this Convention understood as well as the attitudes and strategies of stakeholders during the twentieth century? Through this book, Zoe Moody fills an important gap in the study of chil-dren's rights by analyzing for the first time the processes of genesis, institu-tionalization, and distribution of treaties on children's rights from a historical and transnational perspective.Le 20 novembre 1989, l’Assemblée générale des Nations Unies ratifiait la Convention relative aux Droits de l’Enfant, convention qui allait rapidement connaître un écho mondial auprès des chefs d’État comme de la société civile. Comment comprendre l’évolution du statut socio-juridique de l’enfant qui a abouti à cette Convention ainsi que les attitudes et les stratégies des acteurs concernés durant le XXe siècle ? Bien que l’évolution du statut de l’enfant soit souvent perçue comme un processus linéaire, sa mise en perspective historique montre au contraire les tensions et les controverses qui nourrissent les conceptions de l’enfance, de l’enfant et de ses droits. Les droits de l’enfant se développent au travers de subtils jeux de pouvoir et d’échelles entre les contextes nationaux et inter-nationaux et par le biais de réseaux d’acteurs. Ceux-ci portent la question de l’enfance et de ses droits au coeur des organisations inter- et non-gouvernementales, leur donnant une dimension nouvelle. À travers cet ouvrage, Zoe Moody comble une lacune importante de l’étude des droits de l’enfant en analysant pour la première fois les processus de genèse, d’institutionnalisation et de diffusion des traités relatifs aux droits de l’enfant dans une perspective historique et transnationale. Une attention particulière est portée aux acteurs qui contribuent à ces processus de même qu’aux problèmes éducatifs qu’ils soulèvent. La mise en dialogue de ces traités est réalisée à la lumière des sources archivistiques inédites, conser-vées par les organisations internationales.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaacteurschildhoodchildren's rightscirculationdroit de l'enfanteducationenfancehistoirehistoryinterdisciplinarityinterdisciplinaritéintergovernmental organizationsnongovernmental organizations (ngos)normesnormsorganisations intergouvernementalesorganisations non gouvermentales (ong)stakeholderstraffictransnationalMoody, Zoeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31859/1/624531.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31859OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31860oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d982228623OCoLC978288930109610.26530/OAPEN_624530doi982228623OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaGuex, DelphineedtTourisme, mobilités et développement régional dans les Alpes Suisses: mise en scène et valeur territoriale. Montreux, Finhaut et Zermatt du XIXe siècle à nos joursNeuchEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses20161 electronic resource (496 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThrough the paths of three resorts, this book examines how the areas af-fected by tourism and mobility change, and questions the notion of territorial value. The development of territories is understood through their mobility: the mobility not only of people but also of knowledge and information, as well as markets. Today, in a "hypermobile" world, places must be connect-ed. These networks lead to a standardization of territories. However, to at-tract tourists, media attention, and investors, territories must stand out! It is this process of staging and construction of value that this book presents.Le tourisme et les mobilités sont au coeur de l’économie actuelle. Pourtant, pendant longtemps, seul un petit nombre d’individus avait les moyens de se déplacer. Ce livre s’attache, à travers les trajectoires de trois stations, à comprendre la manière dont évoluent des territoires concernés par le tourisme et les mobilités, et questionne la notion de valeur territoriale. Grâce à une réflexion transdisciplinaire au croisement de l’économie territoriale, de la sociologie, de l’histoire et de la géographie, cet ouvrage propose de comprendre le développement d’un territoire à travers la manière dont il est concerné par les mobilités : la mobilité des personnes, c’est-à-dire des consommateurs (et en premier lieu des touristes) et des travailleurs, mais aussi la mobilité des connaissances et de l’information, ainsi que la mobilité sur les marchés. De nos jours en effet, dans un monde « hypermobile », les lieux doivent être connectés aux autres. Nécessaires, ces mises en réseaux tendent néanmoins à une certaine standardisation des territoires. Or, pour attirer des touristes, de l’attention médiatique, et des investisseurs, les territoires doivent se démarquer ! C’est ce processus de mise en scène et de construction de la valeur que présente ce livre. Ces aspects sont étudiés pour le cas particulier des trajectoires socioéconomiques de stations touristiques suisses (Finhaut, Montreux, et Zermatt). On montre comment, d’un côté, ces territoires se sont inscrits, selon les époques, dans les mobilités, et comment, d’un autre côté, ces territoires ont pu combiner et réguler les effets locaux de ces mobilités.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Swiss National Science Foundation (SNSF) - OAPEN-CHCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaalpesdéveloppement régionaleconomic sociologyeconomie territorialeheritagemise en scène territorialemobilitymobilitéspatrimoineregional developmentsociologie économiquesuisseswitzerlandterritorial economicsterritorial stagingterritorial valuetourismtourismevaleur territorialeGuex, Delphineauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31860/1/624530.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31860OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49817oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266289134OCoLC978288930313710.33055/ALPHIL.03138doi1266289134OCoLCoapenoapendcRamseyer, JacquesedtDévoiler l’ailleursNeuchâtelEditions Alphil-Presses universitaires suisses2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHistoire des transports, du tourisme et du voyage3138Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarL’existence ne peut-elle pas être vue comme un voyage, dont le carnet se remplit peu à peu d’histoires vécues ? Les initiateurs de ce livre ont voulu, à travers des approches monographiques très variées, susciter une réflexion sur la manière dont on voyage, du XVIIIe siècle à nos jours, et dont on rend compte de cette expérience dans des écrits personnels qui ne sont pas destinés à la publication. Quels liens se tissent entre les personnes qui partent et leur pays natal ? En quoi l’âge, le genre, l’origine sociale, le métier, les conventions influent-ils sur le récit ? Quelle est la part des lacunes, des blancs et des silences dans ces correspondances et ces carnets de route ? De quelle perception de l’espace et des autres témoignent ces savants, ces artistes, ces explorateurs et ces touristes « ordinaires » ? Le journal de voyage est-il un miroir de soi autant qu’une documentation sur les contrées visitées ? Chaque voyageur, chaque voyageuse agit comme un révélateur des interrogations et des changements que vit son époque. Du tourisme d’élite au tourisme industriel, d’une mission scientifique dans l’Afrique coloniale aux pérégrinations de jeunes bourgeois en quête de plaisirs balnéaires sur la Côte d’Azur, à pied ou en voiture, en mer ou en haute montagne, de la Suisse aux confins du monde, le voyage a sa part d’aventures et de jouissances, de méditations sur la destinée parfois. Tous les témoignages étudiés ici démontrent, par le texte comme par l’image, que le voyage participe d’une expérience à la fois personnelle et collective.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfrehistoire du voyagejourneaux intimestourismetransportsRamseyer, JacquesauthTissot, LaurentauthVincent, Patrickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49817/1/9782889303137.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49817OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25344oapen20260509a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260509s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100536164OCoLC1100536164OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFDthemaCFDMthemaBraarvig, JensautStudies in Multilingualism, Lingua Franca and Lingua SacraMax Planck Institute for Legal History and Legal Theory20181 electronic resource (543 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMax Planck Research Library for the History and Development of Knowledge Studies10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe present book comprises a number of studies centered around the topic of how knowledge diffuses from one culture to another, and how knowledge diffusion is connected with the spread of languages and the conceptual systems they carry by translation. This diffusion also takes place also over linguistic borders, in the way that a given receiving language may also absorb systems of knowledge from languages that are linguistically quite unrelated but culturally connected with respect to knowledge transfer. Thus we find that Sumerian concepts with considerable impact were moved into the Akkadian language, along with writing-systems, religion, science and literature, even though linguistically the languages are completely unrelated. Another example is how Chinese culture and writing systems spread throughout East Asia into Korea, Japan and Vietnam, though the languages of these countries were linguistically unrelated to Chinese. The same case can be made for Buddhist ways of thinking when it was clothed in the garb of Chinese or Tibetan, or one of the other languages along the Silk Road. This is also true for the spread of Manicheism, as it was portrayed in a great number of languages, related or unrelated. German and Latin are linguistically related, but when Latin learning was communicated in Old High German, many of its terms were created in Middle German to accommodate the Latin conceptual world, and the German language was lastingly enriched with novisms denoting concepts of the Classical traditions of learning, in a process parallel to the spread of Greek Christianity into the East European cultures and languages. The book describes some cases of such knowledge transfer and what kind of mechanisms are involved in the ensuing language changes in the receiving languages and cultures.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: FP7 Ideas: European Research CouncilCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/by-nc-saccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaPsycholinguistics and cognitive linguisticsthemaBilingualism and multilingualismthemaMultilingualismculturelanguagesBraarvig, JensedtGeller, Markham J.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25344/1/multilingualism.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25344OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112912oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460051978963646378610.56037/978-963-646-005-1doioapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATDthemaProntvai, VeraedtKöltészet és ritualitás a kortárs magyar színházban. Vidnyánszky Attila és Visky András színházi világaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet a kortárs magyar színházi élet két kiemelkedő alakjának munkásságát elemzi, különös tekintettel a költői és rituális elemek megjelenésére színpadra vitt előadásaikban. A kötet rámutat arra, hogy a színpadi alkotások és társadalmi interakciók már nem értelmezhetők kizárólag hagyományos esztétikai, dramaturgiai vagy műfajelméleti fogalmakkal. A monográfia Pilinszky János színházeszményének továbbélését és folyamatos újrateremtését vizsgálja Vidnyánszky Attila Krisztus-ábrázolásiban, Visky András drámáiban. Mindkét alkotó esetében a poétikus és rituális vonások színházi megjelenítésének elmélyítésére tett kísérleteket mutatja be, miközben egyes előadásaikat kortárs misztériumjátékként értelmezi.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaTheatre studiesthemaBarakkdramaturgiaBarrack dramaturgyDramaturgia)Dramaturgy)Előadóművészet (zeneEvangéliumi esztétikaGospel aestheticsKöltői színházMisztériumjátékMystery playPerforming arts studies (MusicologyPoetic theaterSzínháztudományTheater scienceProntvai, Veraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112912/1/9789636463786.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112912OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112917oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978233657575910.56037/978-963-646-442-4doioapenoapendcLthemaLAthemaPthemaPHthemaPHDthemaPHDYthemaTthemaTHthemaRobert, SzuchyedtSmart Grids and the Green TransitionShaping the Future of Europe’s Internal Electricity MarketBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEurope’s energy transition is shaped by the dual imperatives of climate neutrality and security of supply, underpinned by technological innovation and legal reform. This book, Smart Grids and the Green Transition: Shaping the Future of Europe’s Internal Electricity Market, provides a comprehensive analysis of how smart grid technologies and digitalisation are transforming electricity networks, consumer roles, and regulatory frameworks. It situates smart grids as the backbone of a decarbonised energy system, essential for integrating renewable energy, enabling e-mobility, and ensuring demand-side flexibility. Against the backdrop of the European Green Deal, the Fit for 55 package, REPowerEU, and the recast Internal Electricity Market Directive, the book explores the evolving interaction between climate ambition, market regulation, and consumer protection. By addressing data governance, cybersecurity, competition, and sector integration, it demonstrates how EU energy law is adapting to balance sustainability, affordability, and resilience in Europe’s internal electricity market.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaMathematics and SciencethemaPhysicsthemaClassical mechanicsthemaEnergythemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaElectricity marketEnergiahatékonyságEnergiatudatosság oktatásaEnergy EfficiencyEnergy educationEnergy efficiencyEnergy lawGreen transitionJogtudományLawRobert, Szuchyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112917/1/9782336575759.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112917OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112893oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978963646370010.56037/978-2-336-42823-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaHanuliaková, JanaedtPositive Education. The axiom of contemporary upbringing and educationBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe integration of positive psychology into the educational process marks a significant shift in the approach of educators, emphasizing the development of students' best qualities. This approach focuses on fostering mental health in students of all ages by highlighting positive aspects of human life. Positive psychology, which has notably developed in the 21st century, encourages exploring the connections between its principles and education. Key themes include well-being, happiness, empathy, and optimism, which should be incorporated into teaching practices. The discipline does not ignore life's challenges but instead emphasizes the optimization of student and educational community functioning. Martin Seligman, a pioneer of positive psychology, advocates for a shift from focusing on negatives to enhancing life's positives, using existing psychological tools. Positive education prioritizes a supportive climate that fosters positive relationships and problem-solving skills among students. The book explores theoretical and practical aspects of integrating positive psychology into education, aiming to address societal needs. It presents positive education as a means to prepare students for future challenges through enhanced cognitive and emotional development.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaCognitive developmentDidactics)Didaktika)EducationGeneral (including trainingPedagogyPedagógiaPositive emotionsPositive psychologySeligmanStudent developmentÁltalános oktatás (benne képzésHanuliaková, JanaauthPorubčanová, Dášaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112893/1/9789636463700.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112893OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112895oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646405910.56037/978-963-646-417-2doioapenoapendcLthemaLNthemaLNKthemaLNKJthemaRthemaRNthemaRNDthemaTahyné Kovács, ÁgnesedtInnováció és teremtésvédelem. Az európai uniós GMO és NGT szabályozás kihívásairólBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTeremtésvédelemOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA GMO-szabályozás számos kérdést vet fel, hullámai még az Alaptörvényig is elérnek. Megítélése mind tudományos, mind jogi szempontból kérdéses, így az ellentétes vélemények folyamatosan ütköznek, különösen azért, mert a valós következmények még manapság sem láthatóak át a maguk egészében, ezért a biztos alapok helyett inkább a különböző nézőpontok fognak dönteni. Amennyiben feltételezzük, hogy az innováció ezen útja hasznos, akkor félretesszük az óvatosságot – a WTO vagy az USA és számos más ország inkább efelé hajlik –, másik lehetőségként vagy az elővigyázatosság, vagy a szükséges óvatosság alapján korlátokat szükséges felállítani – ezen utóbbi az úton járt az EU, és jár Magyarország. Az Unió megítélése az utóbbi években mintha elmozdult volna az eddigi korlátoktól. A tudományos vagy jogi szempontok mellett azonban mindenképpen etikai szempontok is megjelennek, amelyek a katolikus egyház tanítása keretében a teremtésvédelem területén belül láthatók legjobban. Az értekezés végigvezet minket azon az úton, mit is jelent a GMO és milyen fejlődési története van, melyek a teremtésvédelmi megfontolások és azok az Egyházon belül milyen lépések mentén erősödtek meg az elmúlt évtizedekben, feltárva a tanítás valós tartalmát, amely a teremtett világgal szembeni felelősségünkre világít rá. Ennek folytán a fenti generális alapok mellett a társadalmi tanítás alapjait is bemutatja. A jogi kérdések sorában pedig leginkább a haza jogi megközelítést is megalapozó EU-szabályozásra kerül a fókusz, annak történetére, gyakorlatára és folyamatban lévő alakulására.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaEnvironment, transport and planning law: generalthemaEnvironment lawthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental policy and protocolsthemaBiodiversity conservationBiodiverzitás megőrzéseCreation careEnvironmental lawFenntarthatóságJogKörnyezetjogLawNature conservationRights of natureSubsidiaritySustainabilitySzubszidiaritásTeremtésvédelemTermészet jogaiTermészetvédelemTahyné Kovács, Ágnesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112895/1/9789636464059.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112895OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112878oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461294978963646375510.56037/978-963-646-129-4doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFPthemaUthemaUBthemaDróth, JúliaedtTiltjuk, tűrjük vagy támogatjuk? Gépi fordítás a fordítóképzésbenBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA szakfordítóképző intézmények egyik központi témája napjainkban a gépi fordítás gyors fejlődése és alkalmazásának terjedése. Nem könnyű megtalálni a gépi fordítás helyét az oktatásban, ugyanakkor sürgető ez a feladat, hiszen a szakfordítás gyakorlatára készítjük fel a hallgatókat. A kötetünkben szereplő tanulmányok a következő kérdéseket járják körül a tudomány, a fordítóképzés, valamint a fordítóipar oldaláról: Engedélyezik-e az egyes intézmények a gépi fordítás alkalmazását a képesítőfordítás írása közben? Oktatják-e az intézmények a gépi fordítás utószerkesztését? Ha igen, a képzésen belül mikor és milyen módszerekkel? Hogyan érdemes kezelni, amikor a szakfordító hallgató gépi fordítómotort használ a házi feladatként feladott fordítás elkészítéséhez?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaTranslation and interpretationthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaBölcsészettudományokFordítóképzésGépi fordításHuman translationHumanitiesHumán fordításMachine translationPost editingTranslator trainingUtószerkesztésDróth, JúliaauthHarazin, BalázsauthHeltai, PálauthKovács, TímeaauthLesznyák, MártaauthNagy, JuditauthRobin, EdinaauthSeidl-Péch, OlíviaauthDróth, Júliaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112878/1/9789636463755.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112878OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112900oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460754978963646363210.56037/978-963-646-075-4doioapenoapendcVthemaVFthemaVFDthemaVFDJthemaNémeth, ÁgnesautIskoláskorú gyermekek egészségmagatartása, 2022. A WHO-val együttműködésben megvalósuló nemzetközi kutatás nemzeti jelentése – legújabb adatok és trendek az elmúlt húsz évbenBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRendSzerTanOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA rendszeresen megjelenő kutatási beszámoló a serdülőkorú magyar népesség életmódjáról, egészséggel kapcsolatos szokásairól, egészségi állapotáról és az ezeket meghatározó háttértényezőkről ad információt. A kutatás az Iskoláskorú Gyermekek Egészségmagatartása (HBSC) című nemzetközi együttműködésben megvalósuló, országosan reprezentatív adatgyűjtés, melyet 2022-ben tízedik alkalommal szerveztünk meg a 11-18 éves hazai iskolások körében. A mentális egészség területei kiemelt hangsúlyt kaptak jelen vizsgálatban, emellett az egészséget támogató és veszélyeztető magatartásformák életkori és nemi különbségeit, valamint az ezredforduló óta tapasztalt változásait mutatja be és elemzi részletesen a tanulmány. Mindezek mellett a kötet segít eligazodni abban is, hogy milyen hangsúlyok lennének szükségesek az elkövetkező időszak egészségfejlesztési teendőiben, melyek azok a területek, ahová több energiát kellene fektetnünk, és milyen területekre támaszkodhatunk, melyek a jól alakuló tendenciák.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunHealth, Relationships and Personal developmentthemaFamily and healththemaPopular medicine and healththemaChildren’s healththemaAdolescenceEgészségfejlesztésEgészségmagatartásEgészségmonitorozó rendszerekHealth behaviourHealth monitoring systemsHealth promotionSerdülőkorSubjective well-beingSzubjektív jóllétTrendekTrendsNémeth, Ágnesedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112900/1/9789636463632.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112900OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112906oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978233654402110.56037/978-963-646-414-1doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVHthemaLthemaLAthemaLAMthemaLNthemaLNDthemaLNDXthemaCzebe, AndrásedtIdentity, Belonging, and the Law. Agency, proxies, contestation, legal, and practical challenges to conceptualizing and operationalizing groupness, and membership for national minorities, indigenous peoples, race, ethnicity, and religionBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierIdentitás a jogbanOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHow does law conceptualize groups and collective identities like race, ethnicity or nationality? And how does it define who count as members? Identity, Belonging and the Law brings together legal scholars to address these questions through a series of case studies. The volume opens with a theoretical framework by András László Pap and proceeds to examine interpretations of Article 27 of the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. The book discusses questions pertaining to the accommodation of various claims, including political representation of minorities, examines legal constructions of indigeneity, and the complexities of ethnic data in law enforcement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaComparative lawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaConstitutionthemaAlkotmányokComparative lawConstitutionsEmberi jogokEthnicityHuman rightsIdentityIndigenous rightsJogtudományJogtudományokLawLegal studiesMinority righsRaceÖsszehasonlító jogCzebe, AndrásauthDobos, BalázsauthKovács Szitkay, EszterauthKörtvélyesi, ZsoltauthNagy, NoémiauthPap, András LászlóauthSzajbély, KatalinauthTóth, NorbertauthChronowski, NóraedtDobos, BalázsedtKovács Szitkay, EszteredtNagy, NoémiedtPap, András Lászlóedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112906/1/9782336544021.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112906OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112902oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978963646497410.56037/978-963-646-498-1doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDAthemaNHKthemaNHKAthemaNHTthemaNHTDthemaNHTPthemaBödőcs, AndrásedtDenkmäler der römischen Straßen in UngarnBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDissertationes Pannonicae ex Instituto Archaeologico Universitatis de Rolando Eötvös nominatae Budapestinensis provenientesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv a római kori úthálózat lenyűgöző örökségét tárja fel a mai Magyarország területén. Bödőcs András részletesen bemutatja a római utak építészeti, topográfiai és régészeti aspektusait, miközben a korábbi kutatások összegzését és kritikai feldolgozását is magában foglalja. Külön fejezetek elemzik a római útépítők szerepét, valamint az általuk használt mérőeszközöket és technikákat. A szerző gazdag forrásanyagra támaszkodva rekonstruálja az egykori útvonalak szerkezetét és funkcióját, a térképek és helyszíni adatok révén új megvilágításba helyezve Pannonia közlekedési rendszerét. A tanulmány több száz lelőhely részletes leírását tartalmazza megyénként rendszerezve, kiemelt figyelmet szentelve Budapest és a Dunántúl római útmaradványainak. A mű tudományos alapossága mellett szélesebb olvasóközönség számára is haszonnal forgatható, segítve megérteni, miként formálták a római utak a mai településszerkezetet és tájat. A kötet egyben tisztelgés a klasszikus mérnöki tudás és a római logisztika előtt. Forrásmunkaként és terepi segédletként egyaránt nélkülözhetetlen mind a kutatók, mind az érdeklődők számára. A munka interdiszciplináris megközelítése hiánypótló a magyar régészeti irodalomban; az elméleti áttekintést gazdag képanyag és térképek egészítik ki, amelyek vizuálisan is megjelenítik az ókori úthálózat elemeit.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: the RomansthemaHistory of the AmericasthemaHistory of the Americas: pre-Columbian periodthemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaOral historythemaHistorical geographythemaAncient historyArchaeological topographyArchaeologyArchaeometryArcheometriaGISGeographic information systemsHistorical geographyLandscape archaeologyPannonia provincePannonia provinciaRoman road networkRégészetRégészeti topográfiaRómai kori úthálózatTájrégészetTérinformatikai rendszerekTörténelmi földrajzÓkori történelemBödőcs, Andrásauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112902/1/9789636464974.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112902OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112913oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d978963646377910.56037/978-2-336-50020-1doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJPthemaKthemaKJthemaMáté, BotosedtDe la bonne monnaie. Documents originaux de « l’Union catholique des études sociales et économiques » de Fribourg (1884–1903)Budapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLe présent ouvrage vise à redresser l'image du catholicisme social à la fin du XIXe siècle. La cause de l'entreprise est constituée d'éléments multiples : au début de notre XXIe siècle, après la chute des systèmes économiques et sociaux, nous avons sans doute une vision plus nuancée des mouvements de réforme sociale. La révision du projet de réforme des catholiques sociaux ne peut se faire sans une certaine ambiguïté. D'une part, ce courant politique, autrefois virulent mais plutôt fermé dans ses cadres culturels et sociaux, n'a pas réussi à dominer la vie politique de la France, de l'Allemagne, de l'Italie et de l'Espagne. D'autre part, il a été présent pendant plusieurs décennies dans la pensée politique française, autrichienne, allemande, belge, italienne et suisse. L'élite aristocratique catholique de l'Europe du XIXe siècle a été en mesure d'élaborer un programme social corporatif universel à l'intention du pape Léon XIII. C'est la première fois que leurs documents, thèses et protocoles sont publiés.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaPolitics and governmentthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaConservatisme socialCorporate thoughtCorporatismeEconomics and BusinessHistoire des idées économiquesHistoire socialeHistory of economic ideasKözgazdasági és gazdálkodástudományokPolitical theoryPolitikaelméletSocial conservatismSocial historySocial sciencesTársadalomtudományokMáté, Botosauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112913/1/9789636463779.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112913OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112869oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646430110.56037/978-963-646-490-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKVthemaMthemaMBthemaMBDthemaMBDCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaNogel, MónikaedtAz igazságügyi genetikai vizsgálatok bioetikai kérdéseiBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierA bioetika kérdéseiOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA genetikai vizsgálati módszerek az utóbbi években látványosan finomodtak. A fejlődés nem csupán a klinikai genetikát forradalmasította, hanem a DNS-vizsgálatok bűnügyi célú felhasználási lehetőségeit is kibővítette. A klasszikus DNS-profil elemzés mellett – amelyre évtizedeken keresztül az igazságszolgáltatás aranystandardjaiként tekintettek – ma már olyan eljárások is segíthetik a bűnüldözést, mint a fenotipizálás, a családfakutatáson alapuló keresés vagy a fogyasztói genetikai adatbázisok felhasználása. De minél többre képes a tudomány és technológia, annál több jogi, etikai és társadalmi kérdés merül fel az alkalmazásuk kapcsán. Ez a könyv ezeknek a kérdéseknek jár utána. A kötet bemutatja, hogy a genetikai adatok bűnügyi célú felhasználása miként érinti a magánszférát, a családi kapcsolatokat, az önrendelkezést és a méltóságot. Részletesen feltárja, milyen lehetőségei és korlátai vannak a modern eljárásoknak, és hogyan kerülhető el, hogy a valószínűségi alapon működő módszereknek a kelleténél nagyobb bizonyítóerőt tulajdonítsunk.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaCrime and criminologythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaMedical professionthemaMedical ethics and professional conductthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaBioethicsBioetikaCriminologyDNA analysisDNA profileDNS elemzésDNS-profilEthics and moralityEtikaForensic scienceGenetic testingGenetikai tesztelésKriminológiaMoralitásTörvényszéki tudományNogel, Mónikaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112869/1/9789636464301.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112869OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112835oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d97823749625049782374962658oapenoapendcAthemaABthemaABAthemaAFthemaAMthemaWthemaWTthemaWTLthemaWTLCthemaLionetto, AdelineautLa Muse voyageuse, tome 1Arts et merveilles d'Italie dans les yeux des voyageurs français aux XVIe et XVIIe sièclesReimsEPURE, Éditions et presses universitaires de Reims20261 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHéritages critiques17Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis anthology offers a journey through the accounts of French travellers from the 16th and 17th centuries, at a time when travel between France and Italy played a pivotal role in shaping discourses on art. Bringing together texts from a variety of genres – diplomatic reports, travelogues, letters, chronicles, journals, and even poetry – the anthology explores how the experience of travel and the discovery of works of art is put into words. A selection of texts by Joachim Du Bellay, Jacques Grévin, Michel de Montaigne, Nicolas Audebert, Robert De Cotte, and many others, offers a history of the French perspective on Italian art.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Agence Nationale de la RechercheCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccfreThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaTheory of artthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaArchitecturethemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaTravel and holidaythemaTravel writingthemaClassic travel writingthemaAnthologyArt TheoryArts 16th CenturyArts 17th CenturyTravel storiesLionetto, Adelineedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112835/1/9782374962658.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112835OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112802oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805118725978180511873297818051187499781805118756978180511876310.11647/OBP.0525doioapenoapendc4thema4Cthema4CTthemaJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaKthemaKJthemaKJMthemaKJMKthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaUthemaAka, PhilipedtArtificial Intelligence in Higher EducationA Phenomenological ViewCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (148 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAI Insights1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarArtificial intelligence is increasingly embedded in the everyday practices of higher education, shaping assessment, governance, labor, and institutional legitimacy. Rather than presenting a technical guide or policy checklist, this volume instead offers a reflective, multi-voiced examination of what AI means for higher education’s purpose, identity, and future. Its phenomenological grounding shifts the focus from operational questions of implementation to deeper inquiries into how AI reshapes institutions, knowledge, and the academic self.Drawing on historical and critical perspectives, the book interrogates AI as both mirror and accelerant of long-standing challenges: inequity, market-driven logics, and the erosion of slow, critical learning. Spanning geopolitical contexts and institutional types, it embraces pluralism over consensus, showing that AI will not transform all universities in the same way. Narrative interludes humanize these themes, revealing the anxieties, ambiguities, and hopes of those living through this transition.Building on the work of Richard Heller on the distributed university and knowledge equity, the book situates AI within broader structural issues such as corporatised knowledge economies, managerialism, and unequal access to educational and research opportunities. At the same time, it highlights emerging possibilities―from open educational resources and equitable research practices to decentralised digital infrastructures―that can contribute to more ethical and resilient institutional arrangements.Neither prescriptive nor simplistic, this book is intended as a catalyst for leaders, policymakers, and reflective practitioners seeking to navigate AI with wisdom rather than haste. It argues that the future of higher education will be shaped less by technological sophistication than by the clarity with which institutions articulate their values, responsibilities, and commitments to the public good.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengEducational purpose qualifiersthemaFor all educational levelsthemaFor higher / tertiary / university educationthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaKnowledge managementthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaAcademic laborEthics of educational technologyInstitutional governanceKnowledge equityartificial intelligence in higher educationuniversity futuresAka, PhilipauthBaker, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4163-1821authBranković, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-1728-0016authGegeshidze, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-0592-079XauthLee, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-9930-6119authMichalakelis, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-4401-5058authNthangeni, NoneauthStaiou, None | https://orcid.org/0000-0003-4187-3812authYeralan, Sencer | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-8689-5268edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112802/2/9781805118749.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112802/4/9781805118749.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112802OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112854oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810036394809781040590836978104064608310.4324/9781003639480doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNFthemaJNKthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaJNSthemaJNSPthemaCoon, LyndaautHonors Education at Public Research UniversitiesLeadership Perspectives and Insights for an Uncertain AgeOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (362 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFeaturing contributions from leaders of top honors colleges across the country, this book tackles the most pressing issues facing honors administrators and universities in the twenty-first century, including the fate of the humanities, the value proposition of honors education, and selling honors to state legislatures and donors. Since their inception, honors colleges have emerged as key vehicles for strong enrollments at public research universities, significantly reducing the “brain drain” of talented students from diverse backgrounds while maintaining affordability compared to private institutions. This book explores key topics in honors, including enrollment, curriculum, student success, financing and staffing, data-driven assessment, philanthropy, and more. It highlights effective methods for measuring the impact of honors programs and communicating that impact to a wide range of stakeholders. A valuable resource for higher education administrators, scholars, and policymakers, Honors Education at Public Research Universities skillfully unpacks the two major parts of the honors equation: the how and the why. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of ArkansasCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaEducational administration and organizationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaTeaching of students with different educational needsthemaTeaching of gifted or talented studentsthemaAcademic program assessmentCurriculum innovationFaculty administrationHigher education policyHonors college leadership practicesStudent retention strategiesUniversity fundraisingCoon, LyndaedtWilliamson, Jonathanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112854/1/9781040590836.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112854OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112884oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978233654087010.56037/978-963-646-420-2doioapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJMthemaKJMBthemaKJUthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAMthemaQRAM1themaBentley, WesselautEthical Leadership in Complex TimesBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEthical Leadership is a field of study that approaches management science along values, beyond utilitarianism, pure rationality and efficiency. Of particular importance is the reference in the subtitle of the volume “complex times”, which refers to the world around us that is changing faster and faster, slowly at a speed incomprehensible to human reason, to the maelstrom of new systems, solutions, technology and globalization, to what almost sucks us in like a vortex, where it is easy to lose points of reference, stability and security. In this environment, values are particularly important, as they provide a handle, orientate and ultimately show a way out of chaos. The authors of the volume explore the issue of ethical leadership in very different fields, with very different cultural and personal backgrounds, from America, Germany, Hungary or Africa to local communities, focusing on church leaders or university courses. The examples and cases can be interesting scientifically, but also from the perspective of our personal lives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaManagement: leadership and motivationthemaOrganizational theory and behaviourthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaReligious issues and debatesthemaReligious ethicsthemaChristian leadershipEthical and religious analysisEthicsEtikai és vallási elemzésJogi és etikai korlátokKulturálisLeadershipLegal and Ethical constraintsManagementOrganisational management and developmentPolitical and CulturalPolitikaiSzervezetirányítás és -fejlesztésValue-driven leadershipBentley, WesseledtKovács, RóbertedtSiba, Balázsedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112884/1/9782336540870.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112884OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112856oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037571089781040909829978104090991110.4324/9781003757108doioapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJMthemaKJMKthemaKJMVthemaKJMV5themaKJMV6themaMiśkiewicz, RadosławedtThe Digital Transformation of Production and Operations ManagementEnergy Systems, Manufacturing, and SustainabilityOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (182 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Studies in Central and Eastern European Business and EconomicsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines how emerging digital technologies are reshaping industrial production and national energy infrastructures. Drawing on interdisciplinary research and real-world case studies, the author illuminates the organizational, economic, and policy transformations driven by the accelerating shift toward digital and agentic systems. Key features include an in-depth assessment of how digital tools can enhance productivity, resilience, and sustainability across manufacturing, energy, and organizational systems. The book explains the principles of Industry 4.0 and Industry 5.0, the evolution of knowledge-management practices, and the growing role of agentic AI in shaping decision-making and energy security. Through analytical frameworks and a detailed case study of Électricité de France, the book demonstrates how digital transformation can be implemented in practice. Its multidisciplinary approach, drawing from management science, engineering, economics, and sustainability, equips readers with both theoretical insight and actionable guidance. This monograph offers a concise yet comprehensive guide to navigating the complexities of the digital era. It is intended for researchers and postgraduate students seeking to understand or implement effective digital strategies in industry and the energy sector. By combining conceptual clarity with applied analysis, the book highlights the opportunities and challenges of digital transformation and provides readers with the tools to respond effectively to technological, organizational, and societal change. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaKnowledge managementthemaManagement of specific areasthemaProduction and quality control managementthemaResearch and development managementthemaAgent-based modellingDigital transformation case studiesEnergy sector digitalisationIndustrial automation strategiesKnowledge management systemsOrganisational resilienceSmart manufacturing processesMiśkiewicz, Radosławauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112856/1/9781040909829.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112856OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112918oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9782336535425978963646486810.56037/978-963-646-486-8doioapenoapenengmondcJthemaJBthemaJBGthemaJBGBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaQthemaQRthemaQRFthemaBirtalan, ÁgnesautAspects of Mongolian Buddhism 4. Animals, Plants, Nature and Bioethics in Mongolian BuddhismBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe fourth volume of Aspects of Mongolian Buddhism presents a captivating exploration of the intricate relationship between humans and the environment. The timeless concept of natura et cultura serves as a vital framework, anchoring the majority of the thought-provoking papers featured in this collection. These studies delve into the Buddhist perspective on the delicate interplay between humans and the natural world, highlighting the profound connections to animals and plants. In alignment with our commitment to scholarly tradition, this volume showcases groundbreaking research derived from extensive investigations in both archives and field studies. Unique insights have emerged from the expertise of scholars across various disciplines within Buddhism. The articles, presented in English, Mongolian, and Russian, not only enrich the academic discourse but also offer a nuanced understanding of the central theme from both etic and emic perspectives. We invite our readers to immerse themselves in the rich tapestry of Mongolian Buddhism and its captivating relationships with natural phenomena.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengmonSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaPopular beliefs and controversial knowledgethemaFolklore studies / Study of myth (mythology)themaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaBuddhismthemaBuddhismCultural diversityCultural studiesKulturális sokféleségKultúrakutatásMongolian BuddhismMythMítoszNatureReligionReligious StudiesReligious studiesRitualRítusSymbolic representationsSzimbólumokVajrayanaValláskutatásVallástudományokBirtalan, ÁgnesedtSzótér, KrisztinaedtTeleki, Krisztinaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112918/1/9782336535425.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112918OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112922oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646448610.56037/978-963-646-483-7doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFBthemaCFGthemaCFMthemaB. Papp, EszteredtMagyar terminológiastratégia. Tervek és megvalósíthatóságBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA „Magyar terminológiastratégia: tervek és megvalósíthatóság” címmel (témaszám: 20803B800) a Károli Gáspár Református Egyetem Bölcsészet- és Társadalomtudományi Kara által támogatott jelen kutatási projekt témája és célja a magyar terminológiastratégia kialakításának kérdésköre. A stratégiát megfogalmaztuk, ismerjük az általános irányt és az elérendő célokat, és azt is tudjuk, miért szeretnénk mindezt megvalósítani. Az a kérdés maradt nyitott, hogy hogyan, milyen módszerekkel, határidőkkel és szereplőkkel történhet a megvalósítás. Ennek megfelelően ezúttal az egyik kutatási kérdés a terminológiastratégia megvalósításának mikéntje, a másik pedig az, hogy mi módon, milyen lépésekben lehetséges megvalósítani a terminológiastratégia egyik sarokpontjának, a magyar nemzeti terminológiai adatbázisnak az elkészítését.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSociolinguisticsthemaSemantics, discourse analysis, stylisticsthemaLexicographythemaBeszédelemzésDiscourse analysisHungarian National Terminology DatabaseHungarian language in scienceIdegennyelv-tanulás és tanításLexicographyLexicográfiaLinguisticsMagyar Nemzeti Terminológiai AdatbázisMagyar nyelv a tudománybanNyelvhasználatNyelvészetSecond language teaching and learningSociolinguisticsSoftware frameworkSzociolingvisztikaSzoftveres keretrendszerTerminologyTerminológiaUse of languagepragmaticspragmatikaB. Papp, EszterauthFóris, ÁgotaauthSomogyi, ZoltánauthFóris, Ágotaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112922/1/9789636464486.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112922OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112903oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461027978963646354010.56037/978-963-646-102-7doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaSzijártó, M. IstvánautA felsőbüki Nagyok évszázada. A politikai elit útjai a kései rendiség időszakábanBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMikrotörténelemOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEz a többszerzős tanulmánykötet nem egyszerűen a felsőbüki Nagy család története, hanem Magyarország hosszú 18. századi története néhány kardinális fontosságú aspektusának beható vizsgálata révén, egyetlen család néhány kiemelkedő tagjának életpályájához kapcsolódóan. A kötet tanulmányai szélesebb körre kiterjedő vizsgálatok elvégzésével és a kínálkozó párhuzamok kiaknázásával jutnak el a családtörténetinél egy szinttel magasabb következtetésekig. A 17. századi előzményektől a 19. század eleji csúcspontig kísérik figyelemmel a hivatalviselő elit működését a felsőbüki Nagy család történetének egyes mozzanatait a középpontba állítva. Ezen család kiemelkedő közéleti szerepet játszó tagjainak élete ürügyeként szolgál az általánosabb vizsgálatoknak, és elvezet az ezekre épülő következtetésekig, illetve éppen ezen pályafutások beható elemzéséből bontakozik ki az általánosabb érvényű, Magyarország 18. századi történetére vonatkozó hipotézis.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaCountyDiétaEarly modern historyHivatalviselésJómódú birtokos köznemességKora újkori történelemOffice-holdingPolitical elitePolitikai elitThe dietVármegyeWell-to-do gentrySzijártó, M. Istvánedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112903/1/9789636463540.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112903OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112932oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|fin d97895185897029789518589719978951858972610.21435/skst.1504doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DNthema1DNFthemaAthemaATthemaATFthemaATFAthemaKthemaKNthemaKNTthemaKNTCthemaHupaniittu, OutiautUnelmatehdas KulosaaressaFennada-Filmi Oy:n tarinaHelsinki, FinlandFinnish Literature Society / SKSFinnish Literature Society/SKS [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (401 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSuomalaisen Kirjallisuuden Seuran Toimituksia39Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Dream Factory in Kulosaari traces the history of Fennada-Filmi, one of the three major film production companies of Finland’s studio era. Drawing on extensive archival sources and interviews, the book provides a vivid account of post-war Finnish cinema and film culture, the filmmakers themselves, and their work at the Kulosaari studios as well as on location. Former employees recall Fennada as a more flexible, democratic, and humane workplace than the other major studios. The book argues that from the early 1950s onwards, Fennada-Filmi transformed the appearance of Finnish cinema, challenging the status quo dominated by the two traditional major studios, Suomi-Filmi and Suomen Filmiteollisuus. Fennada’s output was youthful, fast-paced and urban in spirit: its crime films were briskier in pace and more American in style than what Finnish audiences were accustomed to, while its literary adaptations, such as The Harvest Month and The Golden Calf, embraced modernist cinema with striking boldness. The epic film Here, Beneath the North Star marked the end of the studio era and the beginning of collaborative production between film companies and television.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Suomen Kulttuurirahasto ja WSOY:n kirjallisuussäätiö ovat tukeneet kirjan tekemistäCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfinPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaNorthern Europe, ScandinaviathemaFinlandthemaThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaFilm history, theory or criticismthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaMedia, entertainment, information and communication industriesthemaFilm, TV and Radio industriesthemaFennada-FilmiFilm historyFilm industryFilm productionFilmsTelevision historyHupaniittu, OutiedtLaine, KimmoedtRömpötti, TommiedtSantakari, MinnaedtSeitajärvi, JuhaedtSeppälä, Jaakkoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112932/1/9789518589726.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112932OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112819oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9780472129058978047290715110.3998/mpub.11728155doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaRossi, ChristopheredtRemoteness ReconsideredThe Atacama Desert and International LawMichigan State University PressUniversity of Michigan Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (302 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMuch of our understanding of the world is framed from the perspective of a dominant power center, or from standard readings of historical events. The architecture of international information distribution, academic centers, and the lingua franca of international scholarly discourse also shape these stories. Remoteness Reconsidered employs the idea of remoteness as an analytical tool for viewing international law's encounter with the Americas from the unusual, peripheral perspective of the Atacama Desert. The Atacama is one of the most remote places on Earth, although that less-than-accurate perspective comes from standard historical accounts of the region, accounts that originate from the “center.” Changing the usual frame of reference leads to a reconsideration of the idea of remoteness and of the subsequent marginalization of historical narratives that influence hemispheric international relations in important ways today. Lessons about international law's encounters with neoliberalism, indigenous and human rights, and the management and extraction of mineral resources take on new significance by following a spatial turn toward the idea of remoteness as applied to the Atacama Desert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: UiT–The Arctic University of NorwayCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaAtacama DesertCartographyChicago BoysDependency theoryExtractivismGlobalizationGuanoImperialismIndigenous rightsLithiumNeoliberalismNitratesNomosPostcolonialismRemotenessRiparian lawSpatialityUti possidetisWar of the PacificWatercourseRossi, Christopherauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112819/1/9780472907151.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112819OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112849oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034224959781040404096978104040414010.4324/9781003422495doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBAthemaJMthemaJMAthemaJMAFthemaMthemaMKthemaMKMthemaMKMTthemaGerisch, BenignaautThe Measured Life in the Digital AgeOptimisation by NumbersOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (236 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Advances in SociologyOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines both the productive and counterproductive dimensions of the increasing orientation towards digital figures. Building on findings of the transdisciplinary research project "The Measured Life", the book explores the social, cultural and psychological implications of digital optimisation. The study focuses on its effects across work and organisations, relationships in social media and bodily measurement practices such as self-tracking. Based on in-depth research, the authors analyse the connections between society and the individual, culture and psyche. The spheres investigated reveal incentives and risks embodied by digital technology that indicate shifts taking place in the culturally defined relations between social and individual pathology and normality. With new theoretical perspectives and methodological approaches, The Measured Life in the Digital Age appeals to scholars in sociology, social theory, cultural studies and psychoanalysis, as well as anyone seeking to understand how digital optimisation influences our society, relationships and sense of self. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 International license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSocial theorythemaPsychologythemaPsychological theory, systems, schools and viewpointsthemaPsychoanalytical and Freudian psychologythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaClinical psychologythemaPsychotherapythemaDigital optimisation impact on mental healthDigital sociologyPsychoanalytic theoryQuantified selfSelf-tracking practicesSocial media behaviourWorkplace digitalisationGerisch, BenignaedtKing, VeraedtRosa, Hartmutedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112849/1/9781040404096.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112849OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112883oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9782343195537978963646359510.56037/978-963-414-617-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaMthemaMKthemaMKMthemaMKZthemaMKZRthemaKassai, SzilviaedtUsing Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA) to Assess Recovery Processes. Qualitative analysis of experience and identityBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRendSzerTanOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe present book is the outcome and summary of the author's most important papers related to her PhD research and it concerns Interpretative Phenomenological Analysis (IPA – a qualitative psychological research method) and the recovery approach. Firstly it describes the recovery approach, more specifically, introduces what recovery approach is, and in what areas is it used. It also discusses the theoretical foundations and the research design of IPA. It concerns why it is beneficial to use IPA in research that assessing recovery stories. The second part of the book consists of four empirical studies related to the recovery approach. The first paper presents experiences of recovering helpers who are working in addiction field. The main concern of this paper was to assess the process of addicts become recovering helpers, and how they perceive their identity. It was published in International Journal of Mental Health and Addiction in 2015. The second paper reports the expereince of using synthetic cannabinoids (new psychoactive substance). The aim of this paper was to examine personal interpretations of experiences derived from the use of synthetic cannabinoids. It was published in Harm Reduction Journal in 2017. The third study investigates how the users of synthetic cannabinoids perceived themselves during the use of SCs and how their identity formation is affected by the use of the drug. It was published in International Journal of Mental Health and Addiction in 2017. The last study presents the recovery experience of people who are hearing voices. The study aimed to explore the lived experience of voice hearing, to examine how participants make sense of their voice hearing experience, to examine what does recovery mean in this context and to explore the role of voice hearing self-help group. This paper was pulished in International Journal of Social Psychiatry in 2017. The final part of the book discusses all of the study findings in general and presents their contribution to the field.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaClinical psychologythemaTherapy and therapeuticsthemaAddiction and therapythemaAddictionAddiction sciencesAddikciótudományokClinical psychologyIdentityKlinikai pszichológiaMental healthMental health problemsMentális egészségRecoveryKassai, Szilviaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112883/1/9789636463595.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112883OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112875oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978963646474510.56037/978-963-646-475-2doioapenoapenengfredcDthemaDSthemaMonok, IstvánautIn taberna quando sumus… Épisodes de la vie des étudiants, 1450–1850Budapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. ΔΩΡΟΝOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA konferencia folytatása a tours-i 65. nemzetközi humanizmus kongresszusnak, amelynek témája volt: Boir à la Renaissance (Tours, Centre des Études Supérieures de la Renaissance (CESR), 26–29. juin 2023). A program megvalósításában a CESR, az Université François Rabelais, Tours, Institut Européen d’Histoire et des Cultures de l’Alimentation, és a The Harvard University Center for Italian Renaissance Studies (Villa I Tatti) vesznek részt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengfreBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaFilozófiaHistory and philosophy of science and technologyHistory of civilisationHistory of everyday lifeHistory of litteratureHétköznapok történeteIrodalomtörténetMűvelődéstörténetPhilosophySpecific LiteraturesSpecifikus irodalomTudománytörténet és tudományfilozófiaMonok, Istvánedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112875/1/9789636464745.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112875OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112933oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818065500679781806550074oapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBHthemaDSBH5themaGthemaGTthemaGTSthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFAthemaJBSthemaJPthemaJPWthemaDomínguez, Abeyamí OrtegaautCreative Critical Interventions for Social JusticeLondonUCL PressUCL Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierComparative Literature and CultureOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCreative Critical Interventions for Social Justice is an edited volume grounded in a commitment to politically engaged research that moves beyond traditional scholarly forms. It examines knowledge that is often excluded from conventional academic production and explores the potential for creative critical writing and cultural production to advance social justice-focused research and practice. The book addresses hierarchies of knowledge creation and knowledge creators, bringing together artists, educators, community organisers, activists, researchers and writers working from decolonial, antiracist, queer and transfeminist perspectives. The volume considers the role of storytelling and experimental, creative and often collaborative interventions across, between and beyond disciplines. Contributions include reflections on the uses of poetry in youth and climate justice work, conversational life stories as a research method in sociological studies of kinship formation, analysis of the potentials and pitfalls of centring researcher positionality and lived experience as a basis for scholarly analysis, relationality and the ethics of ethnographic work with radical political movements, speculative imaginings of the future of political organising and notions of rigour and care for the living and the dead in racialised archives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: c 1900 to c 2000themaLiterary studies: postcolonial literaturethemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaDecolonisation of knowledge / DecolonialitythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial discrimination and social justicethemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical activism / Political engagementthemaAntiracistCreative-critical writingDecolonialFeministPoetryQueerResearch methodsResearcher positionalityScholarly formSocial justiceDomínguez, Abeyamí OrtegaedtSandal-Wilson, HakanedtTanna, Natashaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112933/1/9781806550067.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112933OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112801oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805117865978180511787297818051178899781805117896978180511790210.11647/OBP.0508doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFAthemaJBFHthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBAthemaJNthemaBurlyuk, Olga | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7477-1655autFrom the MarginsMigrant Academics’ Narratives of PrecarityCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (322 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFrom the Margins: Migrant Academics’ Narratives of Precarity is the much-anticipated second volume following Migrant Academics’ Narratives of Precarity and Resilience in Europe published in 2023, and available at https://www.openbookpublishers.com/books/10.11647/obp.0331. This new collection deepens and expands the conversation on the lived experiences of migrant academics navigating global academia. Maintaining the autoethnographic and narrative approach of the first volume, From the Margins brings together diverse voices that challenge the Eurocentric framing of academic mobility by extending the focus beyond Europe to contexts such as the United States, Canada, Australia, Japan, South Africa, and the Middle East. Through deeply personal, creative, and reflexive narratives, the contributors delve deep into the notions of privilege, migration, and precarity, revealing how academic hierarchies and colonial legacies shape everyday experiences of belonging, vulnerability, and resilience. Bridging scholarship and storytelling, this volume offers an intellectually rich and emotionally resonant exploration of academia’s margins, inviting readers to rethink what knowledge, care, and solidarity mean within and beyond institutional borders. This volume appeals to scholars and students across migration, sociology, postcolonial, gender, race, and border studies, as well as to university leaders and diversity officers. Its interdisciplinary and creative format—including poetry and prose—makes it both accessible and engaging for academic and general audiences alike.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial discrimination and social justicethemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSocial theorythemaEducationthemaacademic mobilityacademic precarityautoethnographyglobal higher educationmigrant academicspostcolonial academiaBurlyuk, Olga | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-7477-1655edtRahbari, Ladan | https://orcid.org/0000-0002-3840-708Xedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112801/2/9781805117889.json||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112801/4/9781805117889.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112801OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112841oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97894642811499789464281156978946428116310.59641/3t0242wfdoioapenoapendcNthemaNKthemaBilotti, GiacomoedtPopulation dynamics and land-use patterns in the southwestern Baltic region during the Neolithic and the Bronze AgeLeidenSidestone PressSidestone Press Dissertations [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (188 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierScales of TransformationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis work aims to study population dynamics and land-use patterns in the South-Western Baltic region during the Neolithic and Bronze Age (4100 to 500 BCE). Understanding demography is essential for comprehending socio-cultural transformations, as demographic patterns have long been recognised as major drivers of social change and complex dynamics. Palaeodemography has gained momentum in archaeology and become a central aspect of the discipline thanks to recent methodological and computational advances. Despite that, the discipline faces several challenges due to the patchiness of archaeological data. In order to overcome this issue, this study uses a multi-proxy and formal approach aiming to reduce chronological uncertainty and improve spatial resolution, thereby enhancing understanding of regional variations. This study produced two different estimates: labour-based carrying capacity and absolute demographic reconstructions. In none of the study regions the carrying capacity was reached, challenging the hypothesis of a correlation between population dynamics and reaching the full capacity of a region. The study also identified patterns of growth and decline in absolute demographic estimates. These patterns align with the boom and bust phases identified in the literature for many European regions. However, each sub-area exhibited distinct patterns in terms of absolute change and the timing of peaks, which cannot be observed at regional or supra-regional scales. Despite these differences, global population trends across sub-regions were identifiable, with a general demographic increase during the Early Neolithic, peaking in the Middle Neolithic, followed by a period of lower population densities during the Younger Neolithic. The patterns for the Late Neolithic and Bronze Age varied depending on the region. Comparisons with other studies show that while global trends were identified, some are either smoothed out in large-scale studies or incorrectly identified and points towards the necessity of a more localised, yet formal and fully reproducible, approach to palaeodemography.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Deutsche ForschungsgemeinschaftCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaArchaeologythemaArchaeologyBalticBronze AgeDemographyNeolithicNorthern EuropePopulation dynamicsPrehistorySpatial statisticsBilotti, Giacomoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112841/1/9789464281149.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112841OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112855oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810326348459781040497197978104074219810.4324/9781032634845doioapenoapendcLthemaLAthemaLAQthemaLBthemaLNthemaLNKthemaLNKJthemaDudzik, SławomirautCross-Border Pollution and Environmental Disputes in EU Law and BeyondGlobal Challenges and Local RemediesOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (360 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Research in International Environmental LawOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines the impact of environmental pressure on EU substantive law and principles to determine the adequacy and possible evolution of available remedies in a global context of a rapidly changing political and legal reality of the European Union. Mapping the global dimension of environmental challenges in both local and cross-border contexts, as well as evaluating the scope and resilience of a current model of EU law remedies, this monograph examines key issues encompassing legal instruments of transboundary pollution such as management of the Natura 2000 sites, Trans-European Networks, cross-border impact assessment and air quality legislation, scarcity of resources in a cross-border context, novel tools of corporate due diligence in EU law, as well as external environmental threats originating from neighboring countries. It explores the rationale of the EU law remedies and compliance system through the prism of environmental challenges, evaluating alternative legal instruments and concepts stemming from international public law and international private law. As cross-border environmental disputes trigger a question of the unity of the EU legal order and respect for the authority of the EU Court of Justice by the Member States, in particular in the case of interim measures, this book analyses key cases such as Czechia against Poland to examine the adequacy of classic remedies of legal protection available under the EU treaties in case of trans-border environmental disputes. This book will be of interest to students, academics and practitioners with an interest in European Union Law and Environmental Law.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Jagiellonian UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaLaw and society, sociology of lawthemaInternational lawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaEnvironment, transport and planning law: generalthemaEnvironment lawthemaClimate change litigationCorporate sustainability due diligenceCross-border resource managementEU legal remediesInter-state environmental disputesInterim measures Court of Justice EUTransboundary environmental lawDudzik, SławomiredtIwańska, BarbaraedtSikora-Kalėda, Alicjaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112855/1/9781040497197.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112855OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112882oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9782343208084978963646372410.56037/978-2-343-20808-4doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaMudriczki, JuditedtShakespeare’s Art of Poesy in King Lear. An emblematic mirror of governance on the Jacobean stageBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWilliam Shakespeare’s King Lear has long received considerable attention for textual, philological and theatrical reasons. This monograph combines academic research and the close reading of the 1608 Quarto to find answers to the question what makes this play an outstanding and exceptional work of art. Written to be performed to a courtly audience, the text bears traces of the dramaturgical heritage of Tudor interludes as well as the tropes of early Jacobean public discourses. Relying on George Puttenham’s contemporaneous handbook of rhetorical and poetic conventions, the monograph argues that the corporeal image cluster of the text corresponds to the rhetoric of royal discourses based on the tropes of the body politic. Thus the 1608 King Lear Quarto stands as a dramatic response to royal propaganda and holds a mirror of governance to both the royal court and to King James, who supposedly was present at the first performance of the play in Whitehall.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaHistory of literatureIrodalomtörténetKing LearMirror of governanceShakespeareMudriczki, Juditauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112882/1/9789636463724.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112882OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112805oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461666925978946166693210.11116/9789461666932doioapenoapendcGthemaGPthemaGPSthemaJthemaJMthemaJMBthemaKuppens, PeterautThe Open Handbook of Experience Sampling Methodology - Third editionA Step-by-Step Guide to Designing, Conducting and Analysing ESM StudiesLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (358 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarUpdated third edition covering every step of Experience Sampling Method research As obvious as it may sound, the essence of human experience — our thoughts, emotions, behaviours and social interactions — plays out in the course of everyday life. Experience Sampling Methodology (ESM) is the gold standard for studying people’s experiences in their everyday environments. In this third edition of The Open Handbook , experts from the Center for Research on Experience Sampling and Ambulatory Methods Leuven (REAL) provide up-to-date, empirically based advice for designing, conducting and analysing ESM studies. This comprehensive guide walks readers through every step of ESM research: from formulating research questions and optimally designing ESM studies and questionnaires, to addressing ethical considerations and practical issues such as power calculations, software choices and briefing/debriefing procedures. It also covers preprocessing and analysing intensive longitudinal data and explores future applications of ESM. Each chapter of this third edition has been updated with the latest methodological developments and insights, and a new chapter on dyadic ESM research has been added. Ideal for both novice and expert researchers, this handbook is an invaluable resource for anyone embarking on ESM research.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: KU LeuvenFunded by: Open Book CollectiveCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaResearch and information: generalthemaResearch methods: generalthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaPsychological methodologythemaAmbulatory AssessmentDaily life researchDiary methodsEcological Momentary AssessmentEcological validityExperience Sampling MethodKuppens, PeteredtMyin-Germeys, Inezedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112805/1/9789461666925.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112805OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112830oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d9783034356213978303435622010.3726/b22852doioapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATFthemaAVthemaCthemaCBthemaCBVthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaBarthelmebs, HélèneautDu ventre des femmes aux bras des mèresExplorations croisées des maternités au carrefour des disciplinesBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20261 electronic resource (500 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVies nouvelles1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAu-delà de son ontologie, la maternité se vit différemment selon le temps, l’espace et les cultures ; en témoignent les représentations variées qui traversent la littérature, l’histoire ou les documents audiovisuels. Si elle relève d’un fait biologique qui engage le corps des femmes, la maternité renvoie également à des discours et à des données culturelles, car elle est aussi socialement construite. L’interroger amène à questionner des notions qui lui sont liées : les relations mère-enfant, « l’instinct maternel », et, la parentalité. Cet ouvrage, à travers les travaux interdisciplinaires de chercheuses et de chercheurs, critiques, philosophes et médecins, explore la maternité sous des perspectives complémentaires, avec pour ambition de dégager les discours qui l’entourent.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaMusicthemaLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLanguage: reference and generalthemaCreative writing and creative writing guidesthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaArtsBarthelmebsBrasCarrefourCharlotteCinémaCroiséesDaninoDisciplinesExplorationsFemmesHélèneInterdisciplinaritéLGBTQ+LittératureMarjolaineMaternitéMaternitésMèresMédecineRaguinSciences socialesVentreBarthelmebs, HélèneedtRaguin, Marjolaineedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112830/1/9783034356213.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112830OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112886oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9782336405162978963646374810.56037/978-2-336-40516-2doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDeganutti, MariannaautCode-Switching in ArtsBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIncorporating more than one linguistic code or mode of expression in literary and artistic productions has quickly grown over the last two decades. This volume pays special attention to the dynamic rise of code-switching especially in literature and performative arts, and explores strategies used by contemporary artists to compose their multilingual narratives as well as moves beyond the linguistic level in the direction of multimodality. The innovative frameworks and descriptions intend to highlight the different ways in which art, unlike ordinary language use, manifests language mixing and switching. Besides the papers by both young and established scholars, the volume includes a section of valuable contributions from multilingual authors and artists to bridge the gap between academic approaches and creative professional practices.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaCode-switchingLanguage and artLanguage and literatureLanguages and LiteratureMultimodalityNyelvek és irodalomDeganutti, MariannaedtDomokos, JohannaedtMudriczki, Juditedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112886/1/9789636463748.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112886OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112914oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634149644978963646364910.56037/978-963-414-964-4doioapenoapendcMthemaMKthemaMKMthemaMKMTthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPapp, BarbaraedtPszichoterapeuták a Kádár-korszakban. Élettörténet és pszichoterápiaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHumaniórákOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet ismerteti a pszichoterápiás intézményrendszer újjáéledését, illetve kialakulását a magyarországi államszocializmusban. A legfontosabb források: a terapeutákkal készült, félig strukturált interjúk, amelyek a karrierre és a szakma történetére, a rendszer és a szakma kapcsolatára, valamint a személyes hivatástörténetre, benne a családi háttérre fókuszálnak. Az interjúkon kívül levéltári dokumentumok, visszaemlékezések és korabeli sajtótermékek anyagai segítik annak megismerését, milyen volt a szakma a Kádár-korszak hétköznapjaiban.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaClinical psychologythemaPsychotherapythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaCollective memoriesElmesélt történelemIdentitiesIdentitásKollektív emlékezetKádár eraKádár-korszakLieux de mémoireModern and contemporary historyOral historyPsychotherapyPszichoterápiaSocial historyTársadalomtörténetTörténelmi emlékhelyekTörténeti interjúkÚjkori és jelenkori történelemPapp, Barbaraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112914/1/9789636463649.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112914OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112916oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461799978963646371710.56037/978-963-646-179-9doioapenoapendcQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaBarcsi, TamásedtÉletvégi döntésekBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierA bioetika kérdéseiOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAz utóbbi években magyar nyelven is számos könyv és egyéb kiadvány jelent meg az életvégi kérdésekről. Elsősorban pszichológiai munkák a haldoklás és a gyász témakörében, valamint jogi tanulmányok, a hazai és a nemzetközi szabályozások egy-egy aspektusára is kitérve. Jelen kötet annyiban más, hogy az életvégi helyzet és az életvégi döntések kérdéseit főként filozófiai és etikai szempontból közelíti meg.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaBioethicsBioetikaEthicsEthics and moralityEtikaFilozófiaFilozófiatörténetHistory of philosophyMoralitásPhilosophyBarcsi, TamásauthKőmüves, SándorauthNemes, Lászlóauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112916/1/9789636463717.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112916OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112887oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460211978963646358810.56037/978-963-646-021-1doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaBorbély, SándoredtInformális gyakorlatok. Hétköznapi gazdasági és politikai cselekvések Kárpátalja határvidéki régiójábanBudapest; PécsL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKultúrák keresztútjánOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv a hétköznapi informális gazdasági és politikai cselekvések (munkahelyi lopás, károkozás, hanyagság, munkalassítás, csencselés, csempészet; szimbolikus térfoglalás és identitásépítés, muzealizáció, emlékművesítés stb.) empirikus vizsgálatával foglalkozik Kárpátalja határvidéki, magyarok által lakott régiójában. A kötet a szerző 2007 és 2018 között végzett antropológiai terepmunkáinak és levéltári kutatásának eredményeit, tapasztalatait foglalja össze. Az informalitás fogalmával jelölt összetett jelenséghalmazt a könyv két különböző ideológiai-politikai kontextusban – az 1945 utáni szovjet politikai diktatúra, valamint az 1991 utáni posztszocialista ukrán nemzetállam viszonyai között – mutatja be, illetve értelmezni. A kötetben a szerző arra a kérdésre keresi a választ, hogy a két korszakban – a vizsgált nyugat-ukrajnai falvakban – milyen mikroszintű gazdasági, politikai, hatalmi viszonyok bontakoztak ki az állam és az állampolgárok között és azok az elmúlt évtizedekben miként változtak.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaAnthropologyAntropológiaContemporary historyEconomic anthropologyEthnologyEveryday survival strategiesGazdasági antropológiaInformal economyInformális gazdaságJelenkortörténetMindennapi megélhetési stratégiákNéprajzRural societyVidéki társadalomBorbély, Sándorauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112887/1/9789636463588.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112887OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112829oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019769251697801976925239780197692530978019769254710.1093/oso/9780197692516.001.0001doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBLthemaJMthemaJMJthemaKthemaKCthemaKCDthemaKCFthemaKNthemaKNXthemaGreen, FrancisedtHard at WorkJob Quality, Wellbeing, and the Global EconomyNew York, NYOxford University Press20251 electronic resource (328 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMore than three billion people are hard at work across the globe. The contrast between good and bad jobs has huge implications for general wellbeing and health. Are the good ones expanding, or are bad jobs taking over? What, if any, are the signs of social progress in this part of our lives? Despite advancement over recent decades, there remain huge gaps in our understanding of trends in job quality worldwide. This book first develops a framework for understanding the relationship between job quality and wellbeing, based on the capability approach. It considers the evidence for this relationship across seven dimensions of job quality: earnings, job prospects, working time quality, autonomy and skill, the social environment, work intensity, and the physical environment. It is explicitly multidisciplinary, drawing on economics, industrial relations, sociology, psychology, and related areas. After reviewing the drivers of change, the book presents detailed new findings about country-level trends in job quality in much of the developed world. It examines both the average trends and changes in inequality and gender gaps. It finds that, with the exception of earnings, trends in job quality have little or no association with economic growth. Moreover, there is little or no within-country coherence among dimensions in how job quality has changed. The book supports the need for more data collection on job quality. It considers the future of jobs in the light of the COVID-19 pandemic and the AI revolution and reviews how much corporations, workers, and governments could make a difference.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University College LondonCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSociology: work and labourthemaPsychologythemaOccupational and industrial psychologythemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of industrial organizationthemaLabour / income economicsthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaIndustrial relations, occupational health and safetythemaBad jobCapabilityEconomic growthGenderHealthJob qualitySocial progressWellbeingGreen, Francisauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112829/1/9780197692523.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112829OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112836oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d97823749625119782374962665oapenoapendcAthemaABthemaABAthemaAFthemaAMthemaWthemaWTthemaWTLthemaWTLCthemaAnna, SconzaautLa Muse voyageuse, tome 2Arts et merveilles de France dans les yeux des voyageurs italiens aux XVIe et XVIIe sièclesReimsEPURE, Éditions et presses universitaires de Reims20261 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHéritages critiques18Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis anthology offers a journey through the accounts of Italian travellers from the 16th and 17th centuries, at a time when exchanges between France and Italy played a pivotal role in shaping discourses on art. Bringing together texts from a variety of genres – diplomatic reports, travelogues, letters, chronicles, journals, and even poetry – the anthology explores how the experience of travel and the discovery of works of art is put into words. A selection of texts translated into French by Leonardo da Vinci, Antonio De Beatis, Benvenuto Cellini, Tasso, Giovan Battista Agucchi, Vincenzo Scamozzi, Vincenzo Giustiniani, Cassiano Dal Pozzo and Bernini, amongst others, offers a history of the Italian perspective on French art.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Agence Nationale de la RechercheCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaTheory of artthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaArchitecturethemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaTravel and holidaythemaTravel writingthemaClassic travel writingthemaAnthologyArt TheoryArts 16th CenturyArts 17th CenturyTravel storiesAnna, SconzaedtJulia, Castiglioneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112836/1/9782374962665.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112836OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112843oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037402619781040851463978104085151710.1201/9781003740261doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaAFthemaPthemaPSthemaTthemaTJthemaTJFthemaTJFMthemaUthemaUBthemaUGthemaUYthemaUYQthemaUYQVthemaUYZthemaUYZFthemaBouko, CatherineautSix Critical Lenses on AI-Generated ImagesCRC PressCRC Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (194 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book offers six critical, interdisciplinary approaches to AI-generated images. It invites the reader to (re-)imagine relationships between artefacts and media, authorship and agency, creativity and commodification, representation, and visual style. Across the chapters, the book examines three realities of AI images, from sociotechnical fabrics, through semiotic interfaces, to representations and aesthetics. Drawing on media studies, philosophy of technology, multimodality studies, critical AI studies, and visual communication studies, the book pursues the following interconnected topics: (1) addressing pataphysical and sociomaterial engagements with AI image making, (2) theorizing distributed and probabilistic forms of agency through the concept of vector agency, (3) analysing interfaces and affordances of visual generative AI via multimodal walkthroughs, (4) conceptualising prompting as a cultural practice that reshapes agency, (5) mapping representational patterns and emerging visual genres in AI-generated imagery, and (6) interrogating how visual AI styles are co-produced by machines, users, and generative platform politics. These six critical lenses offer complementary perspectives to understanding the complex ecosystem surrounding AI image production. Six Critical Lenses on AI-Generated Images is intended for scholars, graduate students, and practitioners working with visual generative AI in both analytical and creative contexts. Ultimately, the book calls for a reflexive and responsible engagement with increasingly AI-mediated visual culture.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Ghent UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaMathematics and SciencethemaBiology, life sciencesthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaElectronics and communications engineeringthemaElectronics engineeringthemaAutomatic control engineeringthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaGraphical and digital media applicationsthemaComputer sciencethemaArtificial intelligencethemaComputer visionthemaHuman–computer interactionthemaInformation visualizationthemaCritical approaches to AI imageryGenerative AI practicesMedia theoryMultimodal communicationPhilosophy of technologySociotechnical systemsVisual culture analysisBouko, CatherineedtLaba, Nataliiaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112843/1/9781040851463.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112843OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112904oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462154978963646380910.56037/978-963-646-215-4doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPthemaPDthemaPDXthemaMonok, IstvánedtBeilleszkedni egy európai birodalomba. A könyvtár- és az olvasmánytörténet tanításai, 1670-1826Budapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. DissertationesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAz oszmán-török hódoltság végétől a magyar országgyűlésnek Pestre költözéséig eltelt időben a Magyar Királyságot és Erdélyt próbálták a Habsburg Birodalomba tagolni. Jelen kötet esettanulmányok segítségével e folyamatnak csupán két elemét vizsgálja. Részben azt, hogy a két államigazgatási egység könyvtárainak rendszere miként alakult át, milyen jellemzői voltak az akkori magán-, és milyenek az intézményi könyvtáraknak. A másik vizsgálati szempont az egyes társadalmi rétegek, vallási közösségek, szakmai csoportok tagjai olvasmányanyagának változásait helyezi a középpontba. A szerző meggyőződése, hogy bármilyen történelmi korszak bármely részletének teljes megismerése egyben eszközt ad a kezünkbe ahhoz, hogy napjaink kérdéseire is választ találjunk. A történelem tanít, a mese, ha más néven is, de rólunk szól.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaHistory of sciencethemaEszmetörténetHistory of civilisationHistory of ideasHistory of readingHistory of science and techniquesIntellectual historyKönyvtártudományKönyvtártörténetLibrary historyLibrary scienceMűvelődéstörténetOlvasmánytörténetSzellemtörténetTudomány- és technikatörténetMonok, Istvánauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112904/1/9789636463809.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112904OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112889oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9782336428147978963646369410.56037/978-2-336-42814-7doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDeganutti, MariannaedtLiterary Code-Switching and Beyond. With an essay by Sabira Ståhlberg and an interview with Mohcine Ait RamdanBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis monograph delves deep into the realms where diverse linguistic and artistic codes converge to shape the very essence of aesthetic experience. From the authorial motivations to the composition, narrative framework, functional aspects, and multimodal manifestations, it unravels the complexities of code-switching as a powerful aesthetic device. Drawing from a rich tapestry of literary and artistic works, it explores how code-switching transcends linguistic boundaries to create captivating narratives and immersive artistic experiences. The outlined multidimensional approach goes beyond mere linguistic analysis, delving into the intricate interplay of semiotic resources, cultural contexts, and narrative strategies. Through meticulous examination and insightful case studies, it sheds light on the multifaceted nature of aesthetic code-switching, revealing its profound impact on artistic expression and communication. As you embark on this journey, this monography invites you to explore the diverse landscapes of aesthetic multilingualism, where words, sounds, and visuals converge to create art that transcends linguistic and cultural boundaries and captivates the imagination.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaCode-switchingLanguage diversityLanguages and LiteratureLiterary multilingualismMultilingualismMultimodalityNarratologyNyelvek és irodalomNyelvi diverzitásTöbbnyelvűségDeganutti, MariannaauthDomokos, Johannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112889/1/9789636463694.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112889OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112818oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047290585010.3998/mpub.13021387doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaButler, LeeedtFour Years in IzumiVillage Japan in the Early Sixteenth CenturyMichigan State University PressUniversity of Michigan Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (324 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMichigan Monograph Series in Japanese StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFour Years in Izumi takes an in-depth and critical approach to understanding Japanese village life through analysis of the diary of Kujō Masamoto, the former chancellor of the imperial court who resided briefly in one of his provincial estates from 1501 to 1504. For a high ranking courtier to travel to the countryside and manage a family estate was unheard of during the era of Sengoku , the “country at war.” The diary Masamoto kept offers a remarkably rich and vivid portrait of village Japan, which has seen no significant study in English-language scholarship. Through extensive examination of the diary and close and critical reading of it and complementary sources, Lee Butler provides a window into the inner workings of late-medieval village life that challenges typical portrayals of the period. In Four Years in Izumi , we see the complexity of relations between commoners and elites in action. We also see the ways in which an estate functioned in practice at the heart of the medieval economy and local social structure.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaAnnual taxBuddhismBuddhist monksBuddhist templesCourtier debtCourtiersDavid SpaffordDroughtEstate systemFamineHine EstateHinenoHitomi TonomuraHosokawa MasamotoIriyamadaIzumiJapanese law codesKujo MasamotoKuroda ToshioLate medieval JapanMary Elizabeth BerryMedieval communityNegorojiSamuraiSengoku JapanShintoShinto shrinesShoenTansenThomas KeirsteadWarriorsWilliam Wayne FarrisButler, Leeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112818/1/9780472905850.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112818OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112824oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019761824097801976182579780197618264978019761827110.1093/oso/9780197618240.001.0001doioapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaMthemaMKthemaMKMthemaC. van den Heuvel, StevenautThe Oxford Compendium of HopeNew York, NYOxford University Press20251 electronic resource (1032 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis Oxford Compendium of Hope offers the most wide-ranging interdisciplinary introduction to hope research. Recognizing the importance of hope as a foundational human drive and noting the recent upsurge of attention to hope in both popular and scholarly discourses, it documents the state of research on hope across 14 disciplines and 12 content areas. Furthermore, it provides a historical context for the study of hope and contains an anthology of seminal writings on hope. Effort has been invested to reach a significant degree of integration between the chapters, setting the stage for future integrative, interdisciplinary research into hope; the Conclusion provides a future research agenda.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Stichting Netherlands Hope Research InstituteCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaClinical psychologythemaAnthologyAnthropologyHopeInterculturalInterdisciplinaryVirtueC. van den Heuvel, StevenedtScioli, AnthonyedtAguilar-Bonnette, AaronothBrooks, EdwardothBrown, KellieothBurger, MartijnothC. Meyer, ElaineothC. van den Heuvel, StevenothCarlsen, ArneothCherrington, AvivitothDeJong, TimothDellebeke-van Hell, RinkeothDianda, AlexisothDineen, KatyothDuggleby, WendyothElsawa, SherineothFremstedal, RoeothGravlee, ScottothGrekul, JanaothH. Smith, NicholasothHausoul, RaymondothHendrickx, JonathanothHeywood, MelissaothHobbs, ChelseaothHudson Breen, RebeccaothI. Webber, MartinothIsaac Pryor, JackothJ. Lybbert, TravisothJames, PaulothJansen, StefothKatz, NaomiothKelsey, ElinothKuhn, CathyothKwon, PaulothLarsen, DeniseothLerner, AkibaothMartin, AdrienneothMeirav, ArielothMurdoch, KennethothN. McCloskey, DeirdreothNg, ErnestothNiemi, MatthewothOlsman, ErikothOlson, AlixothOpgenhaffen, MichaëlothParla, AyseothPinsent, AndrewothPleeging, EmmaothSandelands, LloydothScioli, AnthonyothSeibert, ThereseothSingler, BethothStockdale, KatieothSweetman, BrendanothThorne, JudyothW. Gallagher, MatthewothWeaver, JaceothWydick, BruceothZamalin, Alexothvan Bekkum, Koertothvan der Velde, P.J.C.L.othwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112824/1/9780197618257.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112824OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112863oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97816857118639781685711870978168571310210.53288/0516.1.00doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJBSF1themaJBSF11themaJMthemaJMAthemaJMAFthemaMunar, Ana MariaedtDesireSubject, Sexuation, and LoveEarth, Milky Waypunctum booksBrainstorm Books [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (260 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHave you ever wondered what makes you wake up in the morning? Why not just lay down, stay, and eventually disappear? What is the wanting, the energy, and the grace of liveliness? Desire is at the core of liveliness, and this book explains why it is so. Desire is much more than a mere appendix to love, sex, or our craving to have the latest fashion item. It is what allows the most personal and unique expression of each of us. Desire: Subject, Sexuation, and Love is a work of gratitude to the Lacanian tradition and feminist philosophy. It creatively uses the story of “The Little Mermaid” by H.C. Andersen, as well as art and popular culture to explain the complex landscape of desire and its relation to love and sexuation. Much of the criticism of psychoanalysis from gender studies and poststructuralism is based on a superficial reading of Jacques Lacan, and Munar corrects this, providing in the first half of the book a rigorous and clear analysis of Lacanian subjectification and sexuation, elucidating their relationship to the nature of desire and love, in order to modify overly simplistic and erroneous interpretations of his thinking on desire. Desire is essayistic and poetic philosophy, drawing upon and playing with psychoanalysis, philosophy, literature, biography, poetry, and art. As the reader enters the second part of the book, the focus on Lacanian theory recedes, opening a space that is more paradoxical and multiple where Munar engages in creative form as an expression of critique, transforming our understandings of desire and love, which always elude us while also always being present.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaGender studies: women and girlsthemaFeminism and feminist theorythemaPsychologythemaPsychological theory, systems, schools and viewpointsthemaPsychoanalytical and Freudian psychologythemaDesireFeminismGender studiesH.C. AndersenJacques LacanPsychoanalysisSubjectivityMunar, Ana Mariaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112863/1/9781685711870.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112863OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112873oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634149569978963646360110.56037/978-963-414-956-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaSzabó, HenriettedtVariációk az együttélésre. Közösségfolyamatok és az etnicitás három nyírségi település példájánBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSpecimina EthnographicaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv három nyírségi, multietnikus lokális perifériális közösség recens együttélési kapcsolatviszonyainak a tanulmányozásával foglalkozik. Nagyecsed, Nyírvasvári és Hodász települések magyar, oláh cigány és romungró együttélési közösségei a sajátos szociokulturális jellemzők, az etnikai csoportok eltérő hagyományai, életmódja és társadalmi normái következményeként szituatív rendszereket hoztak létre. Az elemzés azt mutatja be, hogy a külső megfigyelő szempontjából hasonló adottságú színterek, amelyek makrojellemzőik alapján első pillantásra kevés különbséget mutatnak, valójában gyökeresen különböző együttélési közösségek. A könyv alapját képező kutatások néprajzi és kulturális antropológiai szemléletű módszertani megközelítésre támaszkodva, a makrofolyamatok mögé tekintve teszik láthatóvá az etnikai együttélés a külső megfigyelői szempont számára rejtett dimenzióit, amelyek megértése gyakorlati jelentőségű.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaAcculturationAkkulturációAnthropologyAntropológiaAssimilationAsszimilációCommunity processesCultural traditionEthnic cohabitationEthnologyEtnikai együttélésHagyományKözösségfolyamatokNéprajzSocial anthropologyTársadalomantropológiaSzabó, Henriettauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112873/1/9789636463601.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112873OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112808oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461663160978946166780910.11116/9789461667809doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPFCthemaJPHthemaJPHVthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTWthemaQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRMBthemaQRMB1themaGehler, MichaelautChristian Democracy and the Fall of CommunismLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (352 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCivitas - Studies in Christian Democracy1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe role of Christian Democracy in the collapse of the Communist Bloc Debates on the role of Christian Democracy in Central and Eastern Europe too often remain strongly tied to national historiographies. With the edited collection the contributing authors aim to reconstruct Christian Democracy’s role in the fall of Communism from a bird's-eye perspective by covering the entire region and by taking “third-way” options in the broader political imaginary of late-Cold War Europe into account. The book’s twelve chapters present the most recent insights on this topic and connect scholarship on the Iron Curtain’s collapse with scholarship on political Catholicism. Christian Democracy and the Fall of Communism offers the reader a two-fold perspective. The first approach examines the efforts undertaken by Western European actors who wanted to foster or support Christian Democratic initiatives in Central and Eastern Europe. The second approach is devoted to the (re-)emergence of homegrown Christian Democratic formations in the 1980s and 1990s. One of the volume’s seminal contributions lies in its documentation of the decisive role that Christian Democracy played in supporting the political and anti-political forces that engineered the collapse of Communism from within between 1989 and 1991. Contributors: Andrea Brait (University of Innsbruck), Alexander Brakel (Konrad Adenauer Foundation, Israel), Ladislav Cabada (Metropolitan University Prague), Giovanni Mario Ceci (Università degli Studi Roma Tre / IES-Rome), Kim Christiaens (KU Leuven), Michael Gehler (University of Hildesheim), Thomas Gronier (UMR SIRICE), Piotr H. Kosicki (University of Maryland), Sławomir Łukasiewicz (John Paul II Catholic University of Lublin), Anton Pelinka (Central European University in Budapest), Johannes Schönner (Karl von Vogelsang Institute), Artūras Svarauskas (Lithuanian University of Educational Science), Helmut Wohnout (Austrian Federal Chancellery / Karl von Vogelsang Institute) This publication is GPRC-labeled (Guaranteed Peer-Reviewed Content).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaFar-left political ideologies and movementsthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaPolitical structures: democracythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaCold wars and proxy conflictsthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaChristian Churches, denominations, groupsthemaRoman Catholicism, Roman Catholic ChurchthemaCentral and East EuropeChristian DemocracyCold WarCommunismHistoryPolitical CatholicismGehler, MichaeledtKosicki, Piotr H.edtWohnout, Helmutedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112808/1/9789461667809.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112808OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112817oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047299909510.3998/mpub.14515580doioapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJohnson, Stevie “Dr. View”edtCurriculum of the MindMichigan State University PressUniversity of Michigan Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (68 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTracking PopOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCurriculum of the Mind is a groundbreaking hip-hop album that transforms the boundaries of scholarship, sound, and storytelling. A deeply personal and political intervention into the structures of higher education, the project speaks directly to the soul of education, identity, and cultural resilience. Part collective memoir, part mixtape, and part political manifesto, Curriculum of the Mind invites readers and listeners alike into a world where turntables become textbooks, beats carry the weight of history, and samples act as archives of Black life. Produced by Stevie “Dr. View” Johnson, this album features the work of Black students, parents, creatives, and prospective college-goers who rarely see themselves reflected in academia. At the same time, it challenges educators, librarians, and institutions to rethink what learning looks and sounds like in the 21st century. The album draws from and contributes to interdisciplinary fields including Black studies, critical race theory, performance studies, and hip-hop pedagogy. Through powerful mashups and lyrical reflections, Dr. View and The Space Program explore themes of educational trauma, invisibility, intergenerational resilience, and the radical potential of sound as a vehicle for theorizing lived experience. Paired with a written preface, the project challenges the primacy of text-based knowledge, asserting that sound, emotion, and memory are equally valid forms of intellectual inquiry—and that scholarship can, and should, be a collective effort. As a model for the future of performance-based scholarship, Curriculum of the Mind proves that hip-hop is not only music—it’s a method, a memory, and a movement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Ohio State UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaAcademic remixBlack epistemologyBlack storytellingCritical race theoryDecolonial educationEducational justiceFreedom dreamingGenerational traumaHip-hop pedagogyMixtape dissertationMusic and healingPracticeSound studiesSouthern Black identityJohnson, Stevie “Dr. View”authProgram, The Spaceauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112817/1/9780472999095.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112817/2/9780472999095.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112817OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112822oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019774571797801977457249780197745748978019774575510.1093/9780197745755.001.0001doioapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaAVLthemaAVLMthemaAVMthemaAVNthemaJohnson, JakeedtHarline & Washington’s When You Wish Upon a StarNew York, NYOxford University Press20261 electronic resource (144 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOxford KeynotesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhen Leigh Harline and Ned Washington penned “When You Wish Upon a Star” for Walt Disney’s 1940 film Pinocchio, the song came like a bolt out of the blue. Like Judy Garland’s rendition of “Over the Rainbow” from The Wizard of Oz one year earlier, vaudeville veteran Cliff Edwards’s recording “When You Wish Upon a Star” comes on the heels of the Great Depression and just shy of America’s sudden jolt into a second global conflict. But fate stepped in and “When You Wish Upon a Star” has since taken a peculiar and dynamic life of its own. It is a corporate logo. It is a jazz standard. John Williams even put it at the center of his score to Spielberg’s 1977 sci-fi film Close Encounters of the Third Kind. The tune seems to be everywhere. Yet despite its popularity, “When You Wish Upon a Star” has largely kept its story to itself. This book pulls focus to the song’s origins and original context in Pinocchio, the way it works, the work it’s been made to do in the world, and the lives of those who orbited it over the last eight decades. The biography of the song “When You Wish Upon a Star” helps us better understand how our ears attune to the possible and what Harline and Washington’s creation can teach us about the world to come.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of EssexCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaMusic: styles and genresthemaMusic of film and stagethemaHistory of musicthemaComposers and songwritersthemaCliff EdwardsClose Encounters of the Third KindCorporate logoDisneyJiminy CricketJohn WilliamsJudy GarlandLeigh HarlineLies and truthMary DouglasNed WashingtonPinocchioPost-truthPuritySteven SpielbergWalt DisneyJohnson, Jakeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112822/1/9780197745717.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112822OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112865oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97816857124649781685712471978168571315710.53288/0470.1.00doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaAFthemaAFJthemaAFKthemaAFKPthemaAFKVthemaGthemaGTthemaCollins, RebeccaedtSonic DetectionNecessary Notes for Art and PerformanceEarth, Milky Waypunctum bookspunctum books [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (380 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSonic Detection is part sonic noir, part performance document, and part critical investigation of listening at the margins for readers interested in prospecting the boundaries of performance studies, sound studies, and interdisciplinary writing.The book opens with a group of sonic detectives (exact number unknown) who investigate the mystery of an as-yet-unidentified event that leaves traces only in the acoustic atmosphere. This hybrid fiction propels the reader up and down the UK coast and offers overheard fragments from a faded seaside resort, a container shipping port, a former coal-mining town, and the Scottish headquarters for North Sea oil. A heterogeneous collection of texts follows, from creative-critical essays, performance scores, engagement with the archives of earlier sonic detectives (including poet/performance artist Fiona Templeton and the sound art collective Bow Gamelan Ensemble), to a series of dispatches from expert witnesses with their ears to the ground. Sonic Detection is not so much a monograph as a polygraph, tongue-in-cheek associations with questionable forensic technologies firmly in place. The book emerges from a decade-long collaboration between artists Rebecca Collins and Johanna Linsley, who used eavesdropping as an expanded creative methodology. The project began as a series of hyper-local, community-based performance works in coastal locations in the UK (from Bournemouth to Aberdeen) and grew into an international, multi-disciplinary life work devoted to an ongoing, organized curiosity. Sonic detectives hold open a collective sonorous space. They are the embodiment of the phenomenophile, lingering longer in listening.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaOther graphic or visual art formsthemaNon-graphic and electronic art formsthemaPerformance artthemaDigital, video and new media artsthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaArtistic researchInterdisciplinary writingListeningPerformanceSound studiesCollins, RebeccaauthLinsley , Johannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112865/1/9781685712471.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112865OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112876oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460075978963646355710.56037/978-963-646-007-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPSLthemaKacziba, PéteredtA ciprusi konfliktus geostratégiai összetevőiBudapest; PécsL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA geostratégia a geopolitika integráns része, egy állam nemzetközi érdekeinek földrajzi kivetülése, amely elsősorban biztonsági, politikai és gazdasági szempontok alapján határozza meg az egyes földrajzi területekkel szemben kialakított stratégiai programokat és aktivitásokat. A kötet alapvetése, hogy a hat évtizede megoldatlan ciprusi konfliktus lezárását nem csupán a helyi népcsoportok érdekellentétei hátráltatják, de a regionális és nagyhatalmak szigettel kapcsolatos geostratégiai érdekei is. Ezek a görög, török, brit, amerikai és részben orosz stratégiai koncepciók a szigeten kialakult konfliktust elmélyítették, kizárták a nemzetközi jogi megoldás érvényesülését, illetve egy de facto megoldásként az érintett felek többségének közvetlen vagy közvetett jelenlétet biztosítottak a szigeten. A kötet arra keresi a választ, hogy mik voltak azok a stratégiai adottságok, amelyek a szigetre vonzották a külhatalmakat, ezek az államok a stratégiai adottságok ellenőrzésére milyen külpolitikai koncepciókat és aktivitásokat alakítottak ki, illetve beavatkozásuk hogyan befolyásolta a konfliktus (ki)alakulását.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaGeopoliticsthemaCiprusi konfliktusConflict analysisConflict heritageCyprus conflictGeopoliticsGeopolitikaGeostrategyGeostratégiaHáborúk emlékeiInternational relationsKonfliktuselemzésKonfliktusokNemzetközi kapcsolatokKacziba, PéterauthDeák, Mátéedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112876/1/9789636463557.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112876OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112880oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460679978963646352610.56037/978-963-646-067-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPAthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaSzilágyi, ZsoltedtKánságtól a köztársaságig. Mongólia története a mandzsu kortól a 21. századigBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA mongolok évszázadok óta az eurázsiai térség történetének meghatározó szereplői. Az egyetlen olyan belső-ázsiai nomád nép, amely önálló birodalma létrehozása, majd annak bukása után is képes volt fennmaradni, megőrizte identitását és államiságának hagyományát. Ez a könyv arra tesz kísérletet, hogy megismertesse az olvasóval Mongólia modernkori történetét a mandzsu hódoltságtól napjainkig, kitérve a politikai mellett a gazdasági, társadalmi és kulturális változásokra is. Bemutatja, milyen külpolitikai stratégiák követték egymást a 20. század folyamán a függetlenség elérése, majd megtartása érdekében az Oroszország és Kína közé ékelődött országban. Megismerhetjük, hogyan jött létre a mongol teokrácia, és a mongol buddhizmus vezetője milyen szerepet játszott a 20. század eleji autonómia-törekvésekben. A könyv áttekinti, milyen hatalmi harcok során vezetett Mongólia útja a szocializmusba, miként zajlott a szovjet mintát követő iparosítás és kollektivizálás, továbbá hogyan adaptálták a rendszert a nomád viszonyok közé. A rendszerváltás óta eltelt évtizedekben, a mongolok hosszú idő után végre valódi önállóságukat ünnepelhetik. A demokratikus átalakulás, a piacgazdaságra való áttérés és a globalizáció azonban újfajta kihívások elé is állította az országot. Megindult egy markáns társadalmi és kulturális átalakulás, amelybe a szerző saját tereptapasztalataira is alapozva nyújt betekintést. Mára a mongol lakosság több mint kétharmada városban él, a vidéki népesség csökkenésével pedig fokozatosan háttérbe szorul az a hagyományos nomád életmód és kultúra, ami az évszázadok során meghatározta a mongolokat, de ma is fontos hivatkozási pont és identitásuk egyik alappillére.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaCultural and political historyCultural historyEconomicGazdaság-History of the MongolsKultúra- és politikatörténetKultúrtörténetMongol történelemMongolian studiesMongolisztikaSocialSocial historyTársadalom-TársadalomtörténetSzilágyi, Zsoltauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112880/1/9789636463526.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112880OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112881oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462079978963646491210.56037/978-963-646-491-2doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHAthemaNHAHthemaPthemaPDthemaPDXthemaErős, VilmosedtA historiográfia egész embert kíván. Tanulmányok a 20. századi történetírásrólBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet a szerzőnek az utóbbi jó tíz évben megjelent, válogatott historiográfiai tanulmányait és forrásközleményeit tartalmazza. Ezek az írások az Aetas, a Századok, a Történelmi Szemle, a Múltunk, a Valóság, az Egyháztörténeti Szemle című folyóiratokban, illetve a Századvég, a Hajnal István Kör, a Debreceni Egyetemi Kiadó által publikált kötetekben jelentek meg. A tanulmányok a 20. századi magyar történetírás kiemelkedő képviselői, Szekfű Gyula, Domanovszky Sándor, Szabó István, Ifjabb Révész Imre, Mályusz Elemér, Ifjabb Iványi Grünwald Béla életművének fontos aspektusairól, illetve a 20. századi magyar történetírás né hány jelentős problémájáról, így a hanyatlás gondolatának a két világháború közötti magyar történeti gondolkodásban való megjelenéséről, az ún. Mohács-vitáról, az 1945 utáni agrártörténet-írásról vagy például a populizmus gondolatának emlékezetpolitikai szerepéről szólnak. A kötet második részében különböző magyar és külföldi szerzők, így Romsics Ignác, Dénes Iván Zoltán, Stefan Berger historiográfiai munkáiról készült kritikai esszék találhatók, amelyek több vonatkozásban érintik a historiográfia általános, európai problémáit is. A kötet záró írása egy, a szerzővel készített interjú, amely egyfajta ars poetica is, azaz a szerző vallomása a historiográfia kutatásának speciális aspektusairól és nehézségeiről.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: theory and methodsthemaHistoriographythemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaHistory of sciencethema20. századi történelemEszmetörténetHistoriographyHistoriográfiaHistory of ideasHistory of science and techniquesHistory of the 20th centuryIntellectual historySzellemtörténetTudomány- és technikatörténetErős, Vilmosauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112881/1/9789636462079.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112881OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112811oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978180596600597818059660299781805966036oapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDNthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaNHTMthemaPastushenko, AndriiedtCatholicism and Elizabethan SeafarersCatholic Identities between England and SpainLondonThe British Academy20261 electronic resource (194 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBritish Academy Global MonographsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCatholicism and Elizabethan Seafaring is the first study to focus on Elizabethan Catholic seafarers who participated in the Anglo-Spanish conflicts. It demonstrates that Catholic identities persisted among English sailors operating between England and Spain, challenging longstanding assumptions that early modern English Catholics were predominantly land-bound and conservative, in contrast to their supposedly more progressive Protestant counterparts. The study traces shifts in religious culture aboard English ships in the 16th century and highlights the significance of English Catholic identities in both England and Spain. It examines how these mariners behaved and adapted in both countries, and how their religious and national identities, as well as their loyalties, interplayed, changed, and evolved, particularly under the conditions of Anglo-Spanish confrontation and the broader era of confessionalisation. The focus also includes the motivations that led Catholics to serve at sea on Protestant or Catholic ships, their religious practices, interactions with wider society– including radical Protestants–and the challenges they faced in both contexts. Through meticulous archival research, the monograph uncovers the Catholic identity aboard Elizabethan ships, often concealed by its carriers, and reconstructs the previously forgotten biographies of Englishmen serving on Habsburg vessels. It brings together cases drawn from both Spanish and British archives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: British AcademyCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: ReformationthemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaMaritime historythemaAnglo-Spanish relationsCatholicismElizabethan sailorsEnglish Catholic exilesMaritime historyPastushenko, Andriiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112811/1/9781805966005.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112811/2/9781805966005.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112811OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112853oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810032703489781040484227978104073385110.4324/9781003270348doioapenoapendc3thema3MthemaDthemaDDthemaDDAthemaDSthemaDSBthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaAndrzejewski, AliciaedtQueer Pregnancy in Shakespeare’s PlaysOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (160 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNew Interdisciplinary Approaches to Early Modern CultureOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarQueer Pregnancy in Shakespeare’s Plays addresses a conspicuous absence in queer readings of Shakespeare’s work: the pregnant body. Through discussions of A Midsummer Night’s Dream, Titus Andronicus, All’s Well That Ends Well, Hamlet, and The Winter’s Tale , this book dismantles the heteronormative frameworks through which pregnancy continues to be read. Its chapters challenge the assumptions in queer theory that only straight women get pregnant, that every pregnancy ends in the birth of a healthy, legitimate child, and that pregnancy always reproduces the family in a recognizable form. These frameworks not only dull the transgressive force of pregnancy in Shakespeare’s work and the expansive ways in which early moderns thought about the pregnant body, but contribute to the erasure of so many lived experiences of pregnancy in our current, cultural imagination. The concept of “queer pregnancy” not only reorients scholars to pregnancy in Shakespeare’s plays and beyond — it illuminates how high the stakes are for pregnant people who continue to be read and treated through perspectives that do not take queer bodies and identities into account. Through queer methodologies, as well as an explication of early modern gynecological texts, receipt books, and botanicals, this book offers new possibilities for how Shakespeare might have encountered and understood pregnancy, making it a valuable resource to students, scholars and anyone interested in Shakespeare, queer and feminist studies, and early modern culture.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaPlays, playscriptsthemaClassic and pre-20th century playsthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaEarly modern sexualityFeminist literary criticismGendered embodiment in Renaissance dramaGynecological historyQueer theory methodologiesReproductive politicsTrans pregnancy studiesAndrzejewski, Aliciaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112853/1/9781040484227.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112853OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112898oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789631441130978963646500110.56037/978-963-646-500-1doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaSzabó, GáboredtKilátás az utolsó hajóról. Krasznahorkai László prózavilágaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarKrasznahorkai László nem csupán a kortárs magyar irodalom, hanem napjaink világirodalmának is az egyik legfontosabb és legeredetibb alkotója, aki 1977-ben megjelent első elbeszélése óta konok következetességgel írja életművét, voltaképpen egyetlen szöveget. Szabó Gábor informatív monográfiája az életmű belső mozgásait, motívumvándorlásait vizsgálja, és akkurátus pontossággal olvassa és elemzi végig az életmű egészét. A Kilátás az utolsó hajóról cím a Krasznahorkai-epika hullámmozgásaira utal,ugyanakkor a perspektíva, az esély(telenség), távlat(nélküliség) mellett a művekben megjelenő reménylehetőségekre is rávilágít. A kötet nem csupán a Krasznahorkai-művek összefüggéseit, a filozófiai, természettudományi és képzőművészeti hatásokat és vonatkozásokat térképezi fel,de ragyogó összehasonlító elemzéseket olvashatunk az író számára megkerülhetetlen Hermann Melville,Jorge Luis Borges és a nemrég elhunyt kolosszális amerikai regényíró, Cormac McCarthy apropóján is.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaContemporary Hungarian proseHistory of literatureIrodalomtörténetKortárs magyar prózaNarratologyNarratológiaPoeticsPoétikaVilágirodalomWorld literatureSzabó, Gáborauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112898/1/9789631441130.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112898OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112899oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460198978963646350210.56037/978-963-646-019-8doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaJHthemaJHBthemaBerger, ViktoredtAz életvilág mediatizálódásaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA mindennapi élet nagy átalakuláson ment keresztül az utóbbi néhány évtizedben. Miközben a korábbi időkben a szemtől szembeni kommunikációk voltak elsődlegesek, addig mi a legkülönfélébb technikai eszközöket és platformokat – például közösségi média, okostelefonok, számítógépek, online hírportálok vagy üzenetküldő szolgáltatások – vesszük igénybe. A jelen életvilága mediatizálódik, s ez hatással van nemcsak az interakcióink formájára és tartalmára, hanem gondolkodásunkra és a világhoz való viszonyunkra is. Jelen könyv e korszakos átalakulást kívánja a szociológiai, és különösen fenomenológiai nézőpontból értelmezni. A kötet az életvilág mediatizálódásának elméleti keretén belül értelmezi a társadalmi cselekvők tapasztalati mintázatait az olyan területek kapcsán, mint a közösségi média platformjai, az online meetingek és videótelefonálás, az online videójátékok, a self-tracking vagy a műholdas navigáció. Az életvilág mediatizálódási folyamatai az értelmes és jó élettel kapcsolatban is kérdéseket vet fel, így a könyv annak is utána kíván járni, hogy vajon az életvilág mediatizálódása milyen új csapdahelyzeteket teremt, és milyen elvek alkalmazása jelenthet némi védelmet ezekkel szemben.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaDigitalizációDigitizationEveryday lifeKözösségi médiaLife-worldMedia and communicationsMediatizationMediatizációMindennapi életMédia és kommunikációSocial mediaSociologySzociológiaÉletvilágBerger, Viktorauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112899/1/9789636463502.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112899OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112923oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634149736978963646361810.56037/978-963-414-973-6doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCZthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPogány, ÁgnesedtA nagy háborútól a nagy válságig. Bank- és pénztörténeti tanulmányok a két világháború közötti MagyarországrólBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHumaniórákOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet a szerzőnek az elmúlt másfél évtizedben írt pénz- és banktörténeti témájú írásait tartalmazza. A tanulmányok fókuszában az 1914 és 1938 közötti évek, az első világháború hosszútávú hatásai és a két világháború között időszak mély pénzügyi, gazdasági krízisei állnak. A világháború kitörését követően megindult a pénz teljes elértéktelenedéséhez vezető infláció, majd az 1920-as évek vége elhozta a nagy gazdasági válságot, amelynek súlyosságát jelzi, hogy egyidejűleg jelentkezett a külső adósság-, fiskális-, bank- és valutaválság. Külföldi és hazai levéltári források alapján, nemzetközi összehasonlításban elemzi a szerző az összetett válsághelyzet előzményeit, kialakulásának okait és következményeit. Pogány Ágnes ismerteti azokat a korabeli és mai elméleteket is, amelyek a nagy gazdasági válság magyarázataként születtek. A kötet egyik újdonsága annak a bemutatása, hogyan kezelték az egymást követő pénzügyi és gazdasági kríziseket a kormányok Magyarországon és a világ más részein, milyen eszközök álltak rendelkezésre a válságok következményeinek enyhítésére, és mennyire voltak ezek eredményesek. A jegybankok korán kialakult eszköze volt a bankválságok kezelésére a végső hitelezői funkció, ennek történetét és magyarországi gyakorlatát is megvizsgálja a szerző, feltárva egyben a Magyar Általános Hitelbank összeomlásának eddig nem ismert történetét.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomic historythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaA két világháború közötti időszakBanking historyBanktörténetEconomic historyFiscal policyFiskális politikaGazdaságtörténetInterwar periodMonetary policyMonetáris politikaSocial and economic historyTársadalom és gazdaságtörténetPogány, Ágnesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112923/1/9789636463618.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112923OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112934oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818065506549781806550661oapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTVthemaLall, MarieedtMyanmar’s Spring RevolutionStudents, higher education and political changeLondonUCL PressUCL Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOn 1 February 2021 Myanmar’s military conducted a coup putting an end to a decade of reforms. Although it was the third coup in Myanmar’s history, it was received as a moral shock by a large part of the population, and the response was an unprecedented resistance movement branded as the Spring Revolution by the young people who are leading it. Myanmar’s Spring Revolution is about the students and academics who played a key part in the post-coup protests and who are still fighting the Myanmar military, both by taking up arms and by creating their own higher education institutions. It aims to give Myanmar students a place to offer their views on their revolution and the future they are fighting for. In light of wars in Ukraine and Gaza the conflict in Myanmar has largely been forgotten and the youth-led resistance that is fighting the Myanmar military seems to have no witnesses. This book is a way of giving voice to those most affected by the coup, and those who are giving their lives for the future of their country. The protagonists here explain why the resistance is different this time, and how this revolution goes well beyond the protests against a military regime.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaRevolutions, uprisings, rebellionsthemaCivil warDisplacementHigher educationIndia borderMilitary coupMyanmarNUGRefugee studentsResistanceSouth East AsiaSpring RevolutionThai borderUniversitiesLall, MarieauthOkamoto, Ikukoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112934/1/9781806550654.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112934OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112896oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636464448978963646445510.56037/978-963-646-445-5doioapenoapendcTthemaTHthemaTHRthemaUthemaUBthemaHorváth, PéteredtDigitális rendszerek modellezése és szintézise. Gyakorlati RTL-tervezésBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA Digitális rendszerek modellezése és szintézise című, elméleti jellegű kötet folytatásaként ez a példatár elsősorban az RTL-tervezés mélyebb részleteinek bemutatását tűzi ki célul. Az egyszerű példák felsorakozta-tása helyett egyetlen összetett, egyedi feladatot ellátó áramkör minden részletre kiterjedő megtervezésén keresztül szemlélteti az RTL-tervezés gyakorlati aspektusait. E részletek kifejtése során világossá válik, hogy a komplexitás mögött valójában egyszerűbb részegységek egymásba épülő sereglete bújik meg, amely a legfon-tosabb alapelvek következetes alkalmazásának eredményeként végül egy koherens, könnyen bővíthető áramköriterv-katalógussá áll össze. A bővíthetőség mögött nem titkolt motiváló szándék áll; a szerző abbéli meggyőződésének kifejeződése, hogy e szakterület finomságai csak gyakorlással, saját ötletek önálló megva-lósításával tanulhatók meg. E mű célja bevált tervezési sémák szemléltetése, amelyekre az Olvasó bizalom-mal támaszkodhat elképzelései megvalósításakor.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaElectrical engineeringthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaBeágyazott rendszerekDigital system designDigitális rendszertervezésElectrical engineeringElectronic engineeringEmbedded systemsHDL modellingHDL-modellezésInformation engineeringRTL designRTL-tervezésVillamosmérnöki és informatikai tudományokHorváth, Péterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112896/1/9789636464448.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112896OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112905oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634143956978963646356410.56037/978-963-414-395-6doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJHthemaJHMthemaSárközi, Ildikó GyöngyvéredtA mártírium homályából. Sibe ősök és hősök a kínai nemzetépítés oltáránBudapest; PécsL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKultúrák keresztútjánOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet középpontjában egy kevéssé ismert kínai etnikum, a sibék állnak. Ennek az eredetileg mandzsu nyelvet beszélő etnikumnak a döntő többsége mindmáig az „őshazának” tekintett északkeleti tartományokban él elszórtan, de Északnyugat-Kínában ugyancsak nagyobb lélekszámú közösségeik vannak. Elszakadásukra 1764-ben, császári parancsra, a Nagy Nyugatra Telepítés néven ismertté vált esemény következményeként került sor. A mandzsu/sibe nyelvet és szokásaik jelentős részét mára csak az elzártan élő xinjiangi sibék őrizték meg. A két nagy csoport újbóli kapcsolatfelvétele a Kínai Kommunista Párt hatalomra jutása után (1949) zajlott, majd a kínai nemzeti egység megteremtését célzó, a nemzeti történelem megírására irányuló program következtében megkezdődött a sibe identitás újrafogalmazása is. Ez az a folyamat, amelyet a szerző – ötvözve a sinológia, a történettudomány és a kulturális antropológia módszertanát – az 1950-es évektől egészen napjainkig követ nyomon.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaChinaCultural anthropologyKulturális antropológiaKínaManchuriaMandzsúriaNation-buildingNemzetépítésSibeXinjiangSárközi, Ildikó Gyöngyvérauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112905/1/9789636463564.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112905OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112920oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460792978963646351910.56037/978-963-646-079-2doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaQthemaQRthemaQRDthemaSzivák, JúliaedtHinduizmus és média a 21. századbanBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIndia 21. százada a nagy változások és gyors ütemű modernizáció jegyében zajlik, ami a társadalmat komoly dilemmák elé állítja a hagyományos értékrend és globalizációs hatások összeegyeztetésével kapcsolatban. Ez a fajta útkeresés különösen izgalmasan jelenik meg a média és populáris kultúra területén, ahol akár szimbolikus, akár egészen konkrét formában jelennek meg különböző érvrendszerek és hitvilágok, amelyek az indiai társadalom legszélesebb rétegeihez jutnak el. Jelen kötet a hinduizmusnak, India legnagyobb és politikai szempontból legjelentősebb vallásának megjelenését vizsgálja a média és populáris kultúra világában. A könyvben vizsgáljuk a hindu mitológia különböző alajainak reprezentációit, a populáris kultúrának az indiai nemzeti önképre gyakorolt hatását, illetve a politikai hinduizmusnak a médiára gyakorolt hatását.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaHinduismthemaFilmHinduismHinduizmusIndiaMediaMedia studies (general)MédiaRadio and TelevisionRádió és televíziótanulmányokStudies on FilmÁltalános médiatudományokSzivák, JúliaauthSzilágyi, Zsoltedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112920/1/9789636463519.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112920OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112810oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667649978946166765610.11116/9789461667656doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaDSBthemaGthemaGPthemaGPSthemaDera, JeroenautResearch Methods in Literary Reception StudiesLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarTurning reading into research: Researching literature through its reception. First methods-focused handbook in the field Strongly practical and suitable for advanced teaching Bridging qualitative and quantitative research For advanced students and early-career researchers Research Methods in Literary Reception Studies is the first handbook to offer a systematic, hands-on guide to the study of literary reception. It shows how scholars can examine readers’ responses to literature, as well as how texts are evaluated, discussed, rewarded, and circulated across social and institutional settings. By combining empirical, sociological, digital, and text-focused approaches, the book offers clear guidance on research design, data collection, and analysis. Each chapter offers step-by-step methodological instructions and illustrates these through a concrete case study. Integrating qualitative and quantitative approaches, and written for advanced students and researchers, this handbook provides a comprehensive methodological toolbox for studying literature as a cultural practice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: KU LeuvenFunded by: Radboud UniversiteitCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaLiterary studies: generalthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaResearch and information: generalthemaResearch methods: generalthemaDigital humanitiesEmpirical researchLiterary criticismLiterary cultureLiterary evaluationLiterary receptionReaders or Reading practicesResearch methodsSociology of literatureText analysisDera, JeroenedtOerlemans, AnneedtVan Dam, Frederikedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112810/1/9789461667649.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112810OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112840oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97894642812939789464281309978946428131610.59641/r2u8o9p0q1doioapenoapendcNthemaNKthemavan den Dikkenberg, LasseedtLiving with FlintLithic biographies and daily life in the Rhine-Meuse Delta during the Vlaardingen Culture period (3400–2500 BCE)LeidenSidestone PressSidestone Press Dissertations [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (280 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOur understanding of prehistoric life is shaped to a large degree by the study of stone tools. Their exceptional preservation makes flint tools ideally suited to reconstruct past lifeways. Use-wear analysis provides insights into the role of the ‘missing majority’ of perishable organic materials such as hide, wood, and plant fibres in past technologies. Reconstructing lithic biographies, from raw material procurement to use and recycling, reveals the complex dynamics of prehistoric life. This book explores the lifeways of Vlaardingen Culture communities (3400-2500 BCE) in the Rhine-Meuse-Scheldt delta through the lens of such object biographies. A detailed study of flint assemblages from four key sites reconstructs past exchange networks, technological choices, and everyday activities. Flint was imported across considerable distances, often as finished tools such as polished axes. Once acquired, exotic material was fully appropriated and integrated into the local technological system. Use-wear evidence further reveals the emergence of part-time craft specialisation during the Vlaardingen Culture period. Finally, the experimental research and use-wear analyses offer new insights into life in the delta, providing the earliest evidence in the Netherlands for the use of horn in craft production. These findings illuminate how communities lived and interacted in the dynamic wetland environment of the delta.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: NWOCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaArchaeologythemaEuropean prehistoryExperimental archaeologyFlintNeolithicObject biographiesSettlement archaeologyUse-wear analysisVlaardingen cultureWetlandsvan den Dikkenberg, Lasseauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112840/1/9789464281293.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112840OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112846oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034978999781040886496978104088652610.4324/9781003497899doioapenoapendcGthemaGBthemaGBCthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPSDthemaJPSLthemaKthemaKCthemaKCPthemaBajpai, KantiautRoutledge Handbook of China–India RelationsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (502 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis new and revised, second edition of the Routledge Handbook of China–India Relations provides a comprehensive, multi-disciplinary, and much-needed overview of relations between the two nations since 2020, marked by the Galwan Valley clash and ongoing border tensions. Arguing for sustained leadership and a nuanced, scholarly understanding of both societies in order to foster stability and cooperation amid persistent rivalry, the book explores the bilateral relationship’s scale, historical depth, and strategic complexity, emphasizing its global significance. Reflecting the consequential and multifaceted nature of the bilateral relationship, the book brings together twenty-seven original contributions by a wide range of experts in the field. The chapters demonstrate that China–India relations are more far-reaching and complicated than ever before, marked by both conflict and cooperation. Following a thorough introduction by the Editors, the handbook is divided into seven parts, which combine thematic and chronological principles into the following categories: historical overviews; strategic culture; core bilateral conflicts; military relations; economy and development; relations with third parties; and China, India, and global order. The chapters offer comparative analyses that highlight convergences and divergences in governance, strategic culture, and global order conceptions. This handbook will be an essential reference work for scholars interested in International Relations, Asian Politics, Global Politics, and China–India relations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: National University of SingaporeCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaEncyclopaedias and reference worksthemaReference worksthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaDiplomacythemaGeopoliticsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaPolitical economythemaAsian geopoliticsBorder security studiesEconomic development policyGlobal governance cooperationInternational conflict resolutionMilitary power dynamicsStrategic culture analysisBajpai, KantiedtChatterjee Miller, ManjariedtHo, Selinaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112846/1/9781040886496.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112846OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112929oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|swe d978917635279397891763528099789176352816978917635282310.16993/bcydoioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaABAthemaAFthemaHayden, HansautHistoriografiTeoretiska tillämpningar i konstvetenskap 6Stockholm, SwedenStockholm University PressStockholm University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (338 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBasic Readings in Culture and Aesthetics7Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe anthology Theoretical Applications in Art Studies demonstrates, presents and problematizes the application of historiography in art studies practice. The central ambition is to show how historiography can be applied and understood in different ways, in survey and critical studies as well as an aspect of historical and art studies analysis. This is demonstrated based on different questions and theoretical perspectives in seven chapters. They cover different types of material from different times.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Sven och Dagmar Saléns stiftelse och Olle Engkvists stiftelseCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccsweThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaTheory of artthemaThe Arts: art formsthemaHistoriografiKonstteoriKonstvetenskapVisuella studierHayden, Hansedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112929/1/9789176352809.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112929OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112809oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461664228978946166781610.11116/9789461667816doioapenoapendc3thema3Mthema3MPthema3MPQthemaJthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPFMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTXthemaQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRMBthemaQRMB1themaPolitical Exile in the Global Twentieth CenturyCatholic Christian Democrats in Europe and the AmericasLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (350 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCivitas - Studies in Christian DemocracyOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarTransnational perspectives on Christian Democrats in exile This book focuses on the political exile of Catholic Christian Democrats during the global twentieth century, from the end of the First World War to the end of the Cold War. Transcending the common national approach, the present volume puts transnational perspectives at center stage and in doing so aspires to be a genuinely global and longitudinal study. Political Exile in the Global Twentieth Century includes chapters on continental European exile in the United Kingdom and North America through 1945; on Spanish exile following the Civil War (1936–39), throughout the Franco dictatorship; on East-Central European exile from the defeat of Nazi Germany and the establishment of Communist rule (1944–48) through the end of the Cold War; and Latin American exile following the 1973 Chilean coup. Encompassing Europe (both East and West), Latin America, and the United States, Political Exile in the Global Twentieth Century places the diasporas of twentieth-century Christian Democracy within broader, global debates on political exile and migration. Contributors: Paolo Acanfora (University of Rome La Sapienza), Leyre Arrieta (University of Deusto), Gemma Caballer (University of Barcelona), Justinas Dementavičius (Vilnius University), Joaquín Fermandois (Catholic University of Chile / San Sebastián University), Élodie Giraudier (Harvard University), Carlo Invernizzi Accetti (City University of New York), Katalin Kádár Lynn (Independent Scholar), Wolfram Kaiser (University of Portsmouth), Piotr H. Kosicki (University of Maryland), Sławomir Łukasiewicz (John Paul II Catholic University of Lublin), Christopher Stroot (University of California San Diego) This publication is GPRC-labeled (Guaranteed Peer-Reviewed Content).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaLater 20th century c 1950 to c 1999themaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaRight-of-centre democratic ideologiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaViolence, intolerance and persecution in historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaChristian Churches, denominations, groupsthemaRoman Catholicism, Roman Catholic ChurchthemaChristian DemocracyEuropeExileGlobal HistoryLatin AmericaPolitical CatholicismTransnational HistoryUnited Stateswww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112809/1/9789461667816.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112809OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112859oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037030379781040836156978104083910210.4324/9781003703037doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaJHthemaJHBthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRABthemaQRVthemaQRVKthemaOostveen, DaanedtAn Exploration of Multiple Religious BelongingsRhizomatic BelongingOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (202 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn an era of increasing religious diversity and fluid identities, this book challenges conventional understandings of faith, identity, and religious affiliation. Drawing from intercultural philosophy, theology, religious studies, and social sciences, Daan F. Oostveen examines how individuals navigate belonging to multiple religious traditions, from Christian-Buddhist dual belonging to more fluid spiritual practices. Through a comparative approach, the book explores Western and Chinese perspectives on religious hybridity, critiques the limitations of the world religions paradigm, and introduces rhizomatic belonging as a groundbreaking framework for understanding religious multiplicity. Engaging with Deleuze and Guattari’s philosophy, feminist and postcolonial critiques, and lived religion studies, it offers a fresh perspective on how religious identities are shaped in today’s interconnected world. This book is essential reading for scholars of religious studies, philosophy, anthropology, and theology, as well as anyone interested in the evolving landscape of religious belonging in a globalized society.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaPhilosophy of religionthemaAspects of religionthemaSpirituality and religious experiencethemaComparative theologyContemporary religious identity frameworksFeminist theology perspectivesIntercultural philosophyLived religion studiesPostcolonial religious critiqueReligious hybridityOostveen, Daanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112859/1/9781040839102.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112859OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112803oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d978940060570110.24415/9789087285067doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNLthemaJNLCthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaJNSthemaQthemaQRthemaQRVthemaQRVPthemaQRVP3themaAltena Davidsen, MarkusedtReligieuze teksten en rituelen onderzoeken in de klasEen religiewetenschappelijke vakmethodiekLeidenLeiden University PressLUP Textbooks [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInzicht in levensbeschouwing en religie is onmisbaar in een algemeen vormend curriculum. Daarom is het een welkome ontwikkeling dat de Tweede Kamer eind 2025 heeft besloten het kennisgebied geestelijke stromingen – sinds 1985 al onderdeel van het primair onderwijs – ook te verplichten in het voortgezet onderwijs. Zodoende zal op elke middelbare school onderwezen worden over het christendom, islam en andere religieuze tradities. Dit boek presenteert een religiewetenschappelijke en onderzoekende vakmethodiek voor onderwijs over religieuze tradities, geïnspireerd door de onderwijspraktijk in Scandinavië en voortbouwend op de perspectievendidactiek van Expertisecentrum LERVO. Concreet beschrijven we hoe leerlingen in vier stappen (SITUEREN, ANALYSEREN, INTERPRETEREN en RELATEREN) religieuze teksten en rituelen kunnen onderzoeken in de klas. Leerlingen die volgens dit model zelf religieuze teksten en rituelen onder de loep nemen, verwerven een veel dieper inzicht in de bronnen en de religieuze tradities waar ze deel van uitmaken, dan leerlingen die alleen over religie en religieuze teksten en rituelen lezen. Daarnaast ontwikkelen leerlingen hiermee hun analysevaardigheden en onderzoekende houding. Religieuze teksten en rituelen onderzoeken in de klas biedt diverse uitwerkingen van het analysemodel voor leerlingen en studenten, inhoudelijke achtergrondkennis en handige overzichten van primaire bronnen en secundaire literatuur. Het boek is daarmee geschikt als studieboek op de docentenopleidingen (hbo en wo).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Universiteit LeidenCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccdutSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaSchools and pre-schoolsthemaSecondary schoolsthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaTeaching of students with different educational needsthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaAspects of religionthemaReligious life and practicethemaReligious instructionthemaGeestelijke stromingenLerarenopleidingLevensbeschouwingOnderwijsmethodeReligieuze tekstenReligiewetenschapRituelenVoortgezet onderwijsAltena Davidsen, MarkusauthN. van der Meer, Michaëlauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112803/1/9789400605701.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112803OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112866oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97816857122669781685712273978168571306510.53288/0540.1.00doioapenoapendc1thema1Kthema1KJthema1KJPthema5thema5Pthema5PBthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaRamos, MarisolautGazing at the Puerto Rican Anthropological LandscapeThe “Natives” Look Far and WideEarth, Milky Waypunctum bookspunctum books [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBefore World War II, most anthropological research in Puerto Rico was led by US anthropologists. The most famous project, The People of Puerto Rico, was directed by American anthropologist Julian Steward and launched the career of renowned scholars such as Sidney Mintz and Eric Wolf. Gazing at the Puerto Rican Anthropological Landscape aims to delineate the development of the post-WWII anthropological field in Puerto Rico by Puerto Rican anthropologists, the so-called “native” anthropologists. The contributors to Gazing at the Puerto Rican Anthropological Landscape deploy the term “native” somewhat ironically, but they also know that who they are affects their positionality vis-à-vis their research subjects. Thus, they retain the term to spark a conversation addressing the complicated feelings that such labels still evoke among non-mainstream anthropologists. Gazing at the Puerto Rican Anthropological Landscape purposely avoids making Puerto Rico and Puerto Ricans a problem to study and instead focuses on a wide variety of epistemological and methodological questions related to the study of Puerto Rico and Puerto Ricans by “native” anthropologists within local, regional, and global spheres. We posit that the Puerto Rican anthropological landscape transcends the confines of the island of Puerto Rico to encompass its connection and engagement with the larger world, and that it is not limited to the inhabitants of the island of Puerto Rico but embraces members of its diaspora, as well as other groups and ethnicities. On that note, this book seeks to reflect critically on how the academic field of anthropology (research and teaching) in Puerto Rico has evolved, post-WWII, in various engagements with the current debates of contemporary anthropology — theoretical, methodological, socio-cultural, political, and otherwise.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengPlace qualifiersthemaThe AmericasthemaCaribbean islandsthemaPuerto RicothemaInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to peoples: ethnic groups, indigenous peoples, cultures and other groupings of peoplethemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaAnthropologyAutotheoryEthnographyEthnohistorical methodologyIndigeneityNative anthropologistsPostcolonialismPostmodernismPuerto RicoRamos, MarisoledtValdes, Manueledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112866/1/9781685712273.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112866OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112871oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d978233640636710.56037/978-963-646-495-0doioapenoapendcLthemaLAthemaLNthemaLNDthemaLNDXthemaDeli, GergelyedtJuste vivre. Vers une théorie juridique éthiqueParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBibliothèqueS de droitOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCet ouvrage traite d’un aspect juridique négligé de la théorie juridique moderne. Il ne s’intéresse ni aux aspects positifs ou factuels du droit, ni à sa lecture morale, mais à son message éthique : comment devons-nous vivre notre vie, et comment le droit nous aide-t-il à mener une bonne vie ? Chaque personne responsable doit s’efforcer de vivre une vie de raison et de valeur, en suivant l’idéal de vie des anciens Romains et en observant la règle de honeste vivere. En utilisant les méthodes de la théorie juridique traditionnelle, l’auteur analyse les dilemmes constitutionnels les plus difficiles et en déduit les rudiments d’un droit qui peut aider ses citoyens à mener une bonne vie. L’apport scientifique le plus original de cette approche, centrée sur l’individu, est qu’elle dépasse la dichotomie du positivisme et du droit naturel et propose une troisième voie. L’ouvrage offre non seulement une construction théorique, mais aussi des possibilités de sa mise en œuvre pratique.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaConstitutionthemaBehavioral economicsConstitutional lawDroit constitutionnelDroit romainJogtudományLawLegal theoryRoman lawThéorie juridiqueÉconomie comportementaleDeli, Gergelyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112871/1/9782336406367.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112871OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112857oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034345979781040502884978104071266510.4324/9781003434597doioapenoapendcAthemaAMthemaAMVthemaAMVDthemaGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJPthemaRthemaRPthemaRPCthemaTthemaTNthemaLin, YanliuautChinese Collaborative Planning in the Digital EraInstitutions, Power Relations, and Public SpheresOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (232 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Research in Planning and Urban DesignOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarChinese Collaborative Planning in the Digital Era: Institutions, Power Relations, and Public Spheres is the first accessible text on theoretical underpinnings and extensive case material on China’s collaborative planning. It questions the validity of agonistic and communicative approaches and lays out a new theoretical framework for collaborative planning in China. The book also elaborates the changing governance contexts for collaborative planning in China, including the participative and deliberative turn, and the impact of social media and digital transition on power relations and public spheres. Collaborative planning has become a practical solution to solve increasingly complex problems and the challenges of sustainability under rapid economic development. The authors present several in-depth case studies of collaborative practices in the fields of urban regeneration, environmental protection, and green initiatives in Beijing, Shanghai, Guangzhou, Xiamen, and other cities. The materials of the case studies are collected from in-depth fieldwork in China, practical experience, and online social networking sites. The book not only gives an overview of collaborative practices and policies in China but also reflects the universal collaborative planning theory and presents new research methodologies. The interdisciplinary nature of the book makes it interesting for students, educators, scholars, and practitioners in spatial planning, environmental planning, public policy, and new media fields.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Universiteit UtrechtCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaLandscape architecture and designthemaCity and town planning: architectural aspectsthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaRegional and area planningthemaUrban and municipal planning and policythemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaCivil engineering, surveying and buildingthemaDigital public engagementEnvironmental decision makingParticipatory policySocial media activismSpatial planning ChinaUrban governanceUrban regeneration digital transformationLin, YanliuedtLu, Hongmeiedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112857/1/9781040502884.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112857OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112877oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634149101978963646376210.56037/978-963-414-910-1doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBGthemaJBGBthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRABthemaFrazer-Imregh, MonikaedtÉletmód, asztrológia és mágia a reneszánszban. Marsilio FicinoHárom könyv az életrőlBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMilyen tanácsokat adhat a reneszánsz kori Firenzében egy orvosi képzésben is részesült filozófus-teológus barátainak, hogy egészségüket megőrizzék, sokáig éljenek, és életerejüket még az ég ajándékaival is fokozhassák? A választ Marsilio Ficino Három könyv az életről című műve adja meg számunkra, e kötet szerzője pedig annak eredt a nyomába, hogy a reneszánsz orvosai milyen fogalmakkal éltek a gyógyításban, miért támaszkodtak ebben az asztrológiára, és honnan származnak a világ egységének szemléletére alapozó mágikus jellegű megfontolásaik? Nos, Ficino asztrológiai szempontjai részben kora gyakorlatából adódnak, művében a harmadik könyv mágikus-filozófiai megközelítései azonban a platóni és újplatonikus szerzőket görögből latinra fordító firenzei filozófus saját tanulmányainak gyümölcsei. A talizmánmágiát, bár nem ajánlja, a gyógyításban való felhasználhatóságát és működésének lehetséges voltát megvizsgálja, amivel a koraújkor számára egy új szellemi irányzatot indít el: az úgynevezett „természeti mágia” filozófiai vonulatát. A kora újkor egy további divatja is ebből az életmód-tanácsadó könyvből ered: a zsenik melankóliája. E monográfia hozzásegíti az olvasót Ficino e legkülönösebbnek vélt művének megértéséhez, megvizsgálja az abban felmerülő problémákat, bevezetést nyújtva annak a közelebbi megismeréséhez.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaPopular beliefs and controversial knowledgethemaFolklore studies / Study of myth (mythology)themaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaPhilosophy of religionthemaFicinoFilozófiaFilozófiatörténetHistory and philosophy of science and technologyHistory of philosophyMythMítoszNeoplatonismPhilosophyReligious studiesRenaissance medicineReneszánsz orvoslásRitualRítusSymbolic representationsSzimbólumokTalismansTalizmánokTheurgiaTheurgyTudománytörténet és tudományfilozófiaValláskutatásÚjplatonizmusFrazer-Imregh, Monikaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112877/1/9789636463762.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112877OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112851oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810036929669781040835166978104083800610.4324/9781003692966doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaKthemaKCthemaKCPthemaKJthemaKJKthemaFung, Courtney J.autConditioning China’s InfluenceIntentionality, Intermediaries, and InstitutionsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (260 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPolitics and International Relations in AsiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edited volume contributes to debates about China’s influence, and explores three specific themes in the context of global China: the effects of (un)intentional influence and influence externalities; the role of intermediaries, the sub-state and non-state actors that are conduits for influence; and the conditioning effects of host country institutions. The work advances conversation of public and academic interest by problematizing existing conceptualizations of China’s influence and offering a fresh approach. Existing research has paid surprisingly little systematic attention to how local, national, and global factors outside of China–and beyond its control–condition whether and how China’s investments in global influence bear fruit. A central claim of the book is that scholars need to pay more careful attention to how these external factors create unexpected consequences for influence-seeking states. This book explores three specific themes in the context of global China: the effects of (un)intentional influence and influence externalities; the role of intermediaries, the sub-state, and non-state actors that are conduits for influence; and the conditioning effects of host country institutions. This book will be of interest to students and scholars of Asian Studies, Politics, Regional Studies, and International Relations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaPolitical economythemaBusiness and ManagementthemaInternational businessthemaExternalities in international relationsHost country institutionsNon-state intermediariesPolicy diffusion analysisSub-state actorsTransnational political influenceUnintended consequences of foreign policyFung, Courtney J.edtHan, EnzeedtQuek, KaiedtStrange, Austinedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112851/1/9781040838006.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112851OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112897oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460242978963646362510.56037/978-963-646-024-2doioapenoapenhunlatdcDthemaDBthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBBthemaAngelo PolizianoLevelek I–IV.BudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. Műfordítás, forrásOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMiért érdemes egy 15. századi firenzei humanista, közelebbről a költő, műfordító, filológus és filozófus Angelo Poliziano levelezését olvasni? Egyrészt azért, mert reményeink szerint a magyar műfordítás is visszaadja ezen ékszerekké csiszolt rövid latin szövegek nyelvi, stiláris és gondolati szépségét, humorát és érzelmi gazdagságát, feszes ritmusát. Másrészt mert a levelek a lehető leghűbb képet festik tudós elődeink eszményeiről, kutatásaik tárgyairól, barátságaikról, tréfáikról és kiterjedt kapcsolatrendszerükről, aminek révén egymást támogathatták patrónusok szerzésében, hírnevük terjesztésében. Sokszor konkrét segítséget kérnek egymástól: adatokat egy-egy szerzővel, művel vagy latin kifejezéssel kapcsolatban, vagy éppen kéziratokat kérnek kölcsön vagy küldenek a másik számára, az illető javításait kérve a régi, másolási hibákat rejtő kódexekben. Poliziano tizenkét könyvbe szerkesztette leveleit, ezek közül az első négy könyvet foglalja magába e kötet a latin eredetivel együtt, így a haladó latintanulók számára kitűnő lehetőséget ad a gyakorlásra. A levélfüzérek elé a fordító, Frazer-Imregh Monika a humanista barátok életrajzait illesztette, így a könyv az itáliai humanizmus kistükrének is tekinthető.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunlatBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaAncient, classical and medieval textsthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: ancient, classical and medievalthema15. Század15th centuryAncient Greek and Latin literature and artClassicsCorrespondenceCultural historyCultural memoryHistory of literatureHumanistsHumanistákIrodalomtörténetKlasszikusKulturális emlékezetKultúrtörténetLevelezésRenaissanceReneszánszRégi görög és latin irodalom és művészetekwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112897/1/9789636463625.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112897OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112837oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d97823749623449782374962399oapenoapendcKthemaCervera, MelaineedtL’économie solidaire face au tournant entrepreneurialLe cas du LuxembourgReimsEPURE, Éditions et presses universitaires de Reims20251 electronic resource (184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRESSOR9Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFamous for its vibrant banking sector, Luxembourg also serves, on its own scale, as a melting pot for the trends and underlying shifts taking place at European level in the social and solidarity economy (SSE). The book is based on a qualitative survey conducted among various stakeholders involved in SSE projects and public policy, and analyses the socio-economic and socio-political components of the Luxembourg SSE. Four distinct strands of the SSE are identified: the economy of addressing unemployment through work, the traditional social economy with a charitable focus, social and responsible entrepreneurship – a term ubiquitous in discourse – and solidarity initiatives now scattered across local projects that remain largely out of the public eye.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaLuxembourgSocial and solidarity economyCervera, MelaineauthVincent, LhuillierauthDavid, HiezothJean Louis, Lavilleothwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112837/1/9782374962399.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112837OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112858oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034662399781040507087978104063693010.4324/9781003466239doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPFFthemaJPFKthemaJPHthemaJPLthemaJPWthemaJPWGthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaFreeman, DenaautThe Global Left in a Multipolar WorldTowards a Planetary Politics of Justice and SurvivalOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (248 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierInnovations in International AffairsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Global Left in a Multipolar World: Towards a Planetary Politics of Justice and Survival explores how a transformative global left politics might be advanced in the context of the emerging multipolar world order and the urgent climate crisis. The book argues that the era of the purely national left is over. Instead, the twenty-first century needs a new global left that will address the critical four elements of class, imperialism, ecology and democracy in a unified way, and that will combine ideas and interventions at a multiplicity of scales from the local to the global. Chapters written by leading left scholars from the global North and the global South explore different aspects of contemporary left thought and practice and articulate different visions of potential global lefts. They offer radical and inspiring suggestions for global left programmes that can tackle both the injustices of neoliberal globalisation as well as the new threats from an advancing global right, continued neo-imperialism and the increasingly critical climate-ecological planetary crisis. Taken together, they offer a compelling vision of a global left that seeks justice – for labour, for the global South and for oppressed peoples everywhere – and survival – for everyone on our warming planet – based on and secured by a truly democratic planetary politics. The Global Left in a Multipolar World injects new energy into left thinking and shows how the left can move from a politics of resistance towards a politics of alternatives. It will be of great interest to students and scholars of global politics, international relations and sociology and to left-wing activists seeking a better world. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Shanghai UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaLeft-of-centre democratic ideologiesthemaCentrist democratic ideologiesthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaPolitical parties and party platformsthemaPolitical activism / Political engagementthemaPressure groups, protest movements and non-violent actionthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaAnti-imperialist theoryClimate justice movementsEcological democracyLeftist internationalismNeoliberal globalisation critiquePlanetary justice strategiesTransnational social movementsFreeman, Denaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112858/1/9781040507087.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112858OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112847oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034876239781040513088978104064036410.4324/9781003487623doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTCthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaKthemaKNthemaKNTthemaKNTPthemaKNTP2themaUthemaUBthemaUYthemaUYQthemaBowman, Nicholas DavidautProvoking Generative AI FuturesMerging Theory and PraxisOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (424 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn accessible exploration of the myriad applications and challenges of generative AI for media and communication students, scholars, and practitioners alike. The latest emergence of increasingly low-cost and scalable AI technologies presents a point of both celebration and concern for the contemporary media and information ecosystem. To this end, this edited volume gathers media and communications scholars and practitioners to engage in discussions and exchange ideas about current trends and developments in the field. Questions this volume asks include: What are the essentials of generative AI from a media and communication perspective? How has generative AI influenced research and scholarship? How has generative AI influenced media content and industries? What ethical and legal questions has generative AI introduced or reignited? How are discussions of generative AI influencing perception of the technologies? Who benefits from generative AI, and who might be disenfranchised? As generative AI develops at a rapid pace, this collection provides a calibration point for further discussion and debate around their role in media and communication. This book will appeal to students seeking to gain greater understanding of generative AI within the media and communication industries, as well as media and communication scholars and practitioners directly engaged in generative AI research, application, and development. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com , has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 licenseAccessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaCommunication studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaMedia, entertainment, information and communication industriesthemaPublishing industry and journalismthemaNews media and journalismthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaComputer sciencethemaArtificial intelligencethemaAIAI ethics communicationAlgorithmic bias analysisArtificial intelligenceComputational creativityDisinformation studiesEntertainment industriesEthical challenges in generative AI communicationGenerative AIHuman centered AIMedia and communication industriesMedia industry automationPublic relations technologySynthetic media detectionTechnological convergenceBowman, Nicholas DavidedtLuttrell, Reginaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112847/1/9781040513088.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112847OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112861oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037489539781040870204978104087029710.4324/9781003748953doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCBthemaKCBMthemaKCPthemaKCZthemaKFthemaKFFthemaKFFHthemaKFFKthemaKFFLthemaKNthemaKNSthemaKaszowska-Mojsa, JagodaedtFinancial Instability and Systemic RiskFrom the Global Financial Crisis and BeyondOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (288 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge International Studies in Money and BankingOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Global Financial Crisis revealed that systemic fragility arises not only from identifiable risks but also from systemic uncertainty – the endogenous and often unpredictable dynamics that build up within financial systems and amplify across time and space. More than a decade later, this dual challenge remains pressing as the rising inequality and geopolitical insecurity have underscored the vulnerability of interconnected economies and societies. This book illustrates how agent-based modelling (ABM) can enrich the study of crises, systemic risk and uncertainty, and the distributional effects of policies that are designed to contain them. Rather than treating crises as external shocks, the book highlights how fragility can emerge endogenously within economies that are understood as complex, evolving systems. Through clear explanations and targeted applications, it not only demonstrates how ABM can capture the effects of macroprudential regulation on the real economy and inequality and shed light on moments of financial instability but also provides a practical guide to building such data-driven models in the first place. At the same time, it situates these insights within a broader discussion of contagion, procyclicality and global financial regulation, thus connecting the modelling results with ongoing debates on how best to safeguard financial stability. Further, it offers a valuable synthesis of lessons learned from advanced economies, illustrating how institutional design and macroprudential policy can strengthen financial resilience while also generating significant redistributive effects across sectors and households. The book is primarily aimed at an academic audience of scholars and advanced students in economics, finance and computational social science. It will also appeal to professionals in central banks, regulators and policymakers engaged in designing and evaluating macroprudential frameworks. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaMacroeconomicsthemaMonetary economicsthemaPolitical economythemaEconomic historythemaFinance and accountingthemaFinance and the finance industrythemaCorporate financethemaBankingthemaCredit and credit institutionsthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaHospitality and service industriesthemaAgent-based modellingAgent-based systemic risk modellingComputational economicsFinancial contagionInequality dynamicsMacroprudential regulationProcyclicalityKaszowska-Mojsa, Jagodaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112861/1/9781040870204.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112861OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112892oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634145776978963646493610.56037/978-963-646-493-6doioapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaGLZthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaFejős, ZoltánedtNéprajz és muzeológia. Tudománytörténeti megközelítésBudapest; DebrecenL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSpecimina EthnographicaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet a magyar néprajz történetét a múzeum és a múzeumi gyűjtés szemszögéből tárgyalja. Bemutatatja azokat a törekvéseket, amelyek feredményeként Magyarországon is létrejött a néprajzi múzeum intézménytípusa. Az intézményesülés szakszerűsödést jelent, különböző irányokból érkező szakemberek munkáját, tudományos elképzeléseit és egymás közötti vitáit, egyéni ambícióit foglalja magában. A tanulmányok első csoportja eszmetörténeti keretben tárgyalja a néprajz és a múzeum kölcsönös viszonyát. Az elemzések második csoportja a múzeumi gyakorlat és a módszertan kérdéseit taglalja. Egy-egy szakember munkássága alapján a kutatás és a múzeumi eljárások olyan központi kérdéseit vizsgálja, mint a korai állomásozó „terepmunka”, a vizuális képalkotás és dokumentáció, a kérdőíves adatfeltárás, a néprajzi tárgyfogalom alakulása, a korai kiállítási, reprezentációs eljárások, valamint a terepkutatás morális kérdései.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaMuseology and heritage studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaEszmetörténetEthnographyHistory of ideasMuseum anthropologyMuseum historyMuseums and exhibitionsMúzeumok és kiállításokMúzeumtörténetNéprajzNéprajzi múzeológiaFejős, Zoltánauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112892/1/9789634145776.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112892OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112907oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646391510.56037/978-963-646-395-3doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFZthemaJHthemaJHBthemaKiss, TiboredtGazdaság 5D-ben. Egy kékgazdaság-típusú megközelítésBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA Gazdaság 5D-ben című kötet a jelenlegi társadalmi-gazdasági rendszerek alapvető ellentmondásait vizsgálja, módszertani eszközökkel is elemezve az ökológiai, gazdasági és társadalmi alrendszerek kölcsönhatásait. Mivel a pénz és a gazdasági növekedés iránti vonzódásunk rövid távon aligha változik meg, ezt a hajtóerőt kihasználva kell olyan életképes alternatívát keresni, amely összeegyeztethető a természeti rendszerek működésével. Ennek egy lehetséges módja, hogy a gazdasági növekedés iránti preferenciánkat és pénzalapú értékrendszerünket olyan irányba hangoljuk át, amely összhangban van a természet rendszerszintű működésével. A szerző rámutat, hogy már a számviteli rendszer egy hiányosságának puszta korrekciója paradigmaváltáshoz vezethet. A szerző a civilizációk ciklikus fejlődését és összeomlását feltáró történeti áttekintésével feltárja a jelenlegi világrendszer sajátos sérülékenységét. Az elméleti alapokat kiterjedt esettanulmányok egészítik ki, mint a Las Gaviotas ökológiai közösségének, a bali víztemplomok rendszerének, a regeneratív mezőgazdaságnak vagy a városi reziliencia példáinak bemutatása.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial forecasting, future studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaBlue economyEcological economicsFuturologyInterdisciplinaryInterdiszciplináris társadalomtudományokJövőkutatásKék gazdaságRegenerative systemsRegeneratív rendszerekRendszergondolkodásSocial sciencesSocio-ecological systemsSocio-economic resilienceSystems thinkingTársadalmi-gazdasági rendszerekTársadalmi-gazdasági rezilienciaÖkológiai közgazdaságtanKiss, Tiborauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112907/1/9789636463915.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112907OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112908oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646403510.56037/978-963-646-489-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVHthemaMthemaMBthemaMBDthemaMBDCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaSándor, JuditedtBioetika és emberi jogok az orvosi biotechnológiábanBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierA bioetika kérdéseiOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA bioetika ma már nemcsak a szoros értelemben vett orvos-beteg kapcsolatokban érvényesül, hanem az orvosi segítséggel végzett rendkívüli reprodukciós eljárásokban, a genetikai tesztek, biobankok, őssejtkutatások, vagy épp a génszerkesztés területén is. Az új technológiák alkalmazása miatt a bioetika hatóköre átnyúlik és összefonódik a mesterséges intelligencia és robotika alkalmazásával is. Nemcsak a járványok során keletkezett hatalmas adattömeg, de a genetikai adatok egyre bővülő mennyisége is felvet bioetikai kérdéseket. Ez a könyv amellett érvel, hogy az egyes új biotechnológiák etikai vetületeit érdemes egymással összevetve, együttesen is vizsgálni, és olyan alapkérdéseket, mint a betegtájékoztatás újból és újból megvizsgálni, és az adott helyzetre értelmezni. Az emberi jogok és a bioetika kölcsönösen hatással vannak egymásra és ezt a kapcsolódást elemzi a könyv számos jogeseten és példán keresztül.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaMedical professionthemaMedical ethics and professional conductthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaBioethicsBioetikaDoctor-patient relationEmberi jogokEthicsEthics and moralityEtikaGeneticsGenetikaHuman rightsMoralitásOrvos-beteg kapcsolatTechnologyTechnológiaSándor, Juditauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112908/1/9789636464035.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112908OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112827oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019765496597801976549729780197654989978019782553210.1093/oso/9780197654965.001.0001doioapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaJMRthemaJ. Pitoniak, MaryautEducational Measurement Fifth EditionNew York, NYOxford University Press20261 electronic resource (1656 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe fifth edition of Educational Measurement represents the first version of this volume produced solely by the National Council on Educational Measurement. This volume, like the previous four editions, provides cutting-edge research and guidance on all major topics in the field of measurement science, with chapters written by acknowledged experts in their respective fields. Edited by Linda L. Cook and Mary J. Pitoniak, the volume is focused on the traditional Educational Measurement audience—those with advanced degrees in the science of measurement, including academics, researchers, and graduate students—but is also accessible and of use to scholars with advanced degrees in related fields and to those who set policy or make decisions that impact the use of educational measurement. The fifth edition contains 21 chapters separated into four parts. Part I provides a framing chapter for the volume, as well as chapters on the history and social context of educational measurement. Part II addresses the important topics of validity, reliability, and fairness theory and concepts. Part III includes new theories and technical advances in topics such as technology-based assessment; scaling, equating, and linking; test administration and scoring; standard setting; modeling educational assessment data; score reporting; fairness and accessibility; and designing and developing assessments. Part IV includes chapters on assessment to inform instruction and learning, test-based accountability in K–12 testing, testing in higher education, licensing and certification assessment, testing of interpersonal and intrapersonal skills, and large-scale assessment in international contexts. Part V provides an extensive discussion on the nature of measurement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: National Council on Measurement in EducationCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaCognition and cognitive psychologythemaEducational assessmentEducational measurementFairnessPsychometricsReliabilityValidityJ. Pitoniak, MaryedtL. Cook, LindaedtA. McGrane, JoshuaothC. Briggs, DerekothC. Clauser, JeromeothC. Edwards, MichaelothC. Kyllonen, PatrickothC. Rodriguez, MichaelothCai, LiothChristina Schneider, M.othD. Ho, AndrewothD. Shermis, MarkothDavis-Becker, SusanothDePascale, CharlieothE. Bennett, RandyothE. Clauser, BrianothErcikan, KadriyeothF. Marion, ScottothFerrara, SteveothHansen, MarkothHuff, KristenothI. Braun, HenryothJ. Camara, WayneothJ. Harris, DeborahothJ. Margolis, MelissaothJeon, MinjeongothK. Hambleton, RonaldothKannan, PriyaothKirsch, IrwinothL. Clause, AmandaothL. Thurlow, MarthaothL. Zenisky, AprilothLaMar, MichelleothLane, SuzanneothLee, Won-ChanothLydia Liu, OuothM. Brookhart, SusanothM. Wheeler, JordanothMattern, KristaothMaul, AndrewothMazzeo, JohnothMoses, TimothNichols, PaulothO'Donnell, FrancisothReynolds, KatherineothS. Cohen, AllanothS. Lipner, RebeccaothS. Polikoff, MorganothSolano-Flores, GuillermoothW. Buckendahl, ChadothZu, JiyunothZwick, Rebeccaothwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112827/1/9780197654972.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112827OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112828oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019775934997801977593569780197759363978019775937010.1093/9780197759370.001.0001doioapenoapendcMthemaMBthemaMBNthemaMBNHthemaMBQthemaBiller-Andorno, NikolaautProportionalityA Guiding Principle in Public Health Law, Ethics, and PolicyNew York, NYOxford University Press20261 electronic resource (370 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book explores the principle of proportionality in the context of public health crises, using the COVID-19 pandemic as a central case study. Proportionality serves as a key legal and ethical standard to balance public health interests with individual rights, such as autonomy and privacy. The COVID-19 pandemic presented unprecedented challenges, forcing rapid policy shifts and sparking debates over the necessity, effectiveness, and fairness of measures like lockdowns, vaccine mandates, and digital surveillance. The book brings together contributions from experts across law, ethics, and public health to analyze the proportionality of various pandemic response measures, their impact on vulnerable populations, and their scrutiny by courts. It also explores how digital tools and data use can align with proportionality standards. By providing a comprehensive analysis of proportionality in times of crisis, the book aims to enhance the resilience and effectiveness of health systems and guide the development of public health policies that are effective, equitable, and respectful of human rights.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Université de GenèveCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaPublic health and preventive medicinethemaPersonal and public health / health educationthemaMedicolegal issuesthemaCOVID-19EthicsGlobal healthHealth policyHuman rightsLawProportionalityPublic health crisisBiller-Andorno, NikolaedtDagron, StéphanieedtMouton-Dorey, CorineedtW. März, Julianedt(Zeb) Jamrozik, EuzebiuszothA. Parsons, JordanothAmir Singh, JeromeothBarnhill, AnneothBernstein, JustinothBerro Pizzarossa, LucíaothCamporesi, SilviaothCapron, AlexanderothChiumento, AnnaothChloe Romanis, ElizabethothDavidovitch, NadavothDraper, HeatherothEichinger, TobiasothFovargue, SaraothFrith, LucyothGe, YiminothGurash, ViktoriyaothHlávka, JakubothHolzer, FelicitasothHunger, JonathanothHutler, BrianothJafflin, KristenothJayaram, AthmeyaothJones, JeffothKamin-Friedman, ShellyothKeller, HelenothKuhn, EvaothL. Adelson, StewartothLópez Barreda, RodrigoothM. Miller, AliceothMaría Ortiz Alcántara, IvetteothMolnár-Gábor, FruzsinaothN. Rieder, TravisothNandagiri, RashitaothNewton, DanielothPeled Raz, MayaothRedhead, CarolineothReid, GraemeothSchwind, BettinaothSefkow-Werner, ViolettaothSpitale, GiovanniothValera, LucaothWai-Loon Ho, CalvinothXu, ShengjiaothYun Chan, Huiothwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112828/1/9780197759356.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112828OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112924oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978963646367010.56037/978-2-336-47226-3doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFFthemaCamilleri, MarisedtEuropean Partitives in ComparisonBudapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEuropean Partitives in Comparison studies structures that express parts, amounts, and proportions typically in relation with wholes, with each other, or with measures. Examples of partitive are some friends, some water, some of my friends, some of this water, or a group of friends and a glass of water. The volume presents four studies on partitives across Europe, from Maltese and its Arabic relatives Gulf and Tunisian Arabic to the Mordvin languages Erzya and Moksha, from Czech to Hungarian Finnishlearners’ language. Erzsebet Panka investigates how Hungarian learners of Finnish navigate Finnish object cases, influenced by sentence polarity, aspect, and object quantification. Jack Rueter and Nadežda Kabaeva delve into the ablative case and quantification in Mordvin languages, using detailed morphological analyses and annotated corpora. Martin Janečka contrasts the usage of adnominal genitives in Czech journalistic texts across historical periods, highlighting shifts in partitive and possessive genitive usage. Iman Al Siyabi, Maris Camilleri, and Anne Tamm introduce the concept of fractional proportional partitives (FPPs), such as one in three, discussing grammaticalization and subject–verb agreement across various Arabic dialects and other world languages. This collection aims to offer a compelling journey into the syntactic and morphological analysis of partitives in languages and varieties in Europe.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaComparative linguisticsEuropean languagesHistorical and comparative linguisticsLinguisticsMorphologyNyelvészetPartitive constructionsTipológiaiTypologicalTörténeti és összehasonlító nyelvészetUralic languagesCamilleri, MarisauthHajner, RékaauthJanečka, MartinauthKabaeva, NadeždaauthKubínyi, KataauthPanka, ErzsébetauthPõdör, DóraauthRueter, JackauthSiyabi, Iman AlauthTamm, AnnaauthAnna, TammedtDóra, PődöredtKata, KubínyiedtPődör, DóraedtRéka, Hajneredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112924/1/9789636463670.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112924OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112888oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646452310.56037/978-963-646-482-0doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJHthemaJHBthemaBiró, EnikőedtDiploma és bölcső között. Gyermeket nevelő hallgatók a felsőoktatásbanBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet célja a Károli Gáspár Református Egyetem részvételével megvalósuló „Befogadó tanulási környezetek támogatása – stratégiák a gyermeket nevelő, családos hallgatók támogatására a felsőoktatásban” című Erasmus+ projekt tudományos igényű összefoglalása. A projekt (azonosító: 2023-1-HU01-KA220-HED-000156058) négy ország – Magyarország, Szlovákia, Románia és Ukrajna – felsőoktatási intézményeinek és a Nagycsaládosok Országos Egyesületének együttműködésében valósult meg. A kutatás célja annak feltárása volt, hogy milyen akadályok nehezítik a gyermekvállalást és a gyermeknevelést a felsőoktatási tanulmányok idején, valamint milyen intézményi támogatások segíthetik a családos hallgatókat. A fókuszcsoportos vizsgálatokra és szakirodalmi elemzésekre épülő eredmények minden felsőoktatási intézmény számára hasznos útmutatókkal, javaslatokkal szolgálhatnak annak érdekében, hogy befogadó, rugalmas tanulási környezetek biztosíthassanak a gyermeket nevelő hallgatók számára, elősegítve ezzel az esélyegyenlőséget és a hallgatói jóllétet a felsőoktatásban.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaBefogadó tanulási környezetCsaládos hallgatókEqual opportunitiesEsélyegyenlőségFelsőoktatásFlexible learning arrangementsHigher educationInclusive learning environmentRugalmas tanulási lehetőségekSocial sciencesSociologyStudent-parentsSzociológiaTársadalomtudományokBiró, EnikőauthDrjenovszky, ZsófiaauthHegedűs, RitaauthHires-László, KornéliaauthMikó, FruzsinaauthSztáray Kézdy, ÉvaauthSántha, ÁgnesauthTóth-Batizán, EmeseauthDrjenovszky, ZsófiaedtSztáray Kézdy, Évaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112888/1/9789636464523.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112888OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112921oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646389210.56037/978-963-646-480-6doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDthemaDSthemaMthemaMBthemaMBXthemaMolnár, DávidedtAntonio Gazio a mennyei borról és az ördögi sörről, 1546Budapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. De vineis et vinis Hungariae – Magyar borászattörténeti könyvtárOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAnnak ellenére, hogy a padovai születésű humanista orvos, Antonio Gazio (1461–1528) fő műve, a Corona florida a 15–16. század egyik orvosi sikerkönyve volt, az utókor szinte teljesen elfelejtette. Személye azért lehet különösen érdekes számunkra, mert több évet töltött Magyarországon, és életéből nem ismerünk más patrónusi kapcsolatot, mint a korabeli magyar mecénásokkal fennálló viszonyt. A jelen kiadás legfőbb célja, hogy egyrészt ráirányítsa a szakmai közönség figyelmét e méltatlanul elfeledett humanista tudósra, másrészt pedig egy olvasmányosabb művének a közreadásával közelebb is hozza őt az olvasókhoz. A könyv két fő egységre tagolódik: az első rész a szerző életének és munkásságának teljes, monográfiai igényű összefoglalását tartalmazza, míg a második rész egy rövid orvosi értekezését közli a bor és a sör egészségügyi hatásairól eredeti latin nyelven és magyar fordításban. Gazio orvosi értekezésének a tanulsága: Ne azért éljünk, hogy igyunk, hanem azért igyunk, hogy éljünk!Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaHistory of medicinethemaBorászatEpigráfiaFood historyHistory of medicineMedical and Health SciencesOenologyOrvos- és egészségtudományOrvostörténetPalaeography and epigraphyPaleográfiaSzövegfilológiaTextual philologyÉlelmezéstörténetMolnár, DávidauthMolnár, Dávidedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112921/1/9789636463892.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112921OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112838oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d97823749624749782374962634oapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKSthemaKthemaKCthemaKCVthemaKCVJthemaBlanc, MauriceautBien vivre et santé globaleQuels enjeux pour l'économie sociale et solidaire ?ReimsEPURE, Éditions et presses universitaires de Reims20251 electronic resource (164 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRESSOR10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 1946, the World Health Organisation defined health as a state of physical, mental and social well-being. In this broad sense, the concept extends beyond the sole domain of medical expertise and encompasses a wide range of fields. The social and solidarity economy is thus directly concerned with the good health of all, producers and consumers alike, including within the healthcare sector. Closely linked to social determinants (living conditions, the environment in which people live, the organisation of healthcare provision), holistic health is approached through the social dynamics of mutual aid and solidarity, arising from the participation of local stakeholders and residents.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaHealth economicsthemaHealth careSocial and solidarity economySociology of healthBlanc, MauriceedtRitz Josiane, Stoesseledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112838/1/9782374962634.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112838OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112872oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461829978963646485110.56037/978-963-646-485-1doioapenoapendcAthemaAGthemaAGAthemaJthemaJNthemaNthemaNHthemaPethő, VillőautÉletreform-mozgalmak, pedagógiai és művészeti reformtörekvések a 20. század első felébenvallásos és okkult hatások nemzetközi recepciójaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMetszéspontokOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet az életreform sokszínű irányzatait vizsgálja, amelyek a 19–20. század fordulóján a modernizáció kihívásaira jelentek meg válaszként. Az életreform szoros összefüggésben áll a reformpedagógiai mozgalommal, amely nézeteiben a felvilágosodás és az újkori pedagógia eszméiből merít. Az 1990-es évek közepétől jelentek meg az első kutatások, melyek a reformpedagógia és az életreform mozgalmak viszonyát, a mozgalmak kölcsönhatását nemzetközi társadalomtörténeti, recepciós és hatástörténeti kontextusba helyezve, interdiszciplináris megközelítésben elemezték, rámutatva azok multikulturális jellegére. A tanulmánykötet az ELTE PPK Történeti, Elméleti és Összehasonlító Pedagógiai Kutatócsoport 2004-ben indult Életreform és reformpedagógia kutatási projektjéhez kapcsolódik. A tanulmányok két fő témakör köré épülnek: Életreform és művészetek – vallásos és okkult hatások, valamint Életreform – reformpedagógia és művészetpedagógia. A vizsgált területek az irodalomtól és a képzőművészettől a filozófián, a zenén és a mozdulatművészeten át a távol-keleti hatásokig, a pedagógiáig és a fürdőkultúráig terjednek. A változatos témák jól tükrözik az életreform mozgalmak hazai recepciójának összetettségét és sokrétűségét. Bízunk benne, hogy az irányzatok mögött rejlő részletek elemzése hozzájárul az olvasók számára az életreformerek szándékainak, célkitűzéseinek árnyaltabb megértéséhez, és segíti a mozgalmak eszmei alapjainak tudományos igényű feltárását.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaArt historyArtsEducational sciencesHistoryLife-reformMűvészetMűvészetekMűvészettörténetOktatástudományReform pedagogyReformpedagógiaTörténettudományÉletreformPethő, VillőedtPolyák, ZsuzsannaedtVincze, Beatrixedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112872/1/9789636461829.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112872OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112864oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781805117278978180511728597818051172929781805117308978180511731510.11647/OBP.0495doioapenoapendcDthemaDNthemaDNLthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaNthemaNHthemaNHAthemaNHAHthemaNHBthemaNHKthemaHandlin, OscaredtThe American ArchipelagoA New Edition of Oscar Handlin’s Classic Anthology, 'This Was America'Cambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (692 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOscar Handlin (1915–2011), one of the most influential historians of the twentieth century, reshaped the study of American history with a career spanning more than forty books. Best known for 'The Uprooted' (1951), his groundbreaking work on immigration, Handlin was equally a generalist whose insights reached nearly every corner of the American past. The collection at hand, Handlin’s classic anthology 'This Was America', first published in 1949, gathers Europeans’ travel accounts and perspectives on America from the eighteenth to the twentieth century. Rather than presenting a single narrative, Handlin emphasizes variety: contrasting impressions of liberty and inequality, restlessness and rootedness, optimism and critique by people arriving from diverse European backgrounds. His free translations and selective introductions guide readers subtly but leave interpretation open. Over time, these essays shift meaning depending on context—once read as a celebration of American life, they now invite more critical reflection. This new edition reimagines America not as a singular whole but as an “archipelago”: a collection of diverse experiences, perceptions, and contradictions. The metaphor underscores the interplay between unity and multiplicity in American identity. Students, historians, anthropologists, and literary scholars alike will find in these essays a vivid, sometimes unsettling, mosaic of how America has been seen from abroad—raising as many questions as answers, and encouraging readers to reflect on the nation’s complexity anew.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaLiterary essaysthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: theory and methodsthemaHistoriographythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaAmerican identityEuropean travel accountsImmigration historyOscar HandlinThe UprootedThis Was AmericaHandlin, OscarauthWeisbrode, Kennethedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112864/1/9781805117292.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112864OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112926oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636460778978963646481310.56037/978-963-646-481-3doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaBögre, ZsuzsannaedtÉlettörténeti társadalomkutatás. Elméleti és empirikus megközelítésekBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierArs SociologicaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNem kisebb céllal készült ez a tanulmánykötet, mint hogy megpróbáljon érvényes választ adni olyan kérdésre fiatalabb szociológusok számára, hogy „hogyan dolgozzam fel az interjúimat, mit kezdjek az élettörténetekkel az interjúk felvétele után?” Szándékom volt bemutatni, hogy meddig jutottam el az élettörténeti kutatások feldolgozásával az elmúlt 20 év során, hogyan váltak számomra megfoghatóvá az egyéni és kollektív identitások, amelyek vélhetően társadalmilag fontosak, amelyek megismerésével mélyebb önismeretre s nagyobb önelfogadásra tehet szert a magyar társadalom. A fejezetekben közölt tanulmányok társadalomtörténeti szempontból kronologikus és tematikus elrendezésben követik egymást, egy-egy rövid bevezető szöveg kíséretében. A bevezető szövegekben az élettörténeti interjúk feldolgozási módjára is rámutatok, felhívva az olvasó figyelmét az eredmények mögött húzódó elemzésekre.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaBiography theoryBiográfiaelméletHungarian societyIdentityIdentitásMagyar társadalomReligionSociologySzociológiaTraumaVallásBögre, Zsuzsannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112926/1/9789636460778.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112926OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112910oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978233657629910.56037/978-963-646-415-8doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFZthemaJHthemaJHBthemaDolmányos, PéteredtBetween Anchoring and Elsewhere. Aspects of place in Northern Irish poetryEger; Budapest; ParisL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBibliotheca EszterhazyanaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe concept of place forms a significant part of the cultural matrix of Northern Ireland with its multifarious divisions and fault lines. Interrogating place, Seamus Heaney, Derek Mahon, Michael Longley and John Montague explore the potential of the concept as a motif through which poetry negotiates the experience of being placed or displaced, of retreat and return, of belonging and wishing to belong, of facing and crossing borders. Reflections on place in the oeuvres of the four poets ultimately prompt the reconsideration of questions that underlie the complex and at once evasive sense of identity that results from the set of geographical and historical markers that define Northern Ireland.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial forecasting, future studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaHistory of literatureIrodalomtörténetPastoralPlacePoetryUlsterDolmányos, Péterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112910/1/9782336576299.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112910OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112925oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789634149781978963646357110.56037/978-963-414-978-1doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaSzilágyi, Ágnes JuditedtAz „Atlantisz-álom” a modernizáció és a nacionalizmus korábanPortugália és Brazília, 1889–1930BudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBibliotheca AmericanaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar„Brazília és Portugália testvérországok – nyilatkozta a portugál államelnök 1922-es brazíliai látogatása alkalmával, majd így folytatta –, bár már külön élnek, történetük száz év előtt még közös volt, jövőjük sok ponton különbözik, de éppen olyan sokban azonos is. A brazilok saját hazájuknak érzik Portugáliát. A portugálok széles munkástömegei pedig Brazíliát olyannak tartják, mint a hazai földet.” Ez az Atlantisz-álom lényege. A két ország ideálisan harmonikus, testvéri viszonya, a luzo-brazil kötődésű elit vágya. Ennek tükrében mutatkozik meg a kötetben a modernizáció és a nacionalizmus történelmi időszaka a boldog békeidőktől az 1930-as évtized kezdetéig.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaAtlântidaBrazilBrazíliaColonial and post-colonial historyEntangled historiesGlobal and transnational historyGyarmati múlt és gyarmatosítás utáni történelemHistoryJoão de BarrosJoão do RioModern and contemporary historyPortugalPortugáliaTransznacionális történelemTörténettudományVilágtörténelemÖsszefonódó történelemÚjkori és jelenkori történelemSzilágyi, Ágnes Juditauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112925/1/9789636463571.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112925OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112927oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97895185883859789518588392978951858840810.21435/sff.27doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DNthema6thema6Fthema6FDthemaAthemaAVthemaAVLthemaAVLTthemaSärg, TaiveautExpressions and ImpressionsPersonal and Communal Aspects of Traditional SingingHelsinki, FinlandFinnish Literature Society / SKSFinnish Literature Society/SKS [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (293 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Folkloristica16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarExpressions and Impressions: Personal and Communal Aspects of Traditional Singing explores traditional singing as a fundamental mode of expression and communication, situated at the intersection of individual experience and communal life. The thirteen contributions examine historical and contemporary forms of singing through archival and fieldwork-based material, drawing on a wide range of disciplinary and methodological perspectives. The authors – ethnomusicologists, musicologists, and folklorists – focus on various dimensions of traditional singing, including singers’ personalities, the information embedded in songs, communication with direct and imagined communities, natural objects, the supernatural sphere, the effects of singing, as well as singing styles and performance contexts. Special attention is paid to the critical interpretation of historical sources, acknowledging that research on past singing practices relies on archival and printed material. Several studies demonstrate how older material can be studied using contemporary methods, including textual corpus analysis, acoustic analysis of singing style, and the combination of different analytical approaches. The editors use the concept of traditional singing to bridge folkloristic and ethnomusicological discourses and to emphasise singing as vocal musical practice that takes place within specific communities or groups, and where skills and repertoires are transmitted at least partly through participation, listening, and memorisation. This inclusive definition allows the volume to address folk and traditional music, their transformations and revivals, participatory and congregational singing, and various contemporary communal singing practices. The volume covers a wide cultural range and, with some exceptions, is authored by scholars who are closely connected with or originate from the cultures they analyse. While many contributions focus on traditions of Northern and Eastern Europe, including Estonian and Baltic traditions, the scope extends to other regions and cultural contexts, such as Italy and the Ainu people of Japan. The volume also highlights historical and scholarly connections between different traditions, for example between Latvian and Scottish researchers or between Estonian, German, and other European musical cultures. Analysis of minority groups’ singing traditions in different parts of the world reminds us that singing may also become subject to ideological control and political pressure. The chapters demonstrate how traditional songs, through their creative reapplication, provide individuals with means to articulate personal experience while simultaneously offering shared frameworks that guide emotions, behaviour, and expression in recurring social situations. Such emotionally grounded connections can offer individuals lasting support and a sense of belonging and identity. The volume argues that traditional singing – both in its historical forms and in its contemporary manifestations – remains a vital cultural practice. The book is written for scholars and students of music and folklore, educators, and readers with a broader interest in cultural history and communal forms of musical expression.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaNorthern Europe, ScandinaviathemaStyle qualifiersthemaStyles (F)themaFolk, Folkloric stylesthemaThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaMusic: styles and genresthemaTraditional and folk musicthemaCommunalityFolk music (traditional music)Folk songsFolkloreSingingTraditional singingSärg, TaiveedtVäina, Mariedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112927/1/9789518588408.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112927OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112936oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978376397952310.3278/9783763979523doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNCthemaJNVthemaMeiners, HannaedtEmotional Design in technologiegestützten Aufgaben der kaufmännischen BerufsbildungBielefeldwbv Media20261 electronic resource (389 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBerufsbildung, Arbeit und Innovation - Dissertationen und Habilitationen95Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie digitalisierungsbedingte Transformation der Arbeitswelt stellt die kaufmännische Berufsbildung vor die Aufgabe, Lern- und Leistungsaufgaben so zu gestalten, dass sie neben fachlichen auch kommunikativen, problemlösenden und digitalen Kompetenzen fördern. Technologiegestützte Aufgaben sollen realitätsnahe berufstypische Problemsituationen abbilden und die Urteils- und Entscheidungsfähigkeit der Auszubildenden unterstützen. Bislang ist jedoch unzureichend erforscht, welche Rolle das emotionale Erleben bei der Bearbeitung komplexer Aufgaben spielt und wie es durch Gestaltungsmerkmale beeinflusst werden kann. Die Dissertation von Frau Meiners verknüpft psychologische Grundlagen emotionalen Erlebens mit didaktischen Prinzipien technologiegestützter Aufgaben. Empirisch wird ein methodenintegratives Design umgesetzt: eine qualitative Laut-Denken-Studie (N=24) und eine quantitative prozessorientierte Untersuchung (N=394). Analysiert werden Emotionen, Einflussfaktoren und Zusammenhänge mit Performanz. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass Emotional Design negative Emotionen abfedern und positive fördern kann, wobei Effekte von individuellen und situativen Faktoren abhängen. Damit leistet die Arbeit einen Beitrag zur Weiterentwicklung adaptiver Gestaltungsstrategien für technologiegestützte Aufgaben in der kaufmännischen Berufsbildung.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational psychologythemaEducational equipment and technology, computer-aided learning (CAL)themaAufgabenkonstruktionDigitalisierung der ArbeitsweltEmotional DesignEmotionen im AufgabenbearbeitungsprozessKaufmännische BerufsbildungKognitive Belastung (coginitive load)PerformanzmessungProblemlösenPädagogische PsychologieTechnologiegestützte AufgabenMeiners, Hannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112936/1/9783763979523.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112936OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112832oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978152925533197815292553489781529255355oapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFVthemaJBFV5themaJPthemaJPHthemaJPHXthemaJPSthemaJPSLthemaJWthemaPthemaPDthemaPDRthemaUthemaUBthemaUBJthemaZvonareva, OlgaedtDivided PublicsDigital Media and Public Participation in Wartime RussiaBristolBristol University PressBristol University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (186 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAvailable open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Digital media can support democracy, freedom, and social cohesion, but it can also erode them. This book explores that tension through the stories of grassroots volunteer networks in Russia, which emerged on Telegram after February 2022 to support Ukrainian refugees. While most of these networks aim to resist the war-waging Russian state, others seek to advance its aggressive expansionist agenda. Zvonareva examines the deep divide between digitally mediated networks that perform the same humanitarian work — assisting refugees — yet pursue entirely opposing political goals. This is essential reading for students and scholars of digital media, political participation, and Russian and Eastern European studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaEthical issues and debatesthemaEthical issues: scientific, technological and medical developmentsthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaPolitical structures: totalitarianism and dictatorshipthemaInternational relationsthemaGeopoliticsthemaWarfare and defencethemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaImpact of science and technology on societythemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaDigital and information technologies: social and ethical aspectsthemaAuthoritarianismCrisisDemocracyDigital mediaDigitalizationDivided publicsPublic participationRussiaTelegramUkraineWar and conflictZvonareva, Olgaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112832/1/9781529255355.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112832/2/9781529255348.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112832OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112842oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781503614284oapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTQthemaJthemaJPthemaJPBthemaJPSthemaCiorciari, John D.edtSovereignty Sharing in Fragile StatesStanford University PressStanford University Press [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (328 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn fragile states, domestic and international actors sometimes take the momentous step of sharing sovereign authority to provide basic public services and build the rule of law. While sovereignty sharing can help address gaps in governance, it is inherently difficult, risking redundancy, confusion over roles, and feuds between partners when their interests diverge. In Sovereignty Sharing in Fragile States , John D. Ciorciari sheds light on how and why these extraordinary joint ventures are created, designed, and implemented. Based on extensive field research in several countries and more than 150 interviews with senior figures from governments, the UN, donor states, and civil society, Ciorciari discusses when sovereignty sharing may be justified and when it is most likely to achieve its aims. The two, he argues, are closely related: perceived legitimacy and continued political and popular support are keys to success. This book examines a diverse range of sovereignty-sharing arrangements, including hybrid criminal tribunals, joint policing arrangements, and anti-corruption initiatives, in Sierra Leone, Cambodia, Lebanon, Timor-Leste, Guatemala, and Liberia. Ciorciari provides the first comparative assessment of these remarkable attempts to repair ruptures in the rule of law—the heart of a well-governed state.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaGlobalizationthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaComparative politicsthemaInternational relationsthemaAccountabilityAnticorruptionDevelopmentFragile statesInternational criminal justicePeacekeepingRule of lawSovereigntyTransitional justiceUnited NationsCiorciari, John D.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112842/1/9781503614284.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112842/2/9781503614284.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112842OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112852oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037393339781040850190978104085031210.4324/9781003739333doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCHthemaKCMthemaKJthemaKJCthemaKJHthemaKJMthemaKJMVthemaKJMV6themaKJUthemaKJVthemaKJVSthemaGancarczyk, MartaedtThe Entrepreneurship of Sustainable High-Growth FirmsFrameworks, Evidence, and Policy InsightsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (140 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Studies in Central and Eastern European Business and EconomicsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book develops a comprehensive theoretical and empirical framework explaining how entrepreneurial ecosystems (EEs) influence firms’ sustainable high growth (SHG). Its core objective is to conceptualize SHG as a key outcome of entrepreneurial ecosystems and to empirically verify whether, and through which mechanisms, ecosystems foster sustainable firm expansion. The theoretical part is based on a narrative literature review covering entrepreneurial ecosystems, firm growth, and growth determinants. It integrates ecosystem thinking with firm-level perspectives, including the resource-based view, and advances theory by defining the output of EEs as sustainable high-growth entrepreneurship—growth that combines size dynamics, profitability, and social benefits. Methodologically, this book makes a strong contribution by applying a quantitative, large-scale approach that remains rare in EE research. Using firm-level microdata for over 43,000 enterprises and regional data for Polish ecosystems from 2018–2022, it employs panel logistic regression, marginal effects analysis, Bayesian regression, and spectral clustering. Entrepreneurial ecosystems are operationalized through six dimensions and the study also captures firm heterogeneity, prior growth, and spatial interactions between neighboring ecosystems. Practically, the findings offer valuable insights for policymakers and regional development practitioners. By identifying ecosystem configurations most conducive to SHG, this book provides evidence-based guidance for designing targeted entrepreneurship and regional policies that promote productive, sustainable firm growth. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Jagiellonian UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconometrics and economic statisticsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaBusiness strategythemaEntrepreneurship / Start-upsthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaManagement of specific areasthemaResearch and development managementthemaOrganizational theory and behaviourthemaOwnership and organization of enterprisesthemaSmall businesses and self-employmentthemaEntrepreneurial ecosystems researchFirm growth determinantsQuantitative panel analysisRegional innovation policyResource-based perspectiveSpatial econometricsSustainable firm expansion mechanismsGancarczyk, MartaauthKonopa, Sławomirauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112852/1/9781040850190.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112852OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112862oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810034648469781040511527978104074802210.4324/9781003464846doioapenoapendc3thema3MthemaMthemaMBthemaMBXthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaSammern, RomanaautBeauty: The Body as ArtefactHistorical Sources from Cicero to GoyaOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (404 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBeauty: The Body as Artefact traces the history of physical beauty in Western art and thought from antiquity to the eighteenth century. Bringing together foundational texts and newly translated works accompanied by scholarly commentaries, this volume explores how the human body was understood as both a product of nature and an artistic creation. Examining the intersections of aesthetics, art theory, medical practices and cosmetics, it reveals how ideals of beauty and beautification shaped conceptions of gender, the body and artistic creation. The book focuses on the early modern period, when the cosmetic transformation of the body became closely associated with artistic imagery and techniques. Drawing on art-historical, philosophical and cultural perspectives, the volume presents key writings by figures from Cicero and Alberti to Behn and Hogarth, highlighting shifting notions of imitation, ornament and naturalness. Suitable for undergraduates, postgraduates, and scholars in art history, cultural history and gender studies, Beauty: The Body as Artefact offers a framework for understanding physical beauty as a historical and artistic category at the intersection of image, body and knowledge.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science Fund (FWF)Creative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaHistory of medicinethemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaArt historyCosmetic practicesEarly modern aestheticsGender representationHistorical beauty theoriesImitation and ornamentMedical humanitiesSammern, RomanaedtSaviello, Juliaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112862/1/9781040511527.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112862OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112891oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646366310.56037/978-963-646-188-1doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaJNTthemaUthemaUBthemaDringó-Horváth, IdaedtOktatásfejlesztési innováció és hálózatépítés a magyarországi felsőoktatásban. Trendek, irányadó eredmények, adaptálható jógyakorlatokBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAz elmúlt években a hazai felsőoktatási intézmények számára egyre fontosabbá vált a (digitális) pedagógiai megújulás és a célzott keretek között folyó oktatásfejlesztés. Az oktatók, kutatók és akadémiai támogatók saját munkakörükhöz kapcsolódó tudás- és kompetenciafejlesztésének egyetemen belüli deklarált színterei a különböző felsőoktatás-fejlesztési központok (FFK) – angolul Centres for Teaching and Learning (CTL). Szerepük, számosságuk és jelentőségük folyamatosan nő, a hazai felsőoktatás felzárkózni látszik a nemzetközi folyamatokhoz. A kiadvány áttekintést nyújt erről az izgalmas, jelenleg is zajló folyamatról, esettanulmányok, jógyakorlatok, hazai és nemzetközi együttműködési hálózatok, valamint konkrét értékelési és tervezési keretrendszerek bemutatásával támogatva új központok kialakulását, illetve a már működők fejlesztését is.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaAcademic developmentCTLCenters for teaching and learningEducation policyEducational development in higher educationFelsőoktatásFelsőoktatás-fejlesztésFelsőoktatás-pedagógiaHigher educationICT az oktatásban és a tanulásbanICT in education and learningMódszertani központOktatásfejlesztési központOktatáspolitikaTanári digitális kompetenciaTeacher digital competenceDringó-Horváth, Idaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112891/1/9789636463663.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112891OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112909oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461515978963646381610.56037/978-963-646-151-5doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRVthemaQRVCthemaKocziszky, ÉvaedtAntifilozófusok II. Radikális gondolkodás a művészet tükrébenBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSZFE könyvekOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv a keresztény gondolkodástörténethez kapcsolódva kortárs filozófiai perspektívából kívánja újra gondolni alapvető élethelyzeteinket. a jelenhez intézett kihívásait. Módszertani újításként a szerző megkísérelt minden értelmezendő jelenséghez, amilyen például a tűz, a barátság vagy a pénz, egy róla gondolkodó filozófust, egy róla szóló bibliai idézetet és egy jelentős (ismert vagy kevésbé ismert) képzőművészeti alkotást az értelmezésben egymással összekapcsolni. Különös hangsúlyt kapnak olyan kortárs gondolkodók, mint Alain Badiou, Giorgio Agamben, Ivan Illich vagy René Girard, akiket a kötet egymással is folytonosan párbeszédbe elegyít, így ezek e a szövegek is egységet képeznek.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaAspects of religionthemaCriticism and exegesis of sacred textsthemaArtsBibleBibliaChristianityFilozófiaFilozófiatörténetHistory of philosophyKereszténységKépzőművészetPhilosophyPolitical philosophyPolitikai filozófiaKocziszky, Évaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112909/1/9789636463816.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112909OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112919oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462000978963646487510.56037/978-963-646-487-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKSthemaHadnagy, JózsefedtCsoportmunka és közösségfejlesztés. A szociálpedagógia kontextusábanBudapest; EgerL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEszterházy Könyvtár. MonográfiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet bemutatja a csoportmunka és a közösségfejlesztés lehetőségeit és módszertanát a szociálpedagógiai munkában. Összekapcsolja az elméleti alapvetéseket a gyakorlati megvalósítással, legyen szó akár tehetséggondozásról, közösségi alapú szolgáltatásfejlesztésről vagy hátrányos helyzetű közösségek bevonásáról. Az olvasó az egri szociálpedagógus képző „iskola” szemléletét és képzési modelljét követve betekintést nyerhet a csoportmunka sajátosságaiba, a közösségfejlesztés és a társadalmi részvételt támogató beavatkozások eredményeibe. A könyv nemcsak a szociálpedagógus-képzésben részt vevő hallgatók számára kínál nélkülözhetetlen tudást, hanem a gyakorló szakemberek és a társadalmi beavatkozások iránt elkötelezett olvasók számára is értékes segédanyag. Elméleti mélysége, módszertani gazdagsága és gyakorlati példái révén hozzájárul a szociálpedagógia professzionális tudásbázisának megerősítéséhez. A kötet több mint három évtized szakmai, oktatási és kutatási tapasztalatának lenyomata.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaCommunity workCsoportmunkaEmpowermentEsélynövelésGroup workKözösségi munkaSocial innovationSocial issuesSocial pedagogySocial policiesSzociális innovációSzociális munka és jólétSzociálpedagógiaSzociálpolitikaTársadalmi kérdésekWork and welfareHadnagy, Józsefauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112919/1/9789636462000.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112919OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112901oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462444978963646467710.56037/978-963-646-467-7doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaPthemaPDthemaPDXthemaBognár, BulcsuedtA magyar társadalomfejlődés harmadikutas értelmezései. Tudásszociológiai és társadalomelméleti vizsgálódásokBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet azok az ún. harmadikutas elképzelések elemzésére vállalkozik, amelyek a magyar társadalom jellemzőit a nyugat- és a kelet-európai régiótól alapvetően különbözőnek tekintették, és amelyek a honi társadalomfejlődés egyedi jegyeinek megragadására törekedtek. A monográfia középpontjában ez az irányzat és a XX. századi eszmetörténeti és társadalomtudományos gondolkodás három, sok vitát kavaró szerzőjének a felfogása áll. Szabó Dezső, Németh László és Erdei Ferenc megközelítésének értelmezése során a monográfia azt kutatja, hogy harmadikutas programjuk mennyire tudta sikeresen megragadni a magyar társadalomfejlődés jellegzetességeit. Másrészt az elemzések azt vizsgálják, hogy a harmadikutas szerzők sokszor radikális politikája mennyire adott jó válaszokat a kor nagy kérdéseire, és azok mennyire voltak képesek reális alternatívát kínálni a fennálló politikai viszonyokkal szemben. A tematikusan kapcsolódó fejezeteket a három szerző munkásságát tudásszociológiai és társadalomelméleti nézőpontból vizsgálja.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaHistory of sciencethemaEszmetörténetHarmadikutas társadalomfejlődésHistory of ideasHistory of science and techniquesIntellectual historySocial and economic historySocial theorySociologySociology of knowledgeSzellemtörténetSzociológiaThird-way model of social developmentTudomány- és technikatörténetTudásszociológiaTársadalomTársadalom- és gazdaságtörténetBognár, Bulcsuauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112901/1/9789636462444.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112901OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112804oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789461667465978946166747210.11116/9789461667472doioapenoapendcAthemaAGthemaAGAthemaAGBthemaAGCthemaNthemaNHthemaNHHthemaEnderby, EmmaautJean Katambayi MukendiCircuitsLeuvenLeuven University PressLeuven University Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKU Leuven A.R.T.S.S. SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarExhibition catalogue for Jean Katambayi Mukendi’s solo exhibition RATIO at KW Institute for Contemporary Art (Berlin, 21 February – 10 May 2026) and M HKA (Antwerp, 6 June - 20 September 2026). Jean Katambayi Mukendi: Circuits is the first comprehensive monograph dedicated to the Congolese artist, published on the occasion of his solo exhibition RATIO at KW Institute for Contemporary Art, Berlin, and M HKA—Museum of Contemporary Art Antwerp. Spanning his career from its inception to the present, the volume combines richly illustrated pages with insightful texts that situate Katambayi’s work within contemporary art history, African thought, and the cultural context of present-day Lubumbashi. It includes interviews, two texts written by the artist, and a multidisciplinary exploration of his installations, performances, and drawings. This book is published in partnership with the Contemporary Art Committee KU Leuven, KW, and M HKA.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: KU LeuvenCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaIndividual artists, art monographsthemaExhibition catalogues and specific collectionsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAfrican historythemaArtExhibitionJean Katambayi MukendiEnderby, EmmaedtMuselaers, JohannesedtSchmitz, Anne-ClaireedtSymons, Stéphaneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112804/1/9789461667465.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112804OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112867oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818051193889781805119395978180511940110.11647/OBP.0538doioapenoapendc2thema2Cthema2CSthema2CSRthema5thema5Pthema5PBthemaCthemaCFthemaCFBthemaCFFthemaCJthemaNthemaNHthemaNHGthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaAnonby, ErikedtHarvesting the Sea in Southeastern ArabiaVolume 2: Comparative Lexicon of Fish and Other Marine SpeciesCambridge, UKOpen Book PublishersOpen Book Publishers [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (533 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSemitic Languages and CulturesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAlong the shores of southeastern Arabia, traditional marine knowledge is fading as languages and ecosystems come under increasing pressure. This second volume of Harvesting the Sea in Southeastern Arabia brings together marine species terminology and associated knowledge in the five coastal Modern South Arabian languages (MSAL) and the Kumzari language of the Musandam Peninsula in eastern Arabia. The materials, collected by the authors in periods between the 1970s and the present, are a testament to communities’ longstanding intimacy with the sea and their resilient livelihoods in the face of often difficult conditions. Over 2000 marine species names are inventoried, featuring many bony fish and cartilaginous fish, but also including mammals, reptiles, invertebrates, and plants. Terms for fish at various life stages and vocabulary associated with marine species are also provided. The lists are organised in the format of a comparative lexicon, where individual species are compared across the six languages, and as an annotated alphabetical lexicon with a searchable companion file, presenting additional insights collected over the course of fieldwork. Along with its relevance for communities where this knowledge is being lost as species die out and livelihoods change, this book is an essential resource for anyone interested in learning from the languages, cultures, and ecosystems of Arabia.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage qualifiersthemaAfro-Asiatic languagesthemaSemitic languagesthemaArabicthemaInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to peoples: ethnic groups, indigenous peoples, cultures and other groupings of peoplethemaLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSociolinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaLanguage teaching and learningthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaMiddle Eastern historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaArabian PeninsulaFishing communitiesGulf ArabicIndian OceanKumzariLinguistic and cultural dataMarine terminologyModern South Arabian Languages (MSAL)OmanOral literatureRegional historyYemenAnonby, ErikauthMorris, Miranda JaneauthWatson, Janet C.E.authAnonby, Erikedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112867/1/9781805119401.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112867OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112870oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978963646385410.56037/978-963-646-394-6doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVHthemaLthemaLBthemaLNthemaLNFthemaZsigmond-Sziebig, Orsolya JohannaedtEcocide - An Evolving Legislative Concept in the Light of Care for CreationBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTeremtésvédelemOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn recent years, ecocide has gained significant support; however, uncertainty remains about the terminology, definition, legal nature of the concept, enforcement, and the reality of ecocide as a viable legal phenomenon. With this book, the author’s primary goal is to provide an insight into the history, definition and future of ecocide, placing it within the “corpus” of public international law. The scope of this work includes international humanitarian law, international environmental law, human rights considerations, and international criminal law. It also collects the definitions of ecocide in law and literature. Furthermore, the author believes that environmental protection has a strong moral and ethical basis, and every one of us is responsible for preserving and protecting our created world. As a result, the book oversteps the traditional boundaries of legal analysis, including eco-ethical and religious considerations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaCriminal law: procedure and offencesthemaCare for CreationEcocideEmberi jogokGlobal and transnational governanceGlobális és nemzetközi kormányzásHuman RightsHuman rightsInternational Criminal LawInternational LawInternational lawJogtudományLawNemzetközi jogZsigmond-Sziebig, Orsolya Johannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112870/1/9789636463854.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112870OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112874oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636464462978963646494310.56037/978-963-646-446-2doioapenoapendcTthemaTHthemaTHRthemaUthemaUBthemaUKthemaUKMthemaHorváth, PéteredtDigitális rendszerek modellezése és szintéziseBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv a modern digitális rendszerek tervezésének folyamatával ismerteti meg az Olvasót. A specifikációtól a kész hardverig minden tervezési lépést lefedő áttekintés után az egyes munkafolyamatokat jellemző modellezési megközelítéseket és leíró nyelveket egy-egy külön fejezet mutatja be. A könyv kiemelten foglalkozik az regiszter-transzfer szintű tervezéssel és az ehhez használt modellező nyelvekkel. Ezeket az ún. hardverleíró nyelveket a vonatkozó fejezet az alapvető építőelemek leírásainak bemutatásán keresztül ismerteti meg az Olvasóval. A könyv nagy hangsúlyt fektet az áramkörök időzítési kérdéseire is, beleértve e késleltetések fizikai és kapcsolástechnikai hátterét, valamint azok következményeit a tervezési megfontolásokra vonatkozóan. Fontos szerepet kap a hardverleíró nyelvű modellek automatizált szintézise, amelynek hasznosságát a vonatkozó fejezet a kézi áramkörszintézissel szembeállítva érzékelteti.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaElectrical engineeringthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaComputer hardwarethemaEmbedded systemsthemaBeágyazott rendszerekDigital system designDigitális rendszertervezésElectrical engineeringElectronic engineeringEmbedded systemsFunctional verificationFunkcionális verifikációHDL modellingHDL-modellezésInformation engineeringRTL designRTL-tervezésVillamosmérnöki és informatikai tudományokHorváth, Péterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112874/1/9789636464943.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112874OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112825oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019780941997801978094269780197809433978019780944010.1093/9780197809440.001.0001doioapenoapendcMthemaMBthemaMBNthemaMBNSthemaA. LaVeist, ThomasautAdvancing Health Equity for AllOn the Front Lines of Justice in New OrleansNew York, NYOxford University Press20261 electronic resource (168 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCulture of HealthOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAdvancing Health Equity for All captures stories of lived experience and additional research from 30 experts who presented at the Equity Summit, hosted by Tulane University Celia Scott Weatherhead School of Public Health and Tropical Medicine and sponsored by RWJF in December 2022. The Gulf Coast region—with its rich culture and resources, its aching poverty and enduring structural racism, and the intensifying immediacy of a changing climate—offers a window into the interwoven risks that lie before the entire nation. Yet the region’s rich culture and resources also offer a measure of hope, exemplified by the vigorous, equity-oriented work that is unfolding along so many intersecting pathways. A starting point in any power-building effort is to define community, or, more accurately, to ask people how they define their own communities—geography, history, ethnicity, religion, and gender identity are potential commonalities that encourage people to stand together. In this volume, we consider many kinds of communities and the relationships within and across them that can seed transformation. Local leadership is key, allowing those most directly affected by inequity to determine their own action agenda, construct the research questions and data-gathering techniques needed to pursue it, and establish indicators and outcomes of success as they seek it. RWJF’s commitment is to help communities build the capacity necessary to do that.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Robert Wood Johnson FoundationCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaPublic health and preventive medicinethemaEpidemiology and Medical statisticsthemaBuilt environmentClimateCommunity-drivenGulf CoastHealth equityNew OrleansPublic healthRacial equityRacismTraumaA. LaVeist, ThomasedtL. Plough, AlonzoedtA Dandridge, JessicaothC. Christopher, GailothC. Davis, DevinothHeaden, IreneothKauneckis, DerekothMiller, VerniceothU. Darensbourg, Jefferyothwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112825/1/9780197809433.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112825OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112834oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978144737421397814473742209781447374237oapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSPthemaJBSP1themaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSBthemaJKSB1themaJKSFthemaJKSNthemaLthemaLNthemaLNMthemaLNMKthemaBroadhurst, KarenautBorn into CareInternational Perspectives on the Removal of Babies at BirthBristolPolicy PressPolicy Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (312 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAvailable open access under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. A ground-breaking international collection, Born into Care brings together leading scholars, practitioners, advocates and mothers with lived experience to confront the hidden and deeply controversial practice of infant removal at birth. The first book of its kind, it delivers a powerful critique of the legal, ethical and political systems that perpetuate a practice which disproportionately impacts marginalised families. Topics covered in the book include decision-making at birth, human rights and access to justice, and the intersecting inequities of class, gender, racism and ableism. Through rigorous analysis and diverse perspectives, the collection challenges dominant child protection narratives and lays the groundwork for systemic transformation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaAge groups and generationsthemaAge groups: childrenthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaWelfare and benefit systemsthemaChild welfare and youth servicesthemaAdoption and fosteringthemaSocial workthemaLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaFamily lawthemaFamily law: childrenthemaAdoptionCare ProceedingsChild ProtectionChild WelfareChild removalMaltreatmentNeglectBroadhurst, KarenedtCusworth, LindaedtGriffiths, LucyedtKeddell, EmilyedtMason, Claireedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112834/1/9781447374220.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112834/2/9781447374237.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112834OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112885oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462178978963646469110.56037/978-963-646-469-1doioapenoapendcCthemaCBthemaDthemaDSthemaMatolai, JánosedtMatolai János két írása Tokaj-Hegyaljáról és a tokaji borról. A Viniculturae Tokaiensis membrum chorographicum című fogalmazvány átirata és az 1744-ben megjelent Disquisitio physico-medica de vini Tokaiensis cultura, indole, praestantia et qualitati…Budapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. De vineis et vinis Hungariae – Magyar borászattörténeti könyvtárOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEbben a kötetben első ízben olvashatók teljes kiadásban és fordításban Matolai Jánosnak, a tokaji bor és szőlőművelés egyik legjobb 18. századi ismerőjének a témába vágó írásai. A nemesi születésű, klasszikus műveltségű, földmérésben is járatos szakember Bél Mátyás hatalmas országleíró vállalkozásának résztvevőjeként járta az országot, számos megye leírásához hozzájárult, és kiemelt figyelmet fordított a borvidékekre; Bél Mátyás a „legszorgalmasabb munkatársának” nevezte őt. Két fennmaradt hegyaljai témájú írásában, egy 1730-as évekből való fogalmazványban és 1744-ben megjelent Értekezésében a helyi szőlőművelés addigi legrészletesebb leírását nyújtja, és külön kitér a legjobb adottságú szőlődombokra is. Tárgyalja röviden Hegyalja történetét, a tokaji bor összetevőit és a növényi arany legendáját is. Mindeme témák feltérképezésében, a művek keletkezési körülményeinek megismerésében és a kérdéses szöveghelyek magyarázatában magyar és angol bevezető tanulmány, illetve szövegkritikai és tárgyi jegyzetek segítik az olvasót.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLanguage: reference and generalthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaBorBél MátyásEpigráfiaJános MatolaiLanguages and LiteratureMatolai JánosMátyás BélNyelvek és irodalomPalaeography and epigraphyPaleográfiaSzövegfilológiaSzőlőművelésTextual philologyTokajViticultureWineMatolai, JánosauthOrbán, ÁronauthOrbán, Áronedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112885/1/9789636462178.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112885OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112935oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818065509519781806550968oapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFPthemaDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaDSMthemaGoellner, Letícia Maria Vieira de SouzaautLiterary Translation in Latin America in the Twenty-First CenturyBridging experiences, theories and culturesLondonUCL PressUCL Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLiterature and TranslationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLiterary Translation in Latin America in the Twenty-First Century provides an in-depth exploration of the current landscape of literary translation studies and translation practices across Latin America. The unparalleled linguistic diversity of Latin America, with nearly 500 languages spoken, makes translation a vital aspect of daily life, which in turn fosters a dynamic field of literary experimentation, attracting intense scholarly inquiry unique to the region. This rich linguistic mosaic includes the colonial legacies of Spanish and Portuguese; European languages that persist in Brazil, such as East Pomeranian; African languages such as Kimbundu and Yoruba, incorporated into standard Portuguese and used in religious practices; as well as indigenous languages including Quechua and Guarani. Furthermore, in a region where Spanish and Portuguese are predominant, translation is pivotal not only for facilitating internal communication, but also for engaging with global cultures. This volume argues that translation in Latin America is not only an academic exercise but a vital, everyday practice that facilitates dialogue within the region, as well as with the wider world. It emphasises that the practice of translators, and the methods of scholars are not limited to established theories, but require innovative practices and methods to explore lesser-known traditions, and to merge orthodox studies with the cultural insights of Indigenous peoples.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaTranslation and interpretationthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaComparative literaturethemaExtra-Western CulturesIndigenous LanguagesLatin AmericaLinguistic and Philosophical IssuesLiteraturePolitical IssuesPortunholPractical Issues in Literary TranslationTranslationTranslation TheoryGoellner, Letícia Maria Vieira de SouzaedtWaltrick do Amarante, Dirceedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112935/1/9781806550951.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112935OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112930oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978191171251097819117125279781911712534978191171254110.31389/lsepress.rewdoioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFVthemaJBFV3themaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaHerzog, DonedtReading WarsLondon, UKLSE PressLSE Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (288 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarReading Wars explores heated, even murderous, political struggles over who gets to read and what they get to read. Those conflicts, once again in the news, stretch back centuries. In this book, Don Herzog examines the history and politics of anxieties about readers and reading, spanning both the United States and Britain, from the 1500s right up to contemporary battles over banning library books and freedom of speech. In these pages, Herzog deftly interweaves episodes from Reformation England, when first Catholics and then Protestants cracked down on unsupervised Bible-reading, with the deadly campaigns in pre-Civil War America to keep black people – both free and enslaved – illiterate. Drawing on a wealth of primary sources, he reconstructs arguments insisting that ordinary men and women could not be trusted to read what they liked – indeed, that some of them ought not read at all. And he charts struggles to promote literacy. Herzog argues that at stake in these battles is whether some people – those banned from reading – are perceived as not fully human, or lesser persons than others. The radical campaign to let more or less everyone read more or less everything is ultimately, therefore, a campaign for equality.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaEthical issues and debatesthemaEthical issues: censorshipthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaCensorshipEducationFree SpeechLiteracyPersonhoodHerzog, Donauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112930/1/9781911712527.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112930OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112845oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810037308049781040819425978104081947010.4324/9781003730804doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaGTPthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBSthemaJBSCthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaKthemaKCthemaKCMthemaArya, VedautPathways to Rural ProsperityLivelihood Interventions and Transformation in IndiaOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (376 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPublic Policy in IndiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIndia's rural transformation journey has been remarkable – characterised by innovation, community resilience, strategic interventions, and continuous learning from both successes and challenges. Delving into India's rural livelihood, this volume presents learnings from livelihood interventions across the country. Through the authors’ on-field experiences and case studies, the book documents the evolution of flagship programmes like the National Rural Livelihood Mission, showcasing how decentralised approaches and collective action have fostered sustainable changes within India’s most vulnerable populations. Whether it is about graduating tribal communities from extreme poverty to creating women-led enterprises, or introducing watershed management and climate-resilient farming, this book captures diverse strategies that have proven effective in different contexts. Each chapter reveals implementation challenges, success factors, and scalable solutions, demonstrating how government programmes, partnerships, and community ownership create widespread impact far beyond individual beneficiaries. It highlights the critical role of women's collectives, place-based approaches, and the potential of ecological livelihoods in building sustainable rural economies, offering a roadmap for replicating successful interventions adaptable to local contexts and emerging challenges. Part of the “Innovations, Practice and the Future of Public Policy in India” series, this open-access volume is an evidence-based compilation which will be an essential resource for policymakers, development practitioners, researchers, and students seeking to understand effective rural development strategies and working on global development, development policy, rural development, public policy, and social policy.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Indian School of BusinessCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaDevelopment studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaRural communitiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaClimate-resilient rural livelihood strategiesCollective action modelsDecentralised development policyIndigenous community livelihoodsLivelihood InterventionsPoverty AlleviationRural DevelopmentRural poverty alleviationSustainable LivelihoodsSustainable resource managementWomen economic empowermentWomen's EmpowermentArya, VededtBalutia, AyushiiedtChhatre, AshwiniedtNarain, Niveditaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112845/1/9781040819425.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112845OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112850oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810036653739781040564936978104074908110.4324/9781003665373doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPHthemaJPHFthemaJPHVthemaJPVthemaJPVCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaBouricius, TerryedtDemocracy Without PoliticiansGovernment By the PeopleOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (292 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book explains how electoral “democracy” is inherently un democratic—enshrining rule by elites rather than popular self-rule—and argues that sortition (the use of random selection to form genuinely representative deliberative bodies) is a superior democratic alternative. Making the case that representative government can function better without the exclusive reliance on elections, the author sets out the problems with modern elections, the inadequacies of the commonly proposed reforms, and examines the cognitive biases, detrimental psychological effects and societal polarization that elections exacerbate. The book further delves into the progression of democracy and sortition in ancient Greece, and the abandonment of sortition in the framing of the American Constitution and French Republic. Finally, it sets out both immediate and long-term prospects for renewing democracy through the use of multi-body sortition. Written by a former elected politician and policy analyst, this book will be of interest to students, researchers and citizens interested in comprehensive democracy reform.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaElections and referenda / suffragethemaPolitical structures: democracythemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaCivics and citizenshipthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaAncient Greek institutionsCognitive bias in politicsDeliberative processElectoral system psychological effectsMulti-body sortitionParticipatory governancePolitical theoryBouricius, Terryauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112850/1/9781040564936.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112850OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112868oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461157978963646373110.56037/978-963-646-115-7doioapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATDthemaJthemaJNthemaJNUthemaBethlenfalvy, ÁdámedtSzínházpedagógiai körképBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKároli könyvek. TanulmánykötetOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEnnek a színházi nevelés területét vizsgáló kötetnek a célja, hogy helyzetképet adjon az országos állapotról, és elemzéseken keresztül betekintést nyújtson a terület fontosabb témáiba. 2023 tavaszán a Károli Gáspár Református Egyetem Színházpedagógiai és Színházszociológiai Kutatócsoportja országos adatgyűjtést végzett, melynek eredményeit Cziboly Ádám tanulmánya elemzi. Golden Dániel a korszerű tanulás megközelítéseit és a részvétel pedagógiai szerepét vizsgálja. Gemza Melinda a fenntarthatóság érdekében a kőszínházak társadalmi felelősségvállalását hangsúlyozza, példaként a Csokonai Színház ifjúsági programját említve. Bethlenfalvy Ádám a TIE műfajában a színház és interakció viszonyát elemzi. Szemessy Kinga és Végvári Viktória a kortárs tánc- és bábelméletek részvételi folyamatát vizsgálja. Kiss Gabriella a kortárs magyar szcéna innovatív, kollaboratív munkafolyamatait és a kontingencia dramaturgiáját elemzi.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaTheatre studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaTeaching of a specific subjectthemaDramaturgia)Dramaturgy)DrámapedagógiaEducational theatreElőadóművészet (zenePerforming arts studies (MusicologySzínházi nevelésSzínházpedagógiaSzínháztudományTheater scienceTheatre in educationTheatre pedagogyBethlenfalvy, ÁdámauthCziboly, ÁdámauthGemza, MelindaauthGolden, DánielauthKiss, GabriellaauthSzemessy, KingaauthVégvári, ViktóriaauthBethlenfalvy, ÁdámedtKiss, Gabriellaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112868/1/9789636463731.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112868OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112831oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783631921678978363192168510.3726/b23366doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFDthemaCFDCthemaCJthemaCJCthemaJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNCthemaJNDthemaJNDHthemaJNFthemaKanistra, Paraskevi (Voula)edtEvaluating the Item Descriptor (ID) Matching Method in a Face-to-Face and Synchronous Virtual EnvironmentBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20261 electronic resource (432 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLanguage Testing and Evaluation50Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book turns the page on standard setting, calling for a time of change. Expanding Cizek & Earnest's (2016) evaluation framework, it delivers a comprehensive mixed-methods investigation of Ferrara & Lewis' (2012) Item Descriptor Matching method, using a multi-phase design across face-to-face and virtual workshops. At its core lies the author's Unified Alignment & Test Development (UATD) framework, which embeds a unique quantitative principled cut score approach to calculate defensible, trustworthy thresholds grounded in theory. Using corpus linguistics and AI models to analyse panel discussions, the book shows how innovative methodologies enhance the validity and robustness of CEFR-linking studies. It also translates the panelists' bottom-up and top-down strategies to tame the CEFR into innovative activities for the familiarisation stage. The result is an expanded, transparent, and forward-looking practice that strengthens the validity, fairness, and impact of standard setting.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaPsycholinguistics and cognitive linguisticsthemaLanguage acquisitionthemaLanguage teaching and learningthemaLanguage learning: specific skillsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaEducational psychologythemaEducational systems and structuresthemaEducation: examinations and assessmentthemaEducational strategies and policythemaCEFRClaudiaComparative studyCut scoresDescriptorEnvironmentEvaluatingEvaluation frameworkFaceFace-to-face workshopsGüntherHarschItemKanistraLanguage testingMatchingMethodParaskeviPrincipled cut score approachSigottStandard settingStandard setting theorySynchronousTest Development (UATD)Unified Alignment &ampVirtualVirtual workshopsVoulaKanistra, Paraskevi (Voula)authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112831/1/9783631921678.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112831OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112833oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978152925005397815292500609781529250077oapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVHthemaLthemaLBthemaLBBthemaLBBRthemaLNthemaLNDthemaLNDCthemaLNDC1themaLane, MichaeledtThe Universal Periodic Review and the UKState Practice and Constitutional ActorsBristolBristol University PressBristol University Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (226 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAvailable open access digitally under CC-BY-NC-ND licence. Foreword by Gianni Magazzeni, former Senior UN/OHCHR Official and UPR Chief at the United Nations. This book analyses the impact of the United Nations’ Universal Periodic Review (UPR) process through a case study of the UK. It advances a dual-perspective assessment of the UPR: the ‘external’ perspective, which focuses on a state’s practice at the UPR, and the ‘internal’ perspective, which examines the influence of the UPR on the executive, legislature and judiciary. The author introduces a new framework for assessing state participation, drawing on Kathryn Sikkink’s ‘Evidence for Hope’ to advance the methodological rigour of UPR research. The UK context explored in the book highlights the influence of domestic politics, institutional capacity and accountability processes, with implications for Westminster systems worldwide. It is crucial reading for scholars, policy makers and practitioners of international human rights law.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaPublic international law: human rightsthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaLaw: Human rights and civil libertiesthemaConstitutional law and human rightsthemaConstitutional lawDomestic politicsEmpirical researchHuman Rights CouncilInternational lawLane, Michaelauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112833/1/9781529250077.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112833/2/9781529250060.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112833OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112879oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646392210.56037/978-963-646-396-0doioapenoapendcLthemaLNthemaLNKthemaLNKJthemaRthemaRNthemaRNDthemaPump, JuditedtKözkiadásból – vagyonvesztés. Megállítható-e a mezőgazdasági támogatások negatív hatása a nemzet közös örökségére?BudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTeremtésvédelemOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA magyar Alaptörvény P) cikke a természeti értékek védelmét alkotmányos szintre emelte, azokat a nemzet közös örökségének nyilvánította. Ennek ellenére állapotuk romlását nem sikerült megállítani. A szerző a gazdák döntéseit befolyásoló szabályok tükrében a szakpolitikusok számára fogalmaz meg javaslatokat arról, hogyan lehet megakadályozni, illetve csökkenteni a mezőgazdasági támogatások negatív hatását. A könyv bemutatja a javaslatokat megalapozó interdiszciplináris megközelítésű kutatást és eredményeit. A szerző feltárja a mezőgazdasági tevékenységek és a nemzet közös öröksége (a talaj, a víz, a biodiverzitás és azok részelemei, az általuk nyújtott ökoszisztéma-szolgáltatások) közötti kapcsolatokat, s mindezek jogi megítélését a Kúria, az Alkotmánybíróság, az Ombudsman, a jövő nemzedékek szószólója és az Állami Számvevőszék gyakorlatának elemzésén keresztül. A javaslatok a P) cikkben megfogalmazott hármas kötelezettség teljesítéséhez a jövő nemzedékek érdekében kíván hozzájárulni.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaEnvironment, transport and planning law: generalthemaEnvironment lawthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental policy and protocolsthemaAgricultural subsidiesEnvironmentErőforrások és fenntarthatóságFuture generationsHungarian Fundamental LawInstitutional safeguardsIntézményi garanciákJogtudományJövő nemzedékKörnyezetLawMagyarország AlaptörvényeMezőgazdasági támogatásNatural resourcesPolicy & Support SchemesPolitika és támogatási sémákResources and sustainabilityTermészeti erőforrásPump, Juditauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112879/1/9789636463922.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112879OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112890oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636461492978963646368710.56037/978-963-646-149-2doioapenoapendcQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAMthemaQRAM1themaTari, GergelyedtA férfi és női testek medikalizációjaBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierA bioetika kérdéseiOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA XIX és XX. század orvosbölcseleti témakörei között megkerülhetetlen a medikalizáció meglehetősen szerteágazó jelensége, melynek számos filozófiai és bioetikai vonatkozása is van. A gyógyító munka alapvető sajátossága, hogy normatív folyamat: a betegségek, zavarok és szindrómák osztályozásától a páciensek ellátásáig erkölcsi értékek, etikai normák szövik át az orvos-beteg találkozásokat. A medikalizáció, azaz egy életjelenség orvosi hatókörbe vonása, orvosbiológiai nyelvezettel történő leírása és orvosi eszközökkel történő kezelése önmagában értéksemleges, ám az elmúlt két évszázad bővelkedik a határátlépő, az arányosság követelményeit próbára tevő gyakorlatokban. Jelen kötet a férfi és női testek működéséhez, kiváltképp a szexualitáshoz és a reprodukcióhoz fűződő jelenségek kritikai olvasatával kíván rámutatni az orvoslás társadalmi, kulturális beágyazottságára, különös tekintettel a diagnózisalkotás azon eseteire, amikor a medicina illetékessége, vagy eszközválasztása megkérdőjelezhető. Az olvasó a szexuális funkciók élethosszig tartó megőrzésének imperatívusza mellett a homoszexualitás, a hisztéria, vagy a várandósság és szülés témaköreinek filozófiai és etikai reflexióin keresztül megismerheti a medikalizáció negatív hatásait, végső soron betekintést nyerhet az egészség-betegség fogalompár filozófiai-etikai beágyazottságába.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaReligious issues and debatesthemaReligious ethicsthemaBioethicsBioetikaEthics and ReligionEthics and moralityEtikaEtika és vallástudományokFilozófiaMedicalizationMedikalizációMoralitásPhilosophySexualitySzexualitásTari, Gergelyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112890/1/9789636463687.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112890OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112911oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d9789636462192978963646397710.56037/978-963-646-397-7doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaVthemaVFthemaVFJthemaVFJKthemaMadácsy, JózsefedtA mélypont ünnepélye. Az Anonim Alkoholisták Közössége MagyarországonBudapest; PécsL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKultúrák keresztútjánOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA kötet egy, az alkoholizmusból felépülő közösség, az Anonim Alkoholisták (A.A.) átfogó bemutatására vállalkozik. Nyomon követi kialakulásának történetét egyesült államokbeli alapításától globális közösséggé fejlődéséig, kitérve a rendszerváltással meginduló magyarországi elterjedésére. Feltárja azokat a vallási, filozófiai és tudományos eszméket, melyekben a közösség elképzelései gyökereznek, majd azt a folyamatot, ahogy nézetei, a kezdeti vallási elképzelésektől elszakadva, azokon túllépve, spirituális szemléletté fejlődtek. Elemzi az A.A. alkoholizmusról mint betegségről kialakított, a modern orvostudományra is hatást gyakorló felfogását, tizenkét lépéses felépülési programját, illetve szervezetének és működésének elveit, melyek a múlt század közepétől egyre több, különböző szenvedélybetegségekből felépülő közösség számára szolgáltattak mintát, és jelentősen hozzájárultak a század utolsó harmadától kibontakozó pszichospirituális józan kultúrához. A szerző elemzéseiben nem csupán az A.A.-hoz kapcsolódó közösségi és szakirodalomra, hanem többévnyi, A.A.-gyűléseken és -találkozókon végzett résztvevő megfigyelésre, a közösség tagjaival készült számos interjúra, valamint egy kérdőíves vizsgálatra támaszkodik, betekintést nyújtva a magyarországi A.A.-közösségben józanodók életvilágába. Madácsy József (1970–) mintegy húsz éve a Pécsi Tudományegyetem Közösségi és Szociális Tanulmányok Tanszékének oktatója, ma tanszékvezetője. Fő oktatási és kutatási területei a szenvedélybetegség, a felépülés lehetőségei és a segítő munka etikája. Egyetemi munkája mellett autogén tréner és addiktológiai tanácsadó a Rovienne Pszichológiai Központban, illetve az INDIT Közalapítványnál önkéntes munkában támogat problémás szerhasználattal küzdőket.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaHealth, Relationships and Personal developmentthemaFamily and healththemaCoping with / advice about personal, social and health topicsthemaCoping with / advice about drug and alcohol problemsthemaAddiction sciencesAddikciótudományokAlcoholics Anonymous in HungaryAnthropologyAntropológiaCultural anthropologyEthnologyKulturális antropológiaMagyarországi Anonim AlkoholistákMedical anthropologyNéprajzOrvosi antropológiaSocial policiesSzociális munka és jólétSzociálpolitikaWork and welfareMadácsy, Józsefauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112911/1/9789636463977.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112911OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112915oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963646434910.56037/978-963-646-492-9doioapenoapendcDthemaDNthemaDNTthemaPthemaPDthemaPDXthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaMonok, IstvánedtAlexandre Pierre Odart két írása a Magyar Királyság szőlőiről és borairól, 1839–1859Budapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. De vineis et vinis Hungariae – Magyar borászattörténeti könyvtárOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAlexandre Pierre Odart de Rilly (1778–1866) gróf a XIX. század első felének meghatározó alakja volt az európai szőlészeti és borászati munkák szervezésének. Érdeklődése túlmutatott a franciaországi szúlőgazdálkodás gondjain, követte a spanyol és az olasz szakirodalmat, személyesen látogatott el több németországi, ausztriai és Magyar Királyságbeli birtokra, szőlőiskolába. Az Esvres melletti La Dorée elnevezésű birtokán maga is kísérletezett szőlőfajtákkal. Legtöbbet a Tokaj-Hegyalja szőlőiről és borairól ír, de látókörébe vonta a Ménestől Sopronig húzódó borvidékek kiemelkedő helyeit, fajtáit és borait. A Hegyalján kívül járt Arad, Heves, Pest, Komárom és Sopron megyékben. Aktív közéleti szereplőként és szakíróként sokat tett a magyar szőlők és magyar borok nemzetközi megismertetéséért. A magyar borokat nagy szimpátiával elismerően írja le, ugyanakkor kritikus is az egyes fajtákkal, művelési, vagy éppen borkészítési módokkal kapcsolatban.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaAnthologies: generalthemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaHistory of sciencethemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaFilozófiaHistory and philosophy of science and technologyHistory of civilisationHistory of scienceMűvelődéstörténetPhilosophySpecific LiteraturesSpecifikus irodalomTravel litteratureTudománytörténetTudománytörténet és tudományfilozófiaUtazási irodalomMonok, IstvánauthOdart, Alexandre PierreauthMonok, Istvánedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112915/1/9789636464349.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112915OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112894oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789636464400978963646479010.56037/978-963-646-479-0doioapenoapenenghundcDthemaDSthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaN. Kis, TímeaedtA gyógyhatásúnak vélt tokaji bólusz kora újkori történeteBudapest; SárospatakL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropica varietas Tokajensis. De vineis et vinis Hungariae – Magyar borászattörténeti könyvtárOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSzámos hazai és külföldi orvosdoktori értekezés tárgyalta a kiváló tokaji borok emberi szervezetre gyakorolt jótékony hatásait a kora újkorban. Azt már kevesebben tudják, hogy nem a bor, hanem a bólusz volt az első tokaji termék, melyet medicinaként fogyasztottak Európa-szerte. Kiválóságát a korabeli természettudományi ismeretek alapján igazolt elméleti érvek és a gyakorlat is bizonyította: 1553-ban a bécsi, 1681-ben pedig a hallei pestist gyógyították az alkalmazásával – a korabeli források szerint kiemelkedő sikerrel. E kötet szerzői a tokaji bólusz kora újkori történetéről: felfedezésének körülményeiről, gyűjtéséről, vizsgálatairól, valamint kialakulásának, használatának és terminológiájának változásairól, továbbá európai elterjedéséről adnak számot a korabeli tudományos diskurzusban. E gyógyföldet – a szintén tokaj-hegyaljai jelenségnek vélt növényi arannyal együtt – számos hazai és külföldi naturalia-gyűjteményben elhelyezték; birtoklásuk kifejezett igénye már a XVI. század második felétől megfigyelhető. A tokaji bólusz, bor, illetve arany a gyógyhatásuk tekintetében rokon fogalmak voltak, melyek mindegyike hozzájárult e borvidék kiválóságának köztudatba kerüléséhez.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccenghunBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaBolusEarly modern historyEszmetörténetGyógyföldHistory of ideasHistory of literatureHistory of science and techniquesIntellectual historyIrodalomtörténetKora újkori történelemMedicinal earthSzellemtörténetTerra medicinalisTerra sigillataTudomány- és technikatörténetN. Kis, TímeaauthOrbán, ÁronauthSipos, EszterauthN. Kis, Tímeaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112894/1/9789636464400.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112894OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112812oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978180596578797818059657949781805965800oapenoapendc3thema3Kthema3KHthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDJthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaQRMthemaQRMFthemaQRMF3themaCardwell, SamueledtThe Idea of Evangelisation‘Mission’, Theology and Scripture from the Early Church to the Age of BedeLondonThe British Academy20261 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBritish Academy MonographsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe evangelisation of the peoples of western Europe to Christianity was arguably the single most important historical development of the early Middle Ages, shaping not only the beliefs and religious practices but also the social, political, cultural and intellectual landscape of the last 1,500 years. Although much has been written on the conversion period, little has been done to understand the development of the Christian impulse to spread the Gospel ‘to the ends of the earth’. When and why did Christians develop the idea of the evangelisation of all peoples? When and why did they begin to express this idea by deliberately setting out to evangelise pagan peoples? How did the conception or expression of the idea of evangelisation change over time? How did authors interpret key scriptural texts to justify or explain their views on evangelisation? This book offers the first book-length, diachronic study of these questions. Through contextualised close readings of authors writing mostly in Latin between the fourth and the eighth centuries (including Augustine, Patrick, Gregory and Bede), it argues for a gradual but fundamental transformation in Christian thinking about evangelisation. This in turn provides new insights into the origins of Christian mission.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: British AcademyCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemaCE period up to c 1500themac 500 to c 1000 CEthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: medieval period, middle agesthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaChristianitythemaChristianity: sacred texts and revered writingsthemaWritings of the Early Church FathersthemaAugustineBedeChristian missionChurch historyColumbaColumbanusEarly medievalEvangelisationGregoryIntellectual historyLate antiquityPatrickProsper of AquitaineCardwell, Samuelauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112812/1/9781805965787.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112812/2/9781805965787.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112812OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112814oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978395056192010.21939/harpsichord-italy-16cdoioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DSthema1DSTthemaAthemaAVthemaAVAthemaAVMthemaAVRthemaAVRGthemaCampagne, Augustaaut‘Per aures ad animum’The Harpsichord in the Sixteenth Century II: ItalyViennamdwPress20261 electronic resource (434 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume examines a broad spectrum of topics concerning plucked keyboard instruments and keyboard music in the sixteenth century, with a particular focus on Italy and its profound influence on European keyboard culture. Contributions address issues of notation, instrument building, music theory, iconography, as well as the cultural and social roles of keyboard instruments and performance. Bringing together papers and lecture-recitals from a conference held in Bologna in 2024, the volume follows up on ‘Universum rei harmonicae concentum absolvunt‘: The harpsichord in the Sixteenth Century (mdwPress 2024).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: mdwCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaSouthern EuropethemaItalythemaThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaTheory of music and musicologythemaHistory of musicthemaMusical instrumentsthemaKeyboard instrumentsthemaHarpsichordItalian Music HistoryKeyboard MusicPerformance PracticeRenaissance MusicCampagne, AugustaedtGrassl, Markusedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112814/1/9783950561920.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112814OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112848oapen20260507a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260507s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978135100335397813510033609781351003377978135100338410.4324/9781351003384doioapenoapendc3thema3Kthema3MthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaNHWthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaKatajala-Peltomaa, SariedtLived Religion and Gender in Late Medieval and Early Modern EuropeOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (166 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThemes in Medieval and Early Modern HistoryOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis study is an exploration of lived religion and gender across the Reformation, from the 14th–18th centuries. Combining conceptual development with empirical history, the authors explore these two topics via themes of power, agency, work, family, sainthood and witchcraft. By advancing the theoretical category of ‘experience’, Lived Religion and Gender reveals multiple femininities and masculinities in the intersectional context of lived religion. The authors analyse specific case studies from both medieval and early modern sources, such as secular court records, to tell the stories of both individuals and large social groups. By exploring lived religion and gender on a range of social levels including the domestic sphere, public devotion and spirituality, this study explains how late medieval and early modern people performed both religion and gender in ways that were vastly different from what ideologists have prescribed. Lived Religion and Gender covers a wide geographical area in western Europe including Italy, Scandinavia and Finland, making this study an invaluable resource for scholars and students concerned with the history of religion, the history of gender, the history of the family, as well as medieval and early modern European history. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTime period qualifiersthemaCE period up to c 1500themac 1500 onwards to present daythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaMilitary historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaCatholic ReformationsCircuit CourtContemporary SocietiesEarly ModernEarly Modern BelieverEarly Modern FinlandFemininity in societyGendered religious practices in EuropeHeavenly IntercessorIntersectional gender studiesLate MedievalLay MenLived ReligionMasculinity in historyParadoxical InversionsPerformative ProjectReligious experience analysisSaint BirgittaSecular court records researchSpiritual agencyUnexplainable ConceptsVice VersaWomen’s Public ParticipationYoung MenKatajala-Peltomaa, SariauthToivo, Raisa Mariaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112848/1/9781351003377.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112848OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112816oapen20260506a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260506s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047290576810.3998/mpub.12734862doioapenoapendcCthemaCBthemaCFthemaCFGthemaEaster, BrandeeedtOn Visual RhetoricMichigan State University PressUniversity of Michigan Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (216 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSweetland Digital Rhetoric CollaborativeOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHow do the things we see shape values, beliefs, and actions? Why do viewers come to different conclusions when looking at the same thing? Why do people assume that “seeing is believing” in the age of AI-generated imagery? On Visual Rhetoric responds to these questions, helping readers and viewers consider how the visual intervenes in the world in ordinary and extraordinary ways. Looking at a wide array of pictures, habits, processes, and contexts, Christa J. Olson and Brandee Easter make the case for defining “the visual” broadly so that it includes not only visual objects, but also intangible images, visual technologies, and the cognitive-physical act of seeing. On Visual Rhetoric provides a robust, flexible heuristic for studying visual rhetoricity that not only draws together the vast array of existing case studies and concepts but also raises new questions and concerns for scholars.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Sweetland Digital Rhetoric CollaborativeCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLanguage: reference and generalthemaLinguisticsthemaSemantics, discourse analysis, stylisticsthemaAI generated imagesAttentionClimate changeEddie AdamsEyesIllusionsImplicit biasInattentional blindnessNoticingOversightPedagogyPicturesPolaroid Revolutionary Workers MovementPolicingPoliticsProtestsRaceRefusalResistanceRhetoricSaigon ExecutionShirley cardsSightStained classSurveillanceSweetland Digital Rhetoric CollaborativeVisionVisual rhetoricEaster, BrandeeauthOlson, Christa J.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112816/1/9780472905768.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112816OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112821oapen20260506a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260506s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978164315098710.3998/mpub.13179325doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNFthemaJNTthemaLesnick, AliceautPractice DialoguesListening to the Wisdom of Care WorkLever PressLever Press [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (170 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAttending to the wisdom that emerges through care work, Practice Dialogues uplifts the complexity, creativity, and interconnection of care across fields of endeavor. Written by a collective of practitioners, Practice Dialogues calls readers to learn from, not simply about, care work and those dedicated to it. Recognizing the need to understand care work as practice that furthers people’s survival and thriving, this volume advances a method of research rooted in radical presence, mutual listening, and collaborative writing. Centering care work as and through co-authorship, the essays spotlight fields including medicine, somatic practice, teaching and school leadership, martial arts, organizing, the arts, and family caregiving. In the framing chapters, Practice Dialogues draws on scholarship from education, postcolonial cultural studies, Black studies, Indigenous studies, social work, trauma studies, and critical feminist studies. The volume creates an exchange among scholarship, questions of research methodology, and the ecosystems of care work, pushing the limits of what is possible within and beyond conventional boundaries.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: The Lever InitiativeCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaAnti-saviorism in human servicesBlack Studies and care workCare ethics beyond academiaCare workCare work pedagogyCo-creation of knowledgeCommunity buildingCommunity-based researchCritical education studiesDecolonizing helping professionsDialogic oral historyEmbodied knowledgeFeminist epistemologies of careIntergenerationalInvisible laborNarrative researchParticipatory research methodsPostcolonial approaches to educationPractitioner co-authorshipStorytellingSurvival and thriving beyond capitalismTeaching as care workTransdisciplinary care practiceWisdom of lived experienceLesnick, Aliceedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112821/1/9781643150987.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112821OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112785oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|por d978396110555710.5281/zenodo.17788744doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaMarques, RuiedtModalidade e modo em português europeuBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2026texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTextbooks in Language Sciences15Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEste livro oferece uma apresentação dos sistemas da modalidade e do modo em Português Europeu. A aproximação aos temas abordados tem por base o espírito da semântica formal, mas a apresentação é informal, sendo o texto acessível a qualquer leitor, mesmo que não familiarizado com qualquer formalismo semântico ou com a Lógica. São tratados dados da variante europeia da língua portuguesa, mas, naturalmente, os conceitos técnicos envolvidos são aplicáveis a qualquer língua natural, pelo que a descrição e análise de dados que é apresentada permite a comparação com outras línguas e com outras variedades do português. Em sala de aula, o livro poderá ser usado tanto em cursos mais avançados de licenciatura como em cursos de pós-graduação. Fora de aula, poderá ser útil para professores de português (quer como língua materna quer como L2), investigadores em Linguística e áreas afins, ou simples curiosos pela língua portuguesa. O livro está dividido em duas partes. A primeira oferece uma introdução ao conceito de modalidade, tipos de modalidade e formas de expressão da modalidade em português, com capítulos dedicados à análise de diferentes construções modais do português. A segunda parte oferece uma descrição e análise dos sistemas dos modos indicativo e conjuntivo (com foco no Português Europeu), incluindo um capítulo dedicado aos tempos do conjuntivo._x000D_ This book offers a presentation of the systems of modality and mood in European Portuguese. The approach to the topics follows the spirit of formal semantics, but the presentation is informal, and the text is accessible to any reader, even if unfamiliar with any semantic formalism or Logic. Data from the European variant of the Portuguese language are discussed, but, naturally, the technical concepts involved are applicable to any natural language. Thus, the presented description and analysis of data allows for comparison with other languages ​​and other varieties of Portuguese. In the classroom, the book can be used in more advanced undergraduate and in postgraduate courses. Outside the classroom, it can be useful to teachers of Portuguese (whether as a mother tongue or as a second language), researchers in Linguistics and related fields, or simply curious people about the Portuguese language. The book is divided into two parts. The first one offers an introduction to the concept of modality, its types and forms of expression in Portuguese, and it includes chapters dedicated to the analysis of different modal constructions in Portuguese. The second part offers a description and analysis of the indicative and subjunctive mood systems (with focus on European Portuguese), including a chapter dedicated to the subjunctive tenses.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccporLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsMarques, Ruiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112785/1/9783961105557.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112785OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112736oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978359346479410.12907/978-3-593-46479-4doioapenoapendc5thema5Pthema5PBthema5PBCthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaJHthemaJHBthemaFreuwört, AnkeedtPolitische Artikulation von ZugewandertenBeiräte, Vereine und BiografienWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (572 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie politische Partizipation und Teilhabe von Migrantinnen und Migranten stehen im Zentrum der Debatten um deren Integration in Deutschland. Da ihre Beteiligung überwiegend an die Staatsangehörigkeit gekoppelt ist, kann der Teil der Bevölkerung ohne deutschen Pass oft nur eingeschränkt an demokratischen Entscheidungsprozessen teilnehmen – obwohl er unmittelbar betroffen ist. Anke Freuwört untersucht in ihrer Studie, wie Zugewanderte ihre politische Teilhabe ausüben und mehr demokratische Rechte einfordern. Sie wertet Sitzungen eines Ausländerbeirats, Interviews mit Vertreter:innen von Migrant:innenselbstorganisationen sowie biografische Gespräche mit (politisch) Geflüchteten aus, um unterschiedliche Formen politischer Artikulation sichtbar zu machen. Dabei zeigt sich: Zugewanderte nehmen gesellschaftliche Problemlagen differenziert wahr und nutzen vielfältige – formelle wie informelle – Wege der Beteiligung, um die Gesellschaft mit zu gestalten. In Frage steht daher, ob das Wahlrecht weiterhin an die Staatsbürgerschaft gekoppelt sein sollte. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcodeAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to peoples: ethnic groups, indigenous peoples, cultures and other groupings of peoplethemaRelating to migrant groups / diaspora communities or peoplesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaAusländerbeiräteBiografieDemokratieFlucht und AsylGesellschaftliche MeinungenInteressengruppenInteressenverbändeMigrantenorganisationenMigrationOpen AccessParteiidentifikationPolitische ArtikulationPolitische InstitutionenPolitischen VermittlungStaatsbürgerschaftTeilhabeZuwanderungFreuwört, Ankeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112736/1/9783593464794.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112736OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112750oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047205559397804720755919780472220632978047290721210.3998/mpub.12195673doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPSDthemaJPSLthemaSurinder, MohanedtComplex RivalryThe Dynamics of India-Pakistan ConflictMichigan State University Press20221 electronic resource (420 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhile a substantial body of research explains how the conflict between India and Pakistan originated and developed over time, a systematic and multivariate inquiry cutting across different IR paradigms to understand this rivalry is rare or limited. Surinder Mohan contributes to the understanding of India and Pakistan’s rivalry by presenting a new type of framework, also known as complex rivalry model. This comprehensive model, by not limiting its theoretical tool-kit to any single paradigm, is unique in its approach and better positioned to debate and answer baffling questions that the single-paradigm-based studies address rather inadequately and in isolation. This book, through an examination of fifty-seven militarized disputes between 1947 and 2021, explains the life cycle of India-Pakistan rivalry in four phases: initiation; development; maintenance; and a possible transformation/termination. Mohan delineates five specific conditions that evolved the subcontinental conflict into a complex rivalry: first, its survival in spite of the Bangladesh War and the end of the Cold War; second, its linkage with other rivalries; third, the inclusion of nuclear factor; fourth, the dyadic stability in the militarized disputes and hostility level despite changes in the regime type; and fifth, the dyad’s involvement in a multilayered conflict pattern. To break this deadlock and mitigate their longstanding differences, Mohan proposes that India and Pakistan must reframe their national priorities and political goals so that the new situation or combinations of conditions would assist their peace strategists to downgrade the dyadic hostility and implement risky policies to make headway to a promising transformation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaDiplomacythemaGeopoliticsthemaCold WarComplex rivalryConflictConflict resolutionConflict transformationDe-escalationDe-rivalizationEnduring rivalriesForeign policyIndiaIndo-PacificKashmirLine of ControlMilitarized interstate disputesNuclear deterrencePakistanPeacePeace strategistsPower transitionRealpolitikRivalry linkageSouth AsiaTerminationTerritorial disputeTerrorismWarWaterSurinder, Mohanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112750/1/9780472907212.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112750OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112731oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978377999405310.3262/978-3-7799-9405-3doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJNthemaHa, JuliaautGemeinsam Demokratie erlebenWie Schule aussieht, wenn Schüler:innen mehr mitbestimmenWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (335 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDemokratie ist voraussetzungsreich. Sie muss gelernt und praktiziert werden. Demokratische Bildung gehört deswegen zu den grundlegenden Aufgaben der Schule. In Österreich, Deutschland und der Schweiz eröffnen die Lehrpläne erhebliche Spielräume für eine aktive Beteiligung von Schüler:innen. Mitbestimmung setzt jedoch eine Reihe von Kompetenzen voraus, die Schüler:innen in der Regel erst entwickeln müssen und bei deren Vermittlung Lehrpersonen eine entscheidende Rolle einnehmen. Dieses Buch zeigt anhand von Praxisbeispielen, wie vielfältig »Demokratie lernen« in Schule, Unterricht und Gesellschaft gestaltet werden kann, und lädt zum kreativen Ausprobieren ein.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaEducationthemaDebattieren in der SchuleDemokratieDemokratie und SchuleErziehungswissenschaftMethoden für LehrerMitbestimmungMitbestimmung in der SchuleMitbestimmung von SchülernSchuleSchule diskutierenSchüler SelbstwirksamkeitSchüler Verantwortung übernehmenSelbstwirksamkeitSelbstwirksamkeit in der SchuleHa, JuliaedtHachfeld, AxinjaedtLehnerer, ElisaedtMeusburger, KatharinaedtQuenzel, Gudrunedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112731/1/9783779994053.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112731OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112770oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110537310.5281/zenodo.16759903doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaBasile, RodolfoautLocative and existential predicationOn forms, functions and neighboring domainsBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierResearch on Comparative Grammar6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLocative and existential predications are fundamental linguistic constructions that exhibit significant formal overlap while serving distinct communicative functions. Locative clauses typically anchor a definite referent to a spatial context, whereas existential clauses introduce new, often indefinite, referents into discourse. Despite their central role in syntactic and typological research, the cross-linguistic diversity of these predications remains largely underexplored. This collective volume originates from workshops held in 2023 at the Annual SLE Meeting in Athens and the International Conference on Historical Linguistics in Heidelberg. It brings together in-depth analyses of locative and existential predications across a wide range of languages, drawing on diverse methodological and theoretical approaches. Rather than imposing a single framework, the volume deliberately allows for variation in how these constructions are defined and analyzed, reflecting the complexity and diversity of linguistic structures. A key theme of the book is the relationship between locative, existential, and possessive predication. Many of the included studies highlight the formal and functional connections between these domains, illustrating how different languages encode possession through structures that overlap with locative and existential constructions. The volume also challenges conventional assumptions about structural distinctions between these predications, showing that in many languages, such boundaries are blurred or even nonexistent. The introductory chapter reviews key findings from prior research and offers a refined typology of locative and existential predications. It also highlights the major insights from the remaining chapters, each of which provides a detailed empirical analysis of these constructions in one or several underdescribed languages. The contributions address (i) the structural and functional properties of locative and existential clauses, (ii) criteria for distinguishing these constructions in languages where formal differentiation is minimal, (iii) their frequency and usage in natural discourse, and (iv) grammaticalization pathways that link locative, existential, and possessive predication. By integrating data from a broad range of languages and perspectives, this volume advances our understanding of locative and existential predication and offers a foundation for future research in typology, syntax, and historical linguistics.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsBasile, RodolfoedtBudzisch, JosefinaedtDäbritz, Chris Lasseedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112770/1/9783961105373.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112770OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112775oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110498710.5281/zenodo.14712629doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaAnderson, CormacautRarities in phonetics and phonologyStructural, typological, evolutionary, and social dimensionsBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTopics in Phonological Diversity5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRare phenomena play a key role in forming and challenging linguistic theory. This volume presents multi-faceted analyses of rarities in phonetics and phonology, from a wide variety of theoretical standpoints. Some contributions to the volume analyse language-specific rare features, placing them in a broader cross-linguistic context and looking at a sum of their phonological, phonetic, and evolutionary properties, at times also making connections to sociolinguistic factors. Others consider the same (or similar) phenomena from different analytical angles, with extensive cross-referencing, or take a broad analytical or typological stance towards rare phenomena and discuss what it means to be rare._x000D_ The volume provides a nuanced picture of phonetic and phonological rarities in genealogically diverse languages, mostly lesser-studied, from around the globe. Authors were encouraged to attempt to strike a middle ground between radical exoticisation of the rarities at hand (describing them in idiosyncratic terms) and radical normalisation (underplaying the rarity of the phenomena at hand). Highly theory-specific or technical terminology is avoided or explained carefully, in order to make the book maximally accessible for a wide typologically-minded audience.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsAnderson, CormacedtEasterday, SheleceedtKuznetsova, Nataliaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112775/1/9783961104987.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112775OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112781oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110534210.5281/zenodo.15961344doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaVerelst, NatalieedtThe dynamics of feminisationA corpus-based diachronic analysis of Dutch and German feminising morphologyBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Germanic Linguistics14Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn this book, feminisation – the marking of female sex on personal nouns – in Dutch and German is investigated contrastively, diachronically, and corpus-linguistically. The corpus-based approach entails a theoretical and methodological shift from a structuralist and essentialist approach to the interplay of language and sex to a poststructuralist, usage-based and holistic perspective, which has long been lacking from the scientific domain of Gender Linguistics._x000D_ Starting from the observation that feminising morphology seems less frequently used in Dutch than in German in the same contexts, the goal is to examine how intra- and extralinguistic factors influence the choice for or against the use of these morphological patterns. These (only partly consciously made) choices are called differentiation and neutralisation, respectively. On the intralinguistic level, the link between the use of feminising morphology and properties of the grammatical gender system is investigated contrastively and diachronically, as well as more generally various semantic and pragmatic factors (semantics of the personal noun, animacy, referentiality) that may contribute to a more or less stable feminisation system. On the extralinguistic level, the effect of diverging views on gender-fair language use in both language areas, and within the respective areas (North vs. South for Dutch, East vs. West for German), stands out._x000D_ Drawing on diachronic corpus data, the effects of these factors are investigated empirically in three case studies by focusing on the form (Case Study I) and function (Case Study II: feminisation in human reference and Case Study III: feminisation in nonhuman reference) of feminising morphology. Both formally and functionally, Dutch feminisation is a complex system, whereas the German one is more uniform and straightforward. The use of feminising morphology in Dutch has been restricted since at least the second half of the 20th century, but less so in Northern than in Southern (Belgian) Dutch. By contrast, the tendency in German goes toward the consolidation of the feminisation system in all semantically female contexts, with the exception of language use in former East-German newspapers. Furthermore, as opposed to the Dutch feminisation system, the German system has taken on inflectional properties known as inherent inflection, the marking of which is semantically motivated. Examples of the use of feminising morphology in nonhuman reference fit in this analysis as well (e.g., die Partei als Gewinnerin ‘the party as the winner.fem’)._x000D_ Significant impacting factors in the reduction of a feminisation system are indeed the gender system (feminisation is connected with a preserved masculine/feminine gender distinction, present in German but not in Dutch), referentiality (feminisation is an important referent-tracking instrument and therefore more likely found in referential contexts), semantics (in the case of reduction of feminisation, remnants of the system are observed in semantic contexts which foreground social gender), the newness of a personal noun in a language (neutralisation of new nouns is more common than neutralisation of long-established nouns), and the influence of language policy: the Dutch feminisation system, as well as the use of feminising morphology in the former GDR, has been subject to a significant effect of conscious neutralisation strategies as a means of gender-fair language use.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsVerelst, Natalieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112781/1/9783961105342.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112781OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112737oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978359346423710.12907/978-3-593-46423-7doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBFthemaJBFVthemaJBFV5themaMiyazaki, ShintaroedtEndosymbiotische KomputationÜber das Gemeinwerden neuer MedienWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (198 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarUm die multiplen Krisen der Welt zu bewältigen, braucht es neue Formen des Zusammenlebens zwischen Menschen, Maschinen und ihrer Umwelt. Einen solchen Weg bietet die endosymbiotische Komputation: eine Theorie darüber, wie Computer, Maschinen, Lebewesen und ihre Umgebungen zu einem kooperativen, selbstversorgenden Gefüge verschmelzen könnten. Endosymbiotische Komputation kann in biologischen, technischen und symbolischen Systemen auftreten und fordert Verantwortung sowie gemeinschaftliches Handeln statt der Abschiebung (Externalisierung) von Problemen. Sie integriert lebenserhaltende Prozesse in sich wandelnde Maschinen und eröffnet die Perspektive auf eine gemeinsam programmierte Überlebensmaschine. Inspiriert von Theoretiker:innen wie Félix Guattari und Gilles Deleuze, Wolfgang Hagen, Bernhard Siegert, Silvia Federici, McKenzie Wark, Jussi Parikka, Luciana Parisi, Achim Szepanski, Donna Haraway oder David Graeber einerseits und andererseits von Naturwissenschaftler:innen wie Lynn Margulis, Nick Lane, Svante Pääbo, David Reich oder Ian Hodder wird eine neue Medientheorie artikuliert. Diese Theorie beschreibt, wie technologische und biologisch-lebendige Prozesse verschmelzen könnten, um eine nachhaltige Zukunft zu gestalten und stellt zugleich zahlreiche medien- und kulturhistorische Bezüge her. Dabei wird sogar das Gemeinwerden aller komputierenden Medien gefordert! https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodeAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaEthical issues and debatesthemaEthical issues: scientific, technological and medical developmentsthemaDigitalisierungDigitalisierung und ZukunftEndosymbioseKritikMedientheorieZukunftsvisionenMiyazaki, Shintaroauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112737/1/9783593464237.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112737OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112746oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818363542089781836354215978183635422210.5772/intechopen.1008068doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNGthemaA. Ubbes, ValerieedtPreschool Education in the 21st CenturyInnovative Insights, Strategies, and Practical ApproachesLondonInTechOpen20251 electronic resource (242 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEducation and Human DevelopmentOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPreschool Education in the 21st Century – Innovative Insights, Strategies, and Practical Approaches explores early childhood teaching, learning, and learning to teach, focusing on young children and fostering the 4 C’s of 21st Century Learning: Collaboration, Critical Thinking, Creativity, and Communication. Early childhood teachers play a crucial role in building a strong foundation for all children’s future success—but it requires thoughtful, attentive, and developmentally appropriate approaches. In this volume, the authors bring unique perspectives from around the globe, including Japan, Nigeria, the United States, and Australia, as they explore the role of the teacher and ways to cultivate the 4 Cs that grow children’s understanding of the world around them. Through examples of high-quality, mindful, and compassionate approaches, the authors share lessons from the field and practical strategies and tools that early childhood educators can implement in their classrooms. Chapters explore inclusive practices that build 21st-century skills and future-ready learning environments. Innovative approaches to teaching and learning provide insights into the use of digital tools and technological practices in early childhood, including emerging technologies, and their impact on children’s learning. Particular attention is given to cultivating curiosity and critical thinking through integrating STEM—Science, Technology, Engineering, and Mathematics—into preschoolers’ classrooms, homes, and informal learning environments, while fostering STEM Habits of Mind. This volume offers ideas and insights for educators and researchers as the ever-changing world presents the field of early childhood with opportunities and challenges, including new ways to look at old problems. The authors in this volume think deeply and write thoughtfully about supporting the whole child in learning and growing. Readers will be inspired as they prepare early learners, and those who teach them, to be future-ready.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEarly childhood care and educationthemaChildren's LearningCollaborationCreativityCritical ThinkingCurriculumMastery MotivationPersistencePreschoolProblem-solvingSTEMTeacher-child InteractionTeaching PracticeA. Ubbes, ValerieauthAlissa A. Lange, Kehinde Helen Orimaye, Liria Caesar, Autumn Shaffer and Amie A. PerryauthDouglas, Ashli-AnnauthFrancesca Granone, Dagmar Anita Jakobsen, Kristine Mjølhus, Jannike Petersen and Brit MichaelsenauthLee, MeeyeonauthLittle, CathyauthNikolidaki, SofiaauthOladele Jegede, OlusegunauthS. Haber, AmandaauthSimoncini and Belinda Anyos, KymauthTakase and Hisashi Otsuji, Masumiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112746/1/9781836354208.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112746OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112756oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110538010.5281/zenodo.16811879doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaJacques, GuillaumeedtA grammar of JaphugSecond editionBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierComprehensive Grammar Library1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarJaphug is a vulnerable Gyalrongic language, which belongs to the Trans-Himalayan (Sino-Tibetan) family. It is spoken by several thousand speakers in Mbarkham county, Rngaba district, Sichuan province, China. This grammar is the result of nearly 20 years of fieldwork on one variety of Japhug, based on a corpus of narratives and conversations, a large part of which is available from the Pangloss Collection. It covers the whole grammar of the language, and the text examples provide a unique insight into Gyalrong culture. It was written with a general linguistics audience in mind, and should prove useful not only to specialists of Trans-Himalayan historical linguistics and typologists, but also to anthropologists doing research in Gyalrong areas. It is also hoped that some readers will use it to learn Japhug and pursue research on this fascinating language in the future._x000D_ This book is a revised version of https://langsci-press.org/catalog/book/295.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsJacques, Guillaumeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112756/1/9783961105380.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112756OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112757oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110504510.5281/zenodo.15045985doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaChilds, G. TuckeredtA grammar of SherbroBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAfrican Language Grammars and Dictionaries7Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis is the first modern grammar and dictionary of Sherbro, an endangered Mel language spoken by ca. 50,000 people in Sierra Leone. The language faces significant pressure being abandoned in favor of the lingua francas Mende, Themne, Krio, and English. The previous grammar, while competently done, was written in 1921 as a handbook for missionaries. The autonym for the language is Bolom; however, speakers of the language while speaking Krio or English use “Sherbro” to refer to themselves and their language, so that practice is followed here. The grammar and dictionary are based on field data collected as part of a four-year research project (2016-2020), “Documenting the Sherbro Language and Culture,” funded by the Hans Rausing Endangered Languages Documentation Programme. An archive of the project is permanently housed by the Endangered Languages Archive (ELAR), www.elar-archive.org including the FLEx database, more than 30 glossed transcriptions and more than 150 recordings. This book is intended as a resource for linguists and Sherbro speakers, learners, and educators.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsChilds, G. Tuckerauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112757/1/9783961105045.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112757OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112728oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781760467067oapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCJthemaAngelo, DeniseautProjecting VoicesStudies in Language and Linguistics in Honour of Jane SimpsonCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (1184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAsia-Pacific LinguisticsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume provides cutting-edge research on a wide range of questions in linguistics research, mostly centred on Australian Indigenous languages. Written by world-leading experts, the chapters take a fresh look at current questions in each topic, inspired by the work of Australian linguist Jane Simpson. The chapters have implications for linguistic theory in the areas of historical linguistics, morphosyntax, semantics, the lexicon, language acquisition and issues in languages in education, and renewal of endangered languages. This volume is essential reading for students and experienced researchers alike, with interests in theoretical and applied linguistics, especially in topics and issues related to Australian Indigenous languages.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLanguage teaching and learningthemaApplied linguisticsAustralian languagesEndangered languagesJane SimpsonLinguisticsAngelo, DeniseedtGray, JamesedtO'Shannessy, Carmeledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112728/1/9781760467067.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112728OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112754oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978180079552597818007955329781800795549978180079555610.3726/b18561doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DFthema1DFGthema2thema2Athema2ACthema2ACGthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJNthemaNthemaNHthemaMalanda, AzzizaedtÜberLebenswegeErinnerungen und Erfahrungen Schwarzer Deutscher der NachkriegsgenerationOxfordPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20241 electronic resource (XX, 276 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierImagining Black Europe4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSchwarze Deutsche, die in den 1950er und 1960er Jahren in Heimen aufwuchsen, sind in der deutschen Erinnerungskultur bislang unsichtbar. Ausgehend von dieser Leerstelle stehen in ÜberLebenswege die biografischen Erzählungen Schwarzer Deutscher im Mittelpunkt, die in den Jahren 1946 und 1949 geboren wurden und in bundesdeutschen Fürsorgeeinrichtungen aufgewachsen sind. Als nichteheliche Nachkomm*innen weißer deutscher Zivilistinnen und Schwarzer US-amerikanischer Besatzungssoldaten erlebten sie im postnationalsozialistischen Deutschland innerhalb und außerhalb von Heimen soziale Stigmatisierung und Rassismus. Vor diesem Hintergrund mussten die Frauen und Männer von frühester Kindheit an Überlebensstrategien entwickeln, um im Heim und in der Gesellschaft bestehen zu können. Das Buch verfolgt einen intersektionalen Ansatz, bei dem die Kategorien race, Klasse und Geschlecht und ihre Verwobenheit sowie eine postkoloniale Perspektive berücksichtigt werden. Damit trägt ÜberLebenswege dazu bei, eine bisherige Lücke in der Forschung zur Geschichte Schwarzer Deutscher in der frühen Bundesrepublik sichtbar zu machen und durch neue Erkenntnisse zu füllen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaCentral EuropethemaGermanythemaLanguage qualifiersthemaIndo-European languagesthemaGermanic and Scandinavian languagesthemaGermanthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaEducationthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaBiografieforschungDiskriminierungserfahrungenErinnerungJugendfürsorgeLebensgeschichtenNachkriegsdeutschlandNachkriegsgenerationOral HistoryMalanda, Azzizaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112754/1/9781800795532.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112754OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112755oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d97836318593849783631869758978363186976510.3726/b19204doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSKthemaGthemaGTthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCC9themaPthemaPSthemaPSTthemaPSTBthemaRthemaRNthemaRNAthemaKramer, AnkeautLiteraturen und Kulturen des Vegetabilen. Plant Studies – Kulturwissenschaftliche PflanzenforschungBerlinPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20221 electronic resource (414 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Literature, Culture, and the Environment / Studien zu Literatur, Kultur und Umwelt,10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOhne Pflanzen können Menschen nicht leben. Trotz dieser elementaren Bedeutung der Pflanzen hat die Literatur- und Kulturwissenschaft ihnen bisher nur wenig Aufmerksamkeit gewidmet. Dies ändert sich zurzeit: Seit einigen Jahren formiert sich das neue Forschungsfeld der Plant Studies, d.h. der kulturwissenschaftlichen Pflanzenforschung. Der vorliegende Band wendet sich an Lehrende und Studierende gleichermaßen. Er erläutert die Grundlagen der Plant Studies im deutschsprachigen Kontext, widmet sich kulturellen Praktiken und Metaphern im Zusammenhang mit Pflanzen und versammelt verschiedene Pflanzenlektüren, die sich der Literatur des 18. bis 21. Jahrhunderts widmen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: fiction, novelists and prose writersthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaHistory of ideasthemaMathematics and SciencethemaBiology, life sciencesthemaBotany and plant sciencesthemaPlant biologythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmentalist thought and ideologythemaBotanische MetaphernEnvironmental HumanitiesKulturwissenschaftenMensch-Pflanze-BeziehungenPlant StudiesÖkokritikÖkologie in der LiteraturKramer, AnkeedtStobbe, UrteedtWanning, Berbeliedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112755/1/9783631869758.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112755OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112782oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110514410.5281/zenodo.15473143doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaKoeva, SvetlaautUniversality of semantic frames and language specific Bulgarian dataBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFrame-Based Approaches to Semantics1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe book Universality of semantic frames and language specific Bulgarian data is devoted to the principles of data organisation in the Bulgarian FrameNet, which has been in development for more than 20 years and has gone through various phases. Originally it was developed as an independent resource, but for about fifteen years it has been correlated with the Berkeley FrameNet, observing the following basic principles: The information in the FrameNet that is relevant for the description of Bulgarian is considered language-independent (e.g. definition of frames and relations between them, definitions of frames and elements and relations between them, etc.) and is automatically transferred into a structure called a superframe. For each superframe, there may be one or more Bulgarian frames in which the language-independent information is restructured, if necessary, so that it corresponds exactly to the description for the Bulgarian language. The Bulgarian verbs of communication, change, movement, contact and emotion are described in more detail, their subclasses are delineated and the similarities and differences in the semantic and syntactic description for Bulgarian and English are compared and discussed. It is shown how the semantic frames can be used in an experiment to assess children's mastery of semantic conceptualisation and syntactic use of verbs from their basic vocabulary. These and a number of other applications: automatic assignment of semantic roles, automatic recognition of events in news, automatic recognition of scenes in images and videos are some of the applications in which the Bulgarian FrameNet can be used. In addition, the semantic and syntactic information in the Bulgarian FrameNet can be used for theoretical considerations, including comparative studies focussing on the modern state of the Bulgarian language and other languages for which a FrameNet has been developed.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsKoeva, Svetlaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112782/1/9783961105144.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112782OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112768oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110510610.5281/zenodo.15275286doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaWichers Schreur, JesseedtIntensive language contact in the CaucasusThe case of Tsova-TushBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLanguages of the Caucasus5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarTsova-Tush is an East Caucasian language spoken in one single village in Eastern Georgia by approximately 300 speakers. Since its early description, scholars have been intrigued by the high degree of linguistic influence from the Georgian language. This book has a threefold goal: (1) To contribute to the overall description of the Tsova-Tush language, by filling gaps in the previous literature in absence of a reference grammar. (2) To contrast Tsova-Tush constructions with functionally equivalent constructions in Chechen and Ingush, its closest relatives, and with Georgian, the language of wider communication which all Tsova-Tush speakers speak as a second language, in order to form hypotheses concerning which Tsova-Tush construction is inherited, and which has arisen under influence of Georgian. (3) To provide the most probable diachronic scenario of language contact, by looking at historical Tsova-Tush language data, as well as at its historical sociolinguistics._x000D_ This book provides a basic description of Tsova-Tush, in particular in the domain of spatial cases (which exhibit a two-slot system similar to Daghestanian languages), TAME categories (indentifying a Iamitive and a Past Subjunctive developing indirect evidential semantics), complex verbs, and subordination and clause-chaining (which in Tsova-Tush is finite)._x000D_ In terms of language contact, this book concludes that (1) Tsova-Tush conforms to most established borrowing hierarchies and theories surrounding intensity of contact, except for the borrowing of a verbal inflection marker in a remarkably early stage of contact; (2) The Georgian influence that Tsova-Tush shows in sources from the 1850 suggest that a notable increase in bilingualism occured already at a point where there was little institutional or numeral dominance of surrounding the Georgian-language population. A change in ethnic self-identification can be the underlying factor for the early instances of contact-induced change.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsWichers Schreur, Jesseauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112768/1/9783961105106.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112768OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112777oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110507610.5281/zenodo.15147416doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaIversen, Jonas YassinautTeacher education for working in linguistically diverse classroomsNordic perspectivesBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCurrent Issues in Bilingualism5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume presents studies on aspects of teacher education that prepare teachers for working in linguistically diverse classrooms and schools in five Nordic countries; Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway and Sweden. This twin focus (teacher education in linguistically diverse contexts; and Nordic perspectives) makes the volume unique in its field, and contributes to international discussions on how teacher education can prepare preservice and in-service teachers for working with linguistically diverse student groups. _x000D_ The volume includes contributions on: _x000D_ _x000D_ _x000D_ Teacher education policies_x000D_ _x000D_ _x000D_ Teacher educators’ perspectives on teacher education_x000D_ _x000D_ _x000D_ Pre-service teacher perspectives on teacher education. _x000D_ _x000D_ _x000D_ The ways in which teacher education prepares educators for working with newcomers and multilingual students has attracted considerable attention in recent years. This reflects the increasingly linguistically diverse nature of classrooms that teachers around the world meet, that is in turn, a direct result of intensified globalisation and transnational migration. Clearly, teacher education is crucial for successful implementation of educational provisions for multilingual students. Teacher knowledge, gained partly through teacher education, plays a central role in creating educational environments where multilingual students can thrive. _x000D_ This volume focuses specifically on teacher education in a Nordic context, a region traditionally associated with progressive approaches in education based on principles of inclusivity, social justice and equal opportunity. In the twenty-first century, most Nordic countries have experienced increasing levels of migration. While neither multilingualism nor transnational migration are new phenomena in the region, geographical and social factors, as well as the ways humans communicate have helped make multilingualism more visible in the twenty-first century. Schools in the Nordic countries have had to act quickly and think flexibly to meet the needs of an increasingly linguistically and culturally heterogenous group of students. The ability of the Nordic countries to provide these students with “inclusive, equal education and a fair chance to start a new life” constitutes in some ways the ultimate test of the “Nordic model” of education. Investigating how this challenge is addressed in different forms of teacher education is the topic to which this volume turns its attention.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsIversen, Jonas YassinedtReath Warren, AnneedtStraszer, Boglárkaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112777/1/9783961105076.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112777OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112783oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110535910.5281/zenodo.16309627doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaHarchaoui, SarahautVerb-third phenomena in Germanic verb-second languagesHistorical and variational perspectivesBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Germanic Linguistics15Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWith the exception of English and its varieties, all Present-Day Germanic languages display some kind of verb-second (V2) rule, according to which the finite verbal form has to be put in the second position of the clause in declarative utterances. But even within the Germanic domain, the exact contours of the V2 rule vary strongly in time and space. Above all, the so-called bottleneck demanding that one and only one constituent be placed before the finite verb is not equally respected in all Germanic varieties. The typology of V2 violations, apparent or real, is now regarded as a core question for the typology of V2 itself. The present volume is concerned with all kinds of alleged “cracks in the bottleneck”, involving argument stacking, remnant movement, or adverbial resumption. A general introduction by Modicom and Harchaoui discusses the current state of linguistic research on verb-third phenomena in Germanic languages, both in synchrony and diachrony. The introduction is followed by a diachronic panorama of V3 phenomena in the history of High German, by A. Speyer, who shows that behind the apparent stability of V2, the syntactic typology of apparent V3 in German has undergone significant changes over the last centuries. The other contributions to the volume follow this variational and historical thread: E. Klaevik-Pettersen and N. Catasso discuss the validity of the bottleneck hypothesis in present and ancient V2 varieties. E. Louviot, Th. Robin, Chr. Nilsen and B. Bloom focus on verb-third phenomena involving resumptive items in the history of English, High German, Low German and Swedish. In their paper on Old West Germanic verse corpora, Louviot and Robin concentrate on clause-initial tha/tho, investigating which factors determine its capacity to either be followed by the finite verb (V2) or by another constituent before the finite verb (V3). Nilsen is concerned with the semantic evolution of verb-third adverbial resumption involving da and så in Swedish. Bloom focuses on the V3 use of one resumptive, so, in Early New High German during the 16th century, tackling the discourse-organizational factors behind adverbial resumption. Finally, the chapters by L. Riccardelli, R. Madaro, A. Tomaselli and E. Bidese investigate how contact between Germanic and Romance may have interacted with language-internal dynamics in the history of several varieties of Rhaeto-Romance (Riccardelli) and Upper German (Madaro, Tomaselli and Bidese).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsHarchaoui, SarahedtModicom, Pierre-Yvesedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112783/1/9783961105359.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112783OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112751oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047200472097804721271469780472132140978047290722910.3998/mpub.11596348doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPZthemaErik S., HerronedtNormalizing CorruptionFailures of Accountability in UkraineMichigan State University Press20201 electronic resource (240 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAccountability is crucial to every successful democratic system. The failure to develop functioning mechanisms of accountability has undermined democratic consolidation worldwide. Reliable tools that hold officials accountable are essential for democratic governance; one of the key threats to accountability comes from corrupt practices, especially when they are integrated—or normalized—in the day-to-day activities of institutions. This book focuses on the experiences of contemporary Ukraine to evaluate the successes and failures of institutions, politicians, political parties, bureaucracies, and civil society. Yet, the topic is directly relevant to countries that have experienced democratic backsliding, and especially those countries that are at risk. Normalizing Corruption addresses several interconnected questions: Under what circumstances do incumbents lose elections? How well do party organizations encourage cohesive behavior? Is executive authority responsive to inquiries from public organizations and other government institutions? How can citizens influence government actions? Do civil servants conduct their duties as impartial professionals, or are they beholden to other interests? The research builds upon extensive fieldwork, data collection, and data analysis that Erik S. Herron has conducted since 1999.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCorruption in politics, government and societythemaAccountabilityCorruptionCrimeaDiagonal accountabilityDonbasE-declarationsElection administrationElection fraudElectionsEstoniaGeorgiaHorizontal accountabilityLatviaLegislaturesLithuaniaOligarchsPetro PoroshenkoPolitical partiesRequestsRoll call votingRussiaUkraineVertical accountabilityVolodymyr ZelenskyyWar in DonbasErik S., Herronauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112751/1/9780472907229.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112751OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112739oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97815017058549781501706400oapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaKthemaKCthemaKCMthemaKCPthemaKCZthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaAng, Yuen YuenedtHow China Escaped the Poverty TrapIthacaCornell University PressCornell University Press [Imprint]20161 electronic resource (344 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCornell Studies in Political EconomyOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWINNER OF THE 2017 PETER KATZENSTEIN BOOK PRIZE "BEST OF BOOKS IN 2017" BY FOREIGN AFFAIRS WINNER OF THE 2018 VIVIAN ZELIZER PRIZE BEST BOOK AWARD IN ECONOMIC SOCIOLOGY " How China Escaped the Poverty Trap truly offers game-changing ideas for the analysis and implementation of socio-economic development and should have a major impact across many social sciences." ― Zelizer Best Book in Economic Sociology Prize Committee Acclaimed as "game changing" and "field shifting," How China Escaped the Poverty Trap advances a new paradigm in the political economy of development and sheds new light on China's rise. How can poor and weak societies escape poverty traps? Political economists have traditionally offered three answers: "stimulate growth first," "build good institutions first," or "some fortunate nations inherited good institutions that led to growth." Yuen Yuen Ang rejects all three schools of thought and their underlying assumptions: linear causation, a mechanistic worldview, and historical determinism. Instead, she launches a new paradigm grounded in complex adaptive systems, which embraces the reality of interdependence and humanity's capacity to innovate. Combining this original lens with more than 400 interviews with Chinese bureaucrats and entrepreneurs, Ang systematically reenacts the complex process that turned China from a communist backwater into a global juggernaut in just 35 years. Contrary to popular misconceptions, she shows that what drove China's great transformation was not centralized authoritarian control, but "directed improvisation"—top-down directions from Beijing paired with bottom-up improvisation among local officials. Her analysis reveals two broad lessons on development. First, transformative change requires an adaptive governing system that empowers ground-level actors to create new solutions for evolving problems. Second, the first step out of the poverty trap is to "use what you have"—harnessing existing resources to kick-start new markets, even if that means defying first-world norms. Bold and meticulously researched, How China Escaped the Poverty Trap opens up a whole new avenue of thinking for scholars, practitioners, and anyone seeking to build adaptive systems.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaPolitical economythemaEconomic historythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaAdaptive systemsAncient ChinaAsian historyBottom-up reformChinaChina's economic developmentChina’s riseChinese bureaucracyChinese economic policyChinese historyCommunist PartyComplex systemsConfuciusCultural RevolutionDeng XiaopingDevelopment economicsDevelopment strategyDirected improvisationEconomic conditions in chinaEconomic development in chinaEconomic historyEconomic sociologyEconomic transformationEconomicsEmerging marketsFar EastGlobal developmentGovernance innovationGrowth and institutionsHistory of chinese economyInstitutional changeInstitutional economicsMarket creationModernization theoryPolicy adaptationPolitical economyPoverty trapState-led capitalismYuen Yuen AngAng, Yuen Yuenauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112739/1/9781501705854.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112739/2/9781501706400.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112739OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112753oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978047200487497804721273139780472132218978047290725010.3998/mpub.10154836doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTUthemaJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPSDthemaFrank A., StengeledtThe Politics of Military ForceAntimilitarism, Ideational Change, and Post-Cold War German Security DiscourseMichigan State University Press20201 electronic resource (292 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Politics of Military Force examines the dynamics of discursive change that made participation in military operations possible against the background of German antimilitarist culture. Once considered a strict taboo, so-called out-of-area operations have now become widely considered by German policymakers to be without alternative. The book argues that an understanding of how certain policies are made possible (in this case, military operations abroad and force transformation), one needs to focus on processes of discursive change that result in different policy options appearing rational, appropriate, feasible, or even self-evident. Drawing on Essex School discourse theory, the book develops a theoretical framework to understand how discursive change works, and elaborates on how discursive change makes once unthinkable policy options not only acceptable but even without alternative. Based on a detailed discourse analysis of more than 25 years of German parliamentary debates, The Politics of Military Force provides an explanation for: (1) the emergence of a new hegemonic discourse in German security policy after the end of the Cold War (discursive change), (2) the rearticulation of German antimilitarism in the process (ideational change/norm erosion) and (3) the resulting making-possible of military operations and force transformation (policy change). In doing so, the book also demonstrates the added value of a poststructuralist approach compared to the naive realism and linear conceptions of norm change so prominent in the study of German foreign policy and International Relations more generally.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaPeace studies and conflict resolutionthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaDiplomacythemaAnti-militaryDiscursive theoryGermanyInternational RelationsMilitarySecurity policyFrank A., Stengelauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112753/1/9780472907250.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112753OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112762oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110536610.5281/zenodo.16686876doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaAkinlabi, AkinbiyiautCross-disciplinary approaches to Information Structure in Niger-Congo languagesBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContemporary African Linguistics13Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume contains a selection of papers that were originally presented at a workshop "Cross-disciplinary approaches to Information Structure in African languages", held in Porto-Novo, Benin in 2022. Eight papers explore information structure in Niger-Congo languages from different linguistic angles: phonetics, phonology, syntax and semantics. The papers address a range of topics in different Niger- Congo languages from both junior and senior scholars in the field of linguistics, reflecting both the diversity of languages and scholarship in African linguistics.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsAkinlabi, AkinbiyiedtKorsah, SampsonedtRose, SharonedtSulemana, Abdul-Razakedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112762/1/9783961105366.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112762OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112765oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110513710.5281/zenodo.15449929doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaBîlbîie, GabrielaautEmpirical issues in syntax and semanticsSelected papers from CSSP 2023BerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEmpirically Oriented Theoretical Morphology and Syntax16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe present volume in the series Empirical Issues in Syntax and Semantics collects a curated selection of papers from the 2023 Colloque de Syntax et Sémantique à Paris (CSSP 2023), held on December 7-8, 2023, at the École Normale Supérieure in Paris. The result aims to be a snapshot of contemporary linguistic research in the areas of syntax andsemantics._x000D_ The eight contributions investigate phenomena spanning focus, meaning, modification, and discourse, offering new insights into how grammatical structures encode and convey information, and illustrating how detailed empirical work informs our understanding of grammatical phenomena. Drawing on data from multiple languages and employing diverse analytical frameworks, these studies advance current debates while maintaining the methodological rigor characteristic of contemporary formal linguistics._x000D_ The collection provides a valuable resource for researchers and graduate students working in syntax, semantics, and related areas.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsBîlbîie, GabrielaedtSchaden, Gerhardedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112765/1/9783961105137.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112765OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112771oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110500710.5281/zenodo.14843487doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaEvans, PeteredtNegation in English and other languagesBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierClassics in Linguistics8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOtto Jespersen's landmark study of negation provides a wide-ranging analysis of how languages express negative meaning. Drawing on an impressive array of historical texts and comparative examples, primarily from Germanic and Romance languages, Jespersen examines the forms, functions, and historical development of negative expressions. The work traces the evolution of negative markers, analyzes how negative prefixes modify word meanings, and reveals coherent patterns in how languages structure negative expressions.Through meticulous analysis of authentic examples, Jespersen documents both common patterns and language-specific variations in negative expressions. His treatment of topics such as double negation, the distinction between special and nexal negation, and the various forms of negative particles provides a methodical account of negation's complexity. The work's enduring importance stems not only from its analysis of the cyclical renewal of negative markers (later termed “Jespersen's Cycle”) but from its comprehensive scope and detailed examination of negative expressions across multiple languages and historical periods.This new critical edition makes this classic work accessible to modern readers while preserving its scholarly depth. The text has been completely re-typeset, with examples presented in contemporary numbered format and non-English examples given Leipzig-style glosses. A new introduction contextualizes Jespersen's achievement and demonstrates its continued significance for current linguistic research.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsEvans, PeterauthJespersen, OttoauthReynolds, BrettauthSilvennoinen, Olli O.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112771/1/9783961105007.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112771OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112761oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110532810.5281/zenodo.15781820doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaZahrer, AlexanderedtChildren of the sagoMuyu textsBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Text Collections2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collection of ten texts offers a unique glimpse into the language and culture of the Muyu, a Papuan people living in the heart of New Guinea. It features narratives from six storytellers, all of which have been transcribed, translated, and linguistically annotated._x000D_ The presentation follows a two-part structure: first, a parallel-text format with Muyu and English arranged in columns; second, an interlinearized version for detailed linguistic analysis. The texts revolve around two central themes—myths of origin and accounts of encounters with animals._x000D_ A brief introduction to the Muyu language and its speakers precedes the texts, providing essential context for readers from both linguistic and anthropological backgrounds.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsZahrer, Alexanderauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112761/1/9783961105328.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112761OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112766oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110526710.5281/zenodo.15632051doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaPakendorf, BrigitteautFillersHesitatives and placeholdersBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierResearch on Comparative Grammar5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFillers are non-silent linguistic devices used in disfluencies to gain time while searching for words. In addition, they are frequently used intentionally to avoid words for reasons of politeness, ‘conspirational’ motivations, or rhetorical purposes. Two syntactically distinct types of conventionalized fillers can be distinguished: placeholders and hesitatives (also called hesitators). Placeholders are referential and morphosyntactically integrated, while hesitatives are neither. Strikingly, even though fillers are cross-linguistically widespread, dedicated studies of such items in particular languages are still largely lacking._x000D_ This collective volume comprises in-depth descriptions of conventionalized fillers in a substantial variety of languages from Eurasia, Papunesia, Australia, and the Americas, hoping to stimulate typological research on fillers, both hesitatives and placeholders. The book aims to contribute to a better visibility of the topic among general linguists, to make data and analyses accessible that will be useful for further typological studies on the topic, and to provide models for descriptive linguists._x000D_ The introductory chapter discusses issues emerging from the previous literature and offers a new typology of fillers. It also highlights the major findings of the eleven remaining chapters. Each of these contains a detailed and typologically informed analysis of fillers in one or several underdescribed languages, based on corpora of natural speech and focusing on lexical fillers rather than on phenomena below the word-level (phonetic lengthening, truncation) or above the word-level (such as idioms and discourse markers like ‘you know’, or rhetorical questions like ‘what’s the word for that?’). The chapters cover a large amount of diversity, both in terms of languages and with respect to the type of filler. They focus on (i) the criteria for identification of the various types of fillers and the terminology used, keeping in mind that the domain is still largely under construction, (ii) a detailed analysis in terms of morphosyntactic distribution and, if possible, (iii) frequency in speech, and (iv) some reflection on the diachronic development of these disfluency markers.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsPakendorf, BrigitteedtRose, Françoiseedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112766/1/9783961105267.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112766OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112773oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110530410.5281/zenodo.15726570doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaSbranna, SimonaedtProsody and interactional fluency of Italian learners of GermanBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuroSLA Studies8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book explores the development of prosodic and interactional competence in second language acquisition, drawing on data from peer interactions by Italian learners of German in both German and their native language, Italian, as well as from German native speakers. Three key aspects of spoken interaction are examined across proficiency levels: prosodic marking of information status, turn-taking, and backchannels. The analysis of prosodic marking of information status reveals that learners mark givenness using distinct fundamental frequency patterns, as in their native language, but apply a reduction in prosodic strength typically found postfocally in native German, irrespective of its function. This suggests that learners perceive deaccentuation as a salient marker of native German, which they adopt during their learning. This book also presents a novel approach to quantifying interactional competence, showing that lower proficiency negatively affects the smoothness of interactional flow, resulting in reduced speech time and increased overall silence. Finally, it provides new insights into backchannel use in second language and cross-linguistic contexts. Results show a complex, non-arbitrary mapping between lexical type, turn-taking function, and intonation in both native languages. In second language speech, dyad-specific behaviour was found to have a stronger effect on backchannel frequency and duration than second language proficiency. Furthermore, learners tend to transfer preferred lexical backchannel types from their first language into their second language. Overall, this book offers a multidimensional perspective on second language spoken interaction and lays the groundwork for future applications in language teaching and assessment. _x000D_ The doctoral work, on which this book is based, was awarded the IPA PhD Thesis Award for the “Best PhD Thesis in the broad area of Phonetics, Speech Sciences, and Laboratory Phonology” in 2024.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsSbranna, Simonaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112773/1/9783961105304.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112773OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112726oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781760467227oapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaKthemaKNthemaKNBthemaPthemaPHthemaPHDthemaPHDYthemaRthemaRNthemaRNDthemaSong, LigangautThe Great Energy Transformation in ChinaCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (340 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierChina Update SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 2020, China started the drive to commence a reduction in carbon emissions by 2030 and reach carbon neutrality by 2060, setting in motion a transition to a green, sustainable and clean economy. China has ambitiously developed clean energy alternatives to coal. This transformation encompasses multifaceted strategies ranging from investment in renewable energy and the development of low-emission technologies to more stringent policy regulations on emissions. Renewable energy sources like hydroelectric power, wind, solar and biomass have received substantial attention and investment, with China emerging as a global leader in renewable energy capacity. In the technology space, China's transitioning to electric vehicles (EVs) has catalysed the development of a robust EV market, fostering innovation in battery technology and charging infrastructure. China has now become the largest exporter of EVs in the world market. These developments have the potential to materially help curb the world’s carbon footprint and mitigate environmental degradation. Nevertheless, challenges persist domestically, including the need for grid modernisation to accommodate intermittent renewable energy sources and addressing the socio-economic impacts on coal-dependent regions. In the international market, China’s efforts towards a cleaner and more sustainable energy landscape have helped position it as a leader in sustainable economic development. This could enhance trade of green products, the development of global renewable energy and international investments in energy transformation. However, global trade and investment in green technologies and products are faced with rising geopolitical tensions and trade protectionism. This book discusses China’s achievements in its transition towards renewable energies and identifies new opportunities and challenges for deepening energy transformation in China.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPublic administrationthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaEnergy industries and utilitiesthemaMathematics and SciencethemaPhysicsthemaClassical mechanicsthemaEnergythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental policy and protocolsthemaCarbon emissionsCarbon neutralityChinaClean energyRenewable energySustainable economic developmentSong, LigangedtZhou, Yixiaoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112726/1/9781760467227.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112726OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112749oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97804721268429780472131990978047290720510.3998/mpub.10147268doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTUthemaJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJWthemaEfe, TokdemiredtBattle for AllegianceGovernments, Terrorist Groups, and Constituencies in ConflictMichigan State University Press20201 electronic resource (218 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDomestic terrorist groups, like all violent nonstate actors, compete with governments for their monopoly on violence and their legitimacy in representing the citizenry. Battle for Allegiance shows violence is neither the only nor the most effective way in which nonstate actors and governments work to achieve their goals. As much as nonviolent strategies are a rarely considered piece of the puzzle, the role of the audience is another crucial piece often downplayed in the literature. Many studies emphasize the interactions between the government and the terrorist group at the expense of the constituency, but the constituency is the common cluster for both actors to gain legitimacy and to demand its allegiance. In fact, the competition between the two actors goes far beyond who is superior in terms of military force and tactics. The hardest battles are fought over the allegiance of the citizens. Using a multimethod approach based on exclusive interviews and focus groups from Turkey and large N original data from around the world, Seden Akcinaroglu and Efe Tokdemir present the first systematic empirical analysis of the ways in which terrorist groups, the government, and the citizens relate to each other in a triadic web of action. They study the nonviolent actions of terrorist groups toward their constituencies, the nonviolent actions of governments toward terrorists, and the nonviolent actions of governments toward the terrorist group’s constituencies. By investigating the causes, targets, and consequences of accommodative actions, this book sheds light on an important, but generally ignored, aspect of terrorism: interactive nonviolent strategies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaPeace studies and conflict resolutionthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaWarfare and defencethemaAudienceCompetitionConcessionsConflict outcomeConstituencyConstructive strategiesCounter-terrorism strategiesDestructive strategiesFocus groupGovernmentHearts and mindsInterviewKurdsLegitimacyNon-state armed groupsNon-violenceOriginal dataPKKStrategic actionsSurveyTerrorismTerrorist groupTerroristsTurkeyViolent non-state actorsEfe, TokdemirauthSeden, Akcinarogluauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112749/1/9780472907205.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112749OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112729oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d97890485751149789464566642978946456666610.5117/9789464566642doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFVthemaJBFV4themaMthemaMBthemaMBDthemaMBDCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTQthemaHuisman, KrinaedtNabestaanLeven na de autonome doodAmsterdamAmsterdam University Press20261 electronic resource (192 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFor a so-called autonomous death—where someone decides, without the assistance of a physician, to end their life at a self-chosen time and in a self-chosen manner—there is growing attention in the Netherlands. The aim is to die in a dignified and humane way, preferably not alone. Often, the person making this choice is central, but what is the experience of those who remain behind, who have often ensured that their loved one did not die in loneliness? Krina Huisman issued a call to these individuals to share their stories. She asked them to write a letter addressed to their deceased loved one about their experience with autonomous death and the consequences of this way of dying for their further lives. In Nabestaan, Huisman offers a realistic and poignant portrayal of what a self-chosen death can mean for the bereaved and how they carry this loss with them.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccdutSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaEthical issues and debatesthemaEthical issues: euthanasia and right to diethemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaMedical professionthemaMedical ethics and professional conductthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaEthics and moral philosophythemaBereaved relativesGriefSelf-directed dyingHuisman, Krinaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112729/1/9789464566642.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112729OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112734oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978377999478710.3262/978-3-7799-9478-7doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNDthemaJNFthemaJNKthemaDesoye, Anna KatharinaautTransfer in Pädagogik und Erziehungswissenschaft IIZwischen Problematisierung und SystematisierungWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (355 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDieses Buch eröffnet theoretische Perspektiven auf Transfer, diskutiert Konzepte, stellt empirische Forschung vor und bringt kritische Perspektiven ein. Über die Hochschule hinaus betrachtet es Transfer als gesamtgesellschaftliche Aufgabe, systematisiert Prozesse und problematisiert Herausforderungen. Zielgruppe sind Erziehungswissenschaftler:innen, Studierende, Wissenschaftsmanager:innen sowie Praktiker:innen, die Transferprozesse reflektieren, analysieren und verstehen wollen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational systems and structuresthemaEducational strategies and policythemaEducational administration and organizationthemaBildungDigitalisierungErziehungswissenschaftForschungFrühe BildungHandelnInklusionKindheitKo-KonstruktionPädagogikStudiumTheorieTransferDesoye, Anna KatharinaedtDiederichs, Tamaraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112734/1/9783779994787.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112734OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112747oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818363437389781836343745978183634375210.5772/intechopen.1008037doioapenoapendcVthemaVSthemaHachem, MaryamedtEmotional Intelligence, Well-Being, and Learning StrategiesLondonInTechOpen20251 electronic resource (198 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrier--Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book contains several relevant chapters that will facilitate further progress in the fields of Emotional Intelligence, Well-Being, and Learning Strategies, as well as the application of their findings in various contexts. It contributes to the ongoing generation of knowledge through the advancement of research, while also establishing a comprehensive foundation to inform future investigations and applied practices within educational, social, health, and academic domains.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengHealth, Relationships and Personal developmentthemaSelf-help, personal development and practical advicethemaAdjustementCo-existenceCompetencesCopingEducationEmotional DimensionInterpersonal RelationshipsNon-violencePsychological AdjustmentTeaching and LearningHachem, MaryamauthKadilar, RizaauthKasra Seirafi, Cathrin Steiner, Paul Sommersguter and Stefan JännikeauthNdawo, GuguauthPrice and Elizabeth A. Johnson, ShelleyauthRoar Stokken, Beate Farstad, Kristin Ljoså Sørheim and Torhild Erika Lillemark HøydalsvikauthRocky Tete and Anuradha Sathiyaseelan, RaymondauthSelcen Taşdelen, AfraauthTanisha Rathore, Gunjan Joshi and Kedarmal VermaauthTsai, Min-Yingauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112747/1/9781836343738.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112747OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112759oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110531110.5281/zenodo.15745316doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDe Smet, HendrikautActing on actuationBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierConceptual Foundations of Language Science10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume presents a timely discussion on one of the most fundamental and yet elusive questions in historical linguistics: why do certain linguistic changes take place in some languages at specific times, but not in others, even under similar conditions? The actuation problem, first articulated by Weinreich, Labov, and Herzog (1968), remains a central puzzle in the study of language change, at the crossroads between language structure, cognitive processes, and social dynamics. While significant progress has been made in identifying pathways and constraints on change and in understanding the social embedding of linguistic variation, the ultimate challenge of predicting language change remains unresolved, raising the question of whether historical linguistics can ever be a predictive science. The main reason for skepticism is that the inherent complexity of language structure and use makes it extremely challenging to predict when and how a given change may occur. Even so, a reassessment of where the discipline stands with respect to its most central research question is in order._x000D_ Building on recent advances in variationist sociolinguistics, grammaticalization theory, and probabilistic modeling of language, the contributions in this volume offer fresh theoretical and methodological perspectives on the actuation problem, discussing the interplay between principles of language change, the role of bilingualism and language contact more generally, the distinction between innovation and propagation, and the role of sociocultural change. Research presented in this volume shows that there is indeed cause for hope, bringing at least a probabilistic answer to the actuation problem within closer reach.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsDe Smet, HendrikedtInglese, GuglielmoedtRosemeyer, Malteedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112759/1/9783961105311.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112759OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112772oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110539710.5281/zenodo.16964545doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaMoens, JelienedtNotes on the grammar of AndakíBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEstudios de Lingüística Amerindia / Estudos de Linguística Ameríndia / Studies of Amerindian Linguistics / Études de Linguistique Amérindienne2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book presents the first grammatical description of Andakí, an extinct language and presumed isolate once spoken in southern Colombia. Written in an accessible style, this book is valuable to both linguists and scholars of South American indigenous cultures. Although Andakí was documented to some extent in the late 18th and early 19th centuries, its grammar has never been systematically analyzed until now. Drawing on sometimes fragmentary data, all made available in an online database, the book offers the most complete grammatical description of Andakí to date and highlights connections to neighboring languages where relevant. This study provides essential groundwork for future comparative research and contributes to preserving the linguistic heritage of one of the world’s most linguistically diverse regions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsMoens, JelienauthPache, Matthiasauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112772/1/9783961105397.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112772OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112778oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110499410.5281/zenodo.14725558doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemavan der Wal, JennekeautThe expression of information structure in BantuBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContemporary African Linguistics12Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Bantu language family is spread over a large area of Africa, stretching from Cameroon to Kenya to South Africa, and comprises an estimated 555 languages. The languages show a large amount of small-scale variation while at the same time forming part of one relatively uniform family within Niger-Congo. Interestingly, the morphosyntax of these languages has been observed to be heavily influenced by information structure. Studying the expression of information structure in Bantu is therefore of great importance not only for developing cognitive models of the role of information structure in language, but also for understanding the basic grammatical structure of the Bantu languages themselves. Before modelling the interaction between syntax and information structure in Bantu, however, a thorough empirical description of the expression of information structure in Bantu should be available. That description is what this book aims to provide._x000D_ This book follows from a systematic investigation of information structure in the languages of the BaSIS research project (Bantu Syntax and Information Structure). The data come from original field research conducted using the BaSIS methodology, which was specifically developed to investigate the expression of information structure in Bantu. The book contains a comprehensive introduction chapter which explains the main terms and issues in the field of information structure, the methodology employed in the project, and common structures which characterise topic and focus expression in Bantu. The introduction is then followed by eight chapters which each give detailed descriptive overviews of the expression of information structure in a different Bantu language, namely Tunen (Guthrie classification A44, Cameroon), Teke-Kukuya (B77, Congo), Kîîtharaka (E54, Kenya), Kirundi (JD62, Burundi), Rukiga (JE14, Uganda), Kinyakyusa (M31, Tanzania), Makhuwa-Enahara (P31, Mozambique), and Cicopi (S61, Mozambique)._x000D_ Taken together, the book provides detailed information on the expression of information structure in the Bantu family. It is intended both to inform future theoretical work and to provide a methodology and model for the investigation of information structure that can be used in studies of other languages.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsvan der Wal, Jennekeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112778/1/9783961104994.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112778OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112784oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110502110.5281/zenodo.14925847doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaStange-Hundsdörfer, Ulrikeaut(Dia)Lects in the 21st CenturySelected Papers from Methods in Dialectology XVIIBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLanguage Variation10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book offers an in-depth exploration of contemporary issues and methodologies in the fields of dialectology and sociolinguistics. Readers will find a diverse collection of studies that examine how language varies and changes across different regions, communities, and social contexts. The book covers a wide range of languages, including German, English, Yiddish, Russian, and Japanese, providing a global perspective on linguistic diversity._x000D_ Key themes include the use of modern data sources, such as social media, to study language patterns and the impact of digital communication on regional dialects. The book also addresses the dynamics of language contact in expatriate communities, revealing how speakers adapt and merge linguistic features from different dialects._x000D_ Several chapters focus on the evolution of dialectological research, offering critiques and new approaches to studying regional language variations. Readers will also encounter innovative methods, such as cognitive geography, which uses mental representations of space to understand dialect variation, and tone distance measures, which are crucial for studying tonal languages._x000D_ Additionally, the book presents case studies on how non-experts perceive and categorize dialects, providing insights into the public's understanding of linguistic diversity. It also tackles challenges in selecting dialect speakers for research, especially in urban environments, where traditional criteria may no longer apply._x000D_ Overall, this book is a valuable resource for linguists, researchers, and anyone interested in the complex and ever-changing landscape of human language. It highlights the importance of adapting research methods to keep pace with the evolving nature of language and offers fresh perspectives on how we study and understand dialects and language variation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsStange-Hundsdörfer, UlrikeedtWagner, Susanneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112784/1/9783961105021.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112784OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112758oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110508310.5281/zenodo.15236106doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaKinn, Kari & PutnamautA reference guide to the syntax of North American NorwegianBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Germanic Linguistics11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNorth American Norwegian (NAmNo) is a diasporic heritage variety of Norwegian spoken primarily in the Upper Midwest of the United States. NAmNo has been in use since the mid-19th century, but it is now moribund. This volume serves as a synopsis of previous research focusing on the syntax of this language while also expanding upon these findings in key domains. Beyond the rich empirical description of facets of North American Norwegian syntax, the chapters in this volume also contribute to theory-building efforts from a Minimalist perspective. Kari Kinn and Michael T. Putnam begin the volume introducing the language and the theoretical preliminaries of aspects of the Minimalist Program found throughout the volume. The introductory chapter is followed by a detailed history of the emigration and language during the settlement period by Arnstein Hjelde. Brita Ramsevik Riksem and Mari Nygård explore the intricacies of agreement in determiner phrases, while Yvonne van Baal investigates its properties of definiteness. Kari Kinn rounds out the contributions on aspects of determiner phrases by taking a closer look at how possession is licensed in these structures. Shifting focus to the verbal and clausal domains, Kristin Eide’s chapter addresses the syntactic reflexes of tense, modality, and aspect in NAmNo. The structure of non-finite clauses is the theme of Michael T. Putnam and Åshild Søfteland’s contribution, which is followed up by Merete Anderssen, Helene R. Jensberg, Terje Lohndal, Björn Lundquist, and Marit Westergaard’s treatment of verb second (V2) word and finite verb placement. Ida Larsson and Kari Kinn analyze argument placement in NAmNo, focusing particularly on subject shift, object shift, and verb particles. Michael T. Putnam and Kari Kinn conclude the volume with an epilogue, highlighting the key empirical and theoretical findings of these contributions as well as charting a course for future research on the syntax of NAmNo. In summary, this volume is the first of its kind whose mission is not only to simultaneously summarize previous and ongoing research on the syntax of NAmNo, but to also demonstrate the important role heritage language syntax contributes to our understanding of the acquisition, attrition, change, and maintenance of heritage language syntax.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsKinn, Kari & PutnamedtT., Michaeledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112758/1/9783961105083.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112758OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112769oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110505210.5281/zenodo.15056099doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaAlexiadou, ArtemisautLinguistic dynamics in heritage speakersInsights from the RUEG groupBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCurrent Issues in Bilingualism4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collective volume investigates linguistic dynamics in language contact, focusing on heritage speakers. The chapters provide new insights into the role of speaker repertoires and the distinction between contact-induced change and language-internal variation by reporting on corpus-linguistic studies across different communicative situations in heritage and majority languages. Conducted in the context of the DFG Research Unit “Emerging Grammars in Language Contact Situations” (FOR 2537), the studies focus on bilingual adolescent and adult speakers of German, Greek, Russian and Turkish as heritage languages, and of English and German as majority languages, and on monolingually raised adolescent and adult speakers of all five languages. Crucially, they are not restricted to standard language, but target broader speaker repertoires that cover informal as well as formal settings in both spoken and written modes. The contributions are united by their positive perspective on language contact and multilingual speakers, a comparative approach across several heritage and majority languages, and a shared methodology that captures variation within repertoires for both heritage speakers and monolinguals. The chapters take various theoretical standpoints, highlighting different facets of the data as well as its potential for enhancing our understanding of language contact and language variation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsAlexiadou, ArtemisedtAllen, Shanley E. M.edtKeller, MareikeedtWiese, Heikeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112769/1/9783961105052.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112769OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112774oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110511310.5281/10.5281/zenodo.15396923doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaLialiou, MariaedtProsody and attention orientingThe role of rising intonation in speech processingBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Laboratory Phonology16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHumans are confronted everyday with an influx of sounds coming from several sources. In a given auditory environment, some of the sound events might be unexpected, rare, or new. Our cognitive system has the ability to detect such sounds, and consequently activate an attention orienting response._x000D_ This book provides an in-depth investigation of the interplay between prosody and attention orienting during online speech processing by using two complementary experimental methods, electrophysiology and pupillometry. In particular, it examines the cognitive and functional relevance of intonation for the orienting response in speech, emphasising the crucial role of rising contours. More specifically, it investigates the influence of prosodic structure, showing that rising tones at constituent edges attract attention similarly to accentual rising tones, challenging important tenets of prosodic theory and typology._x000D_ The book shows that contextual expectations shape the orienting response, extending insights beyond purely acoustic cues to pragmatically meaningful linguistic signals. Finally, much like cues from auditory cognition, rising tones activate both involuntary and voluntary attentional mechanisms – the former driven by signal-based acoustic cues, while the latter arise from contextual influences guiding voluntary attention orienting._x000D_ Taken together, the findings in this book enhance our understanding of the role of intonation in attention orienting, emphasising the significance of rising tones. The book establishes key connections to general cognition and individual variability while exploring potential extensions for an architecture of attention orienting in spoken language.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsLialiou, Mariaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112774/1/9783961105113.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112774OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112727oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781760467104oapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaJthemaJBthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaJPthemaJPPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaJakimow, TanyaautGender and Politics ReimaginedCentring Oceanic and Asian LensesCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (448 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis timely collection reflects a coming together of academics, gender and development practitioners and activists to reflect on the gendering of politics. By centring Asia and Oceania and traversing numerous disciplines, the volume disrupts the illusion of certainty and clarity as to what is known about gender and politics. Individual chapters present specific research projects, while providing epistemological, theoretical and methodological reflections on how knowledge is produced and by whom, challenging the existing canon. The contributions collectively demonstrate the possibilities for theorising from Asia and Oceania to address the lack of diversity in political representation and leadership on a global scale, in which gender, race, class, caste, (dis)ability and sexual identity are powerfully interconnected. Arising out of the Gender and Cultural Diversity in Politics: Australia, Asia and the Pacific workshop held at The Australian National University in 2022, this collection underscores the importance of fostering scholarship and mentorship in the academy. The diversity of authorship encompasses differences in ethnicity, nationality, sexuality and career stage, with an emphasis on the inclusion of authors from various Oceanic and Asian countries. The volume promotes academic practice as integral to social change, and social action as a form of knowledge production. As such, Gender and Politics Reimagined is sure to be a cornerstone in future scholarly and activist discussions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaPublic administrationthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaAsiaGenderPacificPoliticsWomenJakimow, TanyaedtJolly, MargaretedtPalmieri, SoniaedtVijeyarasa, Ramonaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112727/1/9781760467104.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112727OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112730oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978377998353810.3262/978-3-7799-8353-8doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaÖsterreichs, Jugendforschung Pädagogische HochschulenautLebenswelten 2025. Einstellungen und Werte von Jugendlichen in ÖsterreichWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (390 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Jugendstudie »Lebenswelten 2025« zeigt, dass junge Menschen in Österreich trotz aller Krisen positiv in die Zukunft blicken. Sie haben hohe Bildungsambitionen und sind optimistisch, ihre Ziele zu erreichen. Die Krisen der letzten Jahre sind allerdings nicht spurlos an jungen Menschen vorübergegangen. Kriege und wirtschaftliche Probleme machen ihnen erhebliche Sorgen. Das Interesse an Politik ist so hoch wie lange nicht. Gesundheitlich geht es den meisten Jugendlichen zwar gut, sie berichten aber zunehmend von Einschränkungen. Die Studie zeichnet ein umfassendes Bild der jungen Generation, von ihrer Situation zu Hause, in der Schule und im Freundeskreis, von ihren Einstellungen, Werten und Herausforderungen. Für alle, die beruflich oder privat mit Jugendlichen zu tun haben, ist dieses Buch ein Gewinn. Für die Studie »Lebenswelten 2025« wurde eine repräsentative Stichprobe von über 15.000 Jugendlichen im Alter von 14 bis 18 Jahren befragt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaAufwachsenErziehungswissenschaftJugendJugendkulturJugendsoziologieLebensrealitätLebensweltSoziologieÖsterreichs, Jugendforschung Pädagogische Hochschulenedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112730/1/9783779983538.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112730OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112733oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978377999261510.3262/978-3-7799-9261-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSBthemaJKSB1themaJKSNthemaJKSN1themaGotzmann, SureijaedtEhrenamtliches Engagement junger Menschen in JugendverbändenEin Praxisforschungsprojekt zur Zukunft von Jugendverbandsarbeit nach CoronaWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (374 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEhrenamtliches Engagement junger Menschen ist konzeptionelles Kernelement von Jugendverbandsarbeit. Das Absolvieren einer Jugendgruppenleiter*in-Card (Juleica)-Schulung ist eine wichtige Basis dafür. Allerdings verändern gesellschaftliche Entwicklungen die Lebensrealitäten junger Menschen und die Bedingungen, unter denen sie sich engagieren können. Dass die Durchführung vieler Aktivitäten und damit ehrenamtliches Engagement während der Corona-Pandemie stark eingeschränkt war, wirkt bis heute nach. Aus der hier vorgelegten Studie ergibt sich ein aktueller, empirischer Blick auf die Situation ehrenamtlichen Engagements junger Menschen in Jugendverbänden. Es geht um Zukunftsstrategien und Finanzierungen, Bürokratieabbau und Digitalisierung, die Zukunft der Demokratie und soziale Ungleichheiten, Freiräume für junge Menschen und Anerkennung von Engagement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaWelfare and benefit systemsthemaChild welfare and youth servicesthemaSocial workthemaCharities, voluntary services and philanthropythemaCorona und JugendDie Jugend in der Corona-ZeitFreiwilliges Engagement von JugendlichenFreiwilliges jugendliches EngagementJugend in der PandemieJugend und EhrenamtJugendarbeitJugendgruppenleiter*in-CardJugendliche in der Corona-ZeitJugendverbandsarbeitJugendverbändeJugendverbände und EhrenamtPraxisforschung und JugendarbeitPraxisforschung und Soziale ArbeitSoziale ArbeitGotzmann, SureijaauthReifegerst, MajaauthVoigts, Gundaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112733/1/9783779992615.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112733OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112745oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818363548339781836354840978183635485710.5772/intechopen.1008138doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaKthemaKJthemaAma Zelu, BarbaraedtPerspectives on Diversity, Equality and Inclusion in the WorkplaceBuilding Bridges Between Research and PracticeLondonInTechOpen20261 electronic resource (138 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBusiness, Management and EconomicsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book brings together a range of perspectives to examine the evolving landscape of diversity, equality, and inclusion (DEI) in modern workplaces. Through interdisciplinary approaches and real-life case studies, it bridges the gap between theoretical frameworks and actionable practices, offering new insights into how organisations can foster a truly inclusive environment. Covering topics such as the expectations of younger generations in the workplace, inclusive leadership, unconscious bias, and cross-cultural challenges in globalized work environments, this book highlights innovative research and practical tools to promote and implement DEI. By integrating different disciplines and perspectives, the authors provide a comprehensive overview of how DEI can transform, influence, and underpin organisational cultures and performance in modern societies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaCareer ProgressionDiversityEqualityGenderInclusionIntersectionalityPay GapPoliciesSocial ValuesStructural InequalitiesWellbeingWorkplace DiscriminationAma Zelu, BarbaraauthButler, KimberlinauthKaddoum and Juliane Proelss, TinaauthLynette G. Kisaka, Ellen P.W.A. Jansen, Cor J.M. Suhre and Adriaan W.H.A. HofmanauthSchreuders and Andreia Carita, RianaauthTes, BillieauthThulani Bongani Makhanya and Zukiswa Roboji, Monumentauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112745/1/9781836354833.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112745OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112732oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978377999432910.3262/978-3-7799-9432-9doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJHthemaLeser, IreneedtPolarisiertes Erinnern an die Bildung in der DDREine Positionierunganalyse biografisch-narrativer InterviewsWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (411 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThema dieses Buches sind die Erinnerungen Ostdeutscher an ihre Bildungserfahrungen in der DDR. Über mehr als 30 Jahre nach dem Mauerfall scheint es so, als sei das Erinnern aufgespalten und polarisiert. Die einen erinnern im Sinne eines Diktaturgedächtnisses, das die erlebte Indoktrination betont; die anderen im Sinne des Legitimationsgedächtnisses, das den erfahrenen Bildungsanspruch hervorhebt. Anhand 50 ausgewählter biografisch-narrativer Interviews wird dargelegt, wie sich Einzelne erinnern und inwieweit das mit dem öffentlichkeitswirksamen Erinnerungsdiskurs zusammenhängt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAutobiografisches ErinnernBildungssystemBildungssystem DDRBiografieforschungBiologisch-narrative InterviewsDDRDeutsche TeilungDiktaturgedächtnisErinnerungsdiskursErinnerungsdiskurs DDRErziehungswissenschaftIndoktrinationOstdeutschlandSchule in der DDRLeser, Ireneauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112732/1/9783779994329.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112732OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112735oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978359346468810.12907/978-3-593-46468-8doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCVthemaKCVMthemaNthemaNHthemaNeubert, Anna MariaedtMapping the Digital HumanitiesFeministische Perspektiven auf die Drittmittelförderung in DeutschlandWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (415 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie lässt sich die Geschichte eines Wissenschaftszweiges digital vermessen? Diese Frage stellt sich heute angesichts der rasanten Digitalisierung der Forschung mit neuer Dringlichkeit. Die Digital Humanities (DH) haben sich auch in Deutschland zu einem produktiven Forschungsfeld entwickelt – doch eine systematische Aufarbeitung ihrer eigenen Geschichte fehlte bislang. Anna Maria Neubert nimmt die Drittmittelförderung als Zugang, um die Entwicklung des Wissenschaftszweiges nachzuzeichnen. Über 25 Jahre hinweg (1996-2021) erfasst sie geförderte Projekte in einer relationalen Datenbank und visualisiert diese in einem interaktiven Dashboard. Die Untersuchung zeigt zentrale Muster wie kontinuierliches Wachstum der Förderung, Spannungsfelder zwischen Fragmentierung und Institutionalisierung sowie strukturelle Geschlechterungleichheiten. Dabei verbindet die Autorin Wissenschaftsforschung mit feministischer Technikkritik und reflektiert durchgängig die Subjektivität digitaler Wissensproduktion. Als methodologischer proof of concept demonstriert die Arbeit, wie digitale Verfahren neue Perspektiven auf Wissenschaftsgeschichte eröffnen – und dabei selbst zum Gegenstand kritischer Reflexion werden. https://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodeAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaDigital or internet economicsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaComputerphilologieData FeminismDatenvisualisierungDigitale MethodenDigitale RessourcenDrittmittelförderungFeministische WissenschaftsforschungInformationswissenschaftOpen AccessTechnikkritikWissenschaftsgeschichteNeubert, Anna Mariaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112735/1/9783593464688.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112735OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112742oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978373291156197837329123779783732986798978373298758010.57088/978-3-7329-8679-8doioapenoapendc2thema2Athema2ACthema2ACGthemaJthemaJNthemaJNLthemaJNLBthemaJNLCthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaJNTthemaJNUthemaJNUMthemaYthemaYPthemaYPCthemaYPCAthemaYPCA9themaBernhardt, SebastianautUnterrichtshilfen für den LiteraturunterrichtBerlinFrank & Timme20261 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLiteratur – Medien – Didaktik21Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarTeaching aids are an indispensable part of everyday school practice: study guides on novels, pre-planned teaching units, collections of tasks, and even AI-supported planning tools assist teachers in structuring their lessons. They also serve as a source of inspiration for assignments, lesson planning, and exam preparation. For this reason, it is crucial to examine these materials critically: Are their approaches coherent? What perspectives on literature do they offer? To what extent are the objectives clearly formulated and appropriate to the respective subject matter? The contributions in this volume address these questions and provide impulses for critical engagement with such materials. The aim is to support the professional development of trainee teachers while also assisting experienced educators. Beyond this, the contributions open up new perspectives for research in literary didactics and educational theory.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerLanguage qualifiersthemaIndo-European languagesthemaGermanic and Scandinavian languagesthemaGermanthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaSchools and pre-schoolsthemaPrimary and middle schoolsthemaSecondary schoolsthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaTeaching of a specific subjectthemaTeachers’ classroom resources and materialthemaChildren’s, Teenage and EducationalthemaEducational materialthemaEducational: Language, literature and literacythemaEducational: First / native languagethemaEducational: First / native language: Literature studiesthemaAppropriatenessAssessmentEducational theoryEducatorsExam preparationGerman language instructionGerman language teachersGuidance materialsInstructional support materialsLiterary didacticsLiterature instructionMethodologyProfessionalizationQuality analysisQuality assuranceSubject-specific pedagogySuggested lesson plansTask setsTeachers of GermanTeaching aidsTrainee teachersUniversity studentsBernhardt, Sebastianedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112742/1/9783732986798.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112742OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112744oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818363557179781836355724978183635573110.5772/intechopen.1008088doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaAbraham Levi, JosephedtSocial Movements in Previous and Contemporary SocietiesLondonInTechOpen20261 electronic resource (122 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSocial SciencesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book looks at social movements and actions that influenced outcomes. Expert researchers make their voices heard: they examine changes in education for kindergarten teachers in the Czech lands and Slovakia between the 1890s and 1990. One chapter is looking at Portugal and how stereotyping and discrimination of Muslims and Romani people have changed after more than half a Millenium. The theory of intersectionality is inverted by early-career researchers, who warn that existing structures within European universities impede their innovation and creativity. Another chapter examines anti-Apartheid struggles and post-1994 service-delivery processes, and the authors highlight the importance of social movements in driving societal change. There are two chapters from Australia; one addresses the failed 2023 referendum on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples seeking to establish a permanent advisory body, a ‘Voice’ to Parliament and the Executive Government, to reduce Indigenous disadvantage. The other one deals with South Australia, German immigrants, and club membership: ten clubs were created but disappeared; they were the buffer zones in the 1950s and 1960s, when people needed support to come to terms with life in a country whose language they did not speak and whose expectations were not easy to understand. This book welcomes the reader into an ever-changing world.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaBlack Lives MatterDiscriminationEnvironmental ProtectionGender IdentityHuman RightsIndigenous Land RightsMarriage EqualityMass Society TheoryRacial IdentityRights to EducationSocial JusticeTransphobiaAbraham Levi, JosephauthE. Yende and Kagiso I. Makalela, NsizwazonkeauthKonecny, KarelauthLisette Kaleveld, Paul Flatau and Flynn MahonauthMuenstermann, IngridauthShowunmi and Rakibe Külcür, Victoriaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112744/1/9781836355717.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112744OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112748oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818363464329781836346449978183634645610.5772/intechopen.1008067doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaDu, JuanaedtDevelopment and Trends of Contemporary Higher EducationLondonInTechOpen20251 electronic resource (168 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEducation and Human DevelopmentOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn recent years, global higher education has undergone unprecedented transformation due to the deepening of globalization, rapid advances in digital technology, and the profound impact of the recent global pandemic. Against this backdrop, this volume invites scholars from relevant fields to share their insights and research findings on the development and trends of contemporary higher education, providing academic communities and policymakers with verifiable results and evidence.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaCore CurriculumDigitization of EducationEducational ConsensusEducational DevelopmentEducational PolicyEducational SystemMeta-Universe of EducationPedagogical PrinciplesTalent DevelopmentDu, JuanaauthMatamala and Desirée Mora Cruz, CarolinaauthMitsakis and James Leinster, FotiosauthMoosa, RiyadauthMun Cheah and Kenneth Y T Lim, HornauthPayan-Carreira, RitaauthTian and Jian-Hong Ye, AilingauthTlalajoe-Mokhatla, Nokuthulaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112748/1/9781836346432.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112748OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112760oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110540310.5281/zenodo.17084327doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaBenz, AntonautBiased questionsExperimental results and theoretical modellingBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTopics at the Grammar-Discourse Interface11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAsking a question means, essentially, presenting the hearer with a set of propositions with the request that she choose from it those that are true. It is a well-known fact about natural language that questions can be "biased": the propositions presented are not all equal, so to speak. For example, the speaker's belief, or contextual evidence, might favor some against others. The formal means employed by grammar to express such biases have been of interest to linguists for a long time, and the investigation is still on-going. The contributions in this volume all pertain to biased questions. They grew out of talks presented at the workshop Biased Questions: Experimental Results and Theoretical Modelling, which took place at the Leibniz-Zentrum Allgemeine Sprachwissenschaft as part of the ERC project Speech Acts in Grammar and Discourse (SPAGAD). The papers are written by mostly senior researchers of different expertise who have previously published on the same topic, and explore this fascinating linguistic phenomenon from a variety of theoretical angles: pragmatics, semantics, syntax, phonology, psychology, and acquisition. The languages under discussion include Chinese, English, Hungarian, Russian, Turkish, and Vietnamese. The collection provides the reader with a rich set of data and several open issues for future research.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsBenz, AntonedtGoodhue, DanieledtKrifka, ManfrededtTrinh, TueedtYatsushiro, Kazukoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112760/1/9783961105403.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112760OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112763oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110529810.5281/zenodo.15657267doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaBloom, BartheautDiscourse structure and narrationA diachronic view from GermanicBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Germanic Linguistics13Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe volume Discourse structure and narration: A diachronic view from Germanic deals with questions of information structuring at discourse level, focusing on narrative discourses. More precisely, it is about the contribution of grammatical devices to the organization of texts as well as their diagnostic potential for the narrative text type. Although it is well-known that information packaging had a much greater impact on the distribution of grammatical patterns in historical stages of a language than it does today, so far many studies on the relationship between information structure and grammatical patterns do not go beyond the sentence level, in other words, they do not take into account the possible influence of the text type on the manifestation of certain grammatical patterns. How and to which degree changes in grammatical patterns correlate or are affected by changes in either discourse and/or narrative structure, how the two layers interact with each other and affect each other, and how such issues can be operationalized are still understudied. This volume aims to shed more light on these issues by presenting eight papers, which address these questions more or less explicitly. As the research questions imply, the papers all take a historical or diachronic perspective. Another commonality between the studies is that they all focus on data from Germanic languages, as we assume that by comparing closely related languages, the relationships in question become more pronounced. Specifically, the languages in question are German, Dutch, English and Icelandic. Understandably, the contributions in this volume can only highlight some aspects of the complex relationship between grammar and narration(s). Addressing among others questions of narrative progression, temporal structure, reference tracking and discourse functions, the contributions discuss phenomena such as temporal adverbials at the left periphery as well as later in the clause, left dislocation structures, fronting of the finite verb in dependent and independent clauses, linguistic means to express aspectual and tense information, and the distribution of nominalization patterns across text types.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsBloom, BartheedtDemske, Ulrikeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112763/1/9783961105298.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112763OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112776oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110546510.5281/zenodo.17259735doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaRoehrs, DorianedtSemantically vacuous elements in GermanAdjectival inflections and the article einBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Germanic Linguistics16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book investigates adjectival inflections and the article ein in many different contexts in German including in various non-canonical contexts. It pursues two goals. On the one hand, it strives to provide a more comprehensive description and account of adjectival inflections and the article ein. This includes an examination of the interaction of these two elements. On the other hand, it seeks to identify similarities between these different types of elements to address certain theoretical questions. It is argued that adjectival inflections are not a reflex of (in-)definiteness, (non-)restrictiveness of the interpretation of adjectives, or referentiality; ein is argued not to be a reflex of indefiniteness, emotiveness, or singular number/countability. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that these two elements indicate abstract structural differences: adjectival inflections in the higher portion of the noun phrase, ein in the lower part of the noun phrase. In addition, both types of elements make certain abstract elements visible: adjectival inflections make features for case, number, and gender visible; ein supports overt operators or flags the presence of covert ones. Overall, it is concluded that these two types of elements have neither semantics of their own nor do they make such features visible – they are semantically vacuous.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsRoehrs, Dorianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112776/1/9783961105465.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112776OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112767oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110515110.5281/zenodo.15532992doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCarnie, AndrewautFoundational approaches to Celtic linguisticsBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCurrent Issues in Celtic Linguistics1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book showcases the latest research from the world’s leading experts on Celtic linguistics. The 15 chapters span a variety of linguistic subdisciplines as well as theoretical and methodological perspectives. Together, these articles highlight critical aspects of contemporary inquiry into the linguistic systems of Breton, Cornish, Irish, Manx, Scottish Gaelic, Welsh and their ancestor languages. The volume is organized around four key sub-areas: (1) Syntax and Semantics, (2) Phonology and Phonetics, (3) Language Change, Historical Linguistics and Grammaticalization, and (4) Sociolinguistics and Language Documentation. The volume's papers offer detailed investigations of current theoretical issues in Celtic syntax, semantics, phonology, and phonetics, as well as of language policy and ideology, language weaponization, and diachronic and synchronic language change. These state-of-the-art contributions represent the impressive diversity of the field of Celtic linguistics and emphasize the wide body of work being conducted in the language communities of the six Celtic nations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsCarnie, AndrewedtHammond, MikeedtHunter, DeeedtIrizarry, Luis A.edtOhala, DianeedtPrins, Samanthaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112767/1/9783961105151.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112767OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112741oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978147802987897814780333259781478062073978147809458610.1215/9781478062073doioapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATFthemaATFNthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaMiyao, DaisukeedtOzu and the Ethics of IndeterminacyDurham, North Carolina, USADuke University Press20261 electronic resource (290 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOzu and the Ethics of Indeterminacy re-examines cinema studies through the work of Japanese filmmaker Yasujirō Ozu, employing the multiple methodologies and indeterminacy of Ozu’s films as a model for discussions of cinema’s relationship to the world and the formation of film studies as a discipline.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of CaliforniaCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaFilm: styles and genresthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaAnthropocentrismAsian cinemaAuteurismBleach bypassCamera movementCatCinemaCinematographyColor filmsDepth of fieldDialogueEarly Summer 1951Emmanuel LevinasEthicsFilm studiesFloating Weeds 1959GazeGreat East Asia Co-prosperity SphereHabitHistoryItagaki YoichiJapanKiju YoshidaLate Spring 1949MaterialityMelodramaMichael RaineNational cinemaNonhumanOzu YasujiroPostponementPostwarRealismRedRepetitionSense of visionTactilityThe Flavor of Green Tea over Rice 1952TimeTokyo Story 1953Transcultural mimesisWorld War IIMiyao, Daisukeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112741/1/9781478062073.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112741OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112752oapen20260503a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260503s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97804721246719780472131211978047290723610.3998/mpub.9796088doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPBthemaJPHthemaJPHFthemaJPWthemaJPWCthemaNaurin, ElinautParty Mandates and DemocracyMaking, Breaking, and Keeping Election Pledges in Twelve CountriesMichigan State University Press20191 electronic resource (368 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhen people discuss politics, they often mention the promises politicians make during election campaigns. Promises raise hopes that positive policy changes are possible, but people are generally skeptical of these promises. Party Mandates and Democracy reveals the extent to and conditions under which governments fulfill party promises during election campaigns. Contrary to conventional wisdom a majority of pledges—sometimes a large majority—are acted upon in most countries, most of the time. The fulfillment of parties’ election pledges is an essential part of the democratic process. This book is the first major, genuinely comparative study of promises across a broad range of countries and elections, including the United States, Canada, nine Western European countries, and Bulgaria. The book thus adds to the body of literature on the variety of outcomes stemming from alternative democratic institutions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaComparative politicsthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaElections and referenda / suffragethemaPolitical activism / Political engagementthemaPolitical campaigning and advertisingthemaAustriaBulgariaCampaignsCanadaComparative Party Pledges ProjectDemocracyDo parties fulfill their election pledgesElection promisesElectoral pledgesGermanyGovernment capacityIrelandItalyMandatesNetherlandsPolicy-makingPolitical partiesPortugalProgram-to-policy-linkageRepresentativeSpainSwedenUKUSUnited KindomUnited StatesNaurin, ElinedtRobert, ThomsonedtRoyed, Terry J.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112752/1/9780472907236.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112752OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112725oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781760467081oapenoapendcCthemaCJthemaJthemaJNthemaJNUthemaDisbray, SamanthaautDisrupting, Decentring and Diversifying Languages and Cultures in Australian UniversitiesCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (268 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLCNAU Studies in Languages and CulturesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHow can languages and cultures in Australian higher education be disrupted, decentred and diversified? Contributors to this volume advance theoretical, critical (self-)reflections and position papers, pedagogical explorations of classroom practice as well as data-driven empirical investigations to challenge, resist and stretch how languages and cultures are both taught and imagined in research. From metaphorical conceptualisations of knowledge production, discussions of virtual reality, and innovation and creativity viewed through the lens of Indigenous epistemologies, to language learning curricula designed to challenge heteronormativity and cisgenderism, and a reconceptualisation of the role of language educators as designers, each chapter emphasises the vital role of innovation as the driving force of positive disruption. What emerges here is the resilience and adaptability demanded of languages and cultures researchers and educators as they navigate an ever-shifting educational landscape. Taken as a whole, this volume serves as a testament to these scholars' collective capacity to adapt, evolve, embrace and actively drive change, fostering a more diverse, equitable and inclusive future for their field.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLanguage teaching and learningthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaTeaching of a specific subjectthemaDecolonial and Indigenous KnowledgesDigital and Virtual Learning TechnologiesDiversityEquity and InclusionHigher educationLanguagesDisbray, SamanthaedtDíaz, AdrianaedtHanna, Barbara E.edtMikhaylova, AnnaedtQi, Grace Yueedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112725/1/9781760467081.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112725OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112738oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781501785955978150178596210.7298/eky7-xj10doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVCthemaJPVHthemaBedner, AdriaanedtRightless ResistancePostcolonial Citizenship, Palm Oil, and Land Grabs in IndonesiaIthacaCornell University PressSoutheast Asia Program Publications [Imprint]20161 electronic resource (306 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCornell Modern Indonesia ProjectOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRightless Resistance investigates why resistance to land grabbing so often fails. The rapid expansion of oil palm plantations has triggered widespread conflict across rural Indonesia as communities lose their land with little compensation. Based on an unprecedented study of 150 such conflicts, this book uncovers how villagers fight back against palm oil companies, and what their struggles reveal about power, law, and citizenship in postcolonial Indonesia. Enduring colonial legacies and collusive politics have left rural Indonesians virtually rightless, so villagers turn to customary traditions and social norms instead of formal law—a strategy that rarely gets results. By analyzing this resistance to corporate land grabbing, Ward Berenschot, Ahmad Dhiaulhaq, Afrizal, and Otto Hospes offer a new perspective on why land rights movements often fall short. When the legal system is unreliable, people aim lower—and the deeper power imbalances facilitating their dispossession go unchallenged.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaCivics and citizenshipthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaBusiness-politics collusionCitizenship and protest in postcolonial statesCustomary land rights and corporate powerLand dispossessionPalm oil and land conflict in IndonesiaRural resistance to plantation expansionBedner, AdriaanauthBerenschot, WardauthDhiaulhaq, AhmadauthHospes, OttoauthPeterson, Danielauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112738/1/9781501785962.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112738OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112740oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978311143661697831114366239783111436630oapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHHthemaCastryck, GeertedtSpace of TransformationKigoma-Ujiji, a Global History of a Liminal Town since the Mid-Nineteenth CenturyBasel/Berlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter Oldenbourg [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (281 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAfrica in Global History11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDrawing on a wide range of archives, historical publications, oral history, graphic, audiovisual and web sources, Geert Castryck presents Kigoma-Ujiji as both shaping and being shaped by global transformations. On the surface, the book offers almost two centuries of urban history on Lake Tanganyika in western Tanzania, close to the Burundian and Congolese borders, in a place that has been a transport hub throughout that time. Beneath the surface, it is also about major transformations on a global scale, and about people dealing with and coping with these global challenges far from the supposed global powerhouses. Urbanization and infrastructure, colonization and decolonization, liberalization and democratization, war refugees, world heritage and translocal identities are the entry points for interpreting transformations that are local and global at the same time. The author uses the analytical categories of "liminal space" and "portal of globalization" to link the marginality and uncertainty that characterize the successive transformations in Kigoma-Ujiji with the urban resilience and creativity used to manage these transformations.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Universität LeipzigCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaAfrican historythemaGlobalgeschichteKigoma-UjijiOst- und ZentralafrikaStadtgeschichteTansaniaCastryck, Geertauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112740/1/9783111436630.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112740OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112764oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110542710.5281/zenodo.17140764doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaMohammadirad, MasoudedtEchoes of the pastHewramî narrativesBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Text Collections4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book is a collection of 15 narratives in Hewramî. It offers a unique window into the life of Hewramî speakers, including their oral and social history, social relations, recollections of past life, and storytelling traditions. The stories were told by five narrators. All the stories have been transcribed, translated, annotated, and analysed._x000D_ The volume contains an introduction that provides an overview of the language and speech community. The texts are presented in two formats: as parallel column texts (Hewramî/English) and as interlinearised glossed texts, containing detailed linguistic analysis. Many of the narratives contain elements of hagiographies, focusing on moral lessons. This book complements the Hewramî grammar.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsMohammadirad, Masoudauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112764/1/9783961105427.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112764OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112779oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110544110.5281/zenodo.17158276doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaVogel, AlanedtThe Stories of Siko and YowaoJarawara textsBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Text Collections3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Jarawaras are a small Amerindian community in lowland Amazonia, in the state of Amazonas, Brazil. Their language is one of half a dozen languages of the Arawan family. Yowao and Siko, both now deceased, were elderly Jarawara storytellers. Their stories are valuable from several points of view. First is their literary value -- some of the stories are quite humorous, for example. Secondly, they are a window into the life of the Jarawaras -- their social relations, history, and traditional religion. Finally, the interlinear presentation of the texts will be of interest to linguists. The volume contains an introduction which gives some background on the language and the culture. This volume has English translations; a Portuguese version is available as well.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsVogel, Alanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112779/1/9783961105441.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112779OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112780oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978396110545810.5281/zenodo.17259528doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaLindsey, Kate L.edtThe Ende wayShort stories and songs from Limol prepared with the Ende Language CommitteeBerlinLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen Text Collections5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collection of Ende stories and songs contains 20 texts from the Ende Language Corpus, a repository of Ende language and culture. The texts were compiled by the Ende Language Committee and represent a diverse set of authors, illustrators, and translators from thecommunity. Each text is accompanied by a summary, contextual background, and presented in two formats: a running text format in parallel with an English translation, and an interlinearized format with English translations at the morpheme and sentence levels. The texts cover a broad slice of Ende life and are organized into five thematic parts: Animal Tales and Origin Stories, Tales of Hunting and Survival, Heroic or Legendary Stories, Tales of Misbehavior and Consequence, and Odes and Reflections on the Natural World. Audio versions of all the texts are available online through the Ende Language Corpus.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsLindsey, Kate L.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112780/1/9783961105458.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112780OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109498oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781469689210978146968922710.5149/9781469689210_SmithdoioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFNthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaMthemaMBthemaMBQthemaNthemaNHthemaNHKthemaWthemaWQthemaWQHthemaSmith, Kylie M.edtJim Crow in the AsylumPsychiatry and Civil Rights in the American SouthChapel HillThe University of North Carolina PressThe University of North Carolina Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (342 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Social MedicineOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThere is a complicated history of racism and psychiatric healthcare in the Deep South states of Georgia, Alabama, and Mississippi. The asylums of the Jim Crow era employed African American men and women; served as places of treatment and care for African Americans with psychiatric illnesses; and, inevitably, were places of social control. Black people who lived and worked in these facilities needed to negotiate complex relationships of racism with their own notions of community, mental health, and healing. Kylie M. Smith mixes exhaustive archival research, interviews, and policy analysis to offer a comprehensive look at how racism affected Black Southerners with mental illness during the Jim Crow era. Complicated legal, political, and medical changes in the late twentieth century turned mental health services into a battlefield between political ideology and psychiatric treatment approaches, with the fallout having long-term consequences for patient outcomes. Smith argues that patterns of racially motivated abuse and neglect of mentally ill African Americans took shape during this era and continue to the present day. As the mentally ill become increasingly incarcerated,Jim Crow in the Asylum reminds readers that, for many Black Southerners, having a mental illness was and still tantamount to committing a crime.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaHealth, illness and addiction: social aspectsthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaMedicolegal issuesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaLocal and family history, nostalgiathemaLocal historythemaAlabamaGeorgiaHistory of psychiatryantiracist psychiatrycivil rights in Mississippicommunity mental healthmedical civil rightspatients rightspsychiatric hospitalsracial segregationSmith, Kylie M.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109498/1/9781469689210.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109498OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39816oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s1970a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d988374663OCoLC10.5149/9781469657240_Cottrelldoi988374663OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaCottrell, Alan P.edtWilhelm Müller's Lyrical Song-CyclesInterpretations and TextsChapel HillThe University of North Carolina Press19701 electronic resource (184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUNC Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures66Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe poetry of Wilhelm Müller, to whom Heine expressed indebtedness for his renewal of the forms of the German "Volkslied", had rarely been discussed in depth prior to this volume originally published in 1970. Cottrell's study is an interpretation of Müller's three most successful song-cycles: "Die schöne Müllerin", "Die Winterreise", and "Frühlingskranz". The first two, interpreted in chapters one and two, are famed through Schubert's musical settings. Chapter three offers an interpretation of the "Frühlingskranz". A last chapter considers Müller's poetic imagination. Full texts of the poems discussed are included in the Appendix and are indexed by titles and first lines.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Andrew W. Mellon FoundationFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaGerman StudiesLiteraturePoetryCottrell, Alan P.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39816/1/9781469657240_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39816OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39766oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s1955a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1229536044OCoLC10.5149/9781469658674_Auedoi1229536044OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaMorgan, Bayard QuincyedtGregoriusA Medieval Oedipus LegendChapel HillThe University of North Carolina Press19551 electronic resource (156 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUNC Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures14Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOriginally published in 1955, this rendering in rhyming couplets was the first English translation to appear of the medieval Oedipus legend of Gregorius, made known to readers by Thomas Mann in his novel "The Holy Sinner" (1951). The introduction situates Hartmann's poem in the pantheon of Gregorius legends by writers from Sophocles to Mann.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Andrew W. Mellon FoundationFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaGerman StudiesLiteraturePoetryMorgan, Bayard QuincyauthVon Aue, HartmannauthZeydel, Edwin H.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39766/1/9781469658674_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39766OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39832oapen20260502a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260502s1975a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1155238198OCoLC10.5149/9781469657189_Browndoi1155238198OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaBrown, Jane K.edtGoethe's Cyclical Narratives"Die Unterhaltungen deutscher Ausgewanderten" and "Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre"Chapel HillThe University of North Carolina Press19751 electronic resource (160 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUNC Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures82Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe novelty of this study lies in its techniques for understanding the deliberate narrative contradictions and elusive parody in Goethe's work. Interpretation of the entire "Unterhaltungen", including the Märchen, establishes Goethe's principles of cyclical composition. By pursuing the elaboration of these principles in the "Wanderjahre"—the undependable narrator, multiple perspectives, and parody of popular eighteenth-century figures—the author interprets the cultural and social significance of Goethe's most sophisticated novel.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Andrew W. Mellon FoundationFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaGerman StudiesLiteratureBrown, Jane K.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39832/1/9781469657189_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39832OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109067oapen20260501a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260501s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97819137390659781913739072978191373908910.63674/jimx5453doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DDthema1DDUthema3thema3Mthema3MLthema3MNthema3MPthema3MRthema3MRBthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaGoodridge, JohnautBritish Working-Class and Radical Writing Since 1700LondonUniversity of London PressUniversity of London Press [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn essential history of how literature became a battleground for class struggle and political dissent in Britain. At a time when working-class writing is gaining long-overdue recognition and radical ideas may be more important than ever, this timely collection of eighteen essays examines the powerful intersection of British working-class and radical writing from the eighteenth century to the present day. Taking the pioneering work of H. Gustav Klaus on British labouring-class, socialist and anarchist writing traditions as its foundation, the volume embraces variety to reflect the richness of working-class and radical cultures across the last three centuries. Cross-cutting topics include the ways in which working-class writers got into print, the obstacles they faced in doing so and in expressing their views, the rise of women writers and their involvement in radical culture, representations of animals and more-than-human perspectives, socialism and environmentalism, feminism, anti-imperialism, and the intersection of working-class and diasporic identities. Questions of genre and form are also addressed, from dialect poetry to the novel, pastoral to melodrama, and life writing to theatre. Showcasing a wide range of innovative approaches, the volume contributes significantly to recovering the literary work and radicalism of several little-studied and forgotten working-class authors, as well as reappraising better-known figures such as John Clare and Ethel Carnie Holdsworth.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaWestern EuropethemaUnited Kingdom, Great BritainthemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema18th century, c 1700 to c 1799thema19th century, c 1800 to c 1899thema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999thema21st century, c 2000 to c 2100themaEarly 21st century c 2000 to c 2050themaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaBritishJohn ClareStephen Duckliterarypoetrypoliticsradical culturesocialismwomen writersworking-classGoodridge, Johnedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109067/6/9781913739089.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109067OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112219oapen20260501a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260501s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97809954564649781919357607oapenoapenenggerdcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDNthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAMthemaQRAM1themaQRAM2themaMelanchthon, PhilippedtPassional of Christ and Antichrist & Antithesis of the Life of Christ and Antichrist in PicturesPassional Christi und Antichristi & Antithesis figurata vitæ Christi et Antichristi.OxfordBodleian LibrariesTaylor Institution Library [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (178 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTreasures of the Taylorian: Reformation Pamphlets4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOn the 500th anniversary of its publication, this new edition and translation of the German Passional of Christ and Antichrist and the Latin Antithesis of the Life and Antichrist in Pictures sheds new light on the origins and impact of one of the most striking pieces of Reformation propaganda.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccenggerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: ReformationthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaReligious issues and debatesthemaReligious ethicsthemaReligion and politicsthemaBook HistoryGermanHistorical linguisticsReformationTheologyTranslationMelanchthon, PhilippauthSchwertfeger, JohannauthBubenheimer, UlrichedtLähnemann, HenrikeedtWareham, Edmundedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112219/4/9781919357607-Passional.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112219OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112217oapen20260430a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260430s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97809954564269781068605888oapenoapenenggerdcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDNthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAMthemaQRAM1themaQRAM2themaLuther, MartinedtSermon von Ablass und GnadeSermon on Indulgences and Grace, 95 ThesesOxfordBodleian LibrariesTaylor Institution Library [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (146 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTreasures of the Taylorian: Reformation Pamphlets2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edition of Martin Luther's Sermon on Indulgences and Grace and the 95 Theses is the first to give a full theological, linguistic and historical introduction to the texts which made the Reformation go viral. It includes a full facsimile of the two copies from the Taylor Institution Library, Oxford.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccenggerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: ReformationthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaReligious issues and debatesthemaReligious ethicsthemaReligion and politicsthemaBook HistoryGermanHistorical linguisticsReformationTheologyTranslationLuther, MartinauthJones, HowardedtKeßler, MartinedtLähnemann, HenrikeedtOstermann, Christinaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112217/4/9781068605888-Ablass.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112217OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112218oapen20260430a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260430s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97809954564579781068605895oapenoapenenggerdcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDNthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAMthemaQRAM1themaQRAM2themaLuther, MartinedtVon der Freiheit eines ChristenmenschenOn the Freedom of a ChristianOxfordBodleian LibrariesTaylor Institution Library [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (222 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTreasures of the Taylorian: Reformation Pamphlets3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edition of Martin Luther's seminal work, On the Freedom of a Christian is the first to include an English translation of the German (as opposed to the Latin) version and to give a full theological, historical, and linguistic introduction to the pamphlet. It also includes a facsimile of the first edition.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccenggerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: ReformationthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaReligious issues and debatesthemaReligious ethicsthemaReligion and politicsthemaBook HistoryGermanHistorical linguisticsReformationTheologyTranslationLuther, MartinauthJones, HowardedtLähnemann, Henrikeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112218/4/9781068605895-Freiheit.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112218OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33959oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2011a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d842296295OCoLC842296295OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaMeershoek, A.edtVitaal en bevlogen - 53WRR20111 electronic resource (68 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWebpublicatie53Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPolitical ScienceDe opdracht voor deze tekst is gegeven door de projectgroep Markt, staat en samenleving van de WRR. Een aantal externe auteurs werd gevraagd in detail te beschrijven hoe het afstemmingsproces van vraag en aanbod in praktijk werkt. In tegenstelling tot de theorie, vraag en aanbod, prijs en kwaliteit gebeuren niet automatisch; dit werpt een tweede vraag op, namelijk welke rol de overheid in dit proces speelt. De serie WRR-webpublicaties omvat studies die in het kader van de werkzaamheden van de WRR tot stand zijn gekomen. De verantwoordelijkheid voor de inhoud en de ingenomen standpunten berust bij de auteurs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsdutSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaoverheidsbeleidpolitical scienceMeershoek, A.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33959/1/439979.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33959OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57312oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1334101540OCoLC978365837920910.1007/978-3-658-37920-9doi1334101540OCoLCoapenoapendcKiefer, Iphigenie LeandraedtDer Beitrag des Design Thinking zur marktorientierten UnternehmensführungEin mindsetorientierter AnalyseansatzWiesbadenSpringer NatureSpringer Gabler [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (378 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriftenreihe der HHL Leipzig Graduate School of ManagementOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIphigenie Leandra Kiefer untersucht in diesem Open-Access-Buch, welchen Beitrag die Implementierung von Design Thinking zur marktorientierten Unternehmensführung und zum Unternehmenserfolg leistet. Auf der Grundlage einer branchenübergreifenden empirischen Untersuchung mit über 100 mittelständischen und großen Unternehmen entwickelt sie ein Erklärungsmodell, welches die zentaralen Einflussfaktoren für eine erfolgreiche Implementierung in großen und mittelständischen Unternehmen aufzeigt. Hierfür entwickelt sie ein Messmodell zur Operationalisierung des Design Thinking Mindset. Es werden konkrete Handlungsempfehlungen abgeleitet, wie Führungsverantwortliche Design Thinking unter Berücksichtigung unternehmensspezifischer Einflussfaktoren in Unternehmen erfolgreich implementieren und den organisationalen Barrieren im Zusammenhang mit der Implementierung von Design Thinking gezielt entgegenwirken können. Dies ist ein Open-Access-Buch.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerDesign ThinkingMarktorientierungMindsetOrganisationale AmbidextrieOrganisationale TransformationKiefer, Iphigenie Leandraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57312/1/978-3-658-37920-9.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57312OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44046oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978366630195710.13109/9783666301957doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaDiner, DanautJewish Refugees in Shanghai 1933–1947A Selection of Documents (Edition 1)BrillVandenhoeck & Ruprecht [Imprint]2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRund 20.000 Juden, zumeist aus Deutschland und Österreich, flohen seit Mitte der 1930er Jahre vor nationalsozialistischer Verfolgung nach Shanghai, wo sie trotz zunehmender Bedrängung durch die japanischen Besatzungsbehörden einen sicheren Zufluchtsort fanden. Unter schwierigen Bedingungen versuchten die Neuankömmlinge in den folgenden Jahren ihr materielles Auskommen sowie ein kulturelles Gemeindeleben zu organisieren. Die im vorliegenden Band edierten 184 Quellen dokumentieren nicht nur diese Bemühungen, sondern auch die Unterstützung vonseiten lokaler jüdischer Hilfskomitees sowie anderer, zumeist jüdischer internationaler Hilfsorganisationen. Zudem werden die Reaktionen von Nazi-Behörden in Deutschland und ihren Shanghaier Vertretungen sowie von japanischer und chinesischer Seite auf die Ereignisse beleuchtet. Die Dokumente auf Deutsch, Englisch, Jiddisch, Hebräisch, Russisch und Chinesisch sind annotiert, teilweise übersetzt und von Einleitungen, Karten und Fotografien begleitet.Around 20,000 Jews, mostly from Germany and Austria, escaped Nazi persecution at the end of the 1930s and fled to Shanghai. In the face of generally difficult conditions and increasing harassment from the Japanese occupation authorities, they sought to both secure their material livelihood and organize their social and cultural life. The 184 sources in German, English, Russian, Hebrew, Yiddish and Chinese of this volume document these efforts, as well as the support work by local relief committees and other, mostly Jewish, international aid organizations. In addition, some describe the reactions of the Nazi authorities to their Shanghai escape, while others reflect Chinese attitudes to the events.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaJewish StudiesSocial ScienceDiner, DanedtEber, Ireneedtvon Rohden, Fraukeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/44046/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44046OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52439oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1300794412OCoLC978303084451610.1007/978-3-030-84451-6doi1300794412OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATFthemaATFNthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJHthemaJHBthemaLiinason, MiaedtFeminist and LGBTI+ Activism across Russia, Scandinavia and TurkeyTransnationalizing Spaces of ResistanceSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThinking Gender in Transnational TimesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhat do struggles for women’s and LGBTI+ rights in Russia, Turkey and the Scandinavian countries have in common? And what can actors who struggle for rights and justice in these contexts learn from each other? Based on a multisited ethnography of feminist and LGBTI+ activisms across Russia, Turkey and the Scandinavian countries, this Open Access book explores transnational struggles on various levels, from the micro-scale of the everyday to large-scale, spectacular events. Drawing on ethnographic insights and encounters from various sites, this book conceptualizes resistance as situated in the grey zone between barely perceptible, even hidden or covert, forms of mundane activist practices and highly visible street protests, gathering large crowds. Taking the reader beyond the dichotomies of visible/invisible and public/private, this book advances new understandings of resistance, solidarity, and activism in transnationalizing feminist and queer struggles, illustrated by rich ethnographic case studies from Russia, Scandinavia and Turkey.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaFilm: styles and genresthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaOpen Accessbordersfeminist activismsocial movementssolidaritiestransnationalismLiinason, MiaauthSasunkevich, OlgaauthÇağatay, Selinauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52439/1/978-3-030-84451-6.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52439OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/22606oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1013940352OCoLC978383761128110.14361/9783839411285doi1013940352OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaSchwaiger, BernhardedtDas Begehren des GesetzesZur Psychoanalyse jugendlicher StraftäterBielefeldtranscript Verlag20091 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPsychoanalyseOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWelche Rolle kann die Psychoanalyse aktuell in totalen Institutionen spielen? Dieses Buch nimmt im Kontext des Jugendstrafvollzugs dazu Stellung. In der psychoanalytischen Einzel- und Gruppenarbeit mit jugendlichen Straftätern führt die Auseinandersetzung mit den juristischen Gesetzen stets auf das grundsätzliche Prinzip zurück, das die Psyche und ihr Begehren strukturiert - diese Hypothese untersucht das Buch nicht zuletzt vor dem Hintergrund der bei Jugendlichen virulenten Pubertätsproblematik. Anders als die in Mode gekommenen kognitiven und konfrontativen Trainingsprogramme für Straftäter sieht es die Psychoanalyse als ihre Aufgabe, ein Sprechen zu ermöglichen, das den Zusammenhang von Gesetz und eigenem Begehren zur Sprache kommen lässt, indem immer weiter geredet wird, und dadurch das Ausagieren von Konflikten mindert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaBegehrenGefängnisJugendJugendlicheJustizvollzugKriminalsoziologiePsychoanalysePsychoanalysisPsychologiePsychologySocial PedagogySociology of CrimeSozialpädagogikStraftäterYouthSchwaiger, Bernhardauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/22606/1/1007550.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/22606OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28087oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d908389549OCoLC978331913437610.1007/978-3-319-13437-6doi908389549OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCMthemaKJthemaKJCthemaKNthemaKNDthemaWthemaWCthemaWCFthemaKrstić, GoranaautFormalizing the Shadow Economy in Serbia: Policy Measures and Growth EffectsChamSpringer Nature20151 electronic resource (179 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContributions to EconomicsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEconomic Policy; Public Economics; Economic Growth; Econometrics; Development Economics; Macroeconomics/Monetary Economics//Financial EconomicsAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaBusiness strategythemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaManufacturing industriesthemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaAntiques, vintage and collectablesthemaCollecting coins, banknotes, medals and other related itemsthemaDevelopment EconomicsEconometricsEconomic GrowthEconomic PolicyFinancial EconomicsMacroeconomicsMonetary EconomicsPublic EconomicsKrstić, GoranaedtSchneider, Friedrichedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/28087/1/1001907.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28087OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28183oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1082950973OCoLC978383764539210.14361/9783839445396doi1082950973OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFMthemaTrescher, HendrikedtAmbivalenzen pädagogischen HandelnsReflexionen der Betreuung von Menschen mit ›geistiger Behinderung‹Bielefeld, Germanytranscript Verlag20181 electronic resource (390 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGesellschaft der Unterschiede48Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book analyses and discusses the complexity of pedagogical action in the context of inpatient assistance for the disabled in a variety of ways – both theoretically and practically.Pädagogisches Handeln ist hochgradig komplex und ambivalent. Am Beispiel einer Wohneinrichtung für Menschen mit ›geistiger Behinderung‹ zeigt Hendrik Trescher, wie vielfältig die Herausforderungen pädagogisch Handelnder im Alltag sind. Dabei problematisiert er, wie der ›pädagogische Kern‹ des Handelns immer wieder durch innere und äußere Vorgaben bedroht wird. Er diskutiert theoretisch wie praktisch, welche Konsequenzen dies sowohl für pädagogisch Handelnde als auch für ihre Adressat_innen hat. Neben der Analyse diverser Dokumententypen, darunter Interviews, Beobachtungen, Grundrisse und Dienstpläne, werden Fragen der Weiterentwicklung und Umgestaltung von Wohneinrichtungen – auch vor dem Hintergrund eines Inklusionsparadigmas – diskutiert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDisability: social aspectsthemaBehinderungDisability StudiesGesellschaftHabitationInclusionInclusion ParadigmInklusionInklusionsparadigmaMedicineMedizinOrganisationssoziologiePedagogical ActingPedagogyPädagogikPädagogisches HandelnRaumResidential FacilitiesSocial InequalitySocial WorkSocietySociology of OrganizationsSozialarbeitSoziale UngleichheitSpaceSubjectSubjektWohneinrichtungenWohnenTrescher, Hendrikauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/28183/1/9783839445396.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28183OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58537oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783700190363oapenoapendcPlatia Magoula ZarkouThe Neolithic Period. Environment, Stratigraphy and Architecture, Chronology, Tools, Figurines and OrnamentsVerlag der Österreichischen Akademie der WissenschaftenVerlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume of the publication of the excavations of the Neolithic tell of Platia Magoula Zarkou in Thessaly/Greece presents its continuous settlement sequence of the 6th millennium BC. Cultural change of this period is analysed based on its stratigraphy and constructions, the radiocarbon data, the tools, the ritual objects (including the house model) as well as the ornaments. Geological and geophysical investigations of the surroundings put the tell in its natural environment.Dieser Band der Grabungspublikation des neolithischen Tells von Platia Magula Zarkou in Thessalien/Griechenland präsentiert seine kontinuierliche, das 6. Jt. v. Chr. umfassende Siedlungsabfolge. Der kulturelle Wandel dieser Periode wird anhand der Stratigraphie und Bebauung, der Radiokarbondaten, der Geräte, der Kultobjekte (inkl. des Hausmodells), und des Schmucks analysiert. Geologische Untersuchungen und geophysikalische Untersuchungen des Umlandes stellen den Tell in sein natürliches Umfeld.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science Fund (FWF)Creative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengArchaeology (601)Archaeology (6010)Archaeology (601003)Archäologie (601)Archäologie (6010)Archäologie (601003)FigurinenGEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN (6)GeologieGeophysikGeräteGeschichteGreeceGriechenlandHUMANITIES (6)HistoryLate NeolithicMiddle NeolithicMittelneolithikumNeolithicNeolithikumRadiokarbondatenSchmuckSpätneolithikumThessalienThessalybone toolschipped stone toolsfigurinesgeologygeophysicsground stone toolsornamentsradiocarbon datingtextile toolsà FOS 2012www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/58537/1/PUB_920_Alram_Platia_Magoula_Zarkou_.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58537OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57705oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1338300954OCoLC97837329086779783732990764978373299077110.26530/20.500.12657/57705doi1338300954OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1QthemaJthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPFNthemaTthemaTQthemaKřížová, MarkétaautCentral Europe and the Non-European World in the Long 19th CenturyBerlinFrank & Timme2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCentral Europe and the Non-European World in the Long 19th Century explores various ways in which inhabitants of the Austro-Hungarian Monarchy perceived and depicted the outside world during the era of European imperialism. Focusing particularly on the Czech Lands, Hungary, and Slovakia, with other nations as comparative examples, this collection shows how Central Europeans viewed other regions and their populations, from the Balkans and the Middle East to Africa, China, and America. Although the societies under Habsburg rule found themselves (with rare exceptions) outside the realm of colonialism, their inhabitants also engaged in colonial projects and benefited from these interactions. Rather than taking one “Central European” approach, the volume draws upon accounts not only by writers and travelers, but by painters, missionaries, and other observers, reflecting the diversity that characterized both the region itself and its views of non-Western cultures.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaOther geographical groupings: Oceans and seas, historical, political etcthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaNationalismthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnvironmental science, engineering and technologythemaBosniaCentral EuropeColonialismNoble savagesOrientalisationOttoman EmpireKřížová, MarkétaedtMalečková, Jitkaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57705/1/9783732990771.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57705OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57365oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1335885363OCoLC978303099138810.1007/978-3-030-99138-8doi1335885363OCoLCoapenoapendcAlbayrak, IsmailautNovel Developments for Sustainable HydropowerChamSpringer NatureSpringer International Publishing [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (223 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book presents (selected) new and innovative developments for sustainable and fish-friendly hydropower. It offers unique insights into the challenges, practices and policies of hydropower developments across 8 European countries, providing examples from on-site studies and European-wide analyses. The case studies throughout the book are practical “real-world” examples, which are intended to serve as inspiration for anyone who would like to know more about how solutions for more sustainable hydropower production can be designed and implemented. Hydropower is an important renewable energy source, which, however, can also impact aquatic ecosystems, fish populations and hydro-morphology. EU and national water, environmental and energy legislation strive for sustainable energy and water resource management as well as the protection of important habitats and species. These have an effect on the requirements and decision making processes for hydropower planning, commissioning and operation. With a high variety of measures existing and site-specific conditions as well as national and EU level legal requirements to consider, it can be difficult to determine, what issues to address and which measures to implement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Technische Universität MünchenCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengFinancing HydropowerHydropowerbypass facilitiesfish passagesustainable hydropowerturbine passageAlbayrak, IsmailedtDavid, LaurentedtKampa, EleftheriaedtRutschmann, PeteredtSchletterer, MartinedtStoltz, UlliedtWolter, Christianedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57365/1/978-3-030-99138-8.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57365OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63141oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783205217510978320521752710.7767/9783205217527doioapenoapendcWolf, Norbert ChristianedtGlanz und Elend der Aufklärung in WienVoraussetzungen – Institutionen – TexteBRILL Österreich GmbH – Böhlau Verlag [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Viennese Enlightenment began with a delay and then proceeded at an accelerated pace. The hurried and soon blocked process of adjustment led to peculiarities of Austrian culture. Based on the economic, political, social, medial and cultural conditions, the book presents exemplary debates and writings of this period and contextualizes them historically.Die Wiener Aufklärung setzte verzögert ein und verlief dann beschleunigt. Der eilige und bald wieder abgewürgte Ausgleichsprozess führte zu Besonderheiten österreichischer Kultur. Ausgehend von den wirtschaftlichen, politischen, sozialen, medialen und kulturellen Rahmenbedingungen stellt das Buch exemplarische Debatten und Schriften dieser Zeit vor und kontextualisiert sie historisch.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science Fund (FWF)Creative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerAmbivalenz der AufklärungAndere Geisteswissenschaften (605)Andere Geisteswissenschaften (6050)Catholic EnlightenmentComparative literature studies (602053)Cultural history (605002)Entstehung eines literarischen FeldesGEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN (6)German studies (602014)Germanistik (602014)HUMANITIES (6)History of literature (602031)Katholische AufklärungKulturgeschichte (605002)Linguistics and Literature (602)Linguistics and Literature (6020)Literaturgeschichte (602031)Other Humanities (605)Other Humanities (6050)Soziogenese der Aufklärung in Wien und ÖsterreichSprach- und Literaturwissenschaften (602)Sprach- und Literaturwissenschaften (6020)Vergleichende Literaturwissenschaft (602053)ambivalence of the Enlightenmentemergence of a literary fieldpopular public spherepopuläre Öffentlichkeitsociogenesis of the Enlightenment in Vienna and Austriaà FOS 2012Wolf, Norbert Christianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63141/1/PUB_982_Wolf_Glanz_und_Elend_d._Aufkl%c3%a4rung.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63141OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54095oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2007a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1317837157OCoLC97819142680521317837157OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNKthemaMattingly, David J.autThe Archaeology of Fazzan, Volume 2Site Gazetteer, Pottery and other Survey FindsSociety for Libyan Studies [Imprint]2007texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Archaeology of Fazzan, volume II, Site Gazetteer, Pottery and other Survey Finds, Edited by David J. Mattingly “The Libyan Sahara is one of the richest desert areas for the study of human adaptation to changing environmental and climatic conditions. This is the second volume in a projected series of four reports detailing the combined results of two Anglo-Libyan projects in Fazzan, Libya’s south-west province. The late Charles Daniels led the first expeditions between l958 and l977, with David Mattingly directing the subsequent Fazzan Project from l997-2001. This second volume presents some of the key archaeological discoveries in detail, including a richly illustrated gazetteer of sites discovered and the first attempt at a full-scale pottery type series from the Sahara. In addition, there are separate reports on the programme of radiocarbon dating carried out, on lithics, metallurgical and non-metallurgical industrial residues and various categories of small finds (including coins, metal artefacts, beads, glass and stone artefacts). The later volumes will provide the detailed evidence from the excavations carried out by both projects.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaArchaeologythemaArchaeologySocial ScienceMattingly, David J.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54095/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54095OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51193oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1285289722OCoLC9783868351958https://doi.org/10.25162/9783515130974doi1285289722OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaPeled, IlanedtMasculinities and Third GenderThe Origins and Nature of an Institutionalized Gender Otherness in the Ancient Near East (Volume 9)Ugarit VerlagUgarit Verlag [Imprint]2016texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe aim of this book is to track a distinct human phenomenon in the history of the ancient Near East: persons who were born males, but under various social and historical circumstances their masculine identity was considered to be ambiguous. On the basis of this, these persons can be classified as belonging to a third gender They bore specific titles, and were engaged in cult or palace administration. The contexts of their documentation occasionally depict them as possessing or exhibiting traits that were uncharacteristic of the standard social expectations of men in Mesopotamia. The terms that describe these persons were grouped in numerous lexical lists, which supply us with the frame and boundaries of the present research. To a lesser extent, the grouping of these persons is apparent in narrative and literary compositions. The most notable of these titles were gala / kalû, assinnu, kurgarrû and lú-sag / ša rēši. Other similar titles that were documented less frequently were kulu'u, girseqû, tīru, SAG-UR-SAG, pilpilû, nāš pilaqqi, sinnišānu and parû. Their sexual and gender ambiguity was realized in numerous and diverse manners. Occasionally, it bore a clear physiological form, in the shape of castration; sometimes its attributes were external, such as cross-dressing; In other cases, it became apparent through typically feminine behavioral patterns, such as dancing, singing or lamenting. Last but not least, lack of procreativity constituted another form of gender ambiguity, as it contradicted one of the most important gender functionalities of people in the ancient Near East: the siring of offspring. Hence, the common denominator of all these figures appears to have been flawed manliness. Effeminacy was not necessarily the key factor in this case, as some of these figures seem to have been rather masculine. It was sufficient that these persons deviated enough from the customary model of ancient Near Eastern masculinity, in order to be considered as part of this third gender class. The concepts of social “otherness” are essential for demarcating social borders, which, in turn, define patterns of normative social conduct. The present research demonstrated that this human phenomenon of a third gender in the ancient Near East involved mainly the matter of social definitions. Social identity is defined by its limitations: where it begins and ends, and what exists beyond it. The strange, the extreme and the bizarre signify what common, hegemonic, people are not, and therefore mark who common, hegemonic, people actually are. These boundaries are constructed by using social mechanisms of norms and prohibitions. In this sense, the third gender figures were socially constructed, and served social needs of defining norms of conformity.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaAsiaGender StudiesHistorySocial SciencePeled, Ilanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51193/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51193OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102504oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978100345400797810325928869781040094549978104009461710.4324/9781003454007doioapenoapendcAthemaAMthemaAMVthemaAMVDthemaGthemaGLthemaGLZthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNFthemaRthemaRPthemaTthemaTNthemaWthemaWMthemaWMBthemaAndresen, TeresaautPortuguese Landscape Architecture Education, Heritage and Research80 Years of HistoryOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (342 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierProject Thinking on DesignOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 2022, the Landscape Architecture course in Portugal celebrated 80 years of existence. This edited collection, Portuguese Landscape Architecture Education, Heritage and Research, commemorates this important milestone by bringing together some of the most respected names in Portuguese Landscape Architecture. Although the book’s content is targeted at the assessment of the Portuguese history and influence, the themes under analysis are all-encompassing within the major fields, namely pedagogy; heritage; theory and methods; and design and landscape planning and management. The book seeks to address several research questions, including How has Landscape Architecture evolved in Portugal and how has it been revealed in the different disciplinary areas and educational institutions, particularly considering the great challenges of today? What legacy did Cabral, Sousa da Câmara and the first generation of landscape architects leave us that can be identified in the theory and practice of research projects, recent or ongoing, carried out by Portuguese landscape architects? How has the education, research and practice of Landscape Architecture in Portugal been influenced or reflected by the exchange of knowledge with other countries? This book will be of interest to researchers and students, as it encompasses an extensive contribution to the field of Landscape Architecture studies, aiming to impact both on the theory and practice of the discipline. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC BY)4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaLandscape architecture and designthemaCity and town planning: architectural aspectsthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaMuseology and heritage studiesthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaRegional and area planningthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaCivil engineering, surveying and buildingthemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaGardeningthemaGardens (descriptions, history etc)themaLandscape ArchitectureLandscape Architecture Education and PedagogyLandscape Architecture HeritageLandscape Architecture HistoryLandscape Architecture in EuropeLandscape Architecture in PortugalTheory and MethodsAndresen, TeresaedtCastel-Branco, CristinaedtNunes, João FerreiraedtRibeiro, Luís PauloedtSilva, Maria Matosedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102504/1/9781040094549.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102504OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25333oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100542083OCoLC978150172918810.7591/cornell/9781501729188.001.0001doi1100542083OCoLCoapenoapendcLanoszka, AlexanderedtAtomic AssuranceThe Alliance Politics of Nuclear ProliferationIthaca, NYCornell University Press2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDo alliances curb states from developing nuclear weapons? If so, what kind of alliances work best and how do they function? This book looks at what makes alliances credible enough to prevent nuclear proliferation, how alliances can breakdown and encourage nuclear proliferation, and whether security guarantors like the United States can use their alliance ties to end the nuclear efforts of their allies. The author finds that military alliances are, surprisingly, less useful for preventing allies from acquiring nuclear weapons; that it is easier to prevent an ally from initiating a nuclear program than to stop an ally that has already started one; and that economic or technological reliance works better to reverse or to halt an ally’s nuclear bid than other factors. This book uses intensive case studies on West Germany, Japan, and South Korea, as well as a series of smaller cases on Great Britain, France, Norway, Australia, and Taiwan, to examine this critical issue.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengPolitical ScienceLanoszka, Alexanderauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25333/1/1004766.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25333OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23363oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2003a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1013962949OCoLC978389942122410.14361/9783839401224doi1013962949OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFAthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDTthemaQDTKthemaHolz, Hans HeinzedtWiderspiegelungBielefeldtranscript Verlag20031 electronic resource (82 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBibliothek dialektischer Grundbegriffe6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDen Kern einer dialektischen und materialistischen Philosophie, die einen Weltbegriff begründen will, bildet die Kategorie »Widerspiegelung«. Sie hat primär eine ontologische und daraus abgeleitet eine erkenntnistheoretische Bedeutung. Ausgehend von Leibniz und Hegel, von Marx und Lenin hat Hans Heinz Holz in zahlreichen Publikationen eine Theorie der Widerspiegelung ausgearbeitet, die von einem exakten Gebrauch der Spiegelmetapher ausgeht. Im vorliegenden Band wird der systematische Gehalt des Widerspiegelungsbegriffs zusammengefasst und durch einen philosophiegeschichtlichen Rückblick vertieft.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaPhilosophy of languagethemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaTopics in philosophythemaPhilosophy: epistemology and theory of knowledgethemaDialektikEpistemologyErkenntnistheorieGrundlage der PhilosophieHistory of PhilosophyLanguageLogikMetapherPhilosophiePhilosophiegeschichtePhilosophyPhilosophy of LanguageSpiegel-MetapherSpracheSprachphilosophieSystematische PhilosophieHolz, Hans Heinzauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23363/1/1006791.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23363OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52115oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1280944580OCoLC97837328587129783837658712978383945871610.14361/9783839458716doi1280944580OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPVthemaJPVHthemaLthemaStehle, JanedtDer Fall Colonia DignidadZum Umgang bundesdeutscher Außenpolitik und Justiz mit Menschenrechtsverletzungen 1961-2020Bielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (644 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Politik125Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer Fall Colonia Dignidad ist eines der dunkelsten Kapitel der bundesdeutschen Geschichte und bis heute in großen Teilen nicht aufgearbeitet. In der von deutschen Staatsbürgern in Chile gegründeten Siedlung wurde zwischen 1961 und 2005 missbraucht, misshandelt, gefoltert und gemordet. Medien und Menschenrechtsorganisationen berichteten früh darüber, das Auswärtige Amt und die bundesdeutsche Justiz schritten jedoch nicht ein. Jan Stehle hat hierzu in umfangreichen Recherchen Primärquellen aus Behörden- und Privatarchiven erschlossen. Er rekonstruiert detailliert die Verbrechen sowie das respektive Behördenverhalten und legt die Mitverantwortung von Bundesbehörden für die schweren Menschenrechtsverletzungen der Colonia Dignidad offen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaHuman rights, civil rightsthemaLawthemaAufarbeitungAußenpolitikBundesrepublik DeutschlandChileColonia DignidadFederal Republic of GermanyForeign PolicyFundamentalismFundamentalismusHumanHuman RightsInternational RelationsInternationale BeziehungenInternationale PolitikLawMenschMenschenrechtePolitical SciencePoliticsPolitics of the PastPolitikPolitikwissenschaftRechtRefurbishmentVergangenheitspolitikStehle, Janauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52115/1/9783839458716.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52115OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33786oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2008a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d298587087OCoLC10.26530/OAPEN_458920doi298587087OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaLal Brij, V.edtCoup: Reflections on the Political Crisis in FijiCanberraANU Press20081 electronic resource (186 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMay 19, 2000. Fiji’s democratically elected multiracial government is hijacked by a group of armed gunmen led by George Speight, and held hostage for fifty days. Suva, the capital, is torched and looted as Speight’s supporters gather on the lawns of the parliamentary complex, dancing, cooking food, celebrating the purported abrogation of the constitution that brought the People’s Coalition government to power. The country is plunged into darkness yet again, enduring the pain of three coups in a period of just thirteen years. The process of healing and reconciliation, symbolised by the enactment of a new Constitution, unanimously approved by Parliament and blessed by the powerful Great Council of Chiefs, lies discarded, as winds of ethnic chauvinism sweep through the countryside, damaging the fragile fabric of multiculturalism that was carefully constructed by so many over many years. The economy is on the brink of collapse, investor confidence has vanished, and the best and the brightest are seeking succour on other shores. Fiji falls victim, yet again, to the prejudice and greed of a section of its people. This book gathers together a handful of memoirs of those tragic events in Fiji. They were written while the gun was still smoking; personal, anguished reactions of people from all walks of life, concerned about a country they all love but deeply distressed by the developments there. They are first reactions. They will in time become essential building blocks for a larger interpretive framework of academic analysis about origins, processes and impacts. Straight from the heart, these memoirs will be remembered as the people of Fiji and their friends elsewhere contemplate the wreckage and ruin brought about by that act of madness in the month of May 2000.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthema2000 Fijian coup d'étatFijiansGeorge SpeightIndo-FijiansMahendra ChaudhrySitiveni Rabukafijipolitics and govermentLal Brij, V.authPretes, Michaelauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33786/1/458920.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33786OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37370oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1150164711OCoLC978303041517410.1007/978-3-030-41517-4doi1150164711OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNFthemaJPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaKoistinen, Aino-KaisaedtIntercultural Dialogue in the European Education PoliciesA Conceptual ApproachChamSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (114 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book analyses intercultural dialogue as a concept, policy and ideal in European education policy documentation. The core European transnational organizatons – the Council of Europe and the European Union – have actively promoted policies to engender inclusive societies and respond to challenges that diversification may entail. This book, in turn, offers suggestions for improving education policies in super-diversified Europe and beyond, where there is an increasing need for cultural understanding and constructive dialogue. The authors utilize concept analysis to reveal how these organizations seek to deal with dialogue between cultures, as well as weight given to cultural differences and intercultural encounters. This book will be of interest and value to scholars of intercultural dialogue and European education policies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaPolitics and governmentthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaCentralCultural literacyEU (European Union)EducationEducation PolicyEducation policyEducational Policy and PoliticsEducational strategies & policyEuropean Union PoliticsInclusive educationIntercultural dialogueIntercultural educationInternational and Comparative EducationOpen accessPolitics & governmentfederal government policiesnationalKoistinen, Aino-KaisaauthLähdesmäki, TuuliauthYlönen, Susanne C.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/37370/1/978-3-030-41517-4.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37370OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/94737oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97895185890099789518589016978951858902310.21435/sflit.15doioapenoapendcDthemaKankkunen, SariannaautArctic Hysteria and Other Strange Northern EmotionsCase Studies in Finnish LiteratureHelsinkiFinnish Literature Society / SKS20241 electronic resource (210 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Litteraria14Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarArctic Hysteria and Other Strange Northern Emotions: Case Studies in Finnish Literature opens a new perspective on the thriving area of research on the imagined North by studying emotions in the light of case studies in Finnish literature. The volume addresses the cultural history of Arctic hysteria and maps other strange emotions depicted and evoked in literature of the Finnish North. The volume comprises seven case studies which range from the works of internationally renowned authors, such as Rosa Liksom, Emmi Itäranta and Tove Jansson, to the affectively controversial and provocative writings of Timo K. Mukka, Marko Tapio and Pentti Linkola. Drawing from the study of the imagined North and theories and tools in the study of literature and emotions, the analyses show how such moods as melancholia, ecstasy or a peculiar sense of November are generated in texts and how literary emotions entangle with the Northern environment they depict. By focusing on the imagined North in Finnish modernism and contemporary literature, the authors offer original views on experiences of late modernity merging with the changing Northern environment in the age of the Anthropocene.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaFinlandemotionsfiction and poetryhistory of literatureliterary researchnorthKankkunen, SariannaedtNykänen, EliseedtRossi, Riikkaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/94737/1/arctic-hysteria-and-other-strange-northern-emotions.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/94737OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/97993oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9798765112250979876511226710.5040/9798765112274doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFPthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBHthemaDSMthemaMcAteer, CathyedtCold War WomenFemale Translators of Russian and Soviet Literature in the Twentieth CenturyNew YorkBloomsbury AcademicI.B. Tauris [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (248 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLiteratures, Cultures, TranslationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPresents original archival research on eight largely unknown émigrée translators whose work during the Cold War actively contributed to and, in some cases, decisively shaped the reception of Russian and Soviet literature throughout the English-speaking world. In this open access volume, Cathy McAteer profiles female translators of Russian and Soviet literature into English during the last century, focusing on the UK, USSR and US. Through cultural mediation, most often translation, each woman represents a unique encounter with Cold War politics. Drawing from extensive archival material, including British Intelligence files, reviews, publications and memoirs, Cold War Women sketches the microhistories of eight complex and occasionally controversial bilingual women: Moura Budberg, Vera Traill, Evelyn Manning, Margaret Wettlin, Violet Dutt, Edith Bone, Olga Carlisle, and Mirra Ginsburg. Many of these women, in addition to their work as translators and publishers of Soviet literature, led complex political lives that brought them under scrutiny for espionage, and even suspected assassination. Cold War Women explores how literary translation became a uniquely enabling career for each of these women, both in personally challenging gender norms, and in showing translation's soft power for galvanizing propagandist and humanitarian change. The book thus rehabilitates forgotten but influential female translators of Russian literature whose contributions helped to shape the Anglophone reception of Russian and Soviet literature both during and beyond their fraught historical moment. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by the University of Exeter.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaTranslation and interpretationthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: c 1900 to c 2000themaComparative literaturethemaBritish Labour PartyBritish intelligenceCommunismEdith BoneEvelyn ManningMargaret WettlinMirra GinsburgMoura BudbergOlga CarlisleRussophone literatureSocialismVera TraillViolet Duttarchival researchbanned literaturebilingualismcensorshipcomp litcontrabandcultural mediatorsdefectoremigreefemale authorsfemale translatorsgender studieshabitushexisliterary historymicrohistorypropagandareception studiessmugglingspytranslation studiesMcAteer, Cathyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/97993/1/9798765112267_PDF.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/97993/2/9798765112250.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/97993OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55362oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1229546404OCoLC978886453633097888645363479788864536354978889273182010.36253/978-88-6453-634-7doi1229546404OCoLCoapenoapendcDalmati, MargheritaedtLettere agli amici fiorentiniCon i carteggi di Mario Luzi, Leone Traverso e Oreste MacríFlorenceFirenze University Press20171 electronic resource (332 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierModerna/Comparata22Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe lucky discovery in Athens of the letters of Luzi, Traverso and Macrí to Margherita Dalmati allowed to complete the epistolary of the Greek poet and harpsichordist preserved in the archives of Florence and Urbino. The 341 pieces available thanks to Sara Moran's research allow us to trace her contacts with the great protagonists of post-war literary Florence, also showing their links with the Roman and Milanese environment. Throughout the “thaw” years, the letters offer the reconstruction of Dalmati’ militancy in Cyprus’ struggle for independence, of her friendship with Cristina Campo, of the translations into neo-Greek of Luzi's poetry. The 60s and 70s are marked by her promotion of Italian poetry in Greece, and of Greek poetry in Italy, through collaboration with magazines and the translation for Einaudi, together with Nelo Risi, of Kavafi’s poems. The letters - tender, funny, ironic and affectionate - of the four voices involved in the book illuminate important moments of the culture of the second half of the 20th Century as well as of the protagonists’ life, while among and around all of them an enchanting woman with her musical voice can be admired, whose name was little known until now.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaDalmati, MargheritaauthMoran, Saraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55362/1/9788864536347.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55362OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62448oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789811989506978981198951310.1007/978-981-19-8951-3doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNKthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaArkoudis, SophieautThe Educational TurnRethinking the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning in Higher EducationSingaporeSpringer NatureSpringer Nature Singapore [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (233 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRethinking Higher EducationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book explores how educational researchers working at the edges of innovations in languages and literacies, leadership, assessment, social and cultural transformation, and pedagogies rethink the educational turn in new sites. It engages with the Scholarship of Teaching and Learning (SoTL) for educational researchers to redefine ways of knowing about learning post-COVID and deepen collective understanding of student learning and teaching for next practices to emerge. This book extends the theoretical and practical aspects of the educational turn across multiple contexts as SoTL. It is grounded in a field of practice and ways of knowing, outlining key intellectual principals, and set against specific examples from research. The chapters reference an understanding of the pedagogical implications of the ‘educational turn’, utilise a broad range of theory and concepts, and explore potential implications for education and next practices.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of MelbourneCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational administration and organizationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaAssessment in initial teacher educationAssessment on initial teacher education programsDesigning education for wellbeing and connectionsDeveloping and sustaining research communitiesGlobal mobility and internationalisationInnovation in teacher educationInterdisciplinary research and the scholarship of teachingLeading innovation in teaching practiceLearning spaces and theoriesReimagining higher education research collaborationsThe teaching research nexus and teacher educationTransforming higher education for the futureArkoudis, SophieedtBlaher, BellaedtColeman, KathrynedtUzhegova, Dinaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62448/1/978-981-19-8951-3.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62448OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28250oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d968087601OCoLC9783110387193968087601OCoLCoapenoapendc5thema5Pthema5PGthema5PGJthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaGruen, Erich S.edtThe Construct of Identity in Hellenistic JudaismEssays on Early Jewish Literature and HistoryBerlin, GermanyDe Gruyter2016texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDeuterocanonical and Cognate Literature StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume assembles twenty-three essays by Erich S. Gruen, who has written extensively on the literature and history of early Judaism and the experience of the Jews in the Greco-Roman world. Twenty-two of the articles have previously been published, and one new one was composed for the volume.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to religious groupsthemaRelating to Jewish people and groupsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaHistoryJewish StudiesJudaismRELIGIONGruen, Erich S.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/28250/1/1001727.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28250OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28913oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1015880112OCoLC10.5281/zenodo.1003186doi1015880112OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaTaubert, NielsautThe Future of Scholarly PublishingOpen Access and the Economics of DigitisationAfrican Minds20171 electronic resource (278 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe formal scientific communication system is currently undergoing significant change. This is due to four developments: the digitisation of formal science communication; the economisation of academic publishing as profit drives many academic publishers and other providers of information; an increase in the self-observation of science by means of publication, citation and utility-based indicators; and the medialisation of science as its observation by the mass media intensifies. Previously, these developments have only been dealt with individually in the literature and by science-policy actors. The Future of Scholarly Publishing documents the materials and results of an interdisciplinary working group commissioned by the Berlin-Brandenburg Academy of Sciences and Humanities (BBAW) to analyse the future of scholarly publishing and to make recommendations on how to respond to the challenges posed by these developments. As per the working group’s intention, the focus was mainly on the sciences and humanities in Germany. However, in the course of the work it became clear that the issues discussed by the group are equally relevant for academic publishing in other countries. As such, this book will contribute to the transfer of ideas and perspectives, and allow for mutual learning about the current and future state of scientific publishing in different settings.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-4.0/by-4.0ccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaAcademic publishingCopyrightPeer reviewResearchopen accessscholarly publishingsciencescience communicationTaubert, NielsedtWeingart, Peteredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/28913/1/AM-Future-of-Scholarly-Publishing-TEXT-WEB-05Oct2017.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/28913OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87213oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1229751656OCoLC978377995485997837799618331229751656OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNTthemaPfisterer, AnnetteedtPädagogik der Wertschätzung – eine Chance für die Schule der Gegenwart?Grundlagen und MöglichkeitenBeltz JuventaBeltz Juventa [Imprint]20191 electronic resource (1087 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer in aktuellen Schulprogrammen häufig verwendete Begriff der »Wertschätzung« ist in der Erziehungswissenschaft bisher ungeklärt. Auf der Grundlage einer theoretischen Verortung wird »Wertschätzung« als eine pädagogische Haltung und Verhaltensweise charakterisiert, die in der Würde des Kindes begründet liegt. Im Rahmen einer historischen Spurensuche werden anthropologische und kinderrechtliche Aspekte einer zeitgemäßen »Pädagogik der Wertschätzung« entfaltet. Vor dem Hintergrund einer Analyse aktueller bildungspolitischer Entwicklungen sowie evidenter Signaturen von »Nicht-Wertschätzung« an heutigen Schulen wird die Vision von Schule als einer wertschätzenden Organisation entworfen. Es werden Möglichkeiten zur Entwicklung einer wertschätzenden Schule aufgezeigt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaAnerkennungBildungErziehungErziehungswissenschaftSchulkonzeptPfisterer, Annetteauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87213/1/9783779954859.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87213OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89577oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1273981740OCoLC9783837656077978383945607110.14361/9783839456071doi1273981740OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFMthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBLthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSNthemaKarim, SarahedtArbeit und BehinderungPraktiken der Subjektivierung in Werkstätten und InklusionsbetriebenBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (290 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDisability Studies. Körper - Macht - Differenz16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie wir arbeiten, beeinflusst in hohem Maße, wie wir uns selbst als Subjekte verstehen. Das gilt auch für Menschen mit Lernschwierigkeiten, die meist in Werkstätten oder Inklusionsbetrieben beschäftigt sind. Sarah Karims ethnografische Studie untersucht im Anschluss an die soziologischen Disability Studies sowie an Subjektivierungs- und Praxistheorien, wie Arbeitspraktiken das Handeln und Selbstverständnis der Beschäftigten beeinflussen. Anschaulich wird herausgearbeitet, dass Menschen mit Lernschwierigkeiten einem ambivalenten Umgang am Arbeitsplatz ausgesetzt sind. Dabei entwickeln sie eigenwillige und kreative Praktiken, um mit den Herausforderungen von Verbesonderung und Inklusion umzugehen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: H2020 Excellent ScienceCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDisability: social aspectsthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSociology: work and labourthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaSocial workthemaArbeitArbeits- und IndustriesoziologieArbeitsökonomieBehinderungCultural StudiesDisability StudiesEthnografieEthnographyInclusionInklusionKulturwissenschaftLabour EconomicsMedicineMedizinSocial InequalitySocial PedagogySociology of Work and IndustrySoziale UngleichheitSozialpädagogikSubjectivationSubjektivierungWorkKarim, Sarahauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89577/1/9783839456071.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89577OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85193oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1390112186OCoLC9783968221885978396822189210.17885/heiup.1114doi1390112186OCoLCoapenoapendcBeuerle, BenjaminautRussia’s North PacificCentres and PeripheriesHeidelbergHeidelberg University Publishing (heiUP)heiUP [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (250 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRussia and the Asia-Pacific1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"The series “Russia and the Asia-Pacific” explores political, economic, social, cultural and environmental interactions of the Russian Far East within its Asian-Pacific context as well as with the Russian capital in the past and present. Its first volume addresses from a multidisciplinary perspective notably the following questions: How were and are directives from a centre thousands of kilometers away perceived and implemented by actors in this region? To which extent was and is the centre successful or how did or does it fail in integrating a region as far away from the centre as the Russian Far East in its state structures? How have notions of “centre” and “periphery” changed over time?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0by-saccengAsia-PacificAsien-PazifikEmpire RusslandEntanglementsImperiumRegionenRegionsRussiaSoviet UnionSowjetunionVerflechtungenBeuerle, BenjaminedtDahlke, SandraedtRenner, Andreasedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/85193/1/9783968221885.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85193OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109013oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d9782374962368978237496237510.34929/1myt-z384doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBDthemaDSBHthemaBoukadi, OlaautL'oralité dans la fiction narrativeFormes et enjeuxReimsEPURE, Éditions et presses universitaires de Reims20251 electronic resource (224 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAlthough linguistic studies often focus on orality, literary studies generally give uneven attention to its representation, as writing has dominated European literature for centuries. Over time, however, the oral voice has continued to be heard within fictional writing, which has retained its connections to epic and storytelling traditions. Modern and contemporary writers even claim and explore its critical and creative potential. This volume brings together fifteen contributions that examine the forms and significance of orality in narrative fiction. Through first-person narratives, theatrical-style dialogues, or the inclusion of dialects to lend authenticity, orality shapes the world of the novel by simultaneously imitating reality and enhancing storytelling. The selected corpus, highlighting the diversity of French-language literatures, explores the range of techniques used to make characters' voices heard, staged, and individualized. A diachronic perspective—from eighteenth-century fiction to contemporary works—reveals the echoes and variations of orality across time and space, particularly between the shores of the Mediterranean.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccfreBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: c 1600 to c 1800themaLiterary studies: c 1900 to c 2000themaDialogic formsFirst-person narrationNarrative fictionVoice and storytellingBoukadi, Olaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109013/1/9782374962375.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109013OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108141oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d97838474316579783847433033oapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSPthemaJBSP2themaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBCthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSNthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPFQthemaRthemaRNthemaRNPthemaRNPGthemaHascher, MarleenedtJugend. Klima. Rechtsextremismus.Perspektiven junger Menschen auf Herausforderungen der GegenwartLeverkusen-OpladenVerlag Barbara BudrichVerlag Barbara Budrich [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (208 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer Klimawandel und das Erstarken der äußersten Rechten fordern die Zukunft der Demokratie heraus. Welche Strategien der äußersten Rechten lassen sich in Bezug auf den Klimawandel beobachten? Und wie blicken diejenigen darauf, um deren es Zukunft hier geht? Die Autor*innen haben junge Menschen in einer deutschlandweiten Studie befragt. Deutlich wurde: Viele junge Menschen lehnen rechte Narrative zu Klimathemen ab, doch einige rechte Positionen stoßen auch auf Zustimmung.; The climate change and the rise of the far right challenge the future of democracy. What strategies of the far right can be observed in relation to the climate change? And how do those whose future is at stake here view it? The authors interviewed young people in a Germany-wide study. A central insight: Many young people reject right-wing narratives on climate issues, but there are some positions that find some agreement.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaAge groups and generationsthemaAge groups: adolescentsthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSocial research and statisticsthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaSocial workthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaFar-right political ideologies and movementsthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaPollution and threats to the environmentthemaClimate changethemaAnti-KlimaschutzEinstellungsforschungJugendKlimawandelNeue RechteQualitative ForschungQuantitative UmfrageRechtsextremismusRechtspopulismusRight-wing extremismSoziologieanti-climate protectionattitude researchclimate changenew Rightqualitative researchquantitative surveyright-wing populismsociologytransformationyouthHascher, MarleenauthKastberg, Ann-KatrinauthKerst, BenjaminauthMönig, AlinaauthOsterberger, EdmundauthQuent, MatthiasauthVirchow, Fabianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108141/1/9783847433033.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108141OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59779oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978100078512897810032310739781032138046978103213844210.4324/9781003231073doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaATthemaATDthemaATDCthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJBSF1themaJBSF11themaJBSJthemaJPthemaMthemaMQthemaMQCthemaMQCLthemaVthemaVFthemaVFVthemaUnderwood-Lee, EmilyautMothering PerformanceMaternal ActionTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (260 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Advances in Theatre & Performance StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMothering Performance is a combination of scholarly essays and creative responses which focus on maternal performance and its applications from a variety of interdisciplinary perspectives. This collection extends the concept and action of ‘performance’ and connects it to the idea of ‘mothering’ as activity. Mothering, as a form of doing, is a site of never-ending political and personal production; it is situated in a specific place, and it is undertaken by specific bodies, marked by experience and context. The authors explore the potential of a maternal sensibility to move us towards maternal action that is explicitly political, ethical, and in relation to our others. Presented in three sections, Exchange, Practice, and Solidarity, the book includes international contributions from scholars and artists covering topics including ecology, migration, race, class, history, incarceration, mental health, domestic violence, intergenerational exchange, childcare, and peacebuilding. The collection gathers diverse maternal performance practices and methodologies which address aesthetics, dramaturgy, activism, pregnancy, everyday mothering, and menopause. The book is a great read for artists, maternal health and care professionals, and scholars. Researchers with an interest in feminist performance and motherhood, within the disciplines of performance studies, maternal studies, and women’s studies, and all those who wish to gain a deeper understanding of maternal experience, will find much of interest. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license. Funded by University of South WalesAccessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of South WalesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaPerforming artsthemaTheatre studiesthemaActing techniquesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaGender studies: women and girlsthemaFeminism and feminist theorythemaLGBTQ+ Studies / topicsthemaPolitics and governmentthemaMedicine and NursingthemaNursing and ancillary servicesthemaNursingthemaNursing specialtiesthemaHealth, Relationships and Personal developmentthemaFamily and healththemaRelationships and families: advice and issuesthemaActing techniquesFamily and relationshipsFeminism and feminist theoryGay and Lesbian studiesGender studiesLGBTQ studiesNursing specialtiesPerforming artsPolitics and governmentThe artsTheatre studiesadvice and issuesgender groupsgeneral issuesUnderwood-Lee, EmilyedtŠimić, Lenaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/59779/1/9781000785128.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59779OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91162oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97895185888599789518588866978951858887310.21435/sfh.28doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaKoivunen, LeilaautColonial Aspects of Finnish-Namibian Relations, 1870–1990Cultural Change, Endurance and ResistanceHelsinkiFinnish Literature Society / SKSFinnish Literature Society [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (220 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Historica21Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edited collection re-examines the long history of Finnish-Namibian relations through the lens of colonialism without colonies as well as anti-colonialism. The book argues that although Finland never acquired colonies, Namibia was once treated in the areas of culture and knowledge formation in a manner now recognised as colonial. Namibian people’s ways of being in the world was transformed when the Finnish Missionary Society started its work in Owambo in 1870 and introduced Christianity and European modes of education, medicine, material culture and social practices. In time, cultural colonialism faded and during the Namibian struggle for independence from South African rule in 1966–1990 Finns took an actively anti-colonial approach. The book was written as a collaborative effort of Namibian, Finnish and South African scholars.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaFinlandNamibiacolonialismcultural contactsmissionary workKoivunen, LeilaedtMerivirta, Raitaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/91162/1/9789518588859.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91162OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76051oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2010a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d822890675OCoLC9781608050659978160805101410.2174/97816080506591100101doi822890675OCoLCoapenoapendcBigrigg, AlisonautTransforming Sexual Health in Scotland: Cultural, Organisational and Partnership ApproachesBentham Science PublishersBentham Science Publishers [Imprint]20101 electronic resource (129 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edited collection provides a unique insight into sexual health in Scotland. It sets out the challenges facing Scotland in terms of poor sexual health and inequalities, within devolved government arrangements and a different healthcare system from the rest of the UK. It suggests that these factors have facilitated the development of an integrated model of sexual health planning and delivery with resonance beyond Scotland. Chapter authors include clinical specialists, managers and policy-makers, academics and senior government officials from Scotland and other parts of the UK, all of whom have an active role in commissioning, delivering or commenting upon sexual health services or sexual health. Both editors have significant experience in developing, delivering and managing innovative sexual and reproductive health services and have held national and international leadership and advisory roles concerning health policy and service management. They were instrumental in developing and delivering Sandyford, NHS Greater Glasgow and Clyde’s sexual health service – the largest in the UK and viewed as the UK leader in progressive service development.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengReproductive healthSexual Healthfamily planninggenitourinary medicinegynaecologypopulation healthpublic healthsocial sciencesBigrigg, AlisonedtIlett, Rosieedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/76051/1/9781608050659.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76051OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39645oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1253402972OCoLC1253402972OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaAVAthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaWey, YannickedtTranskription wortloser GesängeTechnik und Rückwirkungen der Verschriftlichung des Jodelns und verwandter Gesänge im deutschsprachigen AlpenraumInnsbruckinnsbruck university press20191 electronic resource (364 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThesis seriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSince the beginning of the 19th century, orally transmitted songs in the Alpine region have been increasingly transcribed into music notation. The translation of sound into writing poses an essential problem of ethnomusicology; here we can study this process in a field that is clearly defined and delimited and has experienced many different forms of music transcription over a period of more than two centuries. The present research results provide insight into the processes by which wordless singing in the German-speaking Alpine region was transcribed and how the results affected musical traditions. Characteristics of alpine yodeling and related singing styles came under the influence of norms of notation-based music, in particular diatonic scales and the formal characteristics of written songs. Music notation functions as a transformative technology, which helps to shape the content and form of music and leads to new possibilities as well as to limitations in the presentation and storage of musical content. - Seit dem Beginn des 19. Jahrhunderts wurden mündlich tradierte Gesangs­gattungen im Alpenraum zunehmend musikalisch transkribiert. Die Übersetzung des Klangs in Schrift, eine wesentliche Thematik der Musikethnologie, kann hier in einem Feld beobachtet werden, das klar definiert und abgegrenzt wird und diesen Prozess der Verschriftlichung über rund zwei Jahrhunderte in vielfältigen Aus­prägungen erlebte. Die vorliegenden Forschungsresultate geben Einsicht in die Prozesse, durch welche der wortlose Gesang im deutschsprachigen Alpenraum verschriftlicht wurde, und die daraus erfolgten Rückwirkungen auf die musikalische Tradierung. Merkmale des alpenländischen Jodlers und verwandter Gesangsstile wurden von den Normen der schriftbasierten Musik, im Speziellen von diatonischen Tonskalen und den formalen Eigenschaften von Liedern, überlagert. Musiknotation funk­tioniert hierbei als transformative Technologie, welche den Inhalt und die Form der Musik mitgestaltet und sowohl zu neuen Möglichkeiten als auch zu Einschränkungen in der Darstellung und Speicherung musikalischer Inhalte führt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsgerThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaTheory of music and musicologythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaAlpenAlpsJodelnLiteralitySchriftlichkeitTranscriptionTranskriptionYodelingWey, Yannickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39645/1/9783903187818.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39645OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33723oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2008a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d277160340OCoLC978192153635910.26530/OAPEN_459283doi277160340OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDNthemaDNBthemaNthemaNHthemaHaebich, AnnaautIndigenous Biography and AutobiographyCanberraANU Press20081 electronic resource (180 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAboriginal History Monograph17Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn this absorbing collection of papers Aboriginal, Maori, Dalit and western scholars discuss and analyse the difficulties they have faced in writing Indigenous biographies and autobiographies. The issues range from balancing the demands of western and non-western scholarship, through writing about a family that refuses to acknowledge its identity, to considering a community demand not to write anything at all. The collection also presents some state-of-the-art issues in teaching Indigenous Studies based on auto/biography in Austria, Spain and Italy.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaBiography: generalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAutobiographyDalitIndigenous AustraliansNelson Mandelaaboriginal australiansbiographyhistoryHaebich, AnnaedtPeters-Little, FrancesedtRead, Peteredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33723/1/459283.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33723OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32238oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1975a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d945783563OCoLC978900428706810.26530/OAPEN_613372doi945783563OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaMoyer, D.S.edtThe Logic of the LawsBrill19751 electronic resource (316 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVerhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde75Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis study is directed towards providing basic background material for the understanding of South Sumatran social organisation. To this end, four legal codes from the first half of the nineteenth century are presented and analysed. The method used in the analysis is a modification of that used by Levi-Strauss for the analysis of myth.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/by-ncccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaAdatAnthropologyBengkuluBengkulu languageCode of lawPampasSouth SumatraStructural analysisindonesiaMoyer, D.S.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32238/1/613372.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32238OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30387oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2010a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d905919068OCoLC978383941412510.14361/transcript.9783839414125doi905919068OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPPthemaVorheyer, ClaudiaedtProstitution und Menschenhandel als VerwaltungsproblemEine qualitative Untersuchung über den beruflichen HabitusBielefeldtranscript Verlag2010texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGender StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarProstitution und Menschenhandel sind Gegenstand vielfältiger staatlicher und zivilgesellschaftlicher Aktivitäten. Die individuellen Wahrnehmungs- und Handlungsmuster der Polizisten, Sozialarbeiter, Gesundheits- und Ordnungsbeamten sind dabei von entscheidender Bedeutung. In einer bisher einzigartigen Perspektivenverschränkung zeigt Claudia Vorheyer die Dynamik der Verwaltungsarbeit auf und fragt, wie die beteiligten Akteure ihre Handlungsspielräume für unterschiedliche Prostitutionspolitiken nutzen: Wie deuten sie das Problem? Welche Aufgaben und Strategien leiten sie daraus ab? Und wie gestalten sie die Zusammenarbeit mit Dritten?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPublic administrationthemaAdministrationMenschenhandelPoliticsPolizeiProstitutionSocial WorkSociologySociology of CrimeSoziale ArbeitViolenceVorheyer, Claudiaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30387/1/646476.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30387OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33160oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d863399841OCoLC10.20851/navigatingdoi863399841OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSKthemaT Matthews, AmyedtNavigating the Kingdom of NightUniversity of Adelaide Press20131 electronic resource (170 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 2011, Amy T Matthews published End of the Night Girl, a novel which engages creatively with questions of identity politics and the ethics of fictionalising the Holocaust. Navigating the Kingdom of Night is a critical exegesis in which the author contextualises End of the Night Girl in terms of the critical debate surrounding Holocaust fiction.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: fiction, novelists and prose writersthemaDoctor of PhilosophyJewsNazismSigmund Freudamy t. matthewsart spiegelmancreative wiritingd.m. thomasend of the night girleverything is illuminatedexegesishasidic tales of the holocausthelen darvillehelen demidenkoholocaust fictionjerzy kosinskijohn boynejonathan safran foermausnavigating the kingdom of nightnovel writingthe boy in the striped pyjamasthe hand that signed the paperthe painted birdthe white hoteltheodor w. adornoyaffa eliachT Matthews, Amyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33160/1/560341.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33160OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/107659oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789819502721978981950273810.1007/978-981-95-0273-8doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaAbbondanza, GabrieleedtEurope's Indo-Pacific PivotNavigating New HorizonsSingaporeSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (149 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPolitical Science and International Studies; Political Science and International Studies (R0)Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis is the first book exploring Europe’s engagement with the Indo-Pacific region. Its novel comparative perspective favours a “bird’s eye view” of Europe’s unfolding Indo-Pacific pivot and nuances the many priorities and mechanisms that are involved in this process. The volume provides a wide-scoped account of Europe’s policies on the Indo-Pacific, comprising both the EU and Europe’s major, middle, and minor powers. It also offers a careful assessment of the resulting implications, including trends, commonalities and differences, advantages and risks, and consequences for cross-regional cooperation. Endorsed by experts from universities, think tanks, and international institutions, this book is meant for academics, policymakers, and diplomats, as well as journalists and students interested in Europe’s growing focus on the Indo-Pacific.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaBritish foreign policyCross-regional cooperationDutch foreign policyEuropean UnionEuropean foreign policyEuropean relations with the Indo-PacificFrench foreign policyGerman foreign policyIndo-PacificItalian foreign policyOpen AccessAbbondanza, GabrieleauthGrgić, Goranaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/107659/1/9789819502738.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/107659OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103706oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781760466879978176046688610.22459/cipr41.2025doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJBSL1themaJBSL11themaJPthemaJPNthemaJPPthemaHoward-Wagner, DeirdreautA Quiet Revolution in Indigenous Service DeliveryNew Public Management and its Effects on First Nations OrganisationsCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (222 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCentre for Indigenous Policy Research (CIPR)41Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe government Indigenous service market that is now well entrenched in the public administration system has operated to marginalise First Nations people and First Nations organisations, who have had very little say, if any, over the last 20 years, about how government services are designed to meet their needs. The chapters in this volume comprehensively describe and illustrate how the government Indigenous market, and the Indigenous service delivery system created around that market, have failed and why system change is needed. The book offers the expertise of individual community-controlled First Nations organisations operating in urban settings in NSW, which variously operate as social enterprises, businesses, community development organisations, social service providers, representatives and advocacy organisations. Concentrating on the experiences of individual First Nations organisations allows us to examine the complex, layered Indigenous service system as a multi-jurisdictional phenomenon on the ground in an urban context.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaEthnic groups and multicultural studiesthemaIndigenous peoplesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaIndigenous people: governance and politicsthemaPublic administrationthemaIndigenous policyNew Public Managementcommunity-controlled organisationspublic administrationself-determinationHoward-Wagner, Deirdreedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103706/1/9781760466886.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103706OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108889oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783837662474978383946247810.14361/9783839462478doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTQthemaJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBLthemaFink, MichaelaedtLabor Turnover in Ethiopia's Textile IndustryA Hotspot of Social Transformationtranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (186 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGlobal StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Ethiopian textile industry is particularly affected by high labor turnover. In a compelling social study, Michaela Fink investigates the causes of this issue, focusing primarily on the voices of the (female) workforce. She illustrates the tension between rural, community-based orientations of women workers and the industrial working environment in which they find themselves. For the women, it is often a balancing act between the rural world they come from and the urban consumerist world they live and work in. They are attracted to modern values of career, consumption and urbanity. At the same time, it is hardly possible for them to achieve modest prosperity.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaGlobalizationthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSociology: work and labourthemaAfricaEconomic SociologyEthiopiaGlobalizationLabor StudiesRuralSocial ScienceSociologySociology of Work and IndustryTextile IndustryWomenWorkFink, Michaelaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108889/1/9783839462478.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108889OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109071oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783205220008978320522129610.7767/9783205221296doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaABCthemaHaselberger, MartinaautPATANConservation at a World Heritage Site in NepalWienBrillBöhlau Verlag Wien [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (384 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKonservierungswissenschaft. Restaurierung. TechnologieBand 018Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe shared history of the World Heritage site Patan and the Institute of Conservation, University of Applied Arts Vienna, goes back 15 years now. Annual on-site campaigns under the leadership of Gabriela Krist facilitated the conservation, documentation and research of several stone monuments, metal, ivory and textile objects, wall paintings, collection care projects at the Patan Museum and disaster response measures in Nepal’s vibrant cultural hub. Devastating earthquakes, severe climate conditions and environmental pollution in the Kathmandu Valley are complex challenges for heritage preservation. Collaboration with various stakeholders, particularly the Kathmandu Valley Preservation Trust, and the inclusion of local traditions and crafts contributed to the modification of the usual conservation method. Contributions of several academic disciplines in this book offer a multi-facetted perspective on the preservation of the cultural heritage in Patan.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaConservation, restoration and care of artworksthemaHindu-Buddhist religionNepalPatan MuseumSouth AsiaUniversity of Applied ArtsWorld Heritageartworkclimateconservation reportsheritage preservationinterdisciplinary researchmonumentstechnological studiestemplesHaselberger, MartinaedtKrist, Gabrielaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109071/1/9783205221296.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109071OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50148oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1227791683OCoLC9780520380578https://doi.org/10.1525/luminos.108doi1227791683OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaQthemaQRthemaQRRthemaQRRCthemaBajželj, AnaedtInsistent LifePrinciples for Bioethics in the Jain TraditionUniversity of California PressUniversity of California Press [Imprint]2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarJainism, perhaps more so than any other South Asian tradition, focuses strongly on the ethics of birth, life, and death, with regard to both humans and other living beings. Insistent Life is the first full-length interdisciplinary examination of the foundational principles of bioethics within Jain doctrine and the application of those principles in the contemporary sphere. Brianne Donaldson and Ana Bajželj analyze a diverse range of Jain texts and contemporary sources to identify Jain perspectives on bioethical issues while highlighting the complexity of their personal, professional, and public dimensions. The book also features extensive original data based on an international survey the authors conducted with Jain medical professionals in India and diaspora communities of North America, Europe, and Africa.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaOther religions and spiritual beliefsthemaJainismthemaAnthropologyAsiaHistoryIndia & South AsiaJainismReligionSocial ScienceBajželj, AnaauthDonaldson, Brianneauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50148/1/external_content.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50148OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75995oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1375659501OCoLC978100091418497810033671929781032434155978103243416210.4324/9781003367192doi1375659501OCoLCoapenoapendcBanks, Ja'NyaedtPlace-Based Scientific InquiryA Practical Handbook for Teaching OutsideTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (292 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLearn how to facilitate scientific inquiry projects by getting out of the classroom and connecting to the natural environment—in your schoolyard, or in your community! Providing a contemporary perspective on how to do scientific inquiry in ways that can make teachers’ lives easier and students’ experiences better, this book draws on authentic inquiry, engaging with communities, and teaching through project-based learning to help students design and carry out scientific inquiry projects that are grounded in their local places. This accessible guide will help you to develop skills around facilitation, team building, and learning outdoors in schoolyards and parks, acting as a go-to toolkit for teachers to help build confidence and skills in these areas. Written according to the Next Generation Science Standards, this book supports teachers in fostering community engagement and a justice-first classroom. The approachable resources included in this book will help teachers with all levels of experience succeed in empowering students grades 3–12 in their science learning. Additional support materials including template documents for student use and for teacher planning, as well as examples of real student work, are available online. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution (CC-BY) 4.0 licenseAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccengNGSSScience educationclimate changeinstructional strategiesoutdoor educationteaching strategiesBanks, Ja'NyaauthCruz, AustinauthDornhaus, AnnaauthGodfrey, R. KeatingauthHoskinson, Joshua S.authLipson, RebeccaauthSommers, PacificaauthStewart, ChristyauthStrauss, AlanauthWong Blonder, Benjaminauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/75995/1/9781000914184.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75995OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92625oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783837673371978383947337510.14361/9783839473375doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaJBCT1themaSavic, SelenaautRadio ExplorationsArchitectonic Studies of Electromagnetic MilieuxBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Medienwissenschaft112Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRadio signals keep making material, informational, political, and social connections in this world. Exploring these signals architectonically, the contributors engage with the situatedness of radio signal recordings in nature and with knowledge implied in radio communication. Rooted in experimental design and data feminism, the book presents innovative tools for navigating data by spanning media theory, information studies, and feminist new materialism. This offers an intersectional and post-disciplinary approach to computation, classification, and search that is accessible to artists, technologists, and researchers - facilitating interdisciplinary collaboration and deepening the understanding of information technologies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaMedia studies: internet, digital media and societythemaAnalogue MediaDigital ArchivesDigital MediaFeminist New MaterialismIntersectionalityMediaMedia PhilosophyMedia StudiesMedia TheoryRadio SignalsSocietyTechnologySavic, Selenaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/92625/1/9783839473375.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92625OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55047oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2012a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1229472393OCoLC97888665515469788866551607978889273551410.36253/978-88-6655-160-7doi1229472393OCoLCoapenoapendcBOLICI, ROBERTOautLa ricerca tra innovazione, creatività e progetto / Research among Innovation, Creativity and DesignFirenzeFirenze University Press20121 electronic resource (520 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierScuole di dottorato39Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the current socio-cultural scenario, the implementation of the university reform aimed at boosting third-level education calls for meditation within the discipline of Architectural Technology (ICAR 12). This review must address the research topics and academic profiles of PhD courses in the Technological Area, also in terms of fostering actions consistent with European strategic lines for the promotion of a knowledge society. Research, innovation, creativity and design are the keywords of this scenario that PhD students and lecturers must bear in mind when considering three fields of study: environmental design and landscape, building production and construction and works and services strategic for the community. This book "Research among innovation, creativity and design" develops the topics addressed during the VII OSDOTTA workshop (the network of PhD courses in the field of Architectural Technology) held at the Mantua campus of Milan Polytechnic on 15th-16th-17th September 2011.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengBOLICI, ROBERTOedtGAMBARO, MATTEOedtTARTAGLIA, ANDREAedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55047/1/9788866551607.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55047OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61039oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1359336680OCoLC97831107623969783110765137978311076517510.1515/9783110765137doi1359336680OCoLCoapenoapendc3thema3MthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaBrendecke, ArndtautZeiten der WachsamkeitBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (227 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVigilanzkulturen / Cultures of Vigilance1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarJust as human attention is subject to considerable fluctuations, vigilance is also temporally unstable. Cultural instructions to be vigilant therefore generally work with temporal structures and natural temporal sequences (such as day and night, light and dark), which they form culturally and make useful. This volume examines this temporal shaping of vigilance by looking at specific historical constellations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Deutsche ForschungsgemeinschaftCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaStructure vigilence time.Brendecke, ArndtedtReichlin, Susanneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/61039/1/9783110765137.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61039OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63819oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818051112149781805111221978180511123810.11647/OBP.0361doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBCthemaKthemaKCthemaKCAthemaOsborne, MartinedtModels in Microeconomic TheoryExpanded Second Edition (She)CambridgeOpen Book Publishers20231 electronic resource (382 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarModels in Microeconomic Theory covers basic models in current microeconomic theory. Part I (Chapters 1-7) presents models of an economic agent, discussing abstract models of preferences, choice, and decision making under uncertainty, before turning to models of the consumer, the producer, and monopoly. Part II (Chapters 8-14) introduces the concept of equilibrium, beginning, unconventionally, with the models of the jungle and an economy with indivisible goods, and continuing with models of an exchange economy, equilibrium with rational expectations, and an economy with asymmetric information. Part III (Chapters 15-16) provides an introduction to game theory, covering strategic and extensive games and the concepts of Nash equilibrium and subgame perfect equilibrium. Part IV (Chapters 17-20) gives a taste of the topics of mechanism design, matching, the axiomatic analysis of economic systems, and social choice. The book focuses on the concepts of model and equilibrium. It states models and results precisely, and provides proofs for all results. It uses only elementary mathematics (with almost no calculus), although many of the proofs involve sustained logical arguments. It includes about 150 exercises. With its formal but accessible style, this textbook is designed for undergraduate students of microeconomics at intermediate and advanced levels.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSocial research and statisticsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomic theory and philosophythemaTextbookaxiomatic analysis of economic systemsbasic modelsequilibriumgame theorymatchingmechanism designmicroeconomic theorymodels of an economic agentsocial choiceundergraduate studentsOsborne, MartinauthRubinstein, Arielauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63819/1/9781805111238.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63819OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41580oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1195553476OCoLC978178962232497818003482881195553476OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DDthema2thema2Zthema2ZXthema2ZXTthemaGthemaGLthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTSthemaMoody, JessicaedtThe persistence of memoryRemembering slavery in Liverpool, 'slaving capital of the world'Liverpool University Press20201 electronic resource (328 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Persistence of Memory is a history of the public memory of transatlantic slavery in the largest slave-trading port city in Europe, from the end of the 18th century into the 21st century; from history to memory. Mapping this public memory over more than two centuries reveals the ways in which dissonant pasts, rather than being ‘forgotten histories’, persist over time as a contested public debate. This public memory, intimately intertwined with constructions of ‘place’ and ‘identity’, has been shaped by legacies of transatlantic slavery itself, as well as other events, contexts and phenomena along its trajectory, revealing the ways in which current narratives and debate around difficult histories have histories of their own. By the 21st century, Liverpool, once the ‘slaving capital of the world’, had more permanent and long-lasting memory work relating to transatlantic slavery than any other British city. The long history of how Liverpool, home to Britain’s oldest continuous black presence, has publicly ‘remembered’ its own slaving past, how this has changed over time and why, is of central significance and relevance to current and ongoing efforts to face contested histories, particularly those surrounding race, slavery and empire.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaWestern EuropethemaLanguage qualifiersthemaOther languagesthemaArtificial languagesthemaInterlinguathemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSlavery and abolition of slaverythemaheritagememorypublic historyslaveryMoody, Jessicaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/41580/1/Moody_9781789622577_web.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/41580OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30061oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d948403225OCoLC978147440226210.3366/edinburgh/9781474402255.001.0001doi948403225OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHGthemaWing, PatrickedtThe JalayiridsEdinburgh University Press2016texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book traces the origins, history, and memory of the Jalayirid dynasty, a family that succeeded the Mongol Ilkhans in Iran and Iraq in the 14th and early 15th centuries. The story of how the Jalayirids came to power is illustrative of the political dynamics that shaped much of the Mongol and post-Mongol period in the Middle East. The Jalayirid sultans sought to preserve the social and political order of the Ilkhanate, while claiming that they were the rightful heirs to the rulership of that order. Central to the Jalayirids' claims to the legacy of the Ilkhanate was their attempt to control the Ilkhanid heartland of Azarbayjan and its major city, Tabriz. Control of Azarbayjan meant control of a network of long-distance trade between China and the Latin West, which continued to be a source of economic prosperity through the 8th/14th century.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcodeby-ncccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaMiddle Eastern historythemaAzerbaijan (Iran)BaghdadEmirGenghis KhanHistoryIlkhanateJalairid SultanateJalairsSultanTabrizWing, Patrickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30061/1/650039.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30061OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24840oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d894629156OCoLC9789004281066978900428107310.1163/9789004281073doi894629156OCoLCoapenoapendcLthemaLBthemaLBBthemaLBBRthemaBorg Jansson, DominikaedtModern SlaveryA Comparative Study of the Definition of Trafficking in PersonsBrill2014texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn Modern Slavery – A Comparative Study of the Definition of Trafficking in Persons Dominika Borg Jansson discusses why, despite international anti-trafficking efforts, there are so few trafficking convictions worldwide. In an easily accessible language, the author explains why international legal harmonization in this area has been difficult. Making use of the concept of legal transplants, Dominika Borg Jansson compares experiences from Sweden, Poland and Russia offering insights into especially Russian legislation that are not widely available. The problems concerning the implementation of the international definition of trafficking are here divided into country-specific challenges and obstacles attributable to the original source. Jansson also addresses the effectiveness of criminalization of trafficking and offers suggestions on how future trafficking legislation might be framed.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcodeby-ncccengLawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaPublic international law: human rightsthemaPolitical ScienceBorg Jansson, Dominikaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/24840/1/1005262.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24840OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109820oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783779988335978377998834210.3262/978-3-7799-8834-2doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFGthemaJBFHthemaBucher, JudithautDimensionen einer vielfältigen Fluchtforschung: Diversität, Intersektionalität und heterogene AnkunftskontexteWeinheimBeltz Juventa20261 electronic resource (244 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDieses Buch fokussiert Diversität, Intersektionalität und heterogene Ankunftskontexte im Kontext von Flucht*Migration. Teilhabebarrieren, (Bildungs-)Ungleichheiten und soziale Ausschlüsse können unter anderem durch eine intersektionale Forschungsperspektive rekonstruiert und in ihren sozialen Folgen sichtbar gemacht werden. Gleichzeitig zeichnen diversitätsbewusste Perspektiven nicht nur wirksame Differenzordnungen nach, sondern hinterfragen und dekonstruieren auch sozial konstruierte Kategorien. Reflexive und partizipative Ansätze zielen auf soziale Transformation, die sich normativ an sozialer Gerechtigkeit ausrichtet und Handlungs- und Beteiligungsmöglichkeiten von Flucht*Migrant*innen erweitert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaRefugees and political asylumthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaBildungClassDifferenzkategorien und FluchtDiversitätFluchtFluchtforschungFluchtmigrationFluchtursachenGeflüchteteGenderIntersektionalitätKontexte der MigrationMachtMigrationMigration und TeilhabeMigrationsforschungPartizipationRaceSoziale ArbeitSoziale Arbeit und MigrationBucher, JudithedtBöker, ArneedtKorntheuer, AnnetteedtThomas, Stefanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109820/1/9783779988342.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109820OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31426oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d962285753OCoLC978176046090710.22459/NWFB.03.2017doi962285753OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1FthemaJthemaJPthemaJeong Soh, EunautNew Worlds from Below: Informal life politics and grassroots action in twenty-first-century Northeast AsiaANU Press2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn Asia today, the grand ideologies of the past have lost their power over the popular imagination. Even in many of the region’s democracies, popular engagement in the political process faces profound challenges. Yet amidst this landscape of political disenchantment, groups of ordinary people across Asia are finding new ways to take control of their own lives, respond to threats to their physical and cultural survival, and build better futures. This collection of essays by prominent scholars and activists traces the rise of a quiet politics of survival from the villages of China to Japan’s Minamata and Fukushima, and from the street art of Seoul and Hong Kong to the illegal markets of North Korea. Introducing an innovative conceptual framework, New Worlds from Below shows how informal grassroots politics in Northeast Asia is generating new ideas and practices that have region-wide and global relevance.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengPlace qualifiersthemaAsiathemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaJapanSocial innovationnortheast asiapoliticsJeong Soh, EunedtMorris-Suzuki, Tessaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31426/1/628291.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31426OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44187oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|spa d9789587387261https://doi.org/10.12804/op9789587387261doioapenoapendcMthemaMBthemaMBXthemaOrtega, MaríaedtMedicamentos simples para males gravesLos Casos felices y auténticos de medicina de DomingoEditorial Universidad del RosarioEditorial Universidad del Rosario [Imprint]2016texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCon todas las cosas creó Dios la medicina, simple y específica; y a la naturaleza, admirable en lo productiva y conservativa, y vio que todo era excelente, bueno”, de esta manera comienzan los Casos felices y auténticos de medicina del relojero, platero y médico Domingo Rota; libro que dio vida a esta investigación. Este ejercicio microhistórico busca esclarecer algunos aspectos claves de la medicina neogranadina de finales del siglo XVIII en Santafé y sus alrededores, a través de la comprensión y estudio de los casos médicos presentados por Domingo Rota en su libro. El texto explora eventos de la vida de este singular personaje, su proceso de aprendizaje del saber médico, el trato que este mantenía con otros practicantes, los contenidos de su libro y la relación que todos estos aspectos establecen con el universo en el que Domingo llevó a cabo su práctica.Accessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcodeby-ncccspaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaHistory of medicinethemaHistoryMedicalOrtega, Maríaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/44187/1/external_content.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44187OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105361oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837677027978383947702110.14361/9783839477021doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaKnaap, Ewout van derautJenseits der Deiche – Die internationale Vielfalt der Interkulturellen Germanistiktranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (336 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierInterkulturelle Germanistik6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAusgrenzungspraktiken, Inklusionsverfahren und Polarisierung sind Gegenstände gesellschaftlicher Diskussionen und medialer Auseinandersetzungen, aber auch Unterrichtsstoff in Schulen. Die Dynamiken von Öffnung und Abschottung, Zentrum und Peripherie sowie regionaler, nationaler und internationaler In- und Exklusion machen sich in geographischen, sprachlichen, kulturellen und politischen Dämmen bemerkbar. Die Beiträger*innen fokussieren auf diese weltweiten Pendelbewegungen und zeigen die Vielfalt und Notwendigkeit einer interkulturellen Germanistik auf. Dazu stellen sie unterschiedliche Ansätze der Interkulturalität vom Mittelalter bis in die Gegenwart ins Zentrum, die kultur- und literaturwissenschaftlich zum Tragen kommen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaAllgemeine LiteraturwissenschaftCultural StudiesGerman LiteratureGermanistikInterculturalismInterkulturalitätLiterary StudiesLiteraturLiteratureLiteraturwissenschaftKnaap, Ewout van deredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105361/1/9783839477021.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105361OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24011oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2010a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1162243995OCoLC9780472050987978047207098510.3998/toi.8008655.0001.001doi1162243995OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaUthemaUDthemaUDBthemaUDBVthemaWthemaWDthemaWDHthemaWDHWthemaNardi, BonnieedtMy Life as a Night Elf Priest: An Anthropological Account of World of WarcraftAnn ArborUniversity of Michigan Press20101 electronic resource (245 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTechnologies of the Imagination: New Media in Everyday LifeOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWorld of Warcraft rapidly became one of the most popular online world games on the planet, amassing 11.5 million subscribers—officially making it an online community of gamers that had more inhabitants than the state of Ohio and was almost twice as populous as Scotland. It's a massively multiplayer online game, or MMO in gamer jargon, where each person controls a single character inside a virtual world, interacting with other people's characters and computer-controlled monsters, quest-givers, and merchants. In My Life as a Night Elf Priest, Bonnie Nardi, a well-known ethnographer who has published extensively on how theories of what we do intersect with how we adopt and use technology, compiles more than three years of participatory research in Warcraft play and culture in the United States and China into this field study of player behavior and activity. She introduces us to her research strategy and the history, structure, and culture of Warcraft; argues for applying activity theory and theories of aesthetic experience to the study of gaming and play; and educates us on issues of gender, culture, and addiction as part of the play experience. Nardi paints a compelling portrait of what drives online gamers both in this country and in China, where she spent a month studying players in Internet cafes. Bonnie Nardi has given us a fresh look not only at World of Warcraft but at the field of game studies as a whole. One of the first in-depth studies of a game that has become an icon of digital culture, My Life as a Night Elf Priest will capture the interest of both the gamer and the ethnographer.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaDigital Lifestyle and online world: consumer and user guidesthemaInternet guides and online servicesthemaVirtual worldsthemaLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaHobbies, quizzes and gamesthemaHobbiesthemaRole-playing, war games and fantasy sportsthemaMediaNardi, Bonnieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/24011/1/1006122.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24011OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26119oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2005a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1080490543OCoLC978395479628110.3726/b12753doi1080490543OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDCthemaDrews, PeteredtSchiller und die SlavenBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20051 electronic resource (290 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSlavistische Beitraege444Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFor the first time, this comprehensive study deals with the entire reception of Schiller's works in all relevant Slavic literatures up to 1900. She concentrates on the translations of his poetry into the corresponding languages ​​as well as the respective reactions to his work in scientific circles as well as in the wider literary public. Not least of all, it is taken into account to what extent the respective nationalistic journalistic statements on Schiller reflect an independent Slavic opinion formation or, in their dependence on foreign sources, possibly far more particularly reflect German or French judgments on his work. The presentation complements a detailed, more than 1,600 titles comprehensive bibliography of the transmissions of works Schiller in all Slavic languages ​​until 1900.Diese umfangreiche Studie behandelt erstmalig die gesamte Rezeption der Werke Schillers in allen relevanten slavischen Literaturen bis 1900. Sie konzentriert sich auf die Übersetzungen seiner Dichtungen in die entsprechenden Sprachen sowie die jeweiligen Reaktionen auf sein Schaffen in wissenschaftlichen Kreisen wie in der breiteren literarischen Öffentlichkeit. Hierbei wird nicht zuletzt auch berücksichtigt, inwiefern die jeweiligen nationalsprachlichen publizistischen Äußerungen zu Schiller eine eigenständige slavische Meinungsbildung widerspiegeln bzw. in ihrer Abhängigkeit von ausländischen Quellen gegebenenfalls weit eher vor allem deutsche bzw. französische Urteile zu seinem Werk reflektieren. Die Darstellung ergänzt eine detaillierte, mehr als 1.600 Titel umfassende Bibliographie der Übertragungen von Werken Schillers in sämtliche slavischen Sprachen bis 1900.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaPoetrythemaDrewsIdealimusNeoklassismusRomantikSchillerSentimentalismusSlavenpoetryslavic literatureslavische Rezeption SchillerstranslationsDrews, Peterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26119/1/1003968.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26119OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90654oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1437954174OCoLC9788202780999978820278138597882028366659788202836672978820283668910.23865/noasp.208doi1437954174OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTCthemaKthemaKJthemaKJCthemaKJMthemaKJMBthemaKJPthemaAlghasi, SharamedtStrategic Communication – Contemporary PerspectivesOsloCappelen Damm Forskning20241 electronic resource (247 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarStrategic communication is emerging as a widespread professional field. When communication is strategic, the aim is purposeful impact. In society, politics, civil society and markets, new techniques and practices are being developed for communication to achieve such impact. Strategic Communication – Contemporary Perspectives explores those changes. In sum, these 10 chapters offer a range of perspectives illustrating contemporary trends in the field of strategic communication. Researchers at the Department of Communication at Kristiania University College, along with external co-authors, have written this scientific anthology aimed at research colleagues and others interested in keeping current on trends in strategic communication.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaCommunication studiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaBusiness strategythemaManagement and management techniquesthemaManagement: leadership and motivationthemaBusiness communication and presentationthemabusiness logicleadershipmarket logicorganizationsocietal aspects of communcationsstrategic communicationsAlghasi, SharamauthBarland, JensauthBlytt Sandstad, BårdauthConings Vanvik, EsterauthDiers-Lawson, AudraauthFalkheimer, JesperauthGrit Fredheim, Nanna AlidaauthHiram Jensen, HelgeauthJohannessen, MagneauthKalsnes, BenteauthKarlsen, FaltinauthKavtaradze, LashaauthKrumsvik, Arne H.authLaumb Stampe, PederauthMerete Viken, TonjeauthNilsen, AndersauthPedersen Dahlen, ØysteinauthPettersen, LeneauthValaker, SigmundauthAlghasi, SharamedtBarland, JensedtConings Vanvik, EsteredtFalkheimer, Jesperedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90654/1/Strategic_Communication.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90654OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88034oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1320808135OCoLC978191438640497819143864119781914386428978191438643510.16997/book63doi1320808135OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaLthemaBourne, JudithautThe Long Walk to EqualityPerspectives on Racial Inequality, Injustice and the LawLondonUniversity of Westminster Press20241 electronic resource (222 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 1965 the UK enacted the Race Relations Act while the International Convention on the Elimination of all Forms of Racial Discrimination (ICERD) opened for signature and ratification. In the US, the changes that brought down the walls of segregation, conveying some equality to black people essentially began with the Civil Rights Act of 1964. These ground-breaking instruments marked a commitment—domestically and internationally by the state parties to the ICERD—to address racial injustice and inequality through legal means. Yet, the intervening years reveal the challenges of pursuing racial justice and equality through the medium of law. In recent years, allegations of institutional racism have been levelled against numerous public institutions in the UK, while the rise of populism globally has challenged the ability of law to effect change. This edited collection draws attention to the need to reflect on the persistence of racial inequalities and injustices despite law’s intervention and arguably because of its ‘unconscious’ role in their promotion. It does so from a multiplicity of perspectives ranging from the doctrinal, socio-legal, critical and theoretical, thereby generating different kinds of knowledge about race and law. By exploring contemporary issues in racial justice and equality, contributors examine the role of law—whether domestic or international, hard or soft—in advancing racial equality and justice and consider whether it can effect substantive change.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaLawthemaEqualityImmigrationLawLegal AcademiaLegal ProfessionRaceStop and Search LawsTerrorism FundsThe International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Racial DiscriminationBourne, JudithedtTuitt, PatriciaedtWhyte, Avisedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88034/1/the-long-walk-to-equality.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88034/12/9781914386428.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88034OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89449oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d825978124OCoLC9780814758908978081475922610.18574/nyu/9780814758908.001.0001doi825978124OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaNthemaNHthemaHaulman, KateautMaking Women’s HistoriesBeyond National PerspectivesNew YorkNew York University PressNYU Press [Imprint]2013texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarExamines how women's histories are explored and explained around the world Making Women's Histories showcases the transformations that the intellectual and political production of women’s history has engendered across time and space. It considers the difference women’s and gender history has made to and within national fields of study, and to what extent the wider historiography has integrated this new knowledge. What are the accomplishments of women’s and gender history? What are its shortcomings? What is its future? The contributors discuss their discovery of women’s histories, the multiple turns the field has taken, and how place affected the course of this scholarship. Noted scholars of women’s and gender history, they stand atop such historiographically-defined vantage points as Tsarist Russia, the British Empire in Egypt and India, Qing-dynasty China, and the U.S. roiling through the 1960s. From these and other peaks they gaze out at the world around them, surveying trajectories in the creation of women’s histories in recent and distant pasts and envisioning their futures.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGender studiesHistorygender groupsHaulman, KateedtNadell, Pamela S.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89449/1/9780814759226_WEB.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89449/8/9780814759226_EPUB.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89449OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105656oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97831114325959783111434018978311143433910.1515/9783111434018doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFXthemaCotgrove, LouisautExploring digitally-mediated communication with corporaMethods, analyses, and corpus constructionBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (477 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDigital Linguistics2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume brings together corpus-based, language-centered research on CMC and social media in linguistics, philologies, communication sciences, media, and social sciences with research questions from the fields of corpus and computational linguistics, language technology, text technology, and machine learning.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaComputational and corpus linguisticsthemaComputer-mediated CommunicationCorpus LinguisticsDigitally mediated CommunicationCotgrove, LouisedtHerzberg, LauraedtLüngen, Haraldedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105656/1/9783111434018.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105656OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104170oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783031886744978303188675110.1007/978-3-031-88675-1doioapenoapendcGthemaGPthemaGPQthemaGPQDthemaKthemaKFthemaKFFthemaKJthemaKJMthemaBöni, PascaledtThe Evidence-Based InvestorOvercoming Investment Myths for Better PerformanceChamSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (120 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInvesting is simple in theory, yet difficult in practice. Investors give up returns and often unknowingly increase risk by falling for one or more of the investment myths. This open access book explores why countless investors keep falling into the same traps, warns against the alluring though deceptive voices of the investment world, and unravels ten specific myths that often lead investors astray. To avoid these pitfalls, a scientifically-based and disciplined approach to investing is presented, one which is centered around only three sub-portfolios. Based on empirical and theoretical insights, this book empowers readers to make smarter, better-informed investment decisions. If you want to master the art of investing and build a prosperous financial future, this book will serve as your essential guide.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaResearch and information: generalthemaDecision theory: generalthemaRisk assessmentthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaFinance and accountingthemaFinance and the finance industrythemaBusiness and ManagementthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaBuilding wealth through investingCapital Market AssumptionsEfficient PortfoliosFinancial wealthGlobal Market PortfolioInvesting mistakesInvesting mythsPortfolio optimizationPortfolio strategyThe Active-Investing MythThe ESG-Investing MythThe Factor-Investing MythThe Home-Bias MythThe Investment-Concentration MythThe Market-Participation MythThe Market-Timing MythThe Performance-Persistence MythThe Stock-Picking MythThe Volatility-Irrelevance MythBöni, PascalauthKröncke, Timauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104170/1/9783031886751.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104170OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96858oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019286896110.1093/9780191965029.001.0001doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPAthemaJPBthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaDunlop, Claire A.edtDesigning RulemakingHow Regulatory Policy Instruments Matter for GovernanceOxfordOxford University Press20241 electronic resource (225 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOver the last twenty-five years, the Member States of the EU and the UK have introduced freedom of information acts, various types of Ombudsman, impact assessment of legislative proposals, and stakeholders consultation procedures. The aim of regulatory reform is both to improve on substantive regulatory quality and to impact on final governance outcomes. This book explains when and how the design of regulatory procedures has effects on the quality of the business environment, perception of corruption, and environmental performance. The findings shatter predominant views on policy change in Europe, and offer a varied, detailed, granular account of the efficacy of regulatory design.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: H2020 European Research CouncilCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaComparative politicsthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaConsultationEuropean UnionFreedom of informationGovernanceOmbudsmanQualitative Comparative AnalysisRegulationRegulatory impact assessmentUnited KingdomDunlop, Claire A.authKamkhaji, Jonathan C.authRadaelli, Claudio M.authTaffoni, GaiaauthWagemann, Claudiusauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/96858/1/9780192695529_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96858OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92169oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97831113292849783111329321978311132941310.1515/9783111329321doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DNthema1DNNthema3thema3Mthema3MRthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTDthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAFthemaQRJthemaQRPthemaMoe Bjørnbekk, VibekeedtNarratives about Jews among Muslims in NorwayA qualitative interview studyBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (320 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierReligious Minorities in the North7Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe interreligious exchange between Islam and Judaism is as old as Islam. Today, the political situation in the Middle East and the situation of Muslims as minorities in Europe constitute important backdrops to the relationship between Muslims and Jews. Based on data from qualitative individual interviews, this book explores narratives about Jews among Muslims in contemporary Norway.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaNorthern Europe, ScandinaviathemaNorwaythemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema21st century, c 2000 to c 2100themaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaOral historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaInterfaith relationsthemaJudaismthemaIslamthemaMuslim-Jewish relationsNordic countriesantisemitismminority studiesMoe Bjørnbekk, Vibekeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/92169/1/9783111329321.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92169OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/106400oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978383535650410.46500/83535650doioapenoapendcBecker, MaximilianedtAntifaschismus und Kalter Krieg : Die Internationale Föderation der Widerstandskämpfer in NachkriegseuropaWallstein [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhat role did survivors of political persecution under National Socialism play in the East-West conflict?Welche Rolle spielten Überlebende politischer Verfolgung des Nationalsozialismus im Ost-West-Konflikt?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: FWFCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccgerAndere Geisteswissenschaften (605)Andere Geisteswissenschaften (6050)Archaeology (601)Archaeology (6010)Archäologie (601)Archäologie (6010)Cold WarContemporary historyContemporary history (601022)Cultural studiesCultural studies (605004)European historyEuropean history (601005)European history (NHD)Europäische GeschichteEuropäische Geschichte (601005)Europäische Geschichte (NHD)GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN (6)GeschichteGeschichte (NH)Geschichte und Archäologie (N)HUMANITIES (6)HistoryHistory (NH)History and Archaeology (N)Kalter KriegKulturwissenschaftKulturwissenschaft (605004)Other Humanities (605)Other Humanities (6050)Thema KlassifizierungThema Subject CodesTransnationalitätZeitgeschichteZeitgeschichte (601022)survivors‘ organizationtransnationalityÖFOS 2012ÜberlebendenorganisationBecker, Maximilianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/106400/6/9783835356504.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/106400OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100243oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783832556631oapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaJNthemaPthemaPDthemaEckoldt, JuliaedtDen (Sach-)Unterricht öffnenSelbstkompetenzen und motivationale Orientierungen von Lehrkräften bei der Implementation einer Innovation untersucht am Beispiel des Freien Explorierens und ExperimentierensLogos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWarum Lehrkräfte entgegen bildungspolitischer Ziele, curricularer Anforderungen, begründeter lerntheoretischer Annahmen sowie pädagogischer, fachdidaktischer und empirischer Evidenz den Unterricht häufig nicht offen und autonomieunterstützend, sondern eher im Sinne eines angeleiteten Frontalunterrichts gestalten, gilt als weiterhin offene Forschungsfrage.Vor diesem Hintergrund wurde untersucht, inwiefern schulische Rahmenbedingungen und persönliche Faktoren von N = 9 Grundschullehrkräften die Implementation innovativer, geöffneter Lehr-Lernformen beeinflussen. Die qualitative Untersuchung wurde in einem Pre-Inter-Post-Design mittels Fragebogen, Leitfadeninterview, Beobachtung sowie kollegialen Gesprächs durchgeführt. Die Auswertung der Daten erfolgte durch eine inhaltlich strukturierende qualitative Inhaltsanalyse.Als Ergebnis der Untersuchung kann festgehalten werden, dass die schulischen Rahmenbedingungen nicht entscheidend für die Anwendung innovativer Lernformate sind. Vielmehr spielen persönliche Faktoren eine Rolle, für die im Rahmen der Untersuchung das Konstrukt der personalen Gelingensbedingungen aufgestellt wurde. Sie umfassen hohes Professionswissen, die Fähigkeit zur Selbstreflexion und Selbstregulation sowie die Bereitschaft zur Innovation. Waren diese vier Faktoren bei Lehrkräften ausgebildet, neigten sie zur Anwendung offener Lernformen.Die Untersuchung gibt auch Hinweise, dass sich das pädagogische Handeln mit der Zeit entwickeln und verändern kann.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaEducationthemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaEducationPsychologyScienceEckoldt, Juliaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/100243/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100243OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59871oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97802037749779780415839044978041583905110.4324/9780203774977doioapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaJMRthemaJNthemaLee, Carol DautHandbook of the Cultural Foundations of LearningTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (480 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEdited by a diverse group of expert collaborators, the Handbook of the Cultural Foundations of Learning is a landmark volume that brings together cutting-edge research examining learning as entailing inherently cultural processes. Conceptualizing culture as both a set of social practices and connected to learner identities, the chapters synthesize contemporary research in elaborating a new vision of the cultural nature of learning, moving beyond summary to reshape the field toward studies that situate culture in the learning sciences alongside equity of educational processes and outcomes. With the recent increased focus on culture and equity within the educational research community, this volume presents a comprehensive, innovative treatment of what has become one of the field’s most timely and relevant topics.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaCognition and cognitive psychologythemaEducationthemaCognition and cognitive psychologyEducationLee, Carol DedtMcKinney de Royston, MaxineedtNasir, Na’ilah SuadedtPea, Royedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/59871/1/9781135039318.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59871OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50145oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1260688996OCoLC978383765835497838394583581260688996OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJBSJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaSeeck, FrancisedtCare trans_formierenEine ethnographische Studie zu trans und nicht-binärer SorgearbeitBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (250 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierQueer Studies31Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie wird Care jenseits heteronormativer Zweigeschlechtlichkeit entworfen? Wie werden Fürsorge und Selbstsorge in nicht-binären und trans Räumen organisiert und gelebt - abseits medizinischer und familiärer Versorgungskontexte? Dazu gibt es bislang kaum Forschung. Francis Seeck wendet sich dieser Leerstelle zu und interviewte und begleitete Personen, die Sorgearbeit für andere trans und nicht-binäre Personen leisten. Die ethnographische Studie vertieft das Verständnis des komplexen Verhältnisses von Gender und Care. Zudem macht sie auf die Bedeutung der Kategorie Klasse in Sorgebeziehungen aufmerksam. Sie zeigt, wie Klassenunterschiede und Klassismus den Zugang zu Für_Sorge erschweren, dass in den Zonen der Prekarität aber auch neue Formen der Fürsorge entstehen. Die hier entwickelte Forschungsstrategie der Sorgenden Ethnographie ermöglicht, Care-Praktiken als zentralen Bestandteil ethnographischer Forschung produktiv zu machen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Humboldt-Universität zu BerlinCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaLGBTQ+ Studies / topicsthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaBodyCareCultural AnthropologyEngaged EnthnographyEngagierte EthnographieGenderGender StudiesGeschlechtKulturanthropologieKörperPflegePrecarityPrekaritätQueer StudiesQueer TheorySocial InequalitySoziale UngleichheitTrans StudiesSeeck, Francisauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50145/12/9783839458358.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50145OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50337oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1285289785OCoLC9789058678737978946166428010.11116/9789461664280doi1285289785OCoLCoapenoapendcQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaQRMthemaWerner, Yvonne MariaautChristian MasculinityMen and Religion in Northern Europe in the 19th and 20th CenturiesLeuvenLeuven University Press20211 electronic resource (324 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"In the mid-nineteenth century, when the idea of religion as a private matter connected to the home and the female sphere won acceptance among the bourgeois elite, Christian religious practices began to be associated with femininity and soft values. Contemporary critics claimed that religion was incompatible with true manhood, and today's scholars talk about a feminisation of religion. But was this really the case? What expression did male religious faith take at a time when Christianity was losing its status as the foundation of society? This is the starting point for the research presented in Christian Masculinity.Here we meet Catholic and Protestant men struggling with and for their Christian faith as priests, missionaries, and laymen, as well as ideas and reflections on Christian masculinity in media, fiction, and correspondence of various kinds. Some men engaged in social and missionary work, or strove to harness the masculine combative spirit to Christian ends, while others were eager to show the male character of Christian virtues. This book not only illustrates the importance of religion for the understanding of gender construction, but also the need to take into consideration confessional and institutional aspects of religious identity. "Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaChristianitythemachristian masculinitygender constructionreligionreligious identityWerner, Yvonne Mariaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50337/1/9789461664280.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50337OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52360oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1292356768OCoLC9781800642669978180064267697818006426839781800642690978180064270610.11647/OBP.0266doi1292356768OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDBthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBBthemaNthemaNHthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHAthemaYthemaYPthemaYPZthemaPotter, TheaedtHorosAncient Boundaries and the Ecology of StoneOpen Book Publishers20221 electronic resource (348 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn Horos, Thea Potter explores the complex relationship between classical philosophy and the ‘horos’, a stone that Athenians erected to mark the boundaries of their marketplace, their gravestones, their roads and their private property. Potter weaves this history into a meditation on the ancient philosophical concept of horos, the foundational project of determination and definition, arguing that it is central to the development of classical philosophy and the marketplace. Horos challenges many significant interpretations of ancient thought. With nuance and insight, Potter combines the works of Aristotle, Plato, Homer and archaic Greek inscriptions with the twentieth-century continental philosophy of Heidegger, Derrida and Walter Benjamin. The result is a powerful study of the theme of boundaries in classical Athenian society as evidenced by boundary stones, law and exchange, ontology, insurgency and occupation. The innovative book will be of interest to scholars in the fields of ancient Greek social history, philosophy, and literature, as well as to the general reader who is curious to know more about classical life and philosophy.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaAncient, classical and medieval textsthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: ancient, classical and medievalthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaAncient Greek and Roman philosophythemaChildren’s, Teenage and EducationalthemaEducational materialthemaEducational: Study and revision guidesthemaAtheniansHomerPhilosophyPlatoclassical Athenian societyconcept of horosPotter, Theaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52360/1/9781800642683.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52360OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29517oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|nor d1051780174OCoLC978820258490010.23865/noasp.41doi1051780174OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaRye, Johan FredrikedtFengslende sosiologiMakt, straff og identitet i Trondheims fengslerOsloCappelen Damm Forskning20181 electronic resource (293 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"Prison has always been an attractive object for study in the field of sociology. Few other areas of modern society demonstrate social reality’s fundamental ideas so clearly and obviously than prison. Social deviance and stigma, ostracism and integration, control and discipline, power and inequality are all examples of key sociological concepts that are crystalized in daily life in a prison environment. Fengslende sosiologi. Makt, straff og identitet i Trondheims fengsler (Captivating Sociology. Power, Punishment and Identity in Trondheim’s Prisons) presents twelve scholarly, peer-reviewed chapters that explore various aspects of prison as a social phenomenon, both as a part of and an expression of society. The majority of the contributions build on empirical studies at maximum and minimum-security prisons in Trondheim, but the analyses have a broader relevance – both empirically and theoretically – for our understanding of power, punishment and identity in Norwegian penal institutions. Most of the contributors are associated with the Department of Sociology and Political Science at NTNU, the Norwegian University of Science and Technology, and the department’s project ‘Fengslende sosiologi’ (‘Captivating Sociology’). Several of the texts are by former master’s students in sociology and present further analyses based on their master’s projects. This anthology will be of interest to scholars and practitioners in the field as well as students and others interested in prison as a social institution and penal institutions in general.""I sosiologien har fengselet alltid vært et attraktivt studieobjekt. Her demonstreres den sosiale virkelighetens grunnleggende begreper så klart og tydelig som få andre steder i det moderne samfunnet. Sosiale avvik og stigma, utstøting og integrering, kontroll og disiplin, makt og ulikhet er alle eksempler på sosiologiske nøkkelbegreper som krystalliseres i fengselets hverdagsliv. I antologien Fengslende sosiologi. Makt, straff og identitet i Trondheims fengsler presenteres i alt tolv vitenskapelige, fagfellevurderte kapitler som diskuterer ulike sider ved fengselet som sosialt fenomen, både som en del av og som et uttrykk for samfunnet De fleste bidragene bygger på empiriske studier ved høy- og lavsikkerhetsfengslene i Trondheim, men analysene har bredere relevans – både empirisk og teoretisk – for forståelsen av makt, straff og identitet i de norske strafferettsinstitusjonene. De fleste forfatterne er tilknyttet Institutt for sosiologi og statsvitenskap ved Norges teknisk-naturvitenskapelige universitet (NTNU) og instituttets prosjekt «Fengslende sosiologi». Flere av tekstene er skrevet av tidligere masterstudenter i sosiologi og presenterer bearbeidede analyser fra deres masterprosjekter. Målgruppen for antologien er forskere, utøvere i praksisfeltet, studenter og andre med interesse for fengselet som sosial institusjon og strafferettsinstitusjonene mer allment."Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccnorSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaTrondheimfengselprisonpunishmentsociologysosiologistraffRye, Johan FredrikauthRindal Lundeberg, Ingridedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/29517/1/Fengslende_whole_book.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29517OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58771oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d890146635OCoLC9781849666039978184966604610.5040/9781849666053doi890146635OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCTthemaKthemaKNthemaKNTthemaHartley, JohnedtCultural ScienceA Natural History of Stories, Demes, Knowledge and InnovationLondonBloomsbury AcademicBloomsbury Academic [Imprint]20141 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open Access programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. Cultural Science introduces a new way of thinking about culture. Adopting an evolutionary and systems approach, the authors argue that culture is the population-wide source of newness and innovation; it faces the future, not the past. Its chief characteristic is the formation of groups or 'demes' (organised and productive subpopulation; 'demos'). Demes are the means for creating, distributing and growing knowledge. However, such groups are competitive and knowledge-systems are adversarial. Starting from a rereading of Darwinian evolutionary theory, the book utilises multidisciplinary resources: Raymond Williams's 'culture is ordinary' approach; evolutionary science (e.g. Mark Pagel and Herbert Gintis); semiotics (Yuri Lotman); and economic theory (from Schumpeter to McCloskey). Successive chapters argue that: -Culture and knowledge need to be understood from an externalist ('linked brains') perspective, rather than through the lens of individual behaviour; -Demes are created by culture, especially storytelling, which in turn constitutes both politics and economics; -The clash of systems - including demes - is productive of newness, meaningfulness and successful reproduction of culture; -Contemporary urban culture and citizenship can best be explained by investigating how culture is used, and how newness and innovation emerge from unstable and contested boundaries between different meaning systems; -The evolution of culture is a process of technologically enabled 'demic concentration' of knowledge, across overlapping meaning-systems or semiospheres; a process where the number of demes accessible to any individual has increased at an accelerating rate, resulting in new problems of scale and coordination for cultural science to address. The book argues for interdisciplinary 'consilience', linking evolutionary and complexity theory in the natural sciences, economics and anthropology in the social sciences, and cultural, communication and media studies in the humanities and creative arts. It describes what is needed for a new 'modern synthesis' for the cultural sciences. It combines analytical and historical methods, to provide a framework for a general reconceptualisation of the theory of culture – one that is focused not on its political or customary aspects but rather its evolutionary significance as a generator of newness and innovation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaMedia, entertainment, information and communication industriesthemaMedia studiesSocial and cultural anthropologyHartley, JohnauthPotts, Jasonauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/58771/1/9781849666046.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58771OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/56779oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1249172201OCoLC9783832551285https://doi.org/10.30819/5128doi1249172201OCoLCoapenoapendcDöhn, RaphaelautDer Mensch in der VerantwortungDie Theodizeefrage bei Hans Jonas, Dorothee Sölle und Abraham Joshua Heschel (Volume 2)Logos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Frage nach dem Leid angesichts des Glaubens an den einen Gott, der im Christentum üblicherweise als allmächtig, gütig und allwissend gedacht wird, ist eine der zentralen Fragen der Menschheitsgeschichte, die auch heute noch regelmäßig und intensiv reflektiert und diskutiert wird. Durch die Erfahrung der Shoah stellt sich diese Frage, die als Theodizeefrage bezeichnet wird, für das Judentum, aber auch für das Christentum noch drängender, als dies zuvor ohnehin schon der Fall war. In der vorliegenden Studie werden die Antwortansätze, welche der jüdische Philosoph Hans Jonas, die christliche Theologin Dorothee Sölle und der jüdische Theologe Abraham Joshua Heschel angesichts der Shoah im Hinblick auf die Theodizeefrage entwickelt haben, dargestellt sowie aus christlich-theologischer Perspektive kritisch beleuchtet und weitergedacht. Von besonderer Bedeutung ist hierbei, ob und wie angesichts der Shoah die (All-)Macht, das Handeln und das Leiden Gottes gedacht werden können. Im Hinblick auf die Menschen steht die Frage im Fokus, worin die menschliche Verantwortung für und angesichts von Leid besteht. Raphael Döhn, geb. 1989, ist ein evangelischer Theologe mit dem Fachgebiet Systematische Theologie. Von 2015 bis 2020 war er Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter im Institut für Evangelische Theologie an der Universität Kassel, seit 2020 Wissenschaftlicher Mitarbeiter im Fachbereich Evangelische Theologie an der Universität Marburg. Er promovierte mit einer Studie zur Theodizeefrage in christlichen und jüdischen Entwürfen des 20. Jahrhunderts, insbesondere im Hinblick auf die Gesamtwerke von Hans Jonas, Dorothee Sölle und Abraham Joshua Heschel. Sonstige Schwerpunkte in Forschung und Lehre sind u.a. das Verhältnis von Krieg und Frieden im Denken von Hans Jonas, Schöpfungstheologie sowie Jugendtheologie.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerAgriculturePhilosophyReligionTechnology & EngineeringDöhn, Raphaeledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/56779/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/56779OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/36816oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1030815865OCoLC978320578552110.26530/oapen_512194doi1030815865OCoLCoapenoapendcBlumesberger, SusanneedtHandbuch der österreichischen Kinder- und Jugendbuchautorinnen: L-ZBand 2: L-ZBöhlau [Imprint]20141 electronic resource (789 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis handbook is based on the project "Österreichische Kinder- und Jugendbuchautorinnen" (Austrian Women Writers of children's literature), which was defined as part of the project "biografiA. datenbank und lexikon österreichischer frauen" (database of austrian women, http://www.biografia.at), localised on the Institute for Science and Art in Vienna. In the years 1999 to 2002 more than 800 women writers could be described biographically. Among them are many women, who wrote only one single book for children, there are some illustrators who decided to write also the text for their books and there are also some wellknown writers for Children's books, like Christine Nöstlinger, Renate Welsh, Friederike Mayröcker and many others. There ist no time-limitation, so we have a good overlook of the whole production of children's literature in Austria. Austria means by that way to be born in this land or to live here for more than 10 years. Many of the living authors sendt their curriculum vitae and also many experts on this field helped to fill up the entries. But there are great differences between the portraits of the women, differences in the length of the articles, in the presenting details of the lifes and also differences in their way to live, in their political behaviour and so on. Many of the authors had to flee from austria during the time of nationalsocialism because of their jewish origin or their political background. Some of them are nearly forgotten. They were murdered or had to emigrate in a land with another language, the chance to be able to continue the writing career was very small. But we know some women who had the luck to continue the career. Alex Wedding is one of them, she founded with some other writers like Auguste Lazar the proletarian children's literature. Hertha Pauli is one of the women whose career began in her exile, she began to write books for children in the USA. The biographs can be read as a part of austrian culture, as a piece of our own history. It is the intention of this handbook to encourage scientists to study more about the austrian women-writers of children's books and to discuss their publications.Das vorliegende Handbuch entstand aus dem Modulprojekt "Österreichische Kinder- und Jugendbuchautorinnen" das als Teilbereich des Projekts "biografiA. datenbank und lexikon österreichischer frauen" (http://www.biografia.at), 1999-2002 am Institut für Wissenschaft und Kunst bearbeitet wurde. Ziel dieses zeitlich nicht eingegrenzten Modulprojektes war die biografische Darstellung all jener österreichischen Frauen, die mindestens ein Buch für Kinder bzw. Jugendliche veröffentlicht haben. Der Zeitraum wurde offen gelassen, um einen möglichst breiten Überblick über das kinderliterarische Schaffen von Frauen bieten zu können. Die Aufnahme der jeweiligen Autorinnen orientierte sich am Kategorienschema der Datenbank biografiA. Umfangreiche Recherchen und Kontakte mit ExpertInnen, Autorinnen und NachlassverwalterInnen ermöglichten die Erstellung von Lebensläufen auch wenig bekannter Schriftstellerinnen. Der zeitliche Bogen spannt sich von Antonie Wutka , die mit ihrer "Encyclopädie für die weibliche Jugend" aus dem Jahre 1812 zum ersten Mal in Österreich ein Schriftwerk auf den Markt brachte, das sich hauptsächlich an junge Leserinnen richtete, bis zu zeitgenössischen Autorinnen. Das als Grundlagenwerk konzipierte Handbuch, das zu weiteren Arbeiten auf dem Gebiet der Kinder- und Jugendliteraturforschung, der Exilforschung und der Frauenbiografieforschung anregen möchte, enthält auch sehr viele vom Holocaust betroffene Autorinnen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science FundOpen licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsgerAustriaFrauenbiografienHistory of LiteratureKinder- und JugendliteraturLiteraturwissenschaftSchriftstellerinnenWienchildren´s literaturecultural heritagekulturelles Gedächtniswomen writerswomens biographicsÖsterreichBlumesberger, Susanneauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33289/3/512195.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/36816OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86257oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1415825327OCoLC97818006430009781800643017978180064413797818006441449781800644151978180064673510.11647/OBP.0372doi1415825327OCoLCoapenoapendcHutchings, Williamedt‘Wit’s Wild Dancing Light’Reading the Poems of Alexander PopeCambridgeOpen Book Publishers20231 electronic resource (314 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe book is a chronological reading of Alexander Pope’s poems, from the Pastorals (1709) to the four-book Dunciad (1743). Each of the 26 chapters forming the volume selects examples for detailed scrutiny, demonstrating how close reading can generate understanding of a whole poem and how critical appraisal can build into a creative survey of an entire poetic career. The book’s approach is intended to be both scholarly and accessible and 'Wit's Wild Dancing Light' will be of interest to scholars, students and anybody interested in Pope’s masterful poetry.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengAge of EnlightenmentAlexander PopeChronological readingCritical appraisalEighteenth-century English poetryHutchings, Williamauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/86257/1/9781800644137.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86257OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63750oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781350286795978135028680110.5040/9781350286818doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFAthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaLthemaLAthemaLAQthemaLAQGthemaBanerjea, NiharikaedtLiveable LivesLiving and Surviving LGBTQ Equalities in India and the UKLondonBloomsbury AcademicBloomsbury Academic [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (208 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLiveable Lives examines what makes life liveable for LGBTQ+ people beyond equality reforms. It refuses the colonizing narrative of surviving in a ‘regressive’ Global South and thriving in a ‘progressive’ Global North. By linking the concept of liveability with the decolonial literature on sexualities, this open access book draws on individual's stories, art and writing to examine how lives become liveable across India and the UK, providing a multifaceted investigation of two divergent contexts where activists refuse local framings of exclusion/inclusion and LGBTQ+ lives are continually re-envisioned. Embracing diverse methodologies, including workshops, in-depth interviews, street theatres, and web surveys, the book stands as an example of a queer collaborative praxis that refuses the familiar Global North / Global South practices of theorizing and data gathering. The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on www.bloomsburycollections.com.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial discrimination and social justicethemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaLaw and society, sociology of lawthemaLaw and society, gender issuesthemaBrightonEqualityFeminismKolkataLGBTQQueer studiesSexualityBanerjea, NiharikaauthBrowne, Kathauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63750/1/9781350286801.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63750/2/9781350286795_EPUB.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63750OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49821oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1266287241OCoLC978288950047510.33055/ALPHIL.01520doi1266287241OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaJeanneret, SylvieedtLes lieux du polarEntre cultures nationales et mondialisationNeuchâtelÉditions Livreo-Alphil2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLa République des IdéesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar« Aujourd’hui, le monde entier s’offre à travers le polar. » Ce que l’on appelle couramment le polar, sous ses formes diverses qui vont des plus classiques, le récit à énigmes et le roman noir, aux plus hybrides – thrillers politico-judiciaires, ethniques, histoires de meurtriers en série, à la limite de l’enquête clinique ou du récit d’horreur – est devenu le genre littéraire le plus populaire, le plus transversal et le plus « mondialisé ». Le paradoxe de ces récits, parfois traduits en de nombreuses langues, est leur enracinement dans une réalité sociale, culturelle, historique la plupart du temps très spécifique et très localisée. Ce « lieu » peut être plus fantasmatique que géographique. Cet ouvrage rassemble des études ciblées sur différentes traditions géoculturelles d’Europe, d’Asie, d’Afrique et des Amériques. Les spécialistes qui ont contribué à ce volume analysent l’articulation entre la spécificité de ces traditions ou de ces « ambiances » et le caractère transfrontalier des procédés littéraires mis en oeuvre, qui correspond à l’horizon d’attente de la fiction criminelle.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemalieuxroman policierJeanneret, Sylvieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49821/1/9782889500475.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49821OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/48247oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1258395456OCoLC978303067338310.1007/978-3-030-67338-3doi1258395456OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJCthemaKJMthemaKJMPthemaKJSthemaKJSMthemaDeszczyński, BartoszedtFirm Competitive Advantage Through Relationship ManagementA Theory for Successful Sustainable GrowthSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (279 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRelationship management (RM) is an essential part of business, but its success as a business model can be hard to measure, with some firms embracing a model that is truly relationship-orientated, while others claim to be relationship-orientated but in fact prefer transactional short-term gain. This open access book aims to develop a mid-range theory of relationship management, examining truly relationship-orientated firms to discover not only what qualities these firms have that make them successful at the RM model, but also what benefits this model has for the firm. It addresses questions like how RM-mature companies achieve and sustain competitive advantage, and what determines the scale and scope of these firms, illustrating with case studies. This book will be of interest to scholars studying leadership and strategy, especially those interested in relationship management, business ethics and corporate social responsibility. It will also be of interest to professionals looking to develop their understanding of relationship management.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Politechnika PoznańskaCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaBusiness strategythemaManagement and management techniquesthemaProject managementthemaSales and marketingthemaMarket researchthemaBusiness StrategyBusiness Strategy and LeadershipBusiness strategyCustomer Relationship ManagementCustomer servicesLeadershipManagementManagement & management techniquesOpen AccessProject ManagementResource-Advantage TheoryService Profit Chainbusiness ethicscorporate social responsibilityleadershiprelationship managementstrategyvalue creationDeszczyński, Bartoszauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/48247/1/9783030673383.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/48247OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96883oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|por d978989895654597898989565529789898956569978989895657610.34619/lf32-befpdoioapenoapendc1thema1Kthema1KLthema1KLSthema1KLSBthema2thema2Athema2ADthema2ADPthema2ADPBthema3thema3Mthema3MPthema3MPQthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSDthemaZorek, BrunoedtO futuro de São Paulo na década de 1950LisbonImprensa de História Contemporânea20241 electronic resource (294 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContemporâneaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNa década de 1950, São Paulo tornou-se a maior e mais importante cidade do Brasil. O seu futuro, até então, era hegemonicamente representado como o de uma metrópole gigantesca, moderna e pujante, desembaraçada de quaisquer dificuldades graças a intervenções urbanísticas de precisão cirúrgica. Nesta perspetiva, São Paulo estava destinada à glória. No entanto, esse futuro começou rapidamente a transformar-se, quando projeções concorrentes, que imaginavam o caos e a paralisia como desdobramentos inevitáveis do gigantismo metropolitano, passaram a ganhar força. São Paulo, na verdade, estaria condenada à tragédia, caso nada fosse feito para interromper imediatamente o seu crescimento. O choque entre esses futuros produziu uma cidade esgarçada, cujo destino paradoxal era constituir-se em paraíso e inferno simultaneamente. Este livro conta a história desse esgarçamento, analisando como e por que essas (e outras) representações ganhavam ou perdiam força na sociedade paulistana de meados do século XX. Com esse objetivo, ele segue as trajetórias de políticos, intelectuais e articuladores culturais, além de examinar a imprensa local, em função dos papéis que estes agentes desempenharam na produção dos futuros em disputa.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Fundação para a Ciência e a TecnologiaCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccporPlace qualifiersthemaThe AmericasthemaLatin America – Mexico, Central America, South AmericathemaSouth AmericathemaBrazilthemaLanguage qualifiersthemaIndo-European languagesthemaRomance, Italic and Rhaeto-Romanic languagesthemaPortuguesethemaBrazilian PortuguesethemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaLater 20th century c 1950 to c 1999themaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaUrban communitiesthema1950sSão PaulocitiesrepresentationsurbanismZorek, Brunoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/96883/1/ZorekB_book.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96883OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/93993oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781003392033978103249058897810324905959781040125335978104012554010.4324/9781003392033doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCVthemaKCVGthemaMthemaMBthemaMBNthemaMBNHthemaMBNH2themaRthemaRBthemaRBKthemaRBPthemaRGthemaRGBthemaRGCthemaRGLthemaRNthemaRNFthemaRNPthemaRNPGthemaRNRthemaRNTthemaTthemaTHthemaTHVthemaTNthemaBeavis, SaraedtRivers of the Asian HighlandsFrom Deep Time to the Climate CrisisOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (336 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Planetary Spaces SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRivers of the Asian Highlands introduces readers to the intersecting headwaters of Asia’s eight largest rivers, focusing on the upper reaches of two river systems: the Brahmaputra’s highland tributaries in the eastern Himalayan Mountains and the Dri Chu (upper Yangzi), which descends from the Tibetan Plateau’s east through the Hengduan Mountains. This book guides its readers through these two rivers’ physical, environmental, cultural, social, and political histories before providing a multifaceted assessment of their present. It uses general and detailed insights from multiple disciplines, including anthropology, conservation, geography, geomorphology, climate science, ecology, history, hydrology, and religious studies. The rivers’ stories explain how the catchments’ hazards—earthquakes, landslides, floods, droughts, and erosion—interact with their energetic, hydrological, ecological, cultural, and social abundance. This book’s multiple cultural and disciplinary perspectives on the rivers will interest anyone who wants to understand the rivers of this critically important region as the environment faces climate change and other ecological crises.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Deakin UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaEnvironmental economicsthemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaPublic health and preventive medicinethemaPersonal and public health / health educationthemaEnvironmental factorsthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaEarth sciencesthemaHydrology and the hydrospherethemaMeteorology and climatologythemaGeographythemaPhysical geography and topographythemaHuman geographythemaRegional geographythemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental managementthemaPollution and threats to the environmentthemaClimate changethemaNatural disastersthemaSocial impact of environmental issuesthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaAlternative and renewable energy sources and technologythemaCivil engineering, surveying and buildingthemaAsian Highland riversBrahmaputraDri ChuPlanetaryRegulated RiversSocialYangzibraided rivereastern Himalayan Mountainsriverupper reachesBeavis, SaraauthGamble, RuthauthMaurer, PetraauthPittock, JamieauthPowers, JohnauthTan, Gillian G.authWasson, Robert J.authXu, Hongzhangauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/93993/1/9781040125335.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/93993OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33991oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2007a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d842296120OCoLC842296120OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaEngelen, E.R.edtHow to solve the riddle of belated Euro Contestation in The Netherlands? - 26WRR20071 electronic resource (39 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWebpublicatie26Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPolitical Science; European UnionDit paper onderzoekt de vraag waarom de euro alleen ex post factum betwist werd. De serie WRR-webpublicaties omvat studies die in het kader van de werkzaamheden van de WRR tot stand zijn gekomen. De verantwoordelijkheid voor de inhoud en de ingenomen standpunten berust bij de auteurs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaeuropean unioneuropese unieoverheidsbeleidpolitical scienceEngelen, E.R.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33991/1/439857.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33991OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57801oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1334103435OCoLC9781800082274978180008228197818000822989781800082304978180008231110.14324/111.9781800082274doi1334103435OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSAthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBLthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaRaj, JayaseelanedtPlantation CrisisRuptures of Dalit life in the Indian tea beltLondonUCL PressUCL Press [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEconomic Exposures in AsiaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhat does the collapse of India’s tea industry mean for Dalit workers who have lived, worked and died on the plantations since the colonial era? Plantation Crisis offers a complex understanding of how processes of social and political alienation unfold in moments of economic rupture. Based on long-term ethnographic fieldwork in the Peermade and Munnar tea belts, Jayaseelan Raj – himself a product of the plantation system – offers a unique and richly detailed analysis of the profound, multi-dimensional sense of crisis felt by those who are at the bottom of global plantation capitalism and caste hierarchy. Tea production in India accounts for 25 per cent of global output. The colonial era planation system – and its two million strong workforce – has, since the mid-1990s, faced a series of ruptures due to neoliberal economic globalisation. In the South Indian state of Kerala, otherwise known for its labour-centric development initiatives, the Tamil speaking Dalit workforce, whose ancestors were brought to the plantations in the 19th century, are at the forefront of this crisis, which has profound impacts on their social identity and economic wellbeing. Out of the colonial history of racial capitalism and indentured migration, Plantation Crisis opens our eyes to the collapse of the plantation system and the rupturing of Dalit lives in India's tea belt. Praise for Plantation Crisis ‘Raj’s well-crafted ethnography offers profound and moving insight into the experience of Tamil Dalit plantation workers as they become alienated not just from their labour and its product, but from their families, communities, settlements and selves. An excellent read.’ – Tania Li, University of Toronto ‘An important, insightful and compelling story of the alienation of Tamil Dalit plantation workers, the disjuncture between economic and social mobility, the production of stigma and the role of caste and class, the failure of unions alongside that of the state and corporations, the destruction of labour organisation yet the possibility of finding resistance. Not only a major contribution to the South Asian literature but also a decolonisation “must read”.’ – Alpa Shah, London School of EconomicsAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial classesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaSociology: work and labourthemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaCrisisDalitDalitsIndiaLabourPlantationTamilsTeaWorkersanthropologycapitalismclass systemeconomicsethnographyrupturessocial classessociologytea beltRaj, Jayaseelanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57801/1/9781800082274.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57801OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/35101oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2008a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d630532278OCoLC978905356565010.5117/9789053565650doi630532278OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaABthemaABQthemaAGthemaAGAthemaJthemaJBthemaKthemaAbbing, HansedtWhy Are Artists Poor?The Exceptional Economy of the ArtsAmsterdam University Press20081 electronic resource (368 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMost artists earn very little. Nevertheless, there is no shortage of aspiring young artists. Do they give to the arts willingly or unknowingly? Governments and other institutions also give to the arts, to raise the low incomes. But their support is ineffective: subsidies only increase the artists' poverty. The economy of the arts is exceptional. Although the arts operate successfully in the marketplace, their natural affinity is with gift-giving, rather than with commercial exchange. People believe that artists are selflessly dedicated to art, that price does not reflect quality, and that the arts are free. But is it true? This unconventional multidisciplinary analysis explains the exceptional economy of the arts. Insightful illustrations from the practice of a visual artist support the analysis.Kunstenaars verdienen vaak weinig. Toch is er aan jonge kunstenaars geen gebrek! Nemen zij het beperkte financiële gewin voor lief of weten zij niet beter? De overheid levert een bijdrage om de lage inkomens te compenseren, maar door subsidies lijkt de armoede onder kunstenaars slechts toe te nemen. In deze onconventionele en multidisciplinaire studie analyseert fotograaf, schilder en econoom Hans Abbing de uitzonderlijke economie van de kunsten: wijden kunstenaars zich geheel belangenloos aan hun werk, of laten zij zich wel degelijk leiden door economische motieven.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/by-ncccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaArt: financial aspectsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and Managementthemaculture and institutenculture and institutionseconomicseconomiehistorical treatment of fine and decorative artskunst en kunstgeschiedenisAbbing, Hansauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/35101/1/340245.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/35101OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109628oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978396147665710.25593/978-3-96147-665-7doioapenoapendcTthemaTGthemaTGBthemaTGPthemaWartzack, SandroautTagungsband der 5. Summer School Toleranzmanagement 2023ErlangenFAU University Press20231 electronic resource (76 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Notwendigkeit des Toleranzmanagements ist in den prinzipiell unvermeidbaren Abweichungen von imperfekten Fertigungs‐ und Montageprozessen begründet. Aus jedem Schritt der Produktentstehung resultiert eine allgegenwärtige Abweichung vom Ideal. Diese gilt es über die gesamte Produktlebensphase, angefangen von den ersten Ideen und der Auswahl des Produktkonzepts über die Herstellung und Montage bis hin zur Nutzung, zu berücksichtigen. Das Toleranzmanagement ist dabei der Schlüssel zur Vermeidung abweichungsbedingter Probleme und stellt seit knapp 35 Jahren mit seinen unterschiedlichen Facetten einen zentralen Pfeiler der Forschungs‐ und Lehrtätigkeiten des Lehrstuhls für Konstruktionstechnik (KTmfk) dar. Neben nationalen und internationalen Kooperationen mit Universitäten und Unternehmen, werden in unterschiedlichen Lehrveranstaltungen verschiedene Aspekte des Toleranzmanagements beleuchtet. Motiviert durch den regen Austausch mit Industrievertreter/‐innen, die eine höhere Präsenz des Themas „Toleranzen“ für den Nachwuchs an deutschen Hochschulen wünschten, wurde im Jahr 2013 die erste Summer School Toleranzmanagement durch den KTmfk organisiert und durchgeführt. Wie auch in den vergangenen Ausgaben der Summer School Toleranzmanagement liegt der Fokus der Veranstaltung darauf, den Nachwuchs für das Toleranzmanagement zu begeistern, die direkte und offene Kommunikation zu fördern und neue Kontakte zu knüpfen. Um dieses Ziel zu erreichen, wird interessierten Personen ein Einblick in unterschiedliche Problemstellungen und Vorgehensweisen aus der Praxis ermöglicht. Außerdem wird Student/‐innen, Wissenschaftler/‐innen und Industrievertreter/‐innen eine Plattform geboten, sich über Methoden und Werkzeuge des virtuellen Toleranzmanagements auszutauschen. Der Sammelband beinhaltet die im Rahmen der Veranstaltung präsentierten, verschriftlichten Beiträge aus Industrie und Forschung mit dem diesjährigen Fokus auf „Digitalisierung und datengetriebene Absicherungsmethoden“ im Kontext des Toleranzmanagements. Dabei werden sowohl Ansätze aus industriellen Anwendungen als auch neue Forschungsaktivitäten vorgestellt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaMechanical engineering and materialsthemaMechanical engineeringthemaProduction and industrial engineeringthemaAbweichungIngenieurwissenschaftenKonstruktionMaschinenbauProduktentwicklungProduktionstechnikQualitätsmanagementToleranzToleranzmanagementWartzack, Sandroedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109628/1/9783961476657.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109628OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87204oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1406028029OCoLC97837799451161406028029OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHBthemaKeller, ReinerautWissenskulturen der SoziologieBeltz JuventaBeltz Juventa [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (304 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWissenskulturenOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Frage, was soziologisches Wissen ausmacht, hat die Entwicklung des Fachs seit seinen Anfängen teils im-, teils explizit begleitet. Sie lässt sich weniger denn je durch die normative Behauptung einer Einheit beantworten. Die Außengrenzen sind unbeständig, die Vielzahl der Binnendifferenzierungen nimmt zu. Das Buch wendet sich den Besonderheiten soziologischer Wissensproduktion empirisch und analytisch zu. Es widmet sich der Untersuchung und Diskussion von Wissenskulturen unter vorrangiger Berücksichtigung der Soziologie.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPraxisSoziologieWissenWissenschaftWissenskulturenWissenssoziologieKeller, ReineredtPoferl, Angelikaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87204/1/9783779945116.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87204OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104014oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978395056190610.21939/harpsichord-16cdoioapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaAVAthemaAVMthemaAVRthemaAVRGthemaCampagne, Augustaaut'Universum rei harmonicae concentum absolvunt'The Harpsichord in the Sixteenth CenturyViennamdwPress20241 electronic resource (258 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe volume deals with various topics related to keyboard music in the sixteenth century. These include aesthetic ideas associated with keyboard playing, the spread of the harpsichord in the sixteenth century, keyboard notation and its specific features, questions of tempo, rhythm and ornamentation, and iconographic sources as a basis for reconstructing playing techniques. It gathers the proceedings of a conference held at the University of Music and Performing Arts in Vienna in 2021. The contributions cover a wide range of aspects of musical style, repertoire and performance practice, as well as the socio-cultural significance of plucked instruments in the sixteenth century. It is aimed at musicologists and musicians.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaTheory of music and musicologythemaHistory of musicthemaMusical instrumentsthemaKeyboard instrumentsthemaHarpsichordKeyboard MusicNotationPerformance PracticeRenaissance MusicCampagne, AugustaedtGrassl, Markusedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104014/1/mdwp003_Harpsichord.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104014OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33479oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d945782612OCoLC10.26530/OAPEN_469190doi945782612OCoLCoapenoapendcLthemaLNthemaLNPthemaLNPDthemaChul Park, YungedtDeveloping Asian BondmarketsANU Press2014texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe absence of vibrant bondmarkets in East Asia was a significant contributor to the 1997–98 financial crisis. Ever since, the development of local bondmarkets has been a major objective of financial reforms in many East Asian economies. This effort has been frustrated by the inability to reach a consensus on whether Asian bondmarkets are truly needed in East Asia, whether they can be made viable in the competitive environment of the global economy, how they should be created and what role intergovernmental cooperation should play in their definition and creation. Developing Asian Bondmarkets helps build this consensus, proposing how to develop robust and efficient bondmarkets in East Asia. This book, the first of its kind, comes from the Finance Forum of the Pacific Economic Cooperation Council.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaFinancial law: generalthemaCapital markets and securities law and regulationthemaBond credit ratingCurrencyEast AsiaMunicipal bondRace and ethnicity in the United States CensusSecuritizationSingaporeasiabondmarketseconomyChul Park, YungauthIto, Takatoshiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33479/1/469190.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33479OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33092oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d945782964OCoLC978370017602210.26530/oapen_574673doi945782964OCoLCoapenoapenenggerdcNthemaNHthemaAllen, PaulineedtPresbeia TheotokouThe Intercessory Role of Mary across Times and Places in Byzantium (4th – 9th Century)Verlag der Österreichischen Akademie der Wissenschaften20151 electronic resource (274 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe present book is dedicated to one main aspect of the Marian cult: it investigates the historical process that made Mary, mother of Jesus, the most prominent intercessor across the Byzantine Empire at the end of Iconoclasm (843). The study touches religious and social issues, it refers only to contemporary ideas and sources and distinguishes itself consciously from later mariological concepts.Das vorliegende Buch ist einem wesentlichen Aspekt des Marienkultes gewidmet; es untersucht den – regional unterschiedlich verlaufenden – historischen Prozeß, der Maria, Mutter Jesu von Nazareth, bis zur Mitte des 9. Jh. im gesamten Byzantinischen Reich zur wichtigsten Fürbitterin der Gläubigen machte. Die Untersuchung berührt gleichermaßen religiöse wie gesellschaftliche Aspekte; sie basiert ausschließlich auf zeitgenössischen Vorstellungen und grenzt sich bewußt von späteren mariologischen Konzepten ab.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science FundOpen licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsenggerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaByzantine studiesByzantinistikGod in ChristianityHistorical GeographyHistorische GeographieHomilyMariologieMariologyMary I of EnglandPatristikPatrologySyriac languageTheotokosAllen, PaulineauthKülzer, AndreasauthPeltomaa, Leen Mariauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33092/1/574673.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33092OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98330oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|hun d978963414587510.56037/978-963-414-587-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaLthemaLAthemaRónay, ZoltánedtVezetők, testületek, felelősség a felsőoktatási intézményekben, különös tekintettel az állami egyetemekreBudapestL'Harmattan Open AccessL'Harmattan Open Access [Imprint]2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMetszéspontok2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA könyv a szerző egyetemi felsővezetőként és a hazai felsőoktatási ágazat irányítására rálátó országos testületek és szakértői csoportok tagjaként szerzett gyakorlati tapasztalatain, valamint többéves kutatásán alapul. Ahogy a kutatás, a megjelentetni kívánt mű is hiánypótló a magyar tudományban és az oktatásban egyaránt. A hazai jogtudományi kutatások csak szűk körben foglalkoznak a felsőoktatási jog területével, ezek is döntően az autonómia kérdéskörére fókuszálnak, átfogó kutatás is csupán kettő valósult meg az utóbbi évtizedben: az autonómia, illetve a fenntartói jogosítványok témakörében. Így tehát hosszú időszak után először jelenik meg a felsőoktatás tételes jogával foglalkozó tudományos monográfia, amely ugyan nem a teljes jogi szabályozást öleli fel, de széles körben vizsgálja a hatályos jogszabályi közeget. A kötet nem csupán a felsőoktatás működése iránt érdeklődők számára jelenthet hasznos olvasmányt, de a felsőoktatásban dolgozók, valamint a hallgatók részére is hiánypótló, egyúttal kiindulási alapot jelenthet további jogtudományi, vezetéstudományi, neveléstudományi vagy akár pszichológiai kutatások számára is. Emellett mind a jogászképzésben, mind a(z oktatási) szervezetek működésével, vezetésével foglalkozó egyetemi képzésekben tananyagként is felhasználható.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndcchunSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaEducational sciencesJogtudományLawOktatástudományfelsőoktatási intézmények vezetésefelsőoktatási jogvezetői felelősségRónay, Zoltánauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/98330/1/9789634145875.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98330OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75305oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1391328439OCoLC978180008523797818000852449781800085251978180008526810.14324/111.9781800085237doi1391328439OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaAMthemaAMVthemaAMVDthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSDthemaRthemaRPthemaRPCthemaRPTthemaClifford, BenedtMajor Infrastructure Planning and DeliveryExploring Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIPs) in England and WalesLondonUCL Press20231 electronic resource (324 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMajor Infrastructure Planning and Delivery introduces the system for planning and consenting Nationally Significant Infrastructure Projects (NSIPs) in England (which has also applied for some schemes in Wales). These are the major projects involving power stations and large renewable energy schemes, motorways, railways and a range of other high profile, high impact and sometimes controversial development schemes, including some closely linked to the UK’s transition to net zero. The book explains where this separate system for governing major infrastructure came from and how it operates in practice, with a particular focus on the relationship between planning, consent and delivery of these infrastructure projects. Detailed case studies of the A14 highway, Thames Tideway super sewer, Galloper offshore windfarm and Progress Power station, drawing on research by the authors, illustrate issues of the often overlooked continuing role of local government, the engagement of local communities and stakeholders, and the modification of schemes between consent and construction. At a time of ongoing government planning reform, increased concern about climate change, and still unresolved consequences of Brexit, as well as timeless debates such as over national need versus local impact, this timely book offers rich detail on the particular approach to major infrastructure planning in England, but also speaks to wider issues around the governance of development and implementation of government policy under late capitalism.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaLandscape architecture and designthemaCity and town planning: architectural aspectsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaUrban communitiesthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaRegional and area planningthemaUrban and municipal planning and policythemaTransport planning and policythemaA14BrexitGalloper offshore windfarmNSIPNationally Significant Infrastructure ProjectsNet ZeroProgress Power stationThames Tideway super sewerclimate changeconstructiondevelopmentenergy schemesgovernancegovernment planning reformgovernment policyinfrastructureinfrastructure projectslate capitalismlocal communitieslocal governmentmajor infrastructure planningmotorwaysplanningpolicypower stationsrailwaysrenewable energy schemestransport studiesurban planningurban studiesClifford, BenauthMorphet, Janiceauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/75305/1/9781800085237.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75305OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34663oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2010a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d713010185;733555203OCoLC978908964244810.5117/9789089642448doi713010185;733555203OCoLCoapenoapendc5thema5Pthema5PBthema5PBCthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaJHthemaMügge, LizaedtBeyond Dutch BordersTransnational Politics among Colonial Migrants, Guest Workers and the Second GenerationAmsterdam University Press20101 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDespite widespread scepticism in receiving societies, migrants often remain loyal to their former homeland and stay active in the politics there. Beyond Dutch Borders is about such ties. Combining extensive fieldwork with quantitative data, this book compares how transnational political involvement among guest workers from Turkey and post-colonial migrants from Surinam living in the Netherlands has evolved over the past half-century. It looks at Turks seeking to improve their position in Dutch society, Kurds lobbying for equal rights in Turkey and Surinamese hoping to boost development in their country of origin. Sending-state governments, political parties and organisations are shown to be key shapers of transnational migrant politics both in opposition to, and support of, homeland ruling elites. Meanwhile, it becomes clear that migrants' border-crossing loyalties and engagement have not dented their political integration in the receiving societies - quite the opposite. Certainly in this respect, the sceptics have been wrong.Ondanks het heersende grote wantrouwen van het gastland, blijven migranten vaak trouw aan hun land van herkomst en blijven actief in de politiek. Door uitgebreid veldwerk te combineren met kwantitatieve gegevens vergelijkt de auteur de manier waarop transnationale politieke betrokkenheid zich heeft ontwikkeld onder gastarbeiders uit Turkije en postkoloniale migranten uit Suriname die in Nederland leven. Duidelijk wordt dat de grensoverschrijdende loyaliteit en betrokkenheid van immigranten hun politieke integratie in het gastland niet heeft belemmerd, maar juist heeft gestimuleerd.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to peoples: ethnic groups, indigenous peoples, cultures and other groupings of peoplethemaRelating to migrant groups / diaspora communities or peoplesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaSociology and anthropologythemasociologiesociologyMügge, Lizaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34663/1/375130.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34663OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105090oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|nob d978820286909010.23865/cdf.249doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFAthemaJBFNthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaAasbø, GunvoredtKjønn, helse og marginaliseringOsloCappelen Damm Forskning20251 electronic resource (229 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis anthology explores the intersection between gender, health and marginalization. In recent years, there has been increasing research interest in the connection between gender and health. However, in the Norwegian context, little research has been done on how gender and health are intertwined with cultural and social processes that lead to marginalization and ultimately gender-based inequality in health. On this background, this book provides new insight into topics such as cervical screening, cancer rehabilitation, abortion, substance abuse, domestic violence, chronic illness and dementia care. The chapters provide nuanced knowledge that can be used to develop better and more gender-sensitive health services where necessary. This can lead to better health and less marginalization for everyone, irrespective of gender. This knowledge can also be important for students in health and social science education. The book is also intended as inspiration for those pursuing master's theses, doctoral dissertations and other research studies, as well as a resource for teachers and practice supervisors within higher education in health and social sciences.Denne boka handler om samspillet mellom kjønn, helse og marginalisering. De siste årene har det vært en økende forskningspolitisk interesse for sammenhengen mellom kjønn og helse. Men det har i norsk sammenheng vært forsket lite på hvordan kjønn og helse er vevd sammen med kulturelle og sosiale prosesser som skaper marginalisering og i ytterste konsekvens kjønnsbasert ulikhet i helse. Med dette som bakgrunn gir denne boka ny innsikt i temaer som livmorhalsscreening, kreftrehabilitering, abort, ruserfaringer, vold i nære relasjoner, kronisk sykdom og demensomsorg. Kapitlene gir nyansert kunnskap som kan brukes til å utvikle bedre og mer kjønnssensitive helsetjenester der det er nødvendig. Det kan lede til bedre helse og mindre marginalisering for alle uavhengig av kjønn. Denne kunnskapen kan også være viktig for studenter i helse- og sosialfaglige utdanninger. Boka er også ment som inspirasjon for hvordan masteroppgaver, doktorgradsavhandlinger og studier i egen forskningstid kan gjøres, samt være en ressurs for undervisere og praksisveiledere innen høyere utdanning i helse- og sosialfag.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of OsloFunded by: VID vitenskapelige høgskoleCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccnobSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial discrimination and social justicethemaHealth, illness and addiction: social aspectsthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemagenderhealthhelseinequality in healthkjønnkvalitative metodermarginaliseringmarginalizationqualitative methodsulikhet i helseAasbø, GunvorauthBjørnholt, MargunnauthBondevik, HildeauthBreistig, SigrundauthBrekke, MaleneauthDahl-Michelsen, ToneauthEik, HeddaauthFeiring, MarteauthGlavin, KariauthGulestø, Ragnhild J.A.authHøye Ekholt, GuroauthKjelsvik, MarianneauthKrabbe, Silje HelenauthLillekroken, DanielaauthMengshoel, Anne MaritauthNyheim Solbrække, KariauthRoos, MaudauthSolberg, BeateauthSynne Groven, KarenauthSæther, Kristin MarieauthSøgaard Hansen, LouiseauthTveit Sekse, Ragnhild JohanneauthUtne Øygarden, Anne-MarthaauthØstevold, MirjamauthAasbø, GunvoredtDahl-Michelsen, ToneedtNyheim Solbrække, KariedtTveit Sekse, Ragnhild Johanneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105090/1/Kj%c3%b8nn_helse_og_marginalisering.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105090OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109550oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783763979455978376397946210.3278/9783763979462doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNPthemaDrummer, KatharinaedtTransformation durch Weiterbildung gestaltenEin Praxisleitfaden für Führungskräfte in KMUBielefeldwbv Media20251 electronic resource (56 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLeitfaden für die Bildungspraxis75Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Automobil- und Zulieferbranche in Deutschland befindet sich in einem tiefgreifenden Wandel, geprägt durch Digitalisierung, neue Antriebstechnologien und veränderte Produktionsprozesse. Diese Transformation eröffnet nicht nur neue wirtschaftliche Perspektiven, sondern verändert auch die Tätigkeiten, Beschäftigungsstrukturen und Qualifikationsbedarfe in den Unternehmen. Für kleine und mittlere Unternehmen (KMU) ist es eine besondere Herausforderung, Transformationsprozesse mit begrenzten Ressourcen strategisch zu planen und umzusetzen. Häufig fehlen systematische Ansätze und Ideen, wie das abstrakte Thema Transformation durch niedrigschwellige, wirkungsvolle Projekte greifbar gemacht werden kann. Deshalb zeigt der vorliegende Leitfaden praxisnahe Wege auf, wie Weiterbildung in KMU gezielt eingesetzt werden kann, um Transformationsprozesse erfolgreich zu gestalten. Eine zentrale Rolle kommt dabei den Führungskräften zu: Sie erkennen Qualifikationsbedarfe, initiieren Weiterbildungsmaßnahmen, binden Mitarbeitende ein und begleiten Veränderungsprozesse aktiv. Grundlage des Leitfadens sind Erkenntnisse aus dem Projekt transform.by, in dem Qualifizierungsmaßnahmen gemeinsam mit KMU entwickelt und erprobt wurden.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcode.de/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaAdult education, continuous learningthemaDigitalisierungFahrzeugindustrieFührungKMUNachhaltigkeitPersonalentwicklungQualifizierungTransformationUnternehmenskulturWeiterbildungDrummer, KatharinaauthGensler, ElisaauthKommer-Hasenest, MartinauthSchneider, Nicoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109550/1/9783763979462.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109550OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27761oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1003485435OCoLC978331956091510.1007/978-3-319-56091-5doi1003485435OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCVthemaKCVGthemaBonn, AlettaautNature-Based Solutions to Climate Change Adaptation in Urban Areas: Linkages between Science, Policy and PracticeChamSpringer Nature2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTheory and Practice of Urban Sustainability TransitionsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarclimate change; cities; society; biodiversity; mitigation; impactAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaEnvironmental economicsthemabiodiversitycitiesclimate changeimpactmitigationsocietyBonn, AlettaedtKabisch, NadjaedtKorn, HorstedtStadler, Juttaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27761/1/1002244.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27761OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/35050oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2004a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d84146858;972055184OCoLC978071906708210.7228/manchester/9780719067082.001.0001doi84146858;972055184OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaLonghurst, KerryedtGermany and the use of force: The evolution of German security policy 1990-2003Manchester University Press2004texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMobilising the concept of strategic culture, this study develops a sophisticated and innovative framework to understand developments in German security policy between 1990 and 2003. Germany's contemporary security policies are characterised by a peculiar mix of continuity and change. From abstention in the first Gulf war, to early peacekeeping missions in Bosnia in the early 1990s and a full combat role in Kosovo in 1999, the pace of change in German security policy since the end of the Cold War has been breathtaking. The extent of this change has recently, however, been questioned, as seen most vividly in Berlin's response to '9/11' and its subsequent stalwart opposition to the US-led war on terrorism in Iraq in 2003. Beginning with a consideration of the notion of strategic culture, the study refines and adapts the concept to the case of Germany through a consideration of aspects of the rearmament of West Germany. The study then critically evaluates the transformation of the role of the Bundeswehr up to and including the war on terrorism, together with Germany's troubled efforts to enact defence reforms as well as the complex politics surrounding the policy of conscription. By focusing on both the 'domestics' of security policy decision making as well as the changing and often contradictory expectations of Germany's allies, this book provides a comprehensive analysis of the role played by Germany's particular strategic culture in shaping policy choices. The book concludes by pointing to the vibrancy of Germany's strategic culture and argues that it will continue to define Berlin's approach to the use of force. Crucially, this may mean that Germany's perspectives may depart substantially from those of its key partners and allies. This book is essential reading for all those interested in contemporary European security as well as German politics.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaBundeswehrCold WarConscriptionMilitaryNATOWest GermanygermangermanygovernmentpoliticsLonghurst, Kerryauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/35050/1/341339.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/35050OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75797oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2011a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1154888860OCoLC9780295804088978029597380710.6069/9780295804088doi1154888860OCoLCoapenoapendcHarrell, StevanedtCultural Encounters on China’s Ethnic FrontiersSeattleUniversity of Washington PressUniversity of Washington Press [Imprint]20111 electronic resource (388 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies on Ethnic Groups in ChinaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOpen-access edition: DOI 10.6069/9780295804088 China's exploitation by Western imperialism is well known, but the imperialist treatment within China of ethnic minorities has been little explored. Around the geographic periphery of China, as well as some of the less accessible parts of the interior, and even in its cities, live a variety of peoples of different origins, languages, ecological adaptations, and cultures. These people have interacted for centuries with the Han Chinese majority, with other minority ethnic groups (minzu), and with non-Chinese, but identification of distinct groups and analysis of their history and relationship to others still are problematic. Cultural Encounters on China's Ethnic Frontiers provides rich material for the comparative study of colonialism and imperialism and for the study of Chinese nation-building. It represents some of the first scholarship on ethnic minorities in China based on direct research since before World War II. This, combined with increasing awareness in the West of the importance of ethnic relations, makes it an especially timely book. It will be of interest to anthopologists, historians, and political scientists, as well as to sinologists.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengSocial and cultural anthropologyHarrell, Stevanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/75797/1/9780295804088.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/75797/8/9780295804088.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/75797OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102955oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1154534484OCoLC97803675072999781138062313978131516168697813516660399781351666046978135166605310.4324/9781315161686doi1154534484OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNAMthemaFerfolja, TaniaedtGender and Sexuality Diversity in a Culture of LimitationStudent and Teacher Experiences in SchoolsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (174 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Critical Studies in Gender and Sexuality in EducationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarGender and Sexuality Diversity in a Culture of Limitation provides an outstanding and insightful critique of the ways that contemporary education is impacted by a range of political, social and cultural influences that inform the approaches that schools take in relation to gender and sexuality diversity. By applying feminist poststructural and Foucauldian frameworks, the book examines the ongoing impact of broader socio-cultural discourse on the lives of gender and sexuality diverse students and teachers. Beginning with an overview of the impact of how a culture of limitation is realised in Australia, the focus moves beyond this context to examine state and federal policies from comparable societies in countries including the USA and the UK and their effect on the production of knowledges and what’s permissible to include in educational curriculum. This research-driven book thus provides a comparative, international overview of the current state of gender and sexuality diversity in schools, and convincingly demonstrates that despite some empowerment of gender and sexuality diverse individuals, silencing and marginalization remain powerful forces. This book will be of great interest to graduate and postgraduate students, academics, professionals, and policy makers interested in the field of gender and sexuality in education. It is essential reading for those involved in pre-service and in-service teacher education, diversity education, the sociology of education, as well as education more generally.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaMoral and social purpose of educationthemaClassroom ConcentrationGender Diverse StudentGender Diverse Young PeopleHPE TeacherHomonormative SubjectJacqueline UllmanLGBTQ studentsMainstream Student PopulationsNSW DepartmentNSW StateNSW State GovernmentNational HPEPDHPE SyllabusProfessional DevelopmentSSCASexual Health EducationSexuality DiverseSexuality Diverse IdentitiesTania FerfoljaYoung Menculture of limitationgender diversityinclusive schoolsschool discriminationsexuality diversitysexuality educationFerfolja, TaniaauthUllman, Jacquelineauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102955/1/9781351666053.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102955OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37616oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1100452832OCoLC10.1515/9783110614619doi1100452832OCoLCoapenoapendcSchmitt, ChristinaedtWahrnehmen, fühlen, verstehenBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (288 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCinepoetics8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book develops a transdisciplinary perspective at the interface between a linguistic study of metaphor focused on language use and a theory of audio-visual media as moving images rooted in film studies. Detailed analyses of different film formats – from Hollywood movies to political reportage – show how metaphorization is a filmic type of thinking structured by the performativity of audio-visual images.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerfilmmetaphorSchmitt, Christinaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/37616/1/9783110614619.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37616OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34557oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2003a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d54355076;794698169OCoLC978905356654110.5117/9789053566541doi54355076;794698169OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaKlinkers, IngeedtDecolonising the CaribbeanDutch Policies in a Comparative PerspectiveAmsterdam University Press20031 electronic resource (292 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMuch has been written on the post-war decolonisation in the Caribbean, but rarely from a truly comparative perspective, and seldom with serious attention to the former Dutch colonies of Surinam, the Netherlands Antilles and Aruba. This study bridges both gaps. In their analysis of Dutch decolonisation policies since the 1940s, the authors discuss not only political processes, but also development aid, the Dutch Caribbean exodus to the metropolis and cultural antagonisms. A balance is drawn both of the costs and benefits of independence in the Caribbean and of the outlines and results of the policies pursued in the non-sovereign Caribbean by France, the Netherlands, the United Kingdom and the United States.Waarom verliep de dekolonisatie van 'West-Indië', anders dan die van Indonesië, vreedzaam en zelfs rustig? Waarom werd Suriname uiteindelijk wél onafhankelijk, terwijl de Nederlandse Antillen en het hiervan afgesplitste eiland Aruba beiden een plaats als autonoom land binnen het Koninkrijk der Nederlanden wisten te behouden? Hoe is te verklaren dat ruim een derde van de Surinamers en Antillianen in Nederland woont, ondanks relatief. zeer ruime Haagse ontwikkelingshulp? Hoe verhoudt het Nederlandse beleid ten aanzien van de laatst overgebleven Caraïbische delen van het Koninkrijk zich met dat van Frankrijk, Groot-Brittannië en de Verenigde Staten, landen die elk met een ander model van dekolonisatie in de Caraïben experimenteren? Welke lessen kunnen worden getrokken uit een systematische vergelijking van de vier modellen op dimensies als ontwikkelingshulp, zorg voor deugdelijkheid van bestuur, migratiebeleid en culturele identiteit? Deze vragen staan centraal in Decolonising the Caribbean. De analyse van het Nederlandse beleid is een samenvatting en een update van de veelgeprezen driedelige studie Knellende Koninkrijksbanden die in 2001 verscheen. De nieuwe vergelijkende delen bestrijken een derde deel van het boek en bieden een unieke verkennende exercitie, die ook elders niet eerder zo systematisch werd verricht.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/3.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaArubaCaribbeanNetherlandsNetherlands AntillesSurinameUnited Statesand auxiliary disciplinesgeographygeschiedenishistorypolitical sciencepoliticologieKlinkers, IngeauthOostindie, Gertauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34557/1/408881.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34557OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61078oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d851970514OCoLC97831103054949783110305852978311119619010.1515/9783110305852doi851970514OCoLCoapenoapendc3thema3Mthema3MPthema5thema5Pthema5PGthema5PGJthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaKopke, ChristophautDer Tag von PotsdamDer 21. März 1933 und die Errichtung der nationalsozialistischen DiktaturBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20131 electronic resource (228 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEuropäisch-jüdische Studien – Beiträge8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOn 21 March 1933, the National Socialists celebrated their alliance with the old Wilhelmine elites on the "Day of Potsdam." Eighty years following 1933, the great year of upheaval, this volume more closely reexamines the historical context of the "Day of Potsdam" as a critical moment on the road to dictatorship. Nine scholarly articles reconstruct the events on the "Day of Potsdam" and analyze its importance in the culture of commemoration.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to religious groupsthemaRelating to Jewish people and groupsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthema1933Day of PotsdamHindenburgHitlerNational SocialismKopke, ChristophedtTreß, Werneredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/61078/1/9783110305852.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61078OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99124oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97817738559129781773855929978177385593697817738559439781773855950oapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJBSL1themaJBSL11themaNthemaNHthemaFortna, PeteredtThe Fort McKay Métis NationA Community HistoryCalgaryUniversity of Calgary Press20241 electronic resource (239 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis is the definitive history of the Fort McKay Métis Nation. It traces the evolution of the community from the mid-nineteenth to the early twenty-first century, paying special attention to genealogy, land-use, land-tenure, and responses to mass oil sands development. The Fort McKay Métis Nation carefully considers the community’s unique historical context, drawing on a broad range of sources including archival research, oral histories, grey literature, and community literature. It examines the complex interrelations between the Fort McKay Metis Nation and their neighbors, the Fort McKay First Nation, and their ways they have connected with each other. Completed in partnership with the community, The Fort McKay Métis Nation provides perspectives which have never before been shared. It is an important, unique history of a community in the heart of the oil sands.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaEthnic groups and multicultural studiesthemaIndigenous peoplesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaalbertacommunitycommunity statuscreditable assertationfirst nationfirst nation statusfort mckayfort mcmurrayhistoryindigenousmetismetis nationoil sandsFortna, Peterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/99124/1/9781773855936_OA.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99124OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100248oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783832521042oapenoapendcJthemaJFthemaRthemaRGthemaTthemaTVthemaSchwillus, HaraldedtJeremy Bentham - Philosophie und RechtLogos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPilgern, individuelle geistliche Aufenthalte in Klöstern, aber auch kulturtouristische Besuche von Kirchen und Abteien liegen ‚voll im Trend‘. Solche ganz unterschiedlich motivierten Reisen zu religiös oder spirituell ‚aufgeladenen‘ Orten werden in der Forschung unter dem Oberbegriff ‚Spiritueller Tourismus‘ gebündelt. Seit einiger Zeit stehen dabei besonders Klöster und ihre Gärten im Fokus der Aufmerksamkeit. Reisende suchen dort Stille und Erholung, aber auch anregende Bildungserlebnisse, um gestärkt in den Alltag zurückzukehren. Die vorliegende Pilotstudie beschäftigt sich aufgrund dieser Fokussierung mit dem Spirituellen Tourismus in Klostergärten. Dies geschieht aus der Perspektive der Akteur:innen, die diese Gärten für ihre Gäste erschließen: Gärtner:innen, Gartenbauingenieur:innen, Museums- und Einrichtungsleiter:innen sowie Geistliche. Damit erforscht diese qualitativ-explorative Untersuchung, die Bedeutung und Chancen, aber auch die Grenzen, die diese Personen für die Umsetzung von Angeboten des Spirituellen Tourismus in ihren Klostergärten sehen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety & culture: generalthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaAgriculture & farmingthemaAgricultureEarth SciencesGeographyScienceSocial ScienceTechnology & EngineeringSchwillus, Haraldauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/100248/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100248OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108370oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978019890942210.1093/9780198909453.001.0001doioapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCMthemaKCSthemaKCXthemaMaria Jouste, Ravi KanburautPoor Protection: The Role of Taxes and Social Benefits in the Developing World During CrisesOxfordOxford University Press20251 electronic resource (368 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWIDER Studies in Development EconomicsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines the role of social protection and taxation systems in developing countries during times of crises. The main objective of the work is to promote understanding about proper crisis response, and the way social protection and tax systems can be made more sustainable to support countries’ paths through and out of economic crises. While there is a vast body of literature evaluating social protection programmes in general, few of these focus on episodes of crisis. During the COVID-19 pandemic, the number and scale of social protection programmes increased rapidly around the globe, however many developing countries lacked a systematic approach to social protection and taxation. Crises have a devastating effect on employment, incomes, and livelihoods. These impacts are more dangerous when people are in a vulnerable position to start with. This has become very clear during the latest worldwide crises, including the sharp rise in food and fuel prices. Armoured with comprehensive policies and systems for social protection and taxation, developing countries could enable automatic and speedy assistance when crises hit across the entire income distribution. Analogous to the currently standard financial stress testing in anticipation of crises, a thorough stress testing of social protection and tax policies is also of crucial importance. The work discusses to what extent can tax–benefit systems act as automatic stabilizers in a developing country context during crises to help provide fiscal space necessary to cushion, at least the most, detrimental developments in terms of inequality, especially vulnerable households and groups facing extreme poverty.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/3.0/igo/byccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaEconomic systems and structuresthemaEconomic and financial crises and disastersthemabenefit policiescrisesdeveloping worldsocial protectiontax policiestax-benefit microsimulation modelswelfare economicsMaria Jouste, Ravi Kanburedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108370/1/9780198909422.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108370OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109571oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783779993148978377999315510.3262/978-3-7799-9315-5doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFKthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSBthemaJKSB1themaArden, SephiredtZwischen Interessenvertretung und Kinderschutz – zum Umgang mit sexualisierter Gewalt in der GEW von 1950 bis heuteWeinheimBeltz Juventa20251 electronic resource (333 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDieses Buch ist das Ergebnis einer sozialwissenschaftlichen Studie zum Umgang der Gewerkschaft Erziehung und Wissenschaft (GEW) mit sexualisierter Gewalt gegen Kinder und Jugendliche ab den 1950er Jahren bis heute. Anhand einer Diskursanalyse wird für die Bundesebene sowie die Landesverbände Berlin und Hamburg gezeigt, wie das Thema über die Jahrzehnte hinweg (nicht) besprochen wurde – es werden auch Fragen des gewerkschaftlichen Rechtsschutzes beleuchtet. Dabei treten sowohl täter(*innen)schützende Narrative als auch Bagatellisierungen von sexualisierter Gewalt gegen Kinder und Jugendliche hervor.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaViolence and abuse in societythemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaWelfare and benefit systemsthemaChild welfare and youth servicesthemaAufarbeitungBildungErziehungGEWGewaltGewerkschaftGewerkschaft Erziehung und WissenschaftJugendlicheKinderKinderschutzMissbrauchSchutzkonzeptSoziale ArbeitWissenschaftsexualisierte GewaltArden, SephirauthBehringer, FranziskaauthDill, HelgaauthGabriel, MaiteauthKoepp, TabeaauthTäubrich, Malteauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109571/1/9783779993155.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109571OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49479oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978366631081210.13109/9783666310812doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHQthemaFranz, David M.edtUSA oder Sowjetunion?Konkurrierende Modernitätsentwürfe in den Massenmedien der Weimarer Republik (Volume 12)BrillVandenhoeck & Ruprecht [Imprint]2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDebatten über gesellschaftliche Modernisierungsprozesse bestimmten den öffentlichen Diskurs der Weimarer Republik. Eine besondere Rolle nahmen dabei die in deutschen Zeitungen und Illustrierten erzeugten Bilder der USA und der Sowjetunion ein, die als Modernitätsprojekte wahrgenommen wurden. Hier setzt die Untersuchung von David Franz an, die widerstreitende Darstellungen beider Länder in den führenden deutschen Printmedien der Zeit miteinander vergleicht und in die gesellschaftlichen Bedingungen der Zwischenkriegszeit einbettet. Neben journalistischen Texten wurden auch bildliche Darstellungen untersucht. Damit trägt die Studie sowohl der bisher wenig beachteten Vorbildrolle der Sowjetunion als auch der Wirkmacht bildlicher Darstellungen in den Debatten der Weimarer Republik in besonderer Weise Rechnung. Sie zeichnet dadurch umfassender als bisher die Linien der über Modernisierungsprozesse in Gesellschaft, Wirtschaft und Politik geführten Deutungskämpfe nach, die charakteristisch für die öffentliche Auseinandersetzung der Weimarer Republik waren.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of other geographical groupings and regionsthemaHistoryRussia & The Former Soviet UnionFranz, David M.authBrunnbauer, UlfedtWessel, Martin Schulzeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49479/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49479OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51693oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1083588270OCoLC97831106218849783110621891978311062465610.1515/9783110624656doi1083588270OCoLCoapenoapenenggerdc3thema3Mthema3MGthema3MLthema3MNthemaAthemaAGthemaAGAthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaFronhöfer, AndreaautKunstmarkt und Kunstbetrieb in Rom (1750–1850)Akteure und HandlungsorteBerlin/BostonDe Gruyter20191 electronic resource (304 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBibliothek des Deutschen Historischen Instituts in Rom137Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBetween 1750 and 1850, Rome represented a unique crystallization point for the European art market. These conference proceedings examine key players and places and the diverse manifestations of the Roman art market. Discussed topics include local processes of exchange and creative appropriation, negotiations about price and value, and the influence of artists and buyers on the production and reception of visual artworks.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccenggerTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema17th century, c 1600 to c 1699thema18th century, c 1700 to c 1799thema19th century, c 1800 to c 1899themaThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythema18th Century19th CenturyArt MarketRomeFronhöfer, AndreaedtPutz, Hanneloreedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51693/1/9783110624656.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51693OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/45945oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d10.22459/IM.2020doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPAthemaJPHthemaJPSthemaKthemaKCthemaSelth, AndrewedtInterpreting MyanmarA Decade of AnalysisCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (542 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSince the abortive 1988 pro-democracy uprising, Myanmar (formerly Burma) has attracted increased attention from a wide range of observers. Yet, despite all the statements, publications and documentary films made about the country over the past 32 years, it is still little known and poorly understood. It remains the subject of many myths, mysteries and misconceptions. Between 2008 and 2019, Andrew Selth clarified and explained contemporary developments in Myanmar on the Lowy Institute's internationally acclaimed blog, The Interpreter. This collection of his 97 articles provides a fascinating and informative record of that critical period, and helps to explain many issues that remain relevant today.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaPolitical structure and processesthemaInternational relationsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaBurmaInterpreterLowy InstituteMyanmarSelthSelth, Andrewauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/45945/1/book.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/45945OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101772oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d973045539OCoLC97803673575739781138065307978131515979997813516606009781351660617978135166062410.4324/9781315159799doi973045539OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaKthemaKCthemaKCLthemaKCPthemaPatomaki, HeikkiedtDisintegrative Tendencies in Global Political EconomyExits and ConflictsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20171 electronic resource (154 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRethinking GlobalizationsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhether we talk about human learning and unlearning, securitization, or political economy, the forces and mechanisms generating both globalization and disintegration are causally efficacious across the world. Thus, the processes that led to the victory of the ‘Leave’ campaign in the June 2016 referendum on UK European Union membership are not simply confined to the United Kingdom, or even Europe. Similarly, conflict in Ukraine and the presidency of Donald Trump hold implications for a stage much wider than EU-Russia or the United States alone. Patomäki explores the world-historical mechanisms and processes that have created the conditions for the world’s current predicaments and, arguably, involve potential for better futures. Operationally, he relies on the philosophy of dialectical critical realism and on the methods of contemporary social sciences, exploring how crises, learning and politics are interwoven through uneven wealth-accumulation and problematical growth-dynamics. Seeking to illuminate the causes of the currently prevailing tendencies towards disintegration, antagonism and – ultimately – war, he also shows how these developments are in fact embedded in deeper processes of human learning. The book embraces a Wellsian warning about the increasingly likely possibility of a military disaster, but its central objective is to further enlightenment and holoreflexivity within the current world-historical conjuncture. This work will be of interest to students and scholars of international relations, peace research, security studies and international political economy.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaInternational economicsthemaPolitical economythemaBraith WaiteBrexitDisintegrative TendenciesEU Association AgreementEU Economic PolicyEU Expansion EastwardsEU’s Democracy PromotionEU’s Democratic DeficitEU’s Eastern NeighbourhoodEU’s External RelationEU’s Neighbourhood PolicyEuropean Union ExitFinancial CrisisGDP DeclineGdp GrowthGeopoliticsHSTHeikki PatomäkiKaldor Verdoorn EffectNationalist StatismPolitico Economic DevelopmentsPopulismPutin’s Approval RatingTendential Rational DirectionUK Independence PartyPatomaki, Heikkiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/101772/1/9781351660624.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101772OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39647oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1253411841OCoLC1253411841OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNSthemaKNSGthemaRthemaRNthemaRNUthemaRPthemaRPCthemaAndexlinger, WolfgangautDOKONARA 20082. Int. DoktorandInnenkolleg Nachhaltige RaumentwicklungInnsbruckinnsbruck university press20091 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe edited volume is the result of the “Second International Postgraduate Research Group Sustainable Spatial Development 2008” (DOKONARA), which took place from September 21 to 24 2008 at the University Center Obergurgl, a regional office of the University of Innsbruck. The aim of the gathering was to accelerate not only a constructive dialogue with colleagues and experts of different areas but also the international cooperation and networking within the academic field. All in all, 21 postgraduates from the fields of architecture, ethnology, geography, landscape architecture, social and cultural anthropology and sociology participated at the DOKONARA 2008. - Der vorliegende Sammelband ist das Ergebnis des „Zweiten Internationalen DoktorandInnenkollegs Nachhaltige Raumentwicklung 2008“ (DOKONARA), das vom 21. bis zum 24. September 2008 im Universitätszentrum Obergurgl, einer Außenstelle der Universität Innsbruck, stattgefunden hat. Ziel dieser Veranstaltung war es neben einem konstruktiven Dialog mit KollegInnen und ExpertInnen verschiedenster Fachgebiete vor allem auch die internationale Kooperation und Vernetzung im Wissenschaftsbereich zu forcieren. Insgesamt 21 Doktorandinnen und Doktoranden aus den Bereichen Architektur, Ethnologie, Geographie, Landschaftsarchitektur, Sozial- und Kulturanthropologie und Soziologie nahmen am DOKONARA 2008 teil.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaHospitality and service industriesthemaHospitality, sports, leisure and tourism industriesthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaSustainabilitythemaRegional and area planningthemaUrban and municipal planning and policythemaBodenpolitikCongressKongressLand PolicyNachhaltigkeitObergurglRaumentwicklungRegional PlanningRegionalplanungSpatial DevelopmentStadtplanungSustainabilityTourism ResearchTourismusforschungUrbanismAndexlinger, WolfgangedtObkircher, StefanedtSaurwein, Karinedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39647/1/9783902719188.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39647OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29739oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2005a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1051775707OCoLC97895174669509789518580228978951858023510.21435/sfh.10doi1051775707OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaHakamies, PekkaautMoving in the USSRWestern anomalies and Northern wildernessHelsinkiFinnish Literature Society / SKS20051 electronic resource (161 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Historica10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"This book deals with 20th century resettlements in the western areas of the former USSR, in particular the territory of Karelia that was ceded by Finland in the WWII, Podolia in the Ukraine, and the North-West periphery of Russia in the Kola peninsula. Finns from Karelia emigrated to Finland, most of the Jews of Podolia were exterminated by Nazi Germany but the survivors later emigrated to Israel, and the sparsely populated territory beyond the Polar circle received the Societ conquerors of nature which they began to exploit. The empty areas were usually settled by planned state recruitment of relocated Soviet citizens, but in some cases also by spontaneous movement. Thus, a Ukrainian took over a Jewish house, a Chuvash kolkhos was dispersed along Finnish khutor houses, and youth in the town of Apatity began to prefer their home town in relation to the cities of Russia. Everywhere the settlers met new and strange surroundings, and they had to construct places and meanings for themselves in their new home and restructure their local identity in relation to their places of origin and current abodes. They also had to create images of the former inhabitants and explanations for various strange details they preceived around themselves. All articles within this volume are based on extensive field or archive work. This research project was funded by the Academy of Finland."Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaSoviet Unioncolonisationdemographyinternal migrationmigrationregional identityresettlement activitiesHakamies, Pekkaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/29739/1/9789518580235_moving_in_the_USSR.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29739OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27197oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1977a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1082951163OCoLC978395479602110.3726/b13042doi1082951163OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaSmotryckyj, Maksym H.edtHrammatiki ili pismennica jazyka sloven'skaho (Kremjaneć 1638)Eine gekuerzte Fassung der kirchenslavischen Grammatik von Meletij Smotryćkyj. Hrsg. und eingel. von Olexa HorbatschBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19771 electronic resource (136 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSpecimina philologiae Slavicae11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIm Jahre 1638 erschien im westwolhynischen Kremjaneć (c a. 80 km SSÖ von Lućk ) eine anonyme "Hrammatiki ili pismennica jazyka sloven'skaho". Daß es sich dabei um eine gekürzte Fassung der Jevjeer kirchenslavischen Grammatik von Smotryćkyj (1619) handelt, gilt seit S.Bulič und V. Jagić als allgemein bekannt.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthema1638EineFassungGrammatikHorbatschHrammatikiHrsgKremjance-GrammatikKremjanećLingustikMeletijOlexaPhilologieSmotryćkyjeingelgekürztejazykakirchenslavischenpismennicaskahoslavische Sprachwissenschaftslovenslovenische GrammatikSmotryckyj, Maksym H.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27197/1/1002818.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27197OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27875oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1020490152OCoLC978331968966110.1007/978-3-319-68966-1doi1020490152OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaBartman, JosedtResearch, Ethics and Risk in the Authoritarian FieldBasingstokeSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarresearch ethics; authoritarian countries; research methodology; research in the authoritarian field; risk and field research; ethics and field research; authoritarianism; advice for field research; research transparency; research methods; mental impact of field research; planning for field research; dangers of field researchAccessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: FP7 Ideas: European Research CouncilCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaadvice for field researchauthoritarian countriesauthoritarianismdangers of field researchethics and field researchmental impact of field researchplanning for field researchresearch ethicsresearch in the authoritarian fieldresearch methodologyresearch methodsresearch transparencyrisk and field researchBartman, JosauthDalmasso, EmanuelaauthDel Sordi, AdeleauthGlasius, MarliesauthLv, AofeiauthMichaelsen, MarcusauthRuijgrok, Krisauthde Lange, Metaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27875/1/1002128.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27875OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109194oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783961472338978396147234510.25593/978-3-96147-234-5doioapenoapendcPthemaAßmann, DenisedtExact Methods for Two-Stage Robust Optimization with Applications in Gas NetworksErlangenFAU University Press20191 electronic resource (149 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFAU Studies Mathematics & Physics16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNatural gas is an important source of energy that is regarded as essential for achieving the politically set climate goals. In particular, gas-fired power plants are valued as flexible buffers to compensate for fluctuations in renewable electricity generation. Moreover, gas network operators face new challenges due to the liberalization of the European gas market. Under the newly introduced entry-exit market regime, gas network operators have to ensure that all possible market outcomes can be transported over the network. Hence, the operators of gas networks require new aids for decision-making under uncertain conditions such as load fluctuations or inaccuracies in physical parameters. To this end, this thesis investigates a general class of two-stage robust optimization problems using the example of gas network operations under uncertainty. Three general solution methods are developed for this problem class. The first two approaches use ideas from polynomial optimization to decide robust feasibility or infeasibility. Both procedures consider polynomial formulations that are approximated by semidefinite programs via the Lasserre relaxation hierarchy. The third approach is based on a transformation of the two-stage robust problem into a number of single-stage optimization problems. The resulting subproblems are approximated by mixed-integer linear programs. By combining this method with additional preprocessing and aggregation steps, it is demonstrated that real-world problems can be solved efficiently within a short time.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengMathematics and Sciencethemaadjustable robust optimizationmixed-integer linear optimizationpolynomial optimizationstationary and transient gas transport optimizationtwo-stage robust optimizationAßmann, Denisauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109194/1/9783961472345.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109194OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102426oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1044782054OCoLC97808153533939780815353409978135113647197813511364889781351136495978135113650110.4324/9781351136501doi1044782054OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaJMBthemaJMBTthemaJNthemaJNCthemaJNDthemaJNDHthemaJNFthemaJNMthemaJNTthemaZapata-Rivera, DiegoautScore Reporting Research and ApplicationsOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (180 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNCME APPLICATIONS OF EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENT AND ASSESSMENTOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarScore reporting research is no longer limited to the psychometric properties of scores and subscores. Today, it encompasses design and evaluation for particular audiences, appropriate use of assessment outcomes, the utility and cognitive affordances of graphical representations, interactive report systems, and more. By studying how audiences understand the intended messages conveyed by score reports, researchers and industry professionals can develop more effective mechanisms for interpreting and using assessment data. Score Reporting Research and Applications brings together experts who design and evaluate score reports in both K-12 and higher education contexts and who conduct foundational research in related areas. The first section covers foundational validity issues in the use and interpretation of test scores; design principles drawn from related areas including cognitive science, human-computer interaction, and data visualization; and research on presenting specific types of assessment information to various audiences. The second section presents real-world applications of score report design and evaluation and of the presentation of assessment information. Across ten chapters, this volume offers a comprehensive overview of new techniques and possibilities in score reporting. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaPsychological methodologythemaPsychological testing and measurementthemaEducationthemaEducational psychologythemaEducational systems and structuresthemaEducation: examinations and assessmentthemaEducational strategies and policythemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaApplying Learning AnalyticsDiego Zapata-RiveraEducational Testing ServiceGautam PuhanMary HegartyNCME Applications of Educational Measurement and AssessmentNational Council on Measurement in EducationRichard J. TannenbaumSandip SinharayScore Reporting Research and ApplicationsScore ReportsShelby J. Habermanassessment informationdata visualizationdesignevaluationgraphical representationsinteractive report systemsoutcomes assessmentpsychometric propertiessubscorestest scoresZapata-Rivera, Diegoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102426/1/9781351136495.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102426OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30580oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1030739055OCoLC978152612577410.7765/9781526125774doi1030739055OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaBlackie, DanieledtDisability in the Industrial RevolutionPhysical impairment in British coalmining, 1780–1880Manchester University Press20181 electronic resource (241 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDisability HistoryOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Industrial Revolution produced injury, illness and disablement on a large scale and nowhere was this more visible than in coalmining. Disability in the Industrial Revolution sheds new light on the human cost of industrialisation by examining the lives and experiences of those disabled in a sector that was vital to Britain’s economic growth. Although it is often assumed that industrialisation led to increasing marginalisation of people with impairments, disabled mineworkers were expected to return to work wherever possible, and new medical services developed to assist in this endeavour. Using a rich and innovative mix of sources ranging from official reports to autobiographies, this book examines disability and its consequences in the coalfields of Scotland, north east England and south Wales. It explores how working conditions, the organisation of labour, and employer attitudes affected the ability of impaired miners to find employment, and charts the multifaceted responses to disablement, ranging from health and safety regulations to welfare programmes. Recognising that experiences of disability extended beyond the world of work, the book discusses the family, community and cultural lives of disabled mineworkers. It shows how disability played an important role in industrial relations and shaped class identity. In the process, it presents a new history of disability and the Industrial Revolution, one that shows how disabled people contributed to Britain’s industrial development, and demonstrates how concerns about disability shaped responses to industrialisation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Wellcome TrustCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDisability: social aspectsthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaCoal miningFriendly societyNorth East EnglandPoor reliefVictorian eraclasscoalminingcommunitydisabilityindustrial relationsindustrial revolutionwelfareworkBlackie, DanielauthM. Turner, Davidauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30580/1/645298.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30580OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31338oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d992562058OCoLC978152611599710.26530/OAPEN_631090doi992562058OCoLCoapenoapendc2thema2Athema2ACthema2ACBthema2ACBAthemaDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaDSBthemaDSBBthemaPaz, JamesedtNonhuman voices in Anglo-Saxon literature and material cultureManchester University Press20171 electronic resource (248 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierManchester Medieval Literature and CultureOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"Anglo-Saxon ‘things’ could talk. Nonhuman voices leap out from the Exeter Book Riddles, telling us how they were made or how they behave. The Franks Casket is a box of bone that alludes to its former fate as a whale that swam aground onto the shingle, and the Ruthwell monument is a stone column that speaks as if it were living wood, or a wounded body. In this book, James Paz uncovers the voice and agency that these nonhuman things have across Anglo-Saxon literature and material culture. He makes a new contribution to ‘thing theory’ and rethinks conventional divisions between animate human subjects and inanimate nonhuman objects in the early Middle Ages. Anglo-Saxon writers and craftsmen describe artefacts and animals through riddling forms or enigmatic language, balancing an attempt to speak and listen to things with an understanding that these nonhumans often elude, defy and withdraw from us. But the active role that things have in the early medieval world is also linked to the Germanic origins of the word, where a þing is a kind of assembly, with the ability to draw together other elements, creating assemblages in which human and nonhuman forces combine. Nonhuman voices in Anglo-Saxon literature and material culture invites us to rethink the concept of voice as a quality that is not simply imposed upon nonhumans but which inheres in their ways of existing and being in the world. It asks us to rethink the concept of agency as arising from within groupings of diverse elements, rather than always emerging from human actors alone."Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of ManchesterCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengLanguage qualifiersthemaIndo-European languagesthemaGermanic and Scandinavian languagesthemaEnglishthemaAnglo-Saxon / Old EnglishthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: ancient, classical and medievalthemaGrendel's motherKingdom of NorthumbriaOld EnglishRunesaldhelmanglo-saxonbeowulfdream of the roodexeter bookfranks casketmaterial culturemiddle agesst cuthbertthing theoryPaz, Jamesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31338/1/631090.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31338OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61168oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1371098567OCoLC978386395571710.17875/gup2022-2187doi1371098567OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaAlbaba, AhmededtTransnational BiographiesChanging We-images, Collective Belongings and Power Chances of Migrants and RefugeesUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEvery day many people leave the place where they live and move to some other place, where they settle permanently or stay for many years. The contributions to this volume are based on the results of three empirical research projects which set out to investigate the situation of migrants in Jordan, Brazil, Germany and other European countries. The articles focus on migrants at their place of arrival and ask questions such as: How do they look back on their life histories and migration paths? What dynamics and processes led up to their migration projects and how do they explain their motives? The studies in this volume show that leaving and arriving are interrelated: leaving one’s home region is part of a long process, partly planned and partly unplanned, which is determined by complex collective, familial and individual constellations, and which has significant consequences for the action patterns and participation strategies of migrants in their arrival societies. This book also shows which constellations enable some migrants to realize their goals in their present situation, and which constraints or obstacles make it impossible for others to do so.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemabiographical researchcollective memoriestransnational migrationAlbaba, AhmedauthBahl, EvaauthBecker, JohannesauthCé Sangalli, LucasauthHinrichsen, HendrikauthRosenthal, GabrieleauthWorm, ArneauthÇakır Kılınçoğlu, Sevilauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/61168/1/GBSB9_rosenthal.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/61168OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/74731oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1289789731OCoLC9783837648447978383944844110.1515/9783839448441doi1289789731OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFQthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJPthemaJPHthemaJPHVthemaBirsl, UrsulaautAntifeminismen›Krisen‹-Diskurse mit gesellschaftsspaltendem Potential?Bielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (434 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGender StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHinter dem aktuellen Antifeminismus steht eine kleine, aber intensiv vernetzte Gruppe von Akteur*innen, die strategisch um Deutungshoheit kämpft. Ihr Einfluss jenseits des rechten und christlich-fundamentalistischen Spektrums ist jedoch gering - und Gegenmobilisierungen durchaus erfolgreich. Die Beiträge dieses Bandes legen erstmals vergleichende Analysen zum Antifeminismus in Deutschland vor. Untersucht werden dabei Mediendiskurse, Antifeminismus in der Wissenschaft, Mobilisierungen gegen die Reform sexueller Bildung an Schulen, rechte Kritiken an der »Ehe für alle«, Vorstellungen von Mutterschaft sowie Effekte der Projektion von Sexismus auf zugewanderte Muslime in Integrationskursen für Geflüchtete.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial mobilitythemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaPolitical structures: democracythemaAnti-feminismAntifeminismusBildungspolitikCivil SocietyDemocracyDemokratieDeutschlandEducational PolicyFundamentalismFundamentalismusGenderGender StudiesGenderismGenderismusGermanyGeschlechtGesellschaftIntegrationMedia DiscourseMediendiskursMotherhoodMutterschaftNeue RechteNew RightSexismSexismusSocial InequalitySocietySociologySoziale UngleichheitSoziologieZivilgesellschaftBirsl, UrsulaedtHenninger, Annetteedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/74731/1/9783839448441.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/74731OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86890oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1416911593OCoLC9783031396748978303139675510.1007/978-3-031-39675-5doi1416911593OCoLCoapenoapendcPthemaPBthemaPBTthemaRthemaRNthemaRNUthemaTthemaTNthemaTNKthemaTQthemaTQDthemaUthemaUFthemaUFMthemaBocken, Nancy M. P.autA Circular Built Environment in the Digital AgeChamSpringer NatureSpringer International Publishing [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (286 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCircular Economy and SustainabilityOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book offers a comprehensive exploration of the digital innovations that have emerged in recent years for the circular built environment. Each chapter is meticulously crafted to ensure that both academic readers and industry practitioners can grasp the inner workings of each digital technology, understand its relevance to the circular built environment, examine real-life implementations, and appreciate the intriguing business models behind them. Our primary objective is to blend scholarly knowledge with practical inspiration by providing real-life case studies for each innovation. The authors, who possess extensive expertise in their respective fields, have contributed chapters dedicated to digital technologies within their areas of specialization. The book is organized into three distinct parts. The first part focuses on data-driven digital technologies and delves into how their capabilities can facilitate the transition to a circular built environment. Essential aspects such as building information modeling (BIM), digital twins, geographical information systems (GIS), scanning technologies, artificial intelligence (AI), data templates, and material passports are explored as vital tools for data collection, integration, and analysis in the context of circular construction. In the second part, various digital technologies for design and fabrication are introduced. Topics covered include computational design algorithms, additive and subtractive manufacturing, robotic manufacturing, and extended reality. These discussions shed light on how these technologies can be leveraged to enhance design and fabrication processes within the circular built environment. Finally, the last part of the book presents emerging digital concepts related to business and governance. It explores the role of deconstruction and reverse logistics, blockchain technology, digital building logbooks, and innovative business models as enablers of circularity in the built environment. The book concludes with a chapter dedicated to digital transformation and its potential to propel the built environment towards a regenerative future. In addition to the substantive content, the book features forewords and perspectives from esteemed experts, providing valuable economic and creative insights to complement its comprehensive approach.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Technische Universiteit DelftFunded by: Universiteit MaastrichtCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengMathematics and SciencethemaMathematicsthemaProbability & statisticsthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaSustainabilitythemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaCivil engineering, surveying and buildingthemaBuilding construction & materialsthemaEnvironmental science, engineering and technologythemaEnvironmental monitoringthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaBusiness applicationsthemaMathematical & statistical softwarethemaAddititive manufacturingApplications in the construction sectorBig data and analyticsBlockchainCircular business modelsCircular economy in the built environmentDigital constructionDigital innovations in the construction sectorRobotic manufacturing and artificial intelligenceBocken, Nancy M. P.edtDe Wolf, CatherineedtÇetin, Sultanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/86890/1/978-3-031-39675-5.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86890OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90332oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1435579714OCoLC978386309823010.20378/irb-51605doi1435579714OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaTangwe, Abraham TamukumedtViolence and educational qualityeffects of violence on the learning outcomes of students in CameroonBambergUniversity of Bamberg Press20211 electronic resource (226 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRegards croisés Afrique-Europe. Cahiers supplementaires3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis study was initiated to examine violence and its relation to learning outcomes of secondary school students in Cameroon. The study interconnected with educational quality values, and responsible behavior. Violence at school is still observable on a daily basis, not respecting the human rights of children and young learners and hindering them from learning despite the attempts of the government in Cameroon to institute quality service delivery policies, more equitable distribution of learning opportunities, and a strong incentive for greater efficiency in school through legislations. The study was guided by the social interaction theory and the research question focused on the extent of violence in education. The specific objective of this study was to understand the effects of violence on motivation and self-esteem, and its influence on learning outcomes. A model was operationalized measuring the different forms of violence, mediated by self-esteem, motivation and health to the learning outcome, quantified by class repetition, grades and reading enjoyment. The socio-economic context was statistically controlled. The study was designed using a quantitative approach with cross-sectional survey for students. Data had been collected from a sample population of 924 students in grades four to seven in Cameroon. The collected information was analyzed using descriptive statistics, and inferential statistics. The results indicate an acute prevalence of school the various forms violence, and the huge ratio of violence in the life of students in Cameroon becomes visible. The study shows that these experiences of violence affect the self-esteem and the motivation to learn. In addition, the poor school quality and a very discouraging socioeconomic background of students can be shown. Schools are neither an environment of the protection of students nor open spaces for real-world transmission of values. Violence remains a challenge.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaGewaltKamerunOpferSchulerfolgSchülerTangwe, Abraham Tamukumauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90332/1/9783863098230.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90332OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51835oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1200809788OCoLC9781787353695978178735387997817873540439781787354104978178735416610.14324/111.9781787353695doi1200809788OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNFthemaJPthemaLall, MarieedtMyanmar’s Education ReformsA pathway to social justice?LondonUCL PressUCL Press [Imprint]2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book reviews the state of education in Myanmar over the past decade and a half as the country is undergoing profound albeit incomplete transformation. Set within the context of Myanmar’s peace process and the wider reforms since 2012, Marie Lall’s analysis of education policy and practice serves as a case study on how the reform programme has evolved. Drawing on over 15 years of field research carried out across Myanmar, the book offers a cohesive inquiry into government and non-government education sectors, the reform process, and how the transition has played out across schools, universities and wider society. It casts scrutiny on changes in basic education, the alternative monastic education, higher education and teacher education, and engages with issues of ethnic education and the debate on the role of language and the local curriculum as part of the peace process. In so doing, it gives voice to those most affected by the changing landscape of Myanmar’s education and wider reform process: the students and parents of all ethnic backgrounds, teachers, teacher trainees and university staff that are rarely heard. Marie Lall argues that, despite a commitment to greater equality and equity expressed in the Ministry of Education’s policy documents, Myanmar has missed a historic opportunity to make use of education reform to engage with deep-seated social injustices. Inequalities persist in the long-term outcomes for poorer sections of society and between the majority Bamars and ethnic nationality communities. This is the portrait of a country constrained by internal tensions and competing international priorities that serve to divert the professed course towards social justice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaPolitics and governmentthemaBurmese languageComprehensive Education Sector ReviewDaw Aung San Suu KyiMother Tongue Based Multi Lingual EducationMyanmarMyanmar EgressNLDNational League DemocracyNational Network for Education ReformThein Seincurriculumeducation reformethnic nationality communitiesmonastic educationpolitical reformprivate educationsocial justiceLall, Marieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51835/1/9781787353695.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51835OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108639oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783032057983978303205799010.1007/978-3-032-05799-0doioapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJQthemaKJUthemaUthemaUFthemaUMthemaUMZthemaDiebold, PhilippautAgile Processes in Software Engineering and Extreme Programming – WorkshopsXP 2025 Workshops, Brugg-Windisch, Switzerland, June 2–5, 2025, Revised Selected PapersChamSpringer NatureSpringer [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (121 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLecture Notes in Business Information Processing; Computer Science; Computer Science (R0)561Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book constitutes revised selected papers from the workshops and the poster track held at the 26th International Conference on Agile Software Development, XP 2025, which took place in Brugg-Windisch, Switzerland, during June 2-5, 2025. XP is the premier agile software development conference combining research and practice. The main ambition of the co-located workshops was to foster collaboration, generate new insights, and advance the field of agile software development. The 2 full papers and 10 short papers included in these proceedings were carefully reviewed and selected from a total of 35 submissions to the workshops and the poster track. They were organized in topical sections as follows: AI and Agile Software Development: From Frustration to Success; The Third International Workshop on Global and Hybrid Work in Software Engineering (GoHyb); Towards a Closser Collaboration between Practice and Research in Agile Software Development - What we learnt and what not; Posters.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaBusiness mathematics and systemsthemaOrganizational theory and behaviourthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaBusiness applicationsthemaComputer programming / software engineeringthemaSoftware EngineeringthemaAI in software engineeringOpen Accessagile software developmentextreme programminghybrid workinglarge language modelspeople managementsoftware creation and managementsoftware development techniquessoftware intensive systemsDiebold, PhilippedtDillon, ClareedtDingsøyr, TorgeiredtJain, DeeptiedtKropp, MartinedtLunesu, Maria IlariaedtPeter, SibylleedtPinna, Andreaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108639/1/9783032057990.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108639OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90962oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783968221434978396822144110.17885/heiup.1021doioapenoapendc6thema6Rthema6RCthemaAthemaAMthemaAMKthemaAMKSthemaSyrer, ChristaedtDie Räume der WitweArchitektur und Funktion fürstlicher Witwensitze in der Frühen Neuzeit, 1450–1650HeidelbergHeidelberg University Publishing (heiUP)heiUP [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (335 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHöfische Kultur interdisziplinär (HKI): Schriften und Materialien des Rudolstädter Arbeitskreises zur Residenzkultur7Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDowagers played an active role in politics and culture at the courts of the Holy Roman Empire. They were mothers, advisers and patrons of the arts. The rulers had to provide them with an appropriate dowry and a residence. For the first time, the book describes the architecture and the ceremonial use of dower residences from the 15th to the 17th century from an art historical point of view. Focusing on functional changes and conversion of the castles, the author shows how the dowagers expressed their new independence in an architectural and spatial way.Fürstliche Witwen traten an den Höfen des Heiligen Römischen Reichs als Mütter, Beraterinnen und Mäzeninnen in Erscheinung. Ihnen stand eine angemessene finanzielle Versorgung zu. Als repräsentatives Zentrum wurde der fürstlichen Witwe und ihrem Hof ein Schloss als Witwensitz zugewiesen. Das Buch wirft erstmals einen kunsthistorischen Blick auf den Ausbau und die zeremonielle Nutzung fürstlicher Witwensitze vom 15. bis zum 17. Jahrhundert. Im Fokus stehen dabei Funktionswandel und Umnutzung der Schlösser. Die Analyse ausgewählter Beispiele zeigt, wie die Witwen ihrer neuen Rolle als unabhängige Verwalterinnen ihrer Ämter auch baulich und räumlich Ausdruck verliehen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerStyle qualifiersthemaStyles (R)themaRenaissance stylethemaThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaArchitecture: residential and domestic buildingsthemaArchitecture: palaces, stately homes and mansionsthemaArchitectureArchitekturArt historyCastlesGenderKunstgeschichteRenaissanceSchlösserSyrer, Christaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90962/1/9783968221434.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90962OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25589oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d945782712OCoLC978061579037410.21983/P3.0026.1.00doi945782712OCoLCoapenoapendc6thema6Mthema6MBthemaAthemaAGthemaAGAthemaOverbey, Karen EileenedtTransparent Things: A CabinetBrooklyn, NYpunctum books20131 electronic resource (88 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFor too long, the Earth has been used to ground thought instead of bending it; such grounding leaves the planet as nothing but a stage for phenomenology, deconstruction, or other forms of anthropocentric philosophy. In far too much continental philosophy, the Earth is a cold, dead place enlivened only by human thought—either as a thing to be exploited, or as an object of nostalgia. Geophilosophy seeks instead to question the ground of thinking itself, the relation of the inorganic to the capacities and limits of thought. This book constructs an eclectic variant of geophilosophy through engagements with digging machines, nuclear waste, cyclones and volcanoes, giant worms, secret vessels, decay, subterranean cities, hell, demon souls, black suns, and xenoarcheaology, via continental theory (Nietzsche, Schelling, Deleuze, et alia) and various cultural objects such as horror films, videogames, and weird Lovecraftian fictions, with special attention to Speculative Realism and the work of Reza Negarestani. In a time where the earth as a whole is threatened by ecological collapse, On an Ungrounded Earth generates a perversely realist account of the earth as a dynamic engine materially invading and upsetting our attempts to reduce it to merely the ground beneath our feet.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/3.0/by-nc-saccengStyle qualifiersthemaStyles (M)themaMedieval stylethemaThe ArtsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaart historyart theorybook historymedieval architectureobjectsOverbey, Karen EileenauthWilliams, Maggie M.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25589/1/1004506.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25589OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/38235oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1203552795OCoLC97817854207191203552795OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRNthemaRNCthemaRPthemaRPCthemaWakefield, StephanieedtAnthropocene Back LoopExperimentation in Unsafe Operating SpaceLondonOpen Humanities Press20201 electronic resource (215 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCCC2 IrreversibilityOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the face of climate chaos, post-truth politics, and growing tribalisms, it’s clear that liberalism’s old structures are unraveling. Drawing on resilience ecology, Stephanie Wakefield suggests we understand such phenomena to be indicators that we are entering the Anthropocene’s back loop, a time of release and collapse, confusion and reorientation, in which not only populations and climates are being upended but also physical and metaphysical grounds. Anthropocene Back Loop takes us on a journey though different responses and manifestations of the back loop, exploring urban resilience infrastructures, post-apocalyptic imaginaries in fiction and critical theory, and a range of everyday practices from survival skills and physical fitness to experimentation with one’s soul. Rather than returning to liberalism’s safe operating space, what is needed and what can be seen in many contemporary practices, Wakefield argues, are forms of experimentation geared toward charting autonomous modes of living within the back loop’s new unsafe operating spaces. Such efforts often let go of old frameworks, hubristically experiment with new uses, cultivate an allowance for the unknown, and embrace a confidence in exploring one’s own pathways. What these iterations suggest is that the back loop, long imagined in the singular, is spiraling out into myriad trajectories. After all, if we take seriously the idea that liberalism’s single world order is unraveling, we have the opportunity - one many have long fought for - to create our own new codes, if not new worlds. Being in the back loop means that we have already crossed various tipping points, and that in doing so, everything from social practices, technologies, and truth to plants, animals, and places have become shaken out of their normal frameworks. We are free to move on new planes.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaApplied ecologythemaRegional and area planningthemaUrban and municipal planning and policythemaanthropoceneecologyunsafe operating spaceWakefield, Stephanieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/38235/1/Wakefield_2020_Anthropocene-Back-Loop.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/38235OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98439oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783837641639978383944163310.14361/9783839441633doioapenoapendcQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHRthemaQDHR5themaQDTthemaQDTJthemavan Buuren, JasperedtBody and RealityAn Examination of the Relationships between the Body Proper, Physical Reality, and the Phenomenal World Starting from Plessner and Merleau-Pontytranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (312 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Moderne PostmoderneOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIs materialism right to claim that the world of everyday-life experience – the phenomenal world – is nothing but an illusion produced in physical reality, notably in the brain? Or is Merleau-Ponty right when he defends the fundamental character of the phenomenal world while rejecting physical realism? Jasper van Buuren addresses these questions by exploring the nature of the body proper in Merleau-Ponty and Plessner, arguing that physical and phenomenal realism are not mutually exclusive but complementary. The argument includes a close examination of the relationships between scientific and pre-scientific perspectives, between living and non-living things, and between humans and animals.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaWestern philosophy from c 1800themaPhenomenology and ExistentialismthemaTopics in philosophythemaPhilosophy: metaphysics and ontologythemaBodyMaterialismMerleau-PontyPhenomenal WorldPhenomenologyPhilosophical AnthropologyPhilosophyPhilosophy of BodyPhysical RealityPlessnerRealismvan Buuren, Jasperauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/98439/1/9783839441633.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98439OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26586oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1976a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1080481727OCoLC978395479308210.3726/b12278doi1080481727OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaLenga, GerdedtZur Kontextdeterminierung des Verbalaspekts im modernen PolnischBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19761 electronic resource (233 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSlavistische Beitraege102Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn der Reihe Slavistische Beiträge werden vor allem slavistische Dissertationen des deutschsprachigen Raums sowie vereinzelt auch amerikanische, englische und russische publiziert. Darüber hinaus stellt die Reihe ein Forum für Sammelbände und Monographien etablierter Wissenschafter/innen dar.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaGeschichteKontextdeterminierungLengaLinguistikPhilologiePolenPolnischSprachwissenschaftVerbalaspektsmodernenLenga, Gerdauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26586/1/1003486.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26586OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112291oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781786614964oapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPBthemaJPSthemaJWthemaBerg, Bibi van denautGoverning CyberspaceBehavior, Power and DiplomacyNew YorkBloomsbury Publishing (US)Rowman & Littlefield [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (336 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDigital Technologies and Global PoliticsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCyber norms and other ways to regulate responsible state behavior in cyberspace is a fast-moving political and diplomatic field. The academic study of these processes is varied and interdisciplinary, but much of the literature has been organized according to discipline. Seeking to cross disciplinary boundaries, this timely open access book brings together researchers in fields ranging from international law, international relations, and political science to business studies and philosophy to explore the theme of responsible state behavior in cyberspace. . Divided into three parts, Governing Cyberspace first looks at current debates in and about international law and diplomacy in cyberspace. How does international law regulate state behaviour and what are its limits? How do cyber superpowers like China and Russia shape their foreign policy in relation to cyberspace? The second focuses on power and governance. What is the role for international organisations like NATO or for substate actors like intelligence agencies? How do they adapt to the realities of cyberspace and digital conflict? How does the classic balance of power play out in cyberspace and how do different states position themselves? The third part takes a critical look at multistakeholder and corporate diplomacy. How do global tech companies shape their role as norm entrepreneurs in cyberspace, and how do their cyber diplomatic efforts relate to their corporate identity? The ebook editions of this book are available open access under a CC BY-NC-ND 4.0 licence on bloomsburycollections.com. Open access was funded by Leiden UniversityAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaComparative politicsthemaInternational relationsthemaWarfare and defencethemaCybernormsDiplomacyGovernanceIntelligenceInterventionNormsSovereigntyState ActorsBerg, Bibi van denedtBroeders, Dennisedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112291/1/9781786614964.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112291OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31803oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2012a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d852896330OCoLC978081355408210.26530/oapen_625232doi852896330OCoLCoapenoapendcHuberman, JennyedtAmbivalent EncountersChildhood, Tourism, and Social Change in Banaras, IndiaNew BrunswickRutgers University Press2012texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRutgers Series in Childhood StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarJenny Huberman provides an ethnographic study of encounters between western tourists and the children who work as unlicensed peddlers and guides along the riverfront city of Banaras, India. She examines how and why these children elicit such powerful reactions from western tourists and locals in their community as well as how the children themselves experience their work and render it meaningful. Ambivalent Encounters brings together scholarship on the anthropology of childhood, tourism, consumption, and exchange to ask why children emerge as objects of the international tourist gaze; what role they play in representing socio-economic change; how children are valued and devalued; why they elicit anxieties, fantasies, and debates; and what these tourist encounters teach us more generally about the nature of human interaction.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengAnthropologyIndiaVaranasiWestern cultureHuberman, Jennyauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31803/1/625232.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31803OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54310oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1322125542OCoLC9783837660944978383946094810.1515/9783839460948doi1322125542OCoLCoapenoapendcDinnebier, LauraautMigrationsforschung (inter)disziplinärEine anwendungsorientierte EinführungBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (216 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKulturen der Gesellschaft53Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie werden Erkenntnisse im von Norm- und Wertekonflikten dominierten Feld der Migrations- und Integrationsforschung generiert und reflektiert? Die Beitragenden des Bandes gehen dieser Frage nach und diskutieren die Möglichkeiten und Grenzen im Rahmen ihres Vorgehens. Im Mittelpunkt steht dabei die Verbindung zwischen der inhaltlichen Auseinandersetzung und dem methodisch-analytischen Vorgehen, denn die Transparenz der im Forschungsprozess getroffenen Entscheidungen ist für eine anwendungsorientierte Wissenschaft unabdingbar.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccgerBildungsentscheidungEducation DecisionFleeingFluchtFlüchtlingsforschungForschungsdesignInterdisciplinarityInterdisziplinaritätMasculinityMethodologieMethodologyMigrant OrganisationMigrantenorganisationMigrationMigration PolicyMigration ResearchMigrationsforschungMigrationspolitikMännlichkeitPolitical ParticipationPolitische PartizipationPolitische Politische Repräsentant*innenRacial ProfilingRacismRassismusRefugee StudiesResearch DesignSocial InequalitySocial MediaSociologySoziale MedienSoziale UngleichheitSoziologieTransnational MigrationTransnationale MigrationDinnebier, LauraedtGraevskaia, AlexandraedtRumpel, AndreaedtSchmitz-Vardar, Merveedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54310/1/9783839460948.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54310OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102311oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781000822410978100082245897810032869439781032261737978103226174410.4324/9781003286943doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJNthemaJNMthemaJNSthemaJNTthemaNthemaNHthemaCohenMiller, AnnaautLeading Change in Gender and Diversity in Higher Education from Margins to MainstreamOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (348 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edited book provides international insights and recommendations around topics of gender and diversity in higher education linking to larger societal goals of improving equality. Within each of the four sections – Student recruitment and retention, Student experience, Faculty and staff experiences and culture, and Higher education cultures of teaching and research – topics unpack and speak to gender and diversity, equity, inclusion and access, social justice, and leadership and sustainability in higher education institutions (HEIs). Incorporating innovative processes and methods, the researchers address how the experiences of groups who have been subordinated and marginalized can be heard, proposing a re-imagination of empowerment and leadership within higher education and best practices for the benefit of ongoing higher education development. This book is ideal reading for higher education leaders, students on higher education courses, leadership courses, gender in education, as well as researchers, practitioners, for topics of gender and diversity, equity, inclusion and access, social justice, leadership and sustainability in HEIs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeaching of students with different educational needsthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAlbinismCommon LanguageEducation SystemFPARFace To FaceFeminist ResearchGender EqualityGender Sensitive PedagogiesHigher EducationHigher Education LeadersHigher Education SpaceInternational Research TeamIntroductory StemLow SES BackgroundMale NursesStem CareerStem FieldStem High EducationStem IndustryStem PractitionerTransactional SexViolatingWoWorking Class Young MenYoung MenCohenMiller, AnnaedtHinton-Smith, TamsinedtMazanderani, Fawzia HaeriedtSamuel, Nupuredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102311/1/9781000822410.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102311OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99010oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789004714304978900471431110.1163/9789004714311doioapenoapendc1thema1Fthema1FPthema1FPCthema3thema3Mthema3MPthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaQRRthemaQRRLthemaQRRL5themaSage, Richard J.autHistories of Spiritual Traditions in ChinaA Selection of Jao Tsung-i’s Essays in Religious StudiesBrill20241 electronic resource (332 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCollected Works of Jao Tsung-i6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDiscover China's rich spiritual history through the monumental works of polymath Jao Tsung-i, presented in English for the first time. Throughout his far-reaching discussions of Chinese religious history ranging from prehistoric ancestor worship to Daoist immortality cultism and beyond, Jao’s studies draw upon an immense range of sources, including stele inscriptions, excavated manuscripts, and prehistoric artifacts. Engage with the very best of 20th-century Chinese-speaking sinology and gain new insights into China’s fascinating history of spiritual traditions. This tour de force in Chinese religious history is a must-read for anyone seeking to unravel the complexities of China's intersecting spiritual traditions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaAsiathemaEast Asia, Far EastthemaChinathemaTime period qualifiersthemac 1500 onwards to present daythema20th century, c 1900 to c 1999themaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaOther religions and spiritual beliefsthemaEast Asian religionsthemaTaoismthemaAlchemyBuddhismChanChuDaoismDaoistDawenkouDunhuangHongjingHuinengInternalKunlunLaoziMawangduiNeiyePeiligangReligiousShangShiTangTaoWuXinzhouYancongYinZetianZhaoZhonghuangziculturedynastymanuscriptsstudiesSage, Richard J.edtSaunders Jr, Frank P.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/99010/1/9789004714311_webready_content_text.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99010OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57177oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1191060360OCoLC978363180678497836318221359783631822142978363182215910.3726/b16974doi1191060360OCoLCoapenoapendcNowak, EwaedtAdvancing the Human SelfDo Technologies Make Us “Posthuman”?BernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20201 electronic resource (242 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDIA-LOGOS27Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDo technologies advance our self-identities, as they do our bodies, cognitive skills, and the next developmental stage called postpersonal? Did we already manage to be fully human, before becoming posthuman? Are we doomed to disintegration and episodic selfhood? This book examines the impact of radical technopoiesis on our selves from a multidisciplinary perspective, including the health humanities, phenomenology, the life sciences and humanoid AI (artificial intelligence) ethics. Surprisingly, our body representations show more plasticity than scholarly concepts and sociocultural narratives. Our embodied selves can withstand transplants, bionic prostheses and radical somatechnics, but to remain autonomous and authentic, our agential potentials must be strengthened – and this is not through ‘psychosurgery’ and the brain–computer interface.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengAdvancingHumanNowakTechnologiesbody imageembodied selforganismpothumanismself-identitytechnopoiesis“Posthuman”?Nowak, Ewaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57177/12/9783631822135.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57177OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51517oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1290625772OCoLC9783781523395978378155778910.25656/01:18034doi1290625772OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNFthemaJNFKthemaJNMthemaJNSthemaMeyer, DorotheeedtGemeinsamkeit herstellen, Differenz bearbeitenEine rekonstruktive Studie zu Gruppenprozessen in inklusiven KleingruppenBad HeilbrunnVerlag Julius Klinkhardt20191 electronic resource (333 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBefürwortende ebenso wie skeptische Stimmen zum Thema Inklusion klingen häufig so, als sei ein Gelingen oder Scheitern inklusiver Prozesse kaum beeinflussbar. Entsprechend wenig ist untersucht, wie sich Gruppenprozesse in inklusiven Gruppen gestalten. Die vorliegende Studie schließt diese Lücke, indem sie die Zusammenarbeit in Kleingruppen im Kontext inklusiver Hochschulbildung untersucht. Gegenstand sind vier rekonstruktive Fallstudien aus Seminaren, an denen Studierende und behinderte Menschen – zumeist ohne Hochschulzugangsberechtigung – teilnehmen. Unter Anwendung der dokumentarischen Methode werden Arbeitsprozesse von Projektgruppen im Rahmen inklusionsorientierter Seminare analysiert. Die leitende Fragestellung besteht darin, wie die Mitglieder einer Gruppe Gemeinsamkeit herstellen, Differenz bearbeiten und Verantwortung verteilen. Somit ist die Ambivalenz von Gemeinsamkeit und Differenz und ihre ‚Herstellung’ in inklusiven Kleingruppen Gegenstand der Dissertation. Sie leistet für die Förder-/Sonder-/Rehabilitations- und Inklusionspädagogik einen Beitrag zur kritischen Auseinandersetzung mit Differenz und den damit verbundenen Zuschreibungen. Zugleich wird aber auch die Entstehung von gemeinsamen Erfahrungsräumen in Gruppenprozessen analysiert. Obwohl im Hochschulbereich angesiedelt, sind die Ergebnisse auch für außerschulische Jugendbildung und den Sekundarbereich als relevant anzusehen. (DIPF/Orig.)Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaEducational strategies and policy: inclusionthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeaching of students with different educational needsthemaDeutschlandDifferenzDocumentDokumentarische MethodeExemplary modelFallbeispielGemeinsamkeitGermanyGroup dynamicsGroup psychologyGruppe <Soz>GruppendynamikGruppenpsychologieHeterogene LerngruppeHeterogeneityHeterogenitätHigher education instituteHochschuleHochschulseminarInclusionInklusionIntegrative PädagogikIntegrative educationKleingruppeRemedial instruction sciencesSmall goupSmall groupSocial integrationSocial interactionSocial processSonderpädagogikSoziale IntegrationSoziale InteraktionSozialer ProzessSpecial education for the handicappedSpecial needs educationMeyer, Dorotheeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51517/1/9783781523395.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51517OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46596oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1196821051OCoLC97896338636649789633863671https://doi.org/10.7829/9789633863664doi1196821051OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaCsepeli, GyörgyedtNation and MigrationHow Citizens in Europe Are Coping with XenophobiaCentral European University PressCentral European University Press [Imprint]2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNation and Migration provides a way to understand recent migration events in Europe that have attracted the world’s attention. The emergence of the nations in the West promised homogenization, but instead the imagined national communities have everywhere become places of heterogeneity, and modern nation states have been haunted by the specter of minorities. This study analyses experiences relating to migration in twenty-three European countries. It is based on data from the International Social Survey Programme, a global cross-national collaborative exercise. In the authors’ view, a critical test for Europe is its ability to find adequate responses to the challenges of globalization. The book provides a detailed overview of how citizens in Europe are coping with a xeno­phobia fueled by their own sense of insecurity. The authors reconstruct the competing social reactions to migration in the forms of integration, assimilation, and segregation. Hungary receives special attention: the data show that people living there are far less closed and xenophobic than they might seem through the prism of a media-instigated moral panic.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaEthnic studiesEuropean studiesCsepeli, GyörgyauthÖrkény, Antalauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/46596/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46596OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24059oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1995a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1058302680OCoLC9781135361945978113536198397811353619909781857280333978185728644110.4324/9780203985007doi1058302680OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaCornell, Tim J.autUrban Society In Roman ItalyTaylor & Francis1995texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collection of original essays focuses upon Roman Italy where, with over 400 cities, urbanization was at the very centre of Italian civilization. Informed by an awareness of the social and anthropological issues of recent research, these contributions explore not only questions of urban origins, interaction with the countryside and economic function, but also the social use of space within the city and the nature of the development process.; These studies are aimed not only at ancient historians and classical archaeologists, but are directed towards those working in the related fields of urban studies in the Mediterranean world and elsewhere and upon the general theory of towns and complex societies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythema2nd3rdancientcenturiescenturycityconsumergraeciamagnamodelCornell, Tim J.edtLomas, Kathrynedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/24059/1/1006073.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24059OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27063oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1082953279OCoLC978363175053710.3726/b13609doi1082953279OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaKthemaKCthemaGubaydullina, ZuliaedtNicht-monetaere Inflationsursachen in RusslandEine empirische AnalyseBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20181 electronic resource (174 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSozialoekonomische Schriften32Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSeit langer Zeit konkurrieren monetäre und nicht-monetäre Ursachen bei der Erklärung von Inflation. Während Milton Friedman («Inflation is always and everywhere a monetary phenomenon») die erste Position vertritt, finden z.B. Paul Samuelson oder John Cochrane auch Argumente für nicht-monetäre Ursachen. Die Arbeit untersucht in Bezug auf Russland, zwischen 1992 und 2004, ob die nicht-monetären Ursachen der Inflation empirisch relevant sind. Russland ist für diese Frage insofern von besonderer Bedeutung, als es ein Paradebeispiel für das Vorkommen nicht-monetärer Inflationsursachen bietet: Die Ergebnisse der ökonometrischen Untersuchung bestätigen, dass die nicht-monetären Inflationsursachen eine wichtige Rolle in der Inflationsentwicklung spielen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaAnalyseEineFiskalpolitikGeldpolitikGubaydullinaInflationInflationsursachenNichtRusslandTransformationsökonomieempirischemonetäreÖkonometrische UntersuchungGubaydullina, Zuliaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27063/1/1002965.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27063OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51754oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1191864425OCoLC97831106895709783110689686978311068970910.1515/9783110689686doi1191864425OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHCthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaQRMthemaHidding, AaltjeedtThe Era of the MartyrsRemembering the Great Persecution in Late Antique EgyptBerlin/BostonDe Gruyter20201 electronic resource (224 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMillennium-Studien / Millennium Studies87Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn this book, Aaltje Hidding presents the first synthesis about how the Great Persecution (303–313 CE) was remembered in Late Antique Egypt. She unites research methods in memory studies with cognitive science and bases herself on archaeological, literary, papyrological and epigraphical sources in order to analyse how the Persecution was represented and remembered in three different cities along the Nile: Oxyrhynchus, Antinoopolis and Dendara.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAncient historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaChristianitythemaCult of the MartyrsLate Antique EgyptMemory StudiesHidding, Aaltjeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51754/1/9783110689686.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51754OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50186oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1290512908OCoLC978395466627010.32745/9783954666270doi1290512908OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNXthemaKNXCthemaGünster, ChristianautVersorgungs-Report: Klima und GesundheitBerlinMWV Medizinisch Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KGMWV Medizinisch Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft mbH & Co. KG [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (283 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe current health care report examines the effects of climate change on our health and the consequences for medical care in Germany. He brings together the different perspectives of environmental epidemiology, medicine and health policy. In a total of 16 specialist articles, experts analyze the influence of climate change on the incidence of illnesses, population groups at risk and health care infrastructures. The aim of the report is to prepare current scientific findings for healthcare practice and thus to contribute to a greater awareness of the health consequences of climate change in society. The following are presented: - Climate science basics and health effects of climate change - supply-related analyzes of significant health risks and prevention recommendations - Behavior of the population based on a current Germany-wide survey - Need for adjustment at the infrastructural-organizational level The “data and analyzes” section provides comprehensive information on the frequency of illnesses and treatments in Germany.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaIndustrial relations, occupational health and safetythemaHealth and safety in the workplacethemachanges in behaviourclimate changeenvironmenthealth riskheat stresshospitalisationGünster, ChristianedtKlauber, JürgenedtRobra, Bernt-PeteredtSchmuker, CarolineedtSchneider, Alexandraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50186/1/9783954666270.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50186OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49702oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1262681630OCoLC978390293691210.15203/2936-91-2doi1262681630OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaHeimerdinger, TimoautIgittEkel als KulturInnsbruckinnsbruck university press20151 electronic resource (214 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierbricolage8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar”Yuck!" - we involuntarily disgust ourselves with what could be harmful to us and threatens us. Disgust protects - one might think. But disgust is more. It's not only a physiological response, it's also a cultural achievement. Disgust plays a colorful role in many contexts as interpersonal behaviors and perceptions. In this volume disgust has been ethnographically explored and appears as a cultural player. The authors are looking for places such as hospital wards, public toilets, sailing ships or video booths, they address innards, pranks and rites de passage.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaCultural StudiesEthnic StudiesHeimerdinger, Timoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49702/1/9783902936912.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49702OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55708oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1317714376OCoLC9788855183048978885518305510.36253/978-88-5518-304-8doi1317714376OCoLCoapenoapendcBertaccini, BrunoautASA 2021 Statistics and Information Systems for Policy EvaluationBook of short papers of the opening conferenceFlorenceFirenze University Press20211 electronic resource (164 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierProceedings e report127Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book includes 25 peer-reviewed short papers submitted to the Scientific Opening Conference titled “Statistics and Information Systems for Policy Evaluation”, aimed at promoting new statistical methods and applications for the evaluation of policies and organized by the Association for Applied Statistics (ASA) and the Department of Statistics, Computer Science, Applications DiSIA “G. Parenti” of the University of Florence, jointly with the partners AICQ (Italian Association for Quality Culture), AICQ-CN (Italian Association for Quality Culture North and Centre of Italy), AISS (Italian Academy for Six Sigma), ASSIRM (Italian Association for Marketing, Social and Opinion Research), Comune di Firenze, the SIS – Italian Statistical Society, Regione Toscana and Valmon – Evaluation & Monitoring.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEvaluation Of Educational SystemsHealth and Well-BeingPolicy evaluationStatistical Information SystemsTourism and GastronomyBertaccini, BrunoedtFabbris, LuigiedtPetrucci, Alessandraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55708/1/9788855183048.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55708OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54780oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d607715287OCoLC97888551881359788864531564978886453167010.36253/978-88-6453-156-4doi607715287OCoLCoapenoapendcBartoli, GianniautPerformance of Wind Exposed StructuresResults of the PERBACCO projectFirenzeFirenze University Press20061 electronic resource (154 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierProceedings e report25Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPERBACCO (a free Italian acronym for Life-cycle Performance, Innovation and Design Criteria for Structures and Infrastructures Facing Æolian and Other Natural Hazards) is a research project partly funded by the Italian Ministry for University (MIUR) in the PRIN (Progetti di Ricerca di Interesse Nazionale) framework, for the years 2004-05.Within the project, a first attempt has been made to integrate different disciplines aiming at an overall optimization of the performance of a wide range of wind exposed structures and infrastructures, with consequent benefi cial impact on the society.The overall objectives were (a) to provide unifi ed concepts for "expected performance" and "risks induced by æolian and other natural hazards", to be applied to structures and infrastructures over their whole life-cycle, such to be acceptable to stakeholders in the construction process (i.e. from the owner to the end-user), (b) to provide models and methodologies for dynamic monitoring of the performance of structures and infrastructures, to be integrated in appropriately designed procedures, and (c) to collect, refi ne, fi le and disseminate the knowledge available on a European basis, concerning the performance of wind-exposed structures and facilities, in a way such to be of use to Construction Industry. This volume summarises the main results obtained during the Project, with each Section addressing a different class of problems, to which many research Units have contributed. A list of papers containing the main results of the research activities carried out within the Project is also provided in each Section.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengAtti di convegnoInfrastruttureIngegneriaIngegneria del ventoBartoli, GianniedtRicciardelli, FrancescoedtSaetta, AnnaedtSepe, Vincenzoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54780/1/9788864531564.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54780OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23416oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1147284255OCoLC978396110205110.5281/zenodo.3365789doi1147284255OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaClem, EmilyautTheory and description in African LinguisticsSelected papers from the 47th Annual Conference on African LinguisticsBerlinLanguage Science Press2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContemporary African LinguisticsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe papers in this volume were presented at the 47th Annual Conference on African Linguistics at UC Berkeley in 2016. The papers offer new descriptions of African languages and propose novel theoretical analyses of them. The contributions span topics in phonetics, phonology, syntax, semantics, and pragmatics and reflect the typological and genetic diversity of languages in Africa. Four papers in the volume examine Areal Features and Linguistic Reconstruction in Africa, and were presented at a special workshop on this topic held alongside the general session of ACAL.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLinguisticsClem, EmilyedtJenks, PeteredtSande, Hannahedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23416/1/1006736.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23416OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89812oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2012a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1089264872OCoLC978383253065510.30819/3065doi1089264872OCoLCoapenoapendcPirari, GiovanniedtKritik und SelbstsubjektivierungKritik, Subjekt und Perspektive der Selbstbestimmung in Foucaults SpätwerkLogos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2012texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFoucaults machttheoretische Schriften beschreiben, wie die Macht auf das Subjekt einwirkt und die Konstitution seiner Subjektivität beeinflusst. Seine letzten Arbeiten skizzieren die Möglichkeit des Subjekts, von diesen Formen fremdbestimmter Subjektivität Abstand zu nehmen und einen Prozess der Selbstbestimmung zu initiieren. Der vorliegende Text nimmt sich vor, Foucaults Auffassung eines solchen Selbstbestimmungsprozesses zu rekonstruieren. Dabei wird deutlich, dass die Idee der Entunterwerfung schon in den genealogischen Schriften implizit vorhanden ist.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerPirari, Giovanniauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/89812/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/89812OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/43303oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1228877617OCoLC10.1007/978-94-6265-419-8doi1228877617OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaLthemaLBthemaLBBthemaOsinga, FransedtNL ARMS Netherlands Annual Review of Military Studies 2020Deterrence in the 21st Century—Insights from Theory and PracticeSpringer NatureT.M.C. Asser Press [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (527 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNL ARMSOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access volume surveys the state of the field to examine whether a fifth wave of deterrence theory is emerging. Bringing together insights from world-leading experts from three continents, the volume identifies the most pressing strategic challenges, frames theoretical concepts, and describes new strategies. The use and utility of deterrence in today’s strategic environment is a topic of paramount concern to scholars, strategists and policymakers. Ours is a period of considerable strategic turbulence, which in recent years has featured a renewed emphasis on nuclear weapons used in defence postures across different theatres; a dramatic growth in the scale of military cyber capabilities and the frequency with which these are used; and rapid technological progress including the proliferation of long-range strike and unmanned systems. These military-strategic developments occur in a polarized international system, where cooperation between leading powers on arms control regimes is breaking down, states widely make use of hybrid conflict strategies, and the number of internationalized intrastate proxy conflicts has quintupled over the past two decades. Contemporary conflict actors exploit a wider gamut of coercive instruments, which they apply across a wider range of domains. The prevalence of multi-domain coercion across but also beyond traditional dimensions of armed conflict raises an important question: what does effective deterrence look like in the 21st century? Answering that question requires a re-appraisal of key theoretical concepts and dominant strategies of Western and non-Western actors in order to assess how they hold up in today’s world. Air Commodore Professor Dr. Frans Osinga is the Chair of the War Studies Department of the Netherlands Defence Academy and the Special Chair in War Studies at the University Leiden. Dr. Tim Sweijs is the Director of Research at The Hague Centre for Strategic Studies and a Research Fellow at the Faculty of Military Sciences of the Netherlands Defence Academy in Breda.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaAI and deterrenceConventional deterrenceCross-domain deterrenceCyber deterrenceDeterrence and peacekeepingDeterrence theoryDeterring terroristsFifth wave deterrence theoryInternational Security StudiesInternational relationsNon-Western deterrence conceptsNuclear deterrenceOpen accessPolitical Science and International RelationsPolitics & governmentPolitics and International StudiesPublic International LawgeneralOsinga, FransauthSweijs, TimauthOsinga, FransedtSweijs, Timedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/43303/1/2021_Book_NLARMSNetherlandsAnnualReviewO.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/43303OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42460oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1253412057OCoLC10.17885/heiup.582doi1253412057OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFFthemaQaddioui, OuafaaedtZur Negation im Gegenwartsdeutschen und im Modernen HocharabischEine linguistisch-kontrastive UntersuchungHeidelbergHeidelberg University Publishing (heiUP)20201 electronic resource (624 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe present study is a contrastive and empirical investigation of the negative markers nicht in contemporary German (CG) and laysa, lam, lan, lammā, lāta, lā and mā in Modern Standard Arabic (MSA). Four aspects are analyzed from a comparative point of view: (i) the morphological fusion of the negative markers with indefinites in CG and with clitic particles/suffixes in MSA, which creates a paradigm of negative markers similar to an auxiliary verb paradigm, (ii) the position of those markers in sentence structures, (iii) the interaction between negative markers and verbal or nominal categories, and (iv) the interactions between negation and information structure. Two novels were chosen as the main sources of sample data: “Sommerstück” (1989) (“Piece of Summer”) by Christa Wolf for CG and “Bayna al-Qasrayn” (1956) (“Palace Walk”) by Naǧib Maḥfūẓ for MSA. The goal of the study is to describe and compare the grammatical organization of negation in both languages.Die vorliegende Arbeit ist eine kontrastive, empirisch fundierte Untersuchung der Negationsausdrücke nicht im Gegenwartsdeutschen (GWD) und laysa, lam, lan, lammā, lāta, lā und mā im Modernen Hocharabisch (MHA). Vier Aspekte werden vergleichend analysiert: (i) die morphologische Verschmelzung der Negationsausdrücke mit Indefinita im GWD und mit klitischen Partikeln/Suffixen im MHA; im MHA entsteht ein Paradigma von Negationsausdrücken ähnlich einem Hilfsverb-Paradigma; (ii) die Stellung der genannten Ausdrücke in Satzstrukturen; (iii) die Interaktion zwischen Negationsausdrücken und verbalen oder nominalen Kategorien und (iv) die Interaktion zwischen Negation und Informationsstruktur. Zwei Romane wurden als Datengrundlage gewählt: „Sommerstück“ (1989) von Christa Wolf für das GWD und „Bayna al-Qasrayn“ (dt. „Zwischen den Palästen“) (1956) von Naǧib Maḥfūẓ für das MHA. Ziel der Studie ist es, die grammatische Organisation der Negation in beiden Sprachen zu beschreiben und zu vergleichen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0by-saccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaHistorical and comparative linguisticsthemaArabic languageArabische SpracheComparative linguisticsKomparative LinguistikNegationNegativmarkernegative markersQaddioui, Ouafaaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/42460/1/9783947732814.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42460OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54787oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1261773014OCoLC88845345938884534607978885518823410.36253/88-8453-459-3doi1261773014OCoLCoapenoapendcBorri, ClaudioautAIMETA 2005Atti del XVII Congresso dell'Associazione italiana di meccanica teorica e applicata. Firenze, 11-15 settembre 2005. Volume IIFirenzeFirenze University Press20061 electronic resource (103 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierProceedings e report28Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe volume collects the contributions presented at the XVII national congress of AIMETA which, for technical reasons, did not find space in the first volume dedicated to the proceedings of the congress. The new texts complete the picture of the current situation and future prospects of Mechanics that emerged from the congress held in Florence.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaAtti di convegnoFisicaIngegneriaBorri, ClaudioedtFacchini, LucaedtFederici, GiorgioedtPrimicerio, Marioedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54787/1/8884534593.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54787OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111293oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97816857120449781685712051978168571308910.53288/0483.1.00doioapenoapendcQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHRthemaQDHR5themaRthemaRNthemaRNAthemaRNCthemaSamuels, LisaedtImagining What We Don't KnowCreative Theory and Critical BodiesEarth, Milky Waypunctum bookspunctum books [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (320 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBringing together perception, ecology, community, lingual value, and quantum life, Imagining What We Don’t Know: Creative Theory and Critical Bodies presents twenty-four essays and theory poems that blend interpretive neologisms — wild dialectics, distributed centrality, membranism, deformance, bioautography, transplace, soft text, and more — with readings of visionary philosophers and the art and writing of Algeria, Australasia, the Caribbean, Oceania, the UK, and the US. Committed to experimental ideation and relational ethics, Imagining What We Don’t Know is for art and theory practitioners, philosophy rebels, creative writers, and anyone who relishes thinking about contemporary art, transnational and transdisciplinary life, and how we imagine with language. Imagining What We Don’t Know presents a biblio-architecture of “blurprints” built with theories of the embodied mind that are elemental, entangled, and electrified by the political. This is creative theory, hovering with alterities of art and interpretation and imagining with critical attention.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaWestern philosophy from c 1800themaPhenomenology and ExistentialismthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmentalist thought and ideologythemaApplied ecologythemaArtEcologyEthicsPhenomenologyPoetryQuantum lifeTheorySamuels, Lisaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111293/1/9781685712051.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111293OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92019oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d978885759765210.7413/1234-1234015doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNTthemaGOLA, GIANCARLOedtInsegnare adagioMilano-UdineMimesis Srl2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA cosa serve sostare lentamente in educazione? È forse scorgere i giusti equilibri tra una via rapida e una saggezza pigra alla conoscenza? Una scuola lenta non significa aspettative rilassate. Insegnare adagio sostiene l’attenzione paziente del discente al sapere; essa può produrre opportunità cognitive attive per la creazione di significati e di pensiero critico, che non possono essere sempre possibili con modalità di trasmissione delle informazioni e delle conoscenze accelerate.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaTeaching skills and techniquesthemaBrain and knowledgeEducazione lentaInsegnare adagioMente e conoscenzaScience SlowSlow TeachingSlow educationGOLA, GIANCARLOauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/92019/1/214603.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92019OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33836oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d868923920OCoLC10.1093/acprof:oso/9780199683529.001.0001doi868923920OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1Hthema1HFthema1HFMthema1HFMMthemaKthemaKCthemaKCGthemaKCMthemaKCVthemaKCVDthemaChirwa, EphraimedtAgricultural Input Subsidies: The Recent Malawi ExperienceOxford University Press20131 electronic resource (320 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAgricultural input subsidies were a major feature of development policies in rural economies until the 1980s. Continuing rural poverty with low productivity and fertilizer use in smallholder staple crops has led to their resurgence in Africa. These subsidies are, however, controversial with claims of both large food security benefits and unsustainable, inefficient resource use. This book reviews current theory and evidence on the strengths and weaknesses of these programmes and the effects of programme context, design, and implementation. Theoretical arguments for agricultural subsidies are based on input promotion where farmers’ private costs (benefits) are higher (lower) than wider economic costs (benefits). These arguments, and concerns about inefficiency and diversion, are reviewed and extended to consider input affordability constraints and ‘smart’ rationing and targeting. Recent programmes in Africa have a variety of generally producer-focused objectives, with varied implementation and programme outcomes. Most pay little attention to consumer interests and potential contributions to wider growth. A detailed examination of Malawi’s controversial agricultural input subsidy programme follows. Drawing on a wide range of information sources, the political and agro-economic contexts of the programme are examined, with evidence on its implementation and impacts from 2005 to 2011. Positive impacts are recorded on beneficiaries’ production, incomes, food consumption, school enrolment, child health, and reduced need for earnings from undertaking casual labour for others. There is evidence of indirect economy-wide impacts, but this is not as strong as might be expected. Targeting and graduation are identified as critically important issues requiring continuing attention.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: OAPEN-UKCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaAfricathemaSub-Saharan AfricathemaSouthern AfricathemaMalawithemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomic growththemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaAgricultural and rural economicsthemaCreative CommonsCreative Commons licenseInternational Federation of Philosophical SocietiesMaizePrivate sectorafricaagricultural developmentagricultural policyfertilizersinput subsidiesmalawipoliticsChirwa, EphraimauthDorward, Andrewauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33836/1/455811.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33836OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54893oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d817775479OCoLC97888551888079788864530291978886453031410.36253/978-88-6453-031-4doi817775479OCoLCoapenoapendcNencioni, FrancescaautA Giuseppe Dessí. Lettere di amici e lettoriCon un'appendice di lettere inediteFirenzeFirenze University Press20091 electronic resource (528 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFonti storiche e letterarie – Edizioni cartacee e digitali25Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book, the result of a lengthy labour of cataloguing and research, continues the indexing and recording of the unpublished epistolary material conserved in the Dessí fond, launched in 2003 by Chiara Andrei with the edition of the family correspondence (Firenze, FUP). Now, through 1,900 letters from friends and readers, Francesca Nencioni offers a different and more ample overview of the fundamental stages in the life and works of the writer, focusing above all on the years of his university training in Pisa. Of particular interest is the appendix of carefully annotated unpublished texts, which offers 19 letters from Dessí to friends and scholars, the complete two-way correspondence with Walter Binni, and the letters sent to the friend and disciple of the great historian, Delio Cantimori. Press reviews: 26/10/2009: Dessì e la voce "lontana e bianca" del 1955 12/2009: "L'immaginazione" n. 251Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaBiografiaCarteggiEpistolarioGiuseppe DessìLetteratura italianaNovecentoNencioni, Francescaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54893/1/9788864530314.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54893OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60244oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9788202778026978820278265897882027931289788202793135978820279314210.23865/noasp.179doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFAthemaJBFKthemaJBFK2themaJBSthemaJBSFthemaAmundsdotter, EvaedtGender Equality in Academiafrom Knowledge to ChangeOsloCappelen Damm Forskning20221 electronic resource (395 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhat is the state of gender equality in science and technology? Gender Equality in Academia – from Knowledge to Change presents the results of a comprehensive research project and program of initiatives at the University of Oslo’s Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences. Researchers have examined gender equality within the department, looking at reasons for imbalance, and at what occurs when measures to promote equality are implemented. The book opens with an in-depth study of careers, gender issues and gender balance within academia. The study, based on questionnaires, interviews and follow-up evaluation, provides a new and updated understanding of the daily lives of academics in Norway. Among the topics covered are perceptions of equality and gender balance, effects of male dominance, sexual harassment, gender with respect to publishing, and the relationship between gender and diversity. In addition to presenting new empirical data, the book is also an innovative contribution to theoretical development within gender equality research. In the second part of the book, the authors present three working models that elucidate current mechanisms recreating gender imbalance, and challenges for gender equality. The book’s final part consists of analyses of measures taken to increase gender equality within the department and their effects, and what an organization can do to increase gender equality. The range of topics in this book make it relevant for everyone concerned with gender equality in research and higher education. Researchers, administrators, students, other practitioners, and politicians will all find this book of interest.Hvordan står det til med likestillingen innenfor realfag og teknologi? Likestilling i akademia – fra kunnskap til endring presenterer resultatene fra et omfattende forsknings- og tiltaksprosjekt ved Det matematisk-naturvitenskapelige fakultet ved Universitetet i Oslo. Forskerne har undersøkt likestillingssituasjonen ved fakultetet, sett på årsaker til ulikestilling, og på hva som skjer når man iverksetter tiltak for å fremme likestilling. Boka innleder med en dybdestudie av karriere, kjønn og likestilling i akademia. Studien, som er basert på både spørreundersøkelser, intervjuer og følgeforskning, gir ny og oppdatert kunnskap om forskerhverdagen i norsk akademia. Blant temaene som belyses er syn på likestilling og kjønnsbalanse, effekter av mannsdominans, seksuell trakassering, kjønn og publisering, og hvordan kjønn og mangfold henger sammen. I tillegg til å presentere ny empiri utgjør boka også et nyskapende bidrag til teoriutvikling innen likestillingsforskningen. I bokas del 2 presenterer forfatterne tre arbeidsmodeller som belyser aktuelle mekanismer og utfordringer i likestillingsarbeidet. Deretter trekkes linjen videre til arbeidet for å fremme likestilling. I siste del analyseres tiltakene som ble iverksatt for å øke likestillingen ved fakultetet, hvilke effekter de hadde, og hva en organisasjon kan gjøre for å øke likestillingen. Bredden i boka gjør den relevant for alle som er opptatt av likestilling i forskning og høyere utdanning. Både forskere, ansatte, studenter, praktikere og politikere vil ha stor nytte av boka. Øystein Gullvåg Holter er professor emeritus ved Senter for tverrfaglig kjønnsforskning, Universitetet i Oslo. Lotta Snickare er forsker ved Det matematisk-naturvitenskapelige fakultet, Universitetet i Oslo, og ved Kungliga tekniska högskolan, Stockholm.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: The Research Council of NorwayFunded by: University of OsloCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSocial discrimination and social justicethemaViolence and abuse in societythemaSexual abuse and harassmentthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaacademiaakademiadiscriminationdiskrimineringequalityequality in academiafaghierarkigender differencesgender equalitygender imbalanceintersectionalityinterseksjonalitetkjønnsforskjellerkjønnslikestillingkjønnsubalanselikestillinglikestilling i akademiaprofessional hierarchiesAmundsdotter, EvaauthElvin-Nowak, YlvaauthGober, GretaauthHolte, Øystein GullvågauthLiestøl, KnutauthSnickare, LottaauthHolter, Øystein GullvågedtSnickare, LottaedtHambro, Cathinka Dahlothwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/60244/1/Gender_Equality_in_Academia.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60244OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42161oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1992a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1229505897OCoLC10.3726/b13635doi1229505897OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKFthemaKFFthemaKFFKthemaKJthemaKJMthemaKJMVthemaKJMV7themaKJSthemaKJSMthemaKJUthemaBüker, BerndedtQualitaetsbeurteilung investiver DienstleistungenOperationalisierungsansaetze an einem empirischen Beispiel zentraler EDV-DiensteBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19921 electronic resource (275 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriften zu Marketing und Management17Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDas Marketing von Dienstleistungsunternehmen rückt in Theorie und Praxis zunehmend in den Vordergrund der Diskussion einer marktorientierten Unternehmensführung. Die vorliegende Arbeit hat sich zum Ziel gesetzt, ein Konzept zur Erfassung und Erklärung der Qualität investiver Dienstleistungen zu entwickeln. Hierzu wird ein multipersonales, mehrstufiges Qualitätsmodell entwickelt, das Anbieter- und Nachfragersicht integriert. Parallel zur theoretischen Diskussion erfolgt eine Überprüfung der Konzeption auf der Basis einer empirischen Studie. Darüber hinaus werden strategische Stoßrichtungen und konkrete, praxisrelevante Instrumente zur Steuerung der Qualitätswahrnehmung abgeleitet.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaFinance and accountingthemaFinance and the finance industrythemaBankingthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaManagement of specific areasthemaSales and marketing managementthemaSales and marketingthemaMarket researchthemaOrganizational theory and behaviourthemaBankingBusiness strategyManagementMarket researchSales and marketingleadership and motivationBüker, Berndauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/42161/1/9783631750827.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42161OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87350oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1399164926OCoLC97895185863749789518586381978951858639810.21435/sflit.13doi1399164926OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaLthemaLNthemaLNTthemaLNTMthemaOvaska, AnnaedtShattering MindsExperiences of Mental Illness in Modernist Finnish LiteratureFinnish Literature Society / SKSFinnish Literature Society [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (265 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Litteraria12Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis study offers a new perspective on unusual and unsettling experiences that are often interpreted as “mental illnesses” and on the techniques through which literary representations invite readerly responses and engagement. The book examines how four Finnish modernist writers, Helvi Hämäläinen, Jorma Korpela, Timo K. Mukka, and Maria Vaara, construct experiences of shattering and distress as bodily experiences that are embedded in the social and material world and entangled with social and cultural norms that govern subjectivity, gender, and sexuality. Drawing on narrative theory, theories of embodied cognition, phenomenology of illness, and feminist theory, the analyses show how literary works can invite readers to respond emotionally and to reflect on our views of the human mind and its interaction with the world. The book sheds light on the fictional portrayals and techniques of representation and on the ethics of narrating and reading about painful experiences. It also illuminates the ways the mind, body, consciousness, and mental distress are discussed in Finnish modernist literature and situates the texts in the international modernist tradition.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLawthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaSocial law and Medical lawthemaMedical and healthcare lawthemaFinnish language literatureliterary researchmental disordersmodernismnarratologyphenomenologyOvaska, Annaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87350/1/shattering-minds.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87350OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55212oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1268380643OCoLC97888665594059788866559412978889273311410.36253/978-88-6655-941-2doi1268380643OCoLCoapenoapendcLana, DanieleedtA study on cholinergic signal transduction pathways involved in short term and long term memory formation in the rat hippocampusMolecular and cellular alterations underlying memory impairments in animal models of neurodegenerationFlorenceFirenze University Press20151 electronic resource (136 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPremio Tesi di Dottorato46Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNeurodegenerative processes alter neuronal and glial physiology and cause cognitive and mnemonic impairments. Aim of this PhD thesis is to investigate the involvement of the cholinergic system and the role of mTOR pathway in the mechanisms of memory encoding in the hippocampus and to study the pathophysiological processes at the base of the cognitive impairments in different experimental models of neurodegeneration: in particular normal brain aging, neuroinfiammation and chronic cerebral hypoperfusion. These mechanisms are studied focusing on the morpho-functional alterations in the neuron-astrocytemicroglia triad.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLana, Danieleauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55212/1/9788866559412.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55212OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55079oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d971094520OCoLC9788866555018978889273484510.36253/978-88-6655-501-8doi971094520OCoLCoapenoapendcFrancini, SerenaedtProgetto di paesaggio. Arte e cittàIl rapporto tra interventi artistici e trasformazione dei luoghi urbaniFlorenceFirenze University Press20131 electronic resource (172 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPremio Ricerca «Città di Firenze»23Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe aim of the research is to investigate how the set of artistic practices known as public art can create an area of co-design between landscape architecture, urban design and urban art. In recent years, art in the public space has gradually expanded from a conventional idea of monument to the idea of a sign contributing to urban regeneration: a sign building identity, a space creating relationships and relational processes. The research therefore aims to reflect and interpret the concepts that go in this direction, in the possibility of promoting their evolution that tends towards the definition of art, or rather the artistic act, not as an element of the urban scene, but as a process aimed at promoting a multidisciplinary dialogue. Art in/for/with the urban landscape can be read as a tool, as one of the possible means that can activate design processes.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccitaFrancini, Serenaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55079/1/9788866555018.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55079OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/97006oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783031759635978303175964210.1007/978-3-031-75964-2doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaNHDthemaNHHthemaNHTthemaNHTQthemaHiggins, JosephedtThe Ndebele, Frank Oates, and Knowledge Production in the 1870sEncounters at the Edge of EmpireChamSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (125 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book addresses a question fundamental to the histories of empire and Africa: at the point of the colonial encounter, how was knowledge made? How did different communities, with little or no prior contact, construct meaning about one another? Amidst huge changes in the politics and economics of a continent, on the cusp of almost complete colonization at the hands of European powers at the end of the nineteenth century, how do the specifics of personality and contingency affect knowledge production? An obvious challenge in addressing this sort of question is the frequent lack of African-produced source material; here, we must work within the ‘archives of oppression’ and read both along and against the colonial grain in an attempt to restore African agency to this process of knowledge production. Drawing on the previously never-used diaries of explorer Frank Oates, who travelled throughout Matabeleland in the 1870s, the use of a single traveller’s experiences in detail affords us the means to consider the fine details of the interactions between Europeans and Africans. Therefore, this study seeks to enhance existing work on race and empire of the nineteenth century by asking: what place do the fragilities, uncertainties, and contingencies of encounters between individuals have in our understanding of how knowledge is made?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: UK Research and InnovationCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaEuropean historythemaAfrican historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaColonialism and imperialismthemaAfricaBritish EmpireColonial EncounterColonial expansionColonialismCultural historyEuropean powersExplorationFrank OatesKing LobengulaKnowledgeKnowledge ProductionNdebeleRaceSouthern AfricaTravellersVictorianZimbabweHiggins, JosephauthPrior, Christopherauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/97006/1/9783031759642.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/97006OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49423oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1257472506OCoLC97894616635739789461663580978946270252310.11116/9789461663573doi1257472506OCoLCoapenoapendc5thema5Pthema5PBthema5PBCthemaAthemaAJthemaAJFthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaNthemaNHthemaNHKthemaCarville, JustinautContact ZonesPhotography, Migration, and Cultural Encounters in the United StatesLeuven University Press20211 electronic resource (360 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSince the mid-nineteenth century photography has played a central role in cultural encounters within and between migrant communities in the United States. Migrant histories have been mediated through the photographic image, and the cultural practices of photography have themselves been transformed as migrant communities mobilise the photographic image to navigate experiences of cultural dislocation and the forging of new identities. Exploring photographic images and the cultural practices of photography as ‘contact zones’ through which cultural exchange and transformation takes place, this volume addresses the role of photography in migrant histories in the United States from the mid-nineteenth century to today. Taking as its focal point photography’s role in shaping migrant experiences of cultural transformation, and how migrant experiences have re-configured culturally differentiated practices of photography, case studies on migration from Europe, Central America, and North America position photography as entwined with cultural histories of migration and cultural transformation in the United States.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: KU LeuvenFunded by: Terra Foundation for American ArtCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengInterest qualifiersthemaRelating to specific groups and cultures or social and cultural intereststhemaRelating to peoples: ethnic groups, indigenous peoples, cultures and other groupings of peoplethemaRelating to migrant groups / diaspora communities or peoplesthemaThe ArtsthemaPhotography and photographsthemaPhotojournalism and documentary photographythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaContact ZonesCultural EncountersDiasporasDocumentaryModernismMuseumsPhotography & MigrationPhotography Histories and TheoriesTrans-culturalismVernacular PhotographiesCarville, JustinedtLien, Sigridedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49423/1/9789461663573.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49423OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50424oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1272920313OCoLC978303078935010.1007/978-3-030-78935-0doi1272920313OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJHthemaKJMthemaPatzelt, HolgeredtEntrepreneurial StrategyStarting, Managing, and Scaling New VenturesSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (131 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book focuses on explaining differences amongst organizations regarding various attributes, forms, and outcomes. By focusing on the “how” of new venture creation and management to produce well-established organizations, the authors aim to increase our understanding of the antecedents of most management research assumptions. New ventures are the source of most newly created jobs generated in an economy, new industries and markets, innovative products and services, and new solutions to economic, social, and environmental problems. However, most management research assumes a well-established organization as the starting point of their theorizing. Building on the notion of guided attention, it details how entrepreneurs can allocate their transient attention to identify potential opportunities from environmental change and how entrepreneurs allocate their sustained attention to form beliefs about radical and incremental opportunities requiring entrepreneurial action. The authors explain how entrepreneurs build such communities and engage community members over time to co-construct potential opportunities for new venture progress. Using the lean startup framework, they connect the dots between the theorizing on identifying and co-constructing potential opportunities and the startup of new ventures. This leads to a new overarching framework based on are (1) co-creating a startup, (2) organizing a startup, and (3) performing a startup to bring together the many disparate threads of research on new ventures. The authors then theorize on the importance of knowledge in organizational scaling. Based on cutting-edge research from the leading entrepreneurship journals, this book expands knowledge on the cognitive aspect of the new venture creation process.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Technische Universität MünchenCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaEntrepreneurship / Start-upsthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaEntrepreneurshipLean StartupNew Venture CreationNew VenturesOpportunity Co-ConstructionScalingStartupentrepreneurentrepreneurial cognitionentrepreneurial teamfounderopportunityPatzelt, HolgerauthShepherd, Dean A.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50424/1/978-3-030-78935-0.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50424OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54782oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1229501132OCoLC9788864531526978889273929110.36253/978-88-6453-152-6doi1229501132OCoLCoapenoapendcMeurig, Thomas JohnedtMichael FaradayLa storia romantica di un genioFirenzeFirenze University Press20061 electronic resource (240 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudi e saggi48Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMichael Faraday, a self-taught errand boy of humble origins with no particular knowledge of mathematics, became one of the greatest Englishmen of all times. With simple determination and extraordinary insight he was able to make the scientific discoveries on which most of the technology of the twentieth century is based. His life and works have profoundly influenced contemporary thought, inspiring and complementing the work of other great minds, such as Clerk Maxwell and Albert Einstein. John Meurig Thomas is continuing a tradition of popularisation of science that has a shining example in Michael Faraday; Sir Thomas has the merit of illustrating the history and scientific work of this philosopher of nature with a simple and at the same time accurate style, which is accessible to all. Faraday’s fascinating and detailed story is enriched with a series of drawings, photographs and letters, mostly unpublished documents.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/2.5/by-ndccitaBiografiaInghilterraMichael FaradayScienzaSecolo XXTecnologiaMeurig, Thomas Johnauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54782/1/9788864531526.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54782OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/64156oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2005a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d673388939OCoLC9780299196844978029919689910.3368/OLOP9368doi673388939OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaFellows, WilledtA Passion to PreserveGay Men as Keepers of CultureMadisonThe University of Wisconsin Press2005texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFrom large cities to rural communities, gay men have long been impassioned pioneers as keepers of culture: rescuing and restoring decrepit buildings, revitalizing blighted neighborhoods, saving artifacts and documents of historical significance. This penchant to preserve, though widely observed, is typically ignored or dismissed as a stereotypical gay cliché, even by many gay men themselves. A Passion to Preserve explores this authentic and complex dimension of gay men’s lives by profiling early and contemporary preservationists from throughout the United States. This eye-opening and provocative book illuminates neglected facets of what it means to be gay and highlights contributions to the larger culture that gays are exceptionally inclined to make.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: Big Ten Academic AllianceCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaArchitectureCultural studiesGay and lesbian studiesHistoryFellows, Willauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/64156/13/9780299196899.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/64156/14/9780299196899.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/64156OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25144oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1105793550OCoLC97819115344889781911534501978191153451810.16997/book26doi1105793550OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaAMthemaAMGthemaJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFMthemaJWthemaJWCthemaJWCMthemaJWKthemaNthemaNHthemaNHWthemaClapson, MarkedtThe Blitz CompanionAerial Warfare, Civilians and the City since 1911LondonUniversity of Westminster Press20191 electronic resource (316 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Blitz Companion offers a unique overview of a century of aerial warfare, its impact on cities and the people who lived in them. It tells the story of aerial warfare from the earliest bombing raids and in World War 1 through to the London Blitz and Allied bombings of Europe and Japan. These are compared with more recent American air campaigns over Cambodia and Vietnam in the 1960s and 1970s, the NATO bombings during the Balkan Wars of the 1990s and subsequent bombings in the aftermath of 9/11. Beginning with the premonitions and predictions of air warfare and its terrible consequences, the book focuses on air raids precautions, evacuation and preparations for total war, and resilience, both of citizens and of cities. The legacies of air raids, from reconstruction to commemoration, are also discussed. While a key theme of the book is the futility of many air campaigns, care is taken to situate them in their historical context. The Blitz Companion also includes a guide to documentary and visual resources for students and general readers. Uniquely accessible, comparative and broad in scope this book draws key conclusions about civilian experience in the twentieth century and what these might mean for military engagement and civil reconstruction processes once conflicts have been resolved.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of WestminsterCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaArchitecture: public, commercial and industrial buildingsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDisability: social aspectsthemaWarfare and defencethemaMilitary forces and sectorsthemaAir forces and warfarethemaMilitary and defence strategythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaMilitary historythemaBlitzSecond World Waraerial warfareair raids and civiliansbombingcommemorationClapson, Markauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25144/1/the-blitz-companion.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25144OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23411oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1229660191OCoLC978383944082710.14361/9783839440827doi1229660191OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPWthemaJPWLthemaLange, SebastianedtProvokante KommunikationStrategien im politischen Umgang mit transnationalem TerrorismusBielefeld, Germanytranscript Verlag2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition PolitikOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie militärische Terrorismusbekämpfung der letzten eineinhalb Jahrzehnte gilt heute als kontraproduktiv. Hat der »War on Terror« die dschihadistischen Bewegungen tatsächlich gestärkt und ist er der Grund für ihre wachsende Anhängerzahl? Sebastian Langes kommunikations- und organisationstheoretischen Analysen gehen den Eskalationsmechanismen im Verhältnis von transnationalem Terrorismus und staatlicher Terrorismusbekämpfung nach. Die Studie zeigt: Der Identitätskonflikt zwischen modernen Gesellschaften und fundamentalistischer Weltanschauung lässt sich nur dann entschärfen, wenn sicherheitspolitische Überreaktionen vermieden werden.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical activism / Political engagementthemaTerrorism, armed strugglethemaAl-QaidaDschihadismusFundamentalismusGewaltGlobalisierungIslamischer StaatKommunikationKonstruktivismusPolicyPolitical Science and International StudiesPolitikPolitikwissenschaftPolitische TheorieSicherheitspolitikSystemtheorieTerrorismusTerrorismusbekämpfungWar on TerrorLange, Sebastianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23411/1/1006740.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23411OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109608oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978396147313710.25593/978-3-96147-313-7doioapenoapendcDthemaDCthemaDCFthemaPeschel, DietmaredtHeinrich von Freiberg, Tristan-FortsetzungErlangenFAU University Press20201 electronic resource (182 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer Text, den ich übersetze, ist von: Danielle Buschinger, Heinrich von Freiberg, Tristan. Edité avec Introduction et Index, Göppingen (Kümmerle) 1982 [= Göppinger Arbeiten zur Germanistik Nr. 270], mittlere Spalte, Hs. F, Florenz Manuscript BR 226 (= Magl. VII 33) (frühe Mitte des 14. Jahrhunderts, ca. hundert Jahre vor der Erfindung des Buchdrucks).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaPoetrythemaPoetry by individual poetsthemaFlorenzHandschriftHeinrichMs. Banco Rari 226NationalbibliothekTristanTristan und Isoldevon FreibergÜbersetzungPeschel, Dietmarauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109608/1/9783961473137.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109608OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112614oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837679502978383943839810.14361/9783839438398doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJNthemaJNFthemaErnst, Wolf-DieteredtVorschrift und AffektDie Institutionalisierung und Pädagogisierung der Schauspielausbildung, 1870-1930transcript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (534 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTheater175Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarZwischen 1870 und 1930 institutionalisierte sich die Schauspielausbildung und es entstanden eigene pädagogische Ansätze. Wolf-Dieter Ernst erzählt die Geschichte der Schauspielschulen als Theater- und Bildungsreform. Mit Fallstudien zu Ernst Possart, Louise Dumont, Elsie Fogerty und Leopold Jessner verdeutlicht er erstmals die Bandbreite des Schauspieltrainings und beleuchtet das Spannungsverhältnis zwischen den zunehmend institutionell und pädagogisch vermittelten Vorschriften und deren affektiver Überschreitung – eine detaillierte Analyse, die die Institutions- und Bildungsgeschichte künstlerischer Berufe um neue Perspektiven erweitert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaEducationthemaEducational strategies and policythemaBildungsforschungBildungsgeschichteDramaEducational HistoryEducational ResearchSchauspielTheater StudiesTheaterwissenschaftErnst, Wolf-Dieterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112614/1/9783839438398.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112614OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54429oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1313606242OCoLC978303094590910.1007/978-3-030-94590-9doi1313606242OCoLCoapenoapendcKyriazis, DimosthenisautBig Data and Artificial Intelligence in Digital FinanceIncreasing Personalization and Trust in Digital Finance using Big Data and AIChamSpringer NatureSpringer International Publishing [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (363 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book presents how cutting-edge digital technologies like Big Data, Machine Learning, Artificial Intelligence (AI), and Blockchain are set to disrupt the financial sector. The book illustrates how recent advances in these technologies facilitate banks, FinTech, and financial institutions to collect, process, analyze, and fully leverage the very large amounts of data that are nowadays produced and exchanged in the sector. To this end, the book also describes some more the most popular Big Data, AI and Blockchain applications in the sector, including novel applications in the areas of Know Your Customer (KYC), Personalized Wealth Management and Asset Management, Portfolio Risk Assessment, as well as variety of novel Usage-based Insurance applications based on Internet-of-Things data. Most of the presented applications have been developed, deployed and validated in real-life digital finance settings in the context of the European Commission funded INFINITECH project, which is a flagship innovation initiative for Big Data and AI in digital finance. This book is ideal for researchers and practitioners in Big Data, AI, banking and digital finance.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengArtificial Intelligence and Big DataBlockchainDigital FinanceFinTechRegTechKyriazis, DimosthenisedtSoldatos, Johnedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54429/1/978-3-030-94590-9.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54429OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55664oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1302272908OCoLC97888551845199788855184533978885518454010.36253/978-88-5518-453-3doi1302272908OCoLCoapenoapendcCaby, CécileedtUn éloge de Camaldoli pour Pierre le GoutteuxLa Heremi descriptio de Ludovicus Camaldulensis monacusFlorenceFirenze University Press20211 electronic resource (112 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFragmentaria. Studi di storia culturale e antropologia religiosa4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe main object of this book is a manuscript preserved in Rome but composed in Florence in the middle of the fifteenth century, which transmits a text that is nearly unknown and highly original for at least three reasons. Firstly, the subject matter: a description of the Camaldoli hermitage at a time when this place was highly appreciated. Secondly, the discursive genre: the description of a built landscape, influenced both by humanist ekphrasis and by the tradition of medieval figurative exegesis. Finally, the dedicatee of the work, who is no less than Peter son of Cosimo dei Medici. The book successively examines the medieval and modern tradition of this little work, the identity of its author and the milieu of its production and first reception, and finally the details – some of them completely new – of the description of the Camaldolese hermitage and their textual and figurative tradition. It concludes with a critical edition of the work and the glosses with which it was enhanced in modern times. It is therefore a contribution not only to the history of an important Tuscan monastic centre, but also to that of the cultural and political networks of Tuscany in the second half of the fifteenth century, as well as to the knowledge of the textual and iconographic genres of landscape and monumental description, and finally, in a certain way, of modern Tuscan scholarship.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccfreArezzoCamaldoliEremitismItalian humanismLate Middle AgesMediciMonastic studiesCaby, Cécileauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55664/1/9788855184533.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55664OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55355oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1060549789OCoLC97888551895529788864536590978886453660610.36253/978-88-6453-660-6doi1060549789OCoLCoapenoapendcSiedina, GiovannaedtHorace in the Kyiv Mohylanian Poetics (17th-First Half of the 18th Century)Poetic Theory, Metrics, Lyric PoetryFlorenceFirenze University Press20171 electronic resource (216 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBiblioteca di Studi Slavistici38Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis monograph examines, for the first time, the reception of the poetic legacy of the Latin poet Horace (65 B.C.-8 B.C.) in the poetics courses written and taught at the Kyiv Mohyla Academy (17th -first half of the 18th century), in particular in the areas of poetic theory, metrics, lyric poetry. The analysis focuses on three main aspects: theoretical recommendations on the role of the poet and the purpose of poetry, as well as on inventio , dispositio , elocutio , drawn mostly from Ars poetica; the use of Horace’s poetry in the teaching of metrics and the exemplification of metrical schemes (particularly Alcaic and Sapphic stanzas and the dactilic hexameter); the ways in which Horace’s poetry is taken as a model in the composition of poetry, which was a mandatory exercise of the poetics course. The author analyzed the reception of Horace taking into account, on the one hand, the centuries-long Christian reception of the poet, and, on the other, the conception of poetry prevalent at the Mohyla Academy, which saw poetry as an ancillary discipline of moral philosophy, the purpose of which was to contribute to the education of devout Christians and loyal subjects. This approach was in line with the prevalent tendency in European religious schools, whether Protestant, Catholic or Orthodox, especially after the Reformation and the subsequent Counter-Reformation, to see poetry as a rhetorical instrument of Christian morality.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSiedina, Giovannaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55355/1/9788864536606.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55355OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63145oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783947732203978394773221010.17885/heiup.440doioapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaAVAthemaKaiser, Friedrich CarledtCarl Stamitz (1745–1801)Biographische Beiträge – Das symphonische Werk – Thematischer Katalog der OrchesterwerkeHeidelbergHeidelberg University Publishing (heiUP)heiUP [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (412 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriften zur Südwestdeutschen Hofmusik2Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCarl Stamitz (1745-1801), Johann Stamitz's eldest son, is well known for his works, as his compositions can be found on numerous recordings and concert programmes in today's music scene. Musicologists though do not pay the same attention to this composer, who came from the ranks of the court musicians of the Electoral Palatinate. The dissertation by Friedrich Carl Kaiser (1931-2008), submitted in 1962, is still the only monograph that systematically deals with his life and his orchestral music, which was a major part of his creative work. It is a standard work that rightly appears in every bibliography on the subject. Up to now it has only been possible to view the compulsory typescript copies of the dissertation, which are distributed among a few libraries and which differ in detail from one another. The reason for this is the somewhat unusual genesis of the text, as Kaiser repeatedly made changes and additions to his Stamitz monograph over a long period of time. The present edition, which also includes Kaiser's personal copy from his estate, now provides musicology researchers with a reliable edition of this fundamental text.Carl Stamitz (1745–1801), der älteste Sohn von Johann Stamitz, ist durch seine Werke Musikinteressierten ein Begriff, finden sich seine Kompositionen doch auf zahlreichen Tonträgern und Konzertprogrammen im heutigen Musikbetrieb. Die Musikwissenschaft schenkt diesem Komponisten aus den Reihen der kurpfälzischen Hofmusiker nicht in gleicher Weise Aufmerksamkeit. Nach wie vor ist die 1962 eingereichte Dissertation von Friedrich Carl Kaiser (1931–2008) die einzige Monographie, die sich mit dem Leben und einem gewichtigen Teil seines schöpferischen Werkes, der Orchestermusik, systematisch beschäftigt. Sie ist ein Standardwerk, das zu Recht in jeder Bibliographie zum Thema erscheint. Bislang war es lediglich möglich, die auf wenige Bibliotheken verteilten Pflichtexemplare der Dissertation in Typoskriptform einzusehen, welche noch dazu im Detail voneinander abweichen. Als Ursache dafür ist die insgesamt ungewöhnliche Genese des Textes zu nennen: Kaiser hat über einen langen Zeitraum hinweg immer wieder Änderungen und Zusätze an seiner Stamitz-Monographie vorgenommen. Die vorliegende Ausgabe, die auch Kaisers Handexemplar aus dem Nachlass berücksichtigt, stellt nun der musikwissenschaftlichen Forschung eine verlässliche Leseausgabe dieses grundlegenden Textes zur Verfügung.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaTheory of music and musicologythemaCarl StamitzMannheim SchoolMannheimer SchuleMusicologyMusikwissenschaftenSymphonieSymphonyKaiser, Friedrich Carlauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63145/1/heiUP_OAPEN_SSH-2_book.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63145OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111806oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97810036445699781040573884978104060540010.4324/9781003644569doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaJPSHthemaJPVthemaJPWthemaJPWSthemaJWthemaJWAthemaJWKthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHWthemaKoivula, TommiautFinland in NATOPerspectives on StrategyOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (254 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierContemporary Security StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis edited volume offers a detailed analysis of Finland’s transformation from neutrality to a pivotal NATO member following Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in 2022. With contributions from scholars and military practitioners, the volume fills a critical gap in the literature by focusing on Finland’s changing security landscape. It explores Finland’s emerging role within NATO, changes in Finnish strategic posture, the perspectives of key allies, and its evolving relations with Russia and China. Divided into three thematic sections, the book covers Finland's shifting military-strategic context, its changing security orientation with great powers, and the impact on its key national security practices such as conscription, total defence, and border security. Finland’s geostrategic importance is emphasised, particularly as NATO’s frontline state with the longest border with Russia, and as a key player in Arctic policy. In contrast to broader regional analyses, this book provides a comprehensive and focused examination of Finland’s national security in its own right, offering vital insights for scholars and policymakers. This book will be of much interest to students of Strategic and Security studies, NATO, Nordic studies and International Relations.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaEspionage and secret servicesthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaPolitical activism / Political engagementthemaArmed conflictthemaWarfare and defencethemaTheory of warfare and military sciencethemaMilitary and defence strategythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaMilitary historythemaArctic securityComprehensive security framework analysisDefence policyGreat power competitionMilitary strategy adaptationNordic geopoliticsSecurity studiesKoivula, TommiedtPuranen, MattiedtSeppo, Anttiedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111806/1/9781040573884.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111806OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26377oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1990a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1083020717OCoLC978395479402710.3726/b12999doi1083020717OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaMarti, RolandedtProbleme europaeischer KleinsprachenSorbisch und BuendnerromanischBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19901 electronic resource (94 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVortraege und Abhandlungen zur Slavistik18Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDas Sorbische und das Bündnerromanische befinden sich seit längerer Zeit in einem kritischen Zustand. Sprachenpolitische Maßnahmen können nur das sprachliche Verhalten der Sprecher beeinflussen, falls überhaupt. Ihr Verhalten insgesamt hängt aber von zahlreichen nichtsprachlichen Faktoren ab, und deren Einfluß ist ungleich stärker. Eine dauerhafte Sicherung der Existenz dieser Sprachen ist ohne Veränderung bei den nichtsprachlichen Faktoren nicht möglich.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaAussterben einer SpracheBündnerromanischBündnerromanischeKleinsprachenMartiProblemeSorbischSprachenpolitikSprachförderungeuropäischerslavische Kleinsprachenslavische SprachwissenschaftMarti, Rolandauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26377/1/1003704.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26377OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/43000oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1225938106OCoLC9789461663641978946270256110.11116/9789461663634doi1225938106OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPPthemaAyenew Warota, MeheretautPublic Administration in EthiopiaCase Studies and Lessons for Sustainable DevelopmentLeuven University Press20201 electronic resource (700 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"Building an effective, inclusive, and accountable public administration has become a major point of attention for policymakers and academics in Ethiopia who want to realise sustainable development. This first handbook on Ethiopian Public Administration is written by Ethiopian academics and practitioner-academics and builds on PhD studies and conference papers, including studies presented at the meetings of the Ethiopian Public Administration Association (EPAA), established in 2016. Public Administration in Ethiopia presents a wide range of timely issues in four thematic parts: Governance, Human Resources, Performance and Quality, and Governance of Policies. Each of the individual chapters in this volume contributes in a different way to the overarching research questions: How can we describe and explain the contexts, the processes and the results of the post-1990 politico-administrative reforms in Ethiopia? And what are the implications for sustainable development? This book is essential for students, practitioners, and theorists interested in public administration, public policy, and sustainable development. Moreover, the volume is a valuable stepping stone for PA teaching and PA research in Ethiopia."Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPublic administrationthemaEthiopiadevelopment studiespublic administrationpublic governancepublic managementpublic policyAyenew Warota, MeheretedtBouckaert, GeertedtDebela, Bacha KebedeedtTerefe Gemechu, Derejeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/43000/1/9789461663634.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/43000OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104945oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978100342329497810326969119781040397657978104039769510.4324/9781003423294doioapenoapendcLthemaLAthemaLAFthemaLAFSthemaLAMthemaLAQthemaLBthemaLBBthemaLBBRthemaLNthemaLNDthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaGliszczyńska-Grabias, AleksandraautFreedom of Religion, Minority Rights and the LawThe Status of Jewish and Muslim Minorities in Europe and BeyondOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (372 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book provides an in-depth, scholarly reflection on the challenges that arise in guaranteeing religious freedom and protection of the rights of religious minorities in law and practice. Currently, the protection of religious minorities constitutes one of the foundations of the international human rights protection systems and is provided for in the constitutions of all democratic states. The volume identifies, analyses, and assesses the legal status of religious freedom and protection of religious minorities, with special focus on Jewish and Muslim minorities in the European and Israeli legal environments. It compares the discourses on the scope and boundaries of religious freedom with the actual treatment of religious freedom in legal regulations, the case law, and in practice by the general society. The book employs the resources of comparative law and national and international law, as well as legal theory. Extensive use is also made of decisions of the international courts, including the European Court of Human Rights and the Court of Justice of the European Union. The book will be a valuable resource for academics, researchers, and policymakers working in the areas of law and religion, international human rights law, comparative constitutional law, and religious studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaSystems of lawthemaSystems of law: Islamic lawthemaComparative lawthemaLaw and society, sociology of lawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaPublic international law: human rightsthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaCourt of Justice of the European UnionEuropean Court of Human RightsFreedom of ReligionInternational Human Rights LawJewish Minority RightsMinority RightsMuslim Minority RightsProtection of RightsSelf-determinationGliszczyńska-Grabias, AleksandraedtHacohen, Aviadedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104945/1/9781040397657.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104945OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105113oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97835253020889783647302089978366630208410.13109/9783666302084doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaGanichev, BorisedtIntegrating Imperial SpaceThe Russian Customs System in the 19th CenturyGöttingenBrillVandenhoeck & Ruprecht [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (279 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchnittstellenBand 026Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the second half of the 19th century visions of an infrastructurally integrated imperial space captivated the minds of Russian administrators and businessmen. Infrastructural integration promised to unravel the economic and political potential of the Russian Empire but it also revealed its administrative weakness. The book explores the challenges the Tsarist administration faced in harmonizing the multitudinous regional economic regimes in its vast landed empire. It analyzes conflicting logics towards the imperial space and demonstrates how the modern project of an infrastructurally integrated space limited the leeway in resorting to imperial administrative practices and accelerated the “nationalization” of the Russian Empire’s economic space.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaBorder StudiesEconomic HistoryEconomic PolicyGlobal HistoryImperial StudiesRussian EmpireSpatial TurnTrade HistoryGanichev, Borisauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105113/1/9783666302084.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105113OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108828oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781000952780978100095289697810033654269781032430317978103243048510.4324/9781003365426doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCTthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaJMthemaJMAthemaJMAFthemaJPthemaJPAthemaMthemaMKthemaMKMthemaMKMTthemaQthemaQDthemaLünenborg, MargrethautAffective Formation of PublicsPlaces, Networks, and MediaOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (328 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Studies in Affective SocietiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book offers an interdisciplinary analysis of current formations of publics that is informed by in-depth knowledge of affect and emotion theory. Using empirical case studies from contexts as diverse as India, Pakistan, Tanzania, and the Americas as well as Europe, the book challenges dichotomous distinctions between private and public. Instead, publics are understood as a relational structure that encompasses both people and their physical and mediatized environment. While each kind of public is affectively constituted, the intensity of its affective attunement varies considerably. The volume is aimed at academic readers interested in understanding the dynamic and fluid forms of contemporary formation of publics—be it digital or face-to-face encounters as well as in the intersection of both forms. This includes researchers from media and communication studies, social anthropology, theatre or literary studies. It is aimed at advanced students of these disciplines who are interested in the unfolding of contemporary publics. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaPsychologythemaPsychological theory, systems, schools and viewpointsthemaPsychoanalytical and Freudian psychologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaClinical psychologythemaPsychotherapythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaAffective PracticeAffective PublicsAffective TemporalitiesCambridge AnalyticaDenserEthnologisches MuseumFace To FaceFederal PortalFederal Republic Of GermanyFollowGDPRHashtag PublicHate SpeechHumboldt ForumOS MovementPortrait Of A ManPublic EngagementSocial Network AnalysisTown HallsViolatedZizi Papacharissiaffect theoryaffective dynamics in global contextsdigital publicsemotion studiesethnographic analysismediatized environmentssocial anthropology researchLünenborg, MargrethedtRöttger-Rössler, Birgittedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108828/1/9781000952780.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108828OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110723oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978366650252110.13109/9783666502521doioapenoapendcQthemaQRthemaQRVthemaQRVGthemaAhrens, Petra-AngelaautWas kann und was leistet Militärseelsorge?Seelsorge und Religion in den deutschen Streitkräften. unter Mitwirkung von Veronika Drews-Galle im Auftrag der Evangelischen MilitärseelsorgeGöttingenVandenhoeck & Ruprecht20251 electronic resource (487 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOb konfessionslos oder Kirchenmitglied: Die Präsenz von Militärseelsorge in der Bundeswehr wird von Soldat:innen nahezu einhellig gutgeheißen. Gut die Hälfte hat ihre Angebote bereits in Anspruch genommen und würde dies auch wieder tun, wie eine groß angelegte Repräsentativumfrage zeigt, die im Herbst 2022 vom Zentrum für Militärgeschichte und Sozialwissenschaften der Bundeswehr in Kooperation mit dem Sozialwissenschaftlichen Institut der Evangelischen Kirche in Deutschland durchgeführt wurde. Rund 7.000 Soldat:innen haben sich an der Befragung zu „Seelsorge und Religion in der Bundeswehr“ beteiligt. Was kennzeichnet Militärseelsorge als gefragtes kirchliches Angebot, wo doch die beiden großen Kirchen in Deutschland sonst eher Austrittszahlen verzeichnen? Was sind die (religiösen) Bedürfnisse, die Lebens- und Wertorientierungen der Soldat:innen, auf die Militärseelsorge antwortet? Wie nimmt die Truppe Militärseelsorge wahr – im Alltag, in der Einsatzbegleitung und in der ethischen Bildung? Wie wird ihr Beitrag zur Inneren Führung der Bundeswehr erlebt? Und: Was bedeuten die Forschungsergebnisse im Hinblick auf eine Bundeswehr in der Zeitenwende, die sich vorbereiten muss auf den Fall der Landes- und Bündnisverteidigung? Diesen Fragen wird hier erstmals vertieft empirisch nachgegangen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaAspects of religionthemaTheologythemaMilitärseelsorgePraktische TheologieSeelsorgeAhrens, Petra-AngelaedtKümmel, GerhardedtMauermeister, SylviedtRebenstorf, HilkeedtThurau, MarkusedtWanner, Meikeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110723/1/9783666502521.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110723OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58851oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1256588432OCoLC9781350177338978135017734510.5040/9781350177352doi1256588432OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNAMthemaJNBthemaBerman, Stacie BrensilveredtLGBTQ+ History in High School Classes in the United States since 1990LondonBloomsbury AcademicBloomsbury Academic [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (296 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book is available as open access through the Bloomsbury Open programme and is available on www.bloomsburycollections.com. From grassroots campaigns and activism to top-down initiatives for and against curricular reform, this book investigates the movement to integrate LGBTQ+ history into high school history courses in the USA. Stacie Brensilver Berman charts the development of the movement from the founding of the Gay, Lesbian and Straight Education Network (GLSEN) and the passing of the Fair, Accurate, Inclusive, and Respectful (FAIR) Education Act in California, to the resurgence of conservative thought after the 2016 election. Based on 13 interviews with high school teachers about integrating LGBTQ+ history in their classes, the author reveals the challenges inherent to K-12 curricular reform amid the reluctance of a conservative nation and many of its school systems to consider an alternative vision. The book offers the first detailed portrait of a prophetic minority of educators and activists championing a more inclusive and accurate vision of American history. The book includes a Foreword written by Blanche Wiesen Cook, Distinguished Professor of History and Women’s Studies at the City University of New York, USA, and Robert Cohen, Professor of Social Studies, Education, at New York University, USA.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaMoral and social purpose of educationthemaHistory of educationthemaGay and Lesbian studiesHistory of educationLGBTQ studiesBerman, Stacie Brensilverauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/58851/1/9781350177338.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58851OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30894oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d769188618OCoLC9781618116789978161811918610.2307/j.ctt1zxsj7qdoi769188618OCoLCoapenoapendcBethea, DavidedtThe Superstitious MuseThinking Russian Literature MythopoeticallyBoston, MAAcademic Studies Press2009texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Russian and Slavic Literatures, Cultures, and HistoryOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFor several decades David Bethea has written authoritatively on the “mythopoetic thinking” that lies at the heart of classical Russian literature, especially Russian poetry. His theoretically informed essays and books have made a point of turning back to issues of intentionality and biography at a time when authorial agency seems under threat of “erasure” and the question of how writers, and poets in particular, live their lives through their art is increasingly moot. The lichnost’ (personhood, psychic totality) of the given writer is all-important, argues Bethea, as it is that which combines the specifically biographical and the capaciously mythical in verbal units that speak simultaneously to different planes of being. Pushkin’s Evgeny can be one incarnation of the poet himself and an Everyman rising up to challenge Peter’s new world order; Brodsky can be, all at once, Dante and Mandelstam and himself, the exile paying an Orphic visit to Florence.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/legalcodeby-ncccengAlexander PushkinArtsLiterary CriticismRussian literatureVladimir NabokovBethea, Davidauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30894/1/641447.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30894OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49709oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|spa d1262687317OCoLC978956609517010.26448/ae9789566095163.1doi1262687317OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHKthemaNocera, RaffaeleedtUn protagonismo recobradola Democracia Cristiana chilena y sus vínculos internacionales (1973-1990)SantiagoAriadna Ediciones20211 electronic resource (197 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Christian Democratic Party has been a key piece in the more general insertion of Chilean politics in the great political-ideological trends that dominated the second half of the 20th century. During the past century, relations between external and Chilean political actors were framed in the context of great processes and dilemmas of global relevance: the Cold War and the more general competition between holistic social projects, the emerging concern for human rights, the experience of post-dictatorial transitions in Southern Europe, among others. These external actors played a very relevant role in promoting the political exit strategy from the Chilean dictatorship which, by converging with internal factors, had an important impact in determining the guidelines of the transition. Local political actors, such as the PDC, far from being pieces in the hands of external referents, played a leading role, using their international networks to consolidate and consolidate their political project. Unlike other works that have addressed the international dimension of the transition, the focus of this book is not the economic or the ideological aspects, but rather the political centrality of an actor, the Christian Democratic Party, and the capacity that it it had to consolidate at the international level its position of reference for the return to democracy in Chile.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccspaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory of the AmericasthemaChileChristian DemocracyDemocracyDictatorshipInternational linksNocera, RaffaeleauthSantoni, AlessandroauthUlianova, Olgaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49709/1/9789566095170.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49709OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104239oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818053951269781805395133978180539514010.3167/9781805395126doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaAbdulla, AmaledtLives in LimboSyrian Youth in TurkeyBerghahn Books20241 electronic resource (191 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierForced MigrationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMore than a decade since the start of the war in Syria, Turkey is home to almost four million of that country’s displaced citizens. Youth is one of the most vulnerable groups within the refugee population, as they struggle with language and education barriers and demands on them to assimilate while retaining their own culture. Lives in Limbo gives voice to the dreams of Syrian youth who have little hope of returning to their devastated homeland and explains why this generation’s future will shape how the region will develop. It explores how refugee youth create futures from the liminality of exile.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: UK Research and InnovationCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaIsraelMiddle Easteconomic anthropologymigrationpolitical anthropologyrefugeeAbdulla, AmalauthBryantp, RebeccaauthNimer, MaissamauthÜstübici, Ayşenauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104239/1/9781805395140.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104239OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27422oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1047664622OCoLC978311058493610.1515/9783110587524doi1047664622OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaBonte, AchimautKooperative Informationsinfrastrukturen als Chance und HerausforderungFestschrift für Thomas Bürger zum 65. GeburtstagBerlin, GermanyDe Gruyter20181 electronic resource (483 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCooperative information infrastructures as a chance and a challenge to this topic are the contributions to the Festschrift for Thomas Bürger on the occasion of his 65th birthday. More than 40 contributions by renowned scholars and librarians provide an up-to-date overview.Kooperative Informationsinfrastrukturen als Chance und Herausforderung zu diesem Thema werden die Beiträge für die Festschrift für Thomas Bürger zum 65. Geburtstag zusammengestellt. Mehr als 40 Beiträge von renommierten Fachwissenschaftlern und Bibliothekaren geben einen aktuellen Überblick.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaCooperative InformationinfrastructuresBonte, AchimedtRehnolt, Julianeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27422/1/9783110587524.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27422OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112423oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783968222042978396822205910.17885/heiup.1552doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHDJthemaBubert, MarcelautFake News im Mittelalter?Zur kulturellen Aushandlung von Falschheit in politischen, religiösen und literarischen DiskursenHeidelbergHeidelberg University Publishing (heiUP)heiUP [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (VI, 236 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDas Mittelalter. Perspektiven mediävistischer Forschung. Beihefte22Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe “post-truth era” and a new kind of threat from uncontrollable fake news have been central components in diagnoses of the present for several years. However, the question of how historically new such phenomena actually are is controversial. This volume, which brings together contributions from the fields of history and literary studies, aims to provide a fundamental clarification of whether and in what respect we can speak of fake news in the Middle Ages. A theoretical introduction and case studies are used to examine the extent to which structural analogies can be identified for the constellation of phenomena that are currently referred to as fake news in the European Middle Ages and where the heuristic limits of such anachronism lie.Das ‚postfaktische Zeitalter‘ sowie eine neuartige Bedrohung durch unkontrollierbare Fake News sind seit einigen Jahren zentrale Bestandteile von Gegenwartsdiagnosen. Die Frage, wie historisch neuartig die damit verbundenen Phänomene tatsächlich sind, ist jedoch umstritten. Der vorliegende Band, der Beiträge aus der Geschichts- und der Literaturwissenschaft vereint, möchte eine grundlegende Klärung im Hinblick darauf leisten, ob bzw. in welcher Hinsicht von Fake News im Mittelalter die Rede sein kann. In einer theoretischen Einführung und anhand von Fallbeispielen wird untersucht, inwieweit sich strukturelle Analogien für die Konstellation von Phänomenen, die aktuell als Fake News bezeichnet werden, im europäischen Mittelalter ausmachen lassen und wo die heuristischen Grenzen eines solchen Anachronismus liegen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaEuropean history: medieval period, middle agesthemaCompetition among truthsEvidential practicesFake NewsFalsityFictionMiddle AgesBubert, MarceledtClaudia Doering, Piaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112423/1/9783968222042.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/112423/2/heiUP-1552-978-3-96822-204-2.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/112423OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32547oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2008a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d798294413OCoLC978394034419910.17875/gup2008-417doi798294413OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaMaass, Petra,edtThe cultural context of biodiversity conservation - seen and unseen dimensions of indigenous knowledge among Qʹeqchiʹ communities in GuatemalaUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2008texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarHow are biological diversity, protected areas, indigenous knowledge and religious worldviews related? From an anthropological perspective, this book provides an introduction into the complex subject of conservation policies that cannot be addressed without recognising the encompassing relationship between discursive, political, economic, social and ecological facets. By facing these interdependencies across global, national and local dynamics, it draws on an ethnographic case study among Maya-Q'eqchi' communities living in the margins of protected areas in Guatemala. In documenting the cultural aspects of landscape, the study explores the coherence of diverse expressions of indigenous knowledge. It intends to remind of cultural values and beliefs closely tied to subsistence activities and ritual practices that define local perceptions of the natural environment. The basic idea is to illustrate that there are different ways of knowing and reasoning, seeing and endowing the world with meaning, which include visible material and invisible interpretative understandings. These tend to be underestimated issues in international debates and may provide an alternative approach upon which conservation initiatives responsive to the needs of the humans involved should be based on.How are biological diversity, protected areas, indigenous knowledge and religious worldviews related? From an anthropological perspective, this book provides an introduction into the complex subject of conservation policies that cannot be addressed without recognising the encompassing relationship between discursive, political, economic, social and ecological facets. By facing these interdependencies across global, national and local dynamics, it draws on an ethnographic case study among Maya-Q'eqchi' communities living in the margins of protected areas in Guatemala. In documenting the cultural aspects of landscape, the study explores the coherence of diverse expressions of indigenous knowledge. It intends to remind of cultural values and beliefs closely tied to subsistence activities and ritual practices that define local perceptions of the natural environment. The basic idea is to illustrate that there are different ways of knowing and reasoning, seeing and endowing the world with meaning, which include visible material and invisible interpretative understandings. These tend to be underestimated issues in international debates and may provide an alternative approach upon which conservation initiatives responsive to the needs of the humans involved should be based on.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaGuatemalaQ'eqchiTraditional knowledgeanthropologybiodiversityindigenous populationMaass, Petra,authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32547/1/610303.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32547OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87335oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1417197274OCoLC97815261726931417197274OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPAthemaJPFthemaJPFFthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaSangiovanni, AndreaedtSolidarity – Nature, grounds, and valueManchesterManchester University Press20241 electronic resource (295 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn a world of deep political divisions and rising inequality, people feel the need for some form of collective resistance and transformative joint action. Calls for solidarity are heard everywhere. This book presents a critical proposal to guide our reflection on what solidarity is and why it matters. How is solidarity distinct from related ideas such as altruism, justice and fellow-feeling? What value does acting in solidarity with others have? In his lead essay, Andrea Sangiovanni offers compelling answers to these questions, arguing that solidarity is not just a fuzzy stand-in for feelings of togetherness but a distinctive social practice for an anxious age. His ideas are then put to the test in a series of responses from some of the world’s foremost philosophers and political theorists.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: H2020 European Research CouncilCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaLeft-of-centre democratic ideologiesthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaBlack Lives MatterC. L. R. JamesCOVID-19John RawlsLéon BourgeoisSolidarityaltruismjoint actionstructural justiceÉmile DurkheimSangiovanni, Andreaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87335/1/9781526172693.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87335OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105885oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781003587149978103295912297810329649359781040438909978104043893010.1201/9781003587149doioapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNBthemaRthemaRBthemaRBKthemaTthemaTNthemaEl-Kadi, Aly I.edtIntroduction to Quantitative HydrologyBoca RatonTaylor & FrancisCRC Press [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (344 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis textbook serves as an introductory quantitative course on the fundamental elements of the hydraulic cycle. It enhances students' understanding by discussing the latest advancements in hydrological science, covering both experimental and computational techniques. This textbook is self-contained, requiring no prior knowledge, and includes numerous illustrations to clarify scientific concepts. Complex mathematical treatments are minimized, focusing on clear, step-by-step examples and guides that utilize scientific calculators and spreadsheets. Where appropriate, chapters include assignments that reinforce the textbook’s role in academic settings. A virtual laboratory section is also provided, featuring experiments and example datasets for student analysis. Additionally, the text outlines the equipment needed to set up a physical laboratory, making it practical for educators to implement. Targeted at first-year college students, this book supports early career exploration in fields such as natural resources, earth sciences, and civil and environmental engineering. Offering this course early allows students to make informed decisions about their academic and career paths before they reach their senior year, providing them with ample time to pursue specialized interests.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaEnergy industries and utilitiesthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaEarth sciencesthemaHydrology and the hydrospherethemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaCivil engineering, surveying and buildingthemaAquifersEvaporationEvapotranspirationPrecipitationStreamsWater cycleadvanced hydrology techniqueflow netssurface waterwater flowwater managementwater pollutionwater sustainabilityEl-Kadi, Aly I.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105885/1/9781040438909.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105885OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49924oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1198929072OCoLC978383765318210.14361/9783839453186-022doi1198929072OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaGasser, NathalieedtIslam, Gender, Intersektionalität. Bildungswege junger Frauen in der SchweizBielefeldtranscript Verlag2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKultur und soziale PraxisOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie wirkt sich der aktuelle Islamdiskurs auf Bildungsbiografien junger Secondas aus? Wie beeinflussen unterschiedliche Differenzkategorien wie beispielsweise Gender und Religion die Bildungsbiografien? Wirken Sie intersektionell? Die Untersuchung legt dar, wie unterschiedlich junge Secondas aus der Schweiz mit der Herausforderung umgehen, als muslimische Frauen in einem tendenziell islamkritischen Umfeld bildungsbiografisch zu bestehen. Sie zeigt einerseits auf, mit welchen Bildungsbarrieren sie konfrontiert werden, andererseits legt sie basierend auf einer ethnographischen Forschung dar, wie die jungen Frauen auf unterschiedlichste „Taktiken“ (De Certeau 1989) zurückgreifen, um auf bildungsbiografische Einschränkungen zu reagieren und diesen zu trotzen. Dabei wird diskutiert, inwiefern Religion als intersektionale, interdependente Analysekategorie gefasst werden kann.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAgencyBildungsbiografienBildungsforschungEthnographieGenderIntersektionalitätIslamIslamdiskursMigrationReligionswissenschaftenSecondasSozialanthropologieGasser, Nathalieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/49924/1/9783837653182.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/49924OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37112oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1030814521OCoLC10.17875/gup2015-845doi1030814521OCoLCoapenoapenenggerdcLthemaDuttge, GunnarautRechtsfragen beim Wechsel des RechtsregimesViertes Symposium der Juristischen Fakultät der Georg-August-Universität Göttingen mit der Yonsei Law School (Seoul)Universitätsverlag Göttingen2015texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe German reunification in 1989/90 is paradigmatic for fundamental geopolitical changes, in the context of a change of the entire legal system. Further well-known examples of the State’s national desire for reformations with respect to legal principles are the great reform of the penal system in 1975, the reform of the law of obligations in 2002 and the fundamental reorganization of the law with respect to illiquid debtors. The Koreans are not only interested in the Germans’ experience of the last quarter of a century because of legal-historical reasons, but also in particular because of the possible case of a Korean reunification. The present volume contains the contributions to the 4th symposium of the Faculty of Law of the Georg-August-Universität Göttingen and the Yonsei Law School (Seoul), which was held in Göttingen in February 2015.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.deby-saccenggerLawthemaconstitutional lawhistory of lawlegal doctrinesDuttge, GunnaredtKim, Jong Hwanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/37112/1/GJS18_kim.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37112OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34244oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1987a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d842296201OCoLC842296201OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaZandstra, M.J.edtVooruitzichten voor de verzorgende dienstverleningWRR19871 electronic resource (235 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWerkdocument20Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSocietyDe serie 'Werkdocumenten' omvat stukken die in het kader van de werkzaamheden van de WRR tot stand zijn gekomen en die op aanvraag door de raad beschikbaar worden gesteld. De verantwoordelijkheid voor de inhoud en de ingenomen standpunten berust bij de auteurs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsdutSociety and Social SciencesthemasamenlevingsocietyZandstra, M.J.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34244/1/439160.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34244OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23510oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1147277102OCoLC1147277102OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaUthemaUDthemaAmerika, MarkedtRemixing PersonaAn Imaginary Digital Media Object from the Onto-Tales of the Digital AfterlifeOpen Humanities Press20191 electronic resource (113 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRemixing Persona: An Imaginary Digital Media Object from the Onto-Tales of the Digital Afterlife is comprised of two components: a visual manifesto that doubles as a theoretical e-reader and a work of music video art. In building this project, the artists collaboratively investigate persona-making, performance-thinking, and applied remixology.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengThe ArtsthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaDigital Lifestyle and online world: consumer and user guidesthemaDigital Media objecte-readermusic video artvisual manifestoAmerika, MarkauthKim, Lauraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23510/1/MALK_2019_Remixing-Persona.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23510OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111820oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837680003978383947733510.14361/9783839477335doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFWthemaBibbert, MarkedtReal Dolls – Sex und Intimität mit anthropomorphen Sexualobjektentranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20261 electronic resource (222 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGender StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarReal Dolls versprechen intime Körperlichkeit ohne lebendige Gegenüber und oszillieren zwischen technikethischen Fantasien und realem Begehren. Mark Bibbert vergleicht die Antizipation künftiger Sexroboter mit empirisch begründeten Nutzungsgefügen hyperrealistischer Sexpuppen. Intimitäts‑, Hobby‑ und Lust-Gefüge verknüpfen materielle, affektive, diskursive und biografische Elemente zu je eigenen Formen anthropomorpher Echtheit, Sex und Intimität. Eine durch den Nonhuman Turn reformulierte Situationsanalyse erschließt diese Gefüge, macht sichtbar, wo gängige Kritikmuster aktuelle Nutzungsweisen verfehlen, und formuliert eine Kritik jenseits technikethischer Determinismen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcodeby-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSex and sexuality, social aspectsthemaGender StudiesIntimacyIntimitätReal DollSexpuppeSexualitySexualitätBibbert, Markauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111820/1/9783839477335.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111820OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26896oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1082956948OCoLC978363175352110.3726/b13874doi1082956948OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJBSF1themaJHthemaJHBthemaJHBDthemaJHBKthemaKthemaKCthemaKCBthemaKCBMthemaRudolf, RobertedtEmployment, Well-Being and GenderDynamics and Interactions in Emerging AsiaBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20181 electronic resource (158 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGoettinger Studien zur Entwicklungsoekonomik / Goettingen Studies in Development Economics35Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book examines welfare effects of gender-related inequalities in Korean households and labor markets. It uses subjective well-being data to show that reductions of excessive levels of working hours did improve family well-being in the past decade. Moreover, benefits from major life events like marriage can differ greatly by sex if traditional gender roles dominate and women contribute much less than men to household earnings. Furthermore, the study examines dynamics in rural East Asian economies and their impact on individual welfare outcomes. Both land redistribution and productivity-enhancing reforms are found to have been highly beneficial for Korean development. The Indonesian case study demonstrates the importance of cash-crop decisions and the growing non-farm sector for rural development.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaGender studies: women and girlsthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPopulation and demographythemaSociology: family and relationshipsthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaMacroeconomicsthemaMonetary economicsthemaAgricultural ProductivityAsiaBeingDynamicsEmergingEmploymentGenderIncome DynamicsInteractionsPost-Crisis IndonesiaRudolfRural DevelopmentSouth KoreaTraditional Gender RolesWellRudolf, Robertauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26896/1/1003147.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26896OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25476oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1048102866OCoLC978061598804710.21983/P3.0150.1.00doi1048102866OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDNthemaDNDthemaLéger, Marc JamesedtCMOK to YOu To: A CorrespondenceBrooklyn, NYpunctum books20161 electronic resource (516 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCMOK to YOu To presents the 2015 email correspondence of the Serbian-born poet, art critic and playwright Nina Živančević and Canadian cultural theorist Marc James Léger. In December of 2014 Léger invited Živančević to contribute a text to the second volume of the book he was editing, The Idea of the Avant Garde – And What It Means Today. Taken with each other’s idiosyncrasies, their correspondence gradually shifted from amiable professional exchanges and the eventual failure to organize a scholarly event to that of collaborating on some kind of writing project. Several titles were attempted for the eventual book – Marshmallow Muse: The Exact and Irreverent Letters of MJL and NZ, The Orange Jelly Bean, or, I Already Am Eating from the Trash Can All the Time: The Name of This Trash Can Is Ideology, The Secreted Correspondence of Mme Chatelet and Voltaire, and I’m Taken: The E-Pistolary Poetry of Kit le Minx and Cad – but none of these proved to be more telling than CMOK, the Serbian word for kiss, which sums up the authors’ quest for “harmony” in an altogether imperfect world and literary medium. In this book, names of real people were changed in order to protect those who might otherwise be offended by the unguarded and absurdist commentary of its authors. Despite this fact, it is the fragility and elasticity of the writers’ superegos that is tested as they vacillate from personal registers to intellectual strata. At once a cis-avant-gardist’s exploration of anti-art and a poet’s claim to some weak form of autonomy, CMOK delights in both the pleasures of casual email and the sublime realizations of Jacques Lacan’s theory of sexuation. CMOK is a hybrid genre and a quest into the real of virtuality that defies the literary standards. Its authors, who never met, answer one another’s basic needs and questions, separated as they are by time zones and the ocean, but not culturally or spiritually.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBiography and non-fiction prosethemaDiaries, letters and journalsthemaJacques LacancorrespondencepsychoanalysisLéger, Marc JamesauthŽivančević, Ninaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25476/1/1004619.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25476OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103670oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9780429456398978042985158297804298515999780429851605978113831533410.4324/9780429456398doioapenoapendcAthemaABthemaAGthemaAGAthemaGthemaGLthemaGLZthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaArgounova-Low, TatianaedtNarrative ObjectsMuseums, the Sakha Summer Festival, and Cultural Revival in SiberiaTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (226 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAnthropological Studies of Creativity and PerceptionOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNarrative Objects is concerned with the conversations that arise when artists, scholars, and museum practitioners come together with historic objects. Its focus is a unique mammoth ivory model of yhyakh – the annual celebration of the Sakha people in the Russian Far East – which has been in the collection of the British Museum since 1867. Almost 150 years later, the model was loaned to the National Arts Museum of the Republic of Sakha (Yakutia) for exhibition and public engagement. As Sakha people revisit past histories and reconstitute cultural knowledge following decades of Soviet rule, this book considers narratives generated by the return of the model which speak to wider concerns in anthropology, material culture studies, and history about how knowledge is both suppressed and engaged with. The book also explores how art can be a focus for cultural pride, how skilled practices are entwined with oral histories, and how historic objects can contribute to wider processes of cultural revival. The chapters draw on fieldwork and museum and archival research in Sakha Sire, Paris and London. Narrative Objects is particularly relevant to scholars of anthropology and museum studies as well as those with an interest in the subarctic and post-Soviet states.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: UK Research and InnovationCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaThe Arts: treatments and subjectsthemaHistory of artthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaMuseology and heritage studiesthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaSakha peopleSakha traditionmammoth ivory compositionyhyakhyhyakh celebrationArgounova-Low, TatianaauthBrown, Alison K.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103670/1/9780429851605.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103670OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98273oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783763977048oapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaBarbarino, ChristinedtHochschullehre gemeinsam voranbringenDas Konzept der Faculty Learning Communitieswbv Media GmbH & Co. KG [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDas Buch besch&amp;#228;ftigt sich mit der Weiterentwicklung der Hochschullehre durch kollegialen Austausch zwischen Lehrenden und stellt das Konzept der Faculty Learning Communities (FLCs) in den Mittelpunkt. Das Konzept basiert auf dem Ansatz der Communities of Practice und betont die Bedeutung sozialer Beziehungen f&amp;#252;r das Lernen und die Lehrentwicklung. Es bringt Lehrende zusammen, die sich mit &amp;#228;hnlichen Herausforderungen auseinandersetzen, und f&amp;#246;rdert so nachhaltige Ver&amp;#228;nderungsprozesse an Hochschulen.Grundlage des Buches ist ein von der Stiftung Innovation in der Hochschullehre gef&amp;#246;rdertes Projekt an der Europa-Universit&amp;#228;t Viadrina zur Etablierung von Kooperationsgruppen zur Digitalisierung der Lehre nach dem FLC-Prinzip. Ziel ist es, das Konzept der Faculty Learning Communities f&amp;#252;r die deutschsprachige Hochschuldidaktik zug&amp;#228;nglich zu machen und Interessierten praktische Anregungen zur Umsetzung zu geben. Es werden sowohl theoretische Grundlagen als auch Ergebnisse der qualitativen Begleitforschung beschrieben und durch Praxisbeispiele und Materialien erg&amp;#228;nzt. Durch die Einbeziehung von Erfahrungen aus den USA wird eine erweiterte Perspektive auf die Umsetzung des Konzepts erm&amp;#246;glicht.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaEducationHigherBarbarino, ChristinauthFinsterer, TeresaauthGirgensohn, Katrinauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/98273/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98273OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/48298oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1204300324OCoLC9789004345119978900444068510.1163/9789004440685doi1204300324OCoLCoapenoapendcQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHAthemaCalma, DragosautReading Proclus and the Book of Causes, Volume 2Translations and AcculturationsBrillBRILL [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (492 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Platonism, Neoplatonism, and the Platonic Tradition26Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarReading Proclus and the Book of Causes, published in three volumes, is a fresh, comprehensive understanding of the history of Neoplatonism from the 9th to the 16th century. The impact of the Elements of Theology and the Book of Causes is reconsidered on the basis of newly discovered manuscripts and evidences. This second volume revises widely accepted hypotheses about the reception of the Proclus’ text in Byzantium and the Caucasus, and about the context that made possible the composition of the Book of Causes and its translations into Latin and Hebrew. The contributions offer a unique, comparative perspective on the various ways a pagan author was acculturated to the Abrahamic traditions. Readership: All interested in the history of philosophy, Late Antiquity, Arabic Philosophy, Jewish Philosophy, Scholasticism, Byzantine Philosophy.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaAncient Greek and Roman philosophythemaAncientWestern philosophyto c 500Calma, Dragosedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/48298/1/9789004440685.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/48298OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46824oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1240208956OCoLC10.1007/978-3-658-31735-5doi1240208956OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCBthemaKCPthemaKFthemaKFFthemaKFFDthemaKeuschnigg, ChristianautDie Wirtschaft im WandelInnovation, soziale Sicherheit, und WohlfahrtSpringer NatureSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (237 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn diesem Open-Access-Sammelband fassen die besten Studierenden der Universität St. Gallen die wichtigsten Ergebnisse von ausgewählten Publikationen in führenden wirtschaftswissenschaftlichen Fachzeitschriften zusammen. Damit wird der Austausch zwischen wissenschaftlichen Nachwuchstalenten, Entscheidungsträgern und der Öffentlichkeit gefördert und über neue Erkenntnisse der Wissenschaft informiert. Information: www.unisg.ch/economics-nextgenerationAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaMacroeconomicsthemaPolitical economythemaFinance and accountingthemaFinance and the finance industrythemaPublic finance and taxationthemaBankenEconomic SystemsEmpirische ForschungFinancial EconomicsFinanzierungForschungInnovationKapitalmärkteMacroeconomicsMacroeconomics and Monetary EconomicsMonetary EconomicsMonetary economicsNachwuchstalenteOpen AccessPolitical EconomyPolitical Economy and Economic SystemsPolitical economyPublic EconomicsPublic finance & taxationSoziale MobilitätUngleichheitWirtschaftspolitikWissensaustauschindustrieller Wandelsoziale SicherheitKeuschnigg, ChristianedtKogler, Michaeledtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/46824/1/2021_Book_DieWirtschaftImWandel.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46824OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52088oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1289790337OCoLC97837328431149783837643114978383944311810.14361/9783839443118doi1289790337OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaJBCC1themaJBCTthemaAdelmann, RalfedtListen und RankingsÜber Taxonomien des PopulärenBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (208 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Medienwissenschaft54Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBestseller, Blockbuster, Top 100 - Listen und Rankings sind zentrale Ordnungs- und Wissensstrukturen der Populärkultur. Auf Internetplattformen und in Sozialen Medien machen sie populärkulturelles Wissen sichtbar, verfügbar und tauschbar. Ralf Adelmann geht der flüchtigen und heterogenen Wissenskultur dieser Taxonomien des Populären nach und zeigt: Sie arrangieren und strukturieren als mediale Formen populärkulturelle Produkte und deren Rezeption. Sie bieten ebenso kommunikative und mediale Anschlusspunkte für Subjektivierungen und soziale Formationen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaPopular culturethemaMedia studiesthemaAlgorithmAlgorithmusCultural HistoryInternetKulturgeschichteListListeMediaMedia AestheticsMedia StudiesMedia TheoryMedienMedientheorieMedienwissenschaftMedienästhetikPopkulturPopular CulturePopulärkulturRankingAdelmann, Ralfauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52088/1/9783839443118.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52088OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46033oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783110524536https://doi.org/10.1515/9783110524536doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaTthemaTVthemaSellin, VolkeredtEuropean Monarchies from 1814 to 1906A Century of RestorationsDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe year 2014 saw the 200th anniversary of Napoleon's downfall - and the restauration of the French monarchy under the house of Bourbon. With this as a starting point, Volker Sellin shows how the European monarchies restored and prolonged their reigns by giving their countries constitutions. This new angle results in an astonishing history of the 19th century in Europe from Spain to Russia.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaAgriculture & farmingthemaAgricultureHistoryModernTechnology & EngineeringSellin, Volkerauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/46033/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46033OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76061oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d975999551OCoLC9781681083872978168108388910.2174/97816810838721170101doi975999551OCoLCoapenoapendcHagopian, AmyautExperiential Teaching for Public Health Practice: Using Cases in Problem-Based LearningBentham Science PublishersBentham Science Publishers [Imprint]20171 electronic resource (201 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDeveloping an effective program requires a sound administrative system and a supportive educational culture including the support of program handbooks, a Master’s project (Capstone), practicum, and skill development seminars. Experiential Teaching for Public Health Practice describes the underlying PBL and community framework for a teaching program along with a description of the competencies needed to meet workplace demands and educational accreditation requirements. It has been developed by members of University of Washington’s Community-Oriented Public Health Practice program (COPHP) curriculum. This curriculum mirrors core programmatic areas of population health, community development, quantitative research methods, environmental health, health behavior and health promotion, evaluation, policy, and management and leadership. Key features include: - Structured template outlining the basics of PBL programs - Case examples given in each curricular area - Detailed appendices with sample cases and links to original source documents - A focus on principles of racial equality This book is designed to give the reader hands-on help in designing and improving educational programs. It is suitable for all higher education administrators and faculty looking to improve the teaching and learning effectiveness of any academic program.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengAdult learningCase learningCase writingClassroom cultureEducational innovationLearner-centered educationLearning environmentLearning objectivesMedical CurriculumMedicineNursingProblem-based learning (PBL)Public HealthPublic health educationTeachingTeaching Competenciesmedical educationnursing educationstudent-driven learningHagopian, AmyedtNicola, Budedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/76061/1/9781681083872.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76061OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52633oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1300805890OCoLC978-3-86395-523-61300805890OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaDupke, BenjaminedtVermitteln – Verbinden – Verstehen46. Jahrestagung des Fachverbandes Deutsch als Fremd- und Zweitsprache an der Technischen Universität Chemnitz 2019Universitätsverlag Göttingen2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn recent years, the areas of German as a Foreign Language (GFL) and German as a Second Language (GSL) have taken quite different developmental paths. To unify these contrasts was the purpose of the 46th Annual Convention of the Association for German as a Foreign and a Second Language (FaDaF e.V.) in Chemnitz from 28 to 30 March 2019. The proceedings of this conference comprise contributions from both academic research and practice in the area of teaching German as a Foreign or Second Language as well as the Associations’ resolution concerning the recent German Immigration Act for Skilled Workers. Thematically, the contributions focus on didactics and methodology of German language teaching, transnational networking and the many facets of understanding – from language comprehension to (intercultural) hermeneutics. Opening with contributions from the young academics’ conference held prior to the annual convention, the volume Teaching – Networking – Understanding attempts to unify the many interfaces of research and practice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.deby-saccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaGerman Immigration Act for Skilled Workersdidactics German language teachingmethodology German language teachingDupke, BenjaminauthHinzmann, FriederikeauthHülsmann, AnnemarieauthRosner, UlrikeauthStorz, Corettaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52633/1/MatDaF107_Hinzmann_Optimized.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52633OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108250oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783961474974978396147498110.25593/978-3-96147-498-1doioapenoapendcTthemaTGthemaTGBthemaTGPthemaBauer, FelixedtEin Beitrag zur digitalen Auslegung von Fügeprozessen im Karosseriebau mit Fokus auf das Remote-Laserstrahlschweißen unter Einsatz flexibler SpanntechnikErlangenFAU University Press20221 electronic resource (185 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFAU Studien aus dem Maschinenbau384Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer Einsatz von an Schweißrobotern angebrachten, pneumatisch betätigten Spannrollen ermöglicht eine Steigerung der Flexibilität beim Remote-Laserstrahlschweißen im Karosseriebau. Dabei stellen die Auslegung der Spannkräfte, der Fügevorrichtungen und der fertigungsgerechten Bauteiltoleranzen eine Herausforderung dar. Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit wurde der Spann- und Fügeprozess des Remote-Laserstrahlschweißens mit Einsatz einer Spannrolle untersucht. Die Untersuchung erfolgte experimentell und simulativ für Blechformteile aus Stahl und Aluminium sowie für Aluminiumgussbauteile. Zur simulativen Untersuchung wurden validierte Finite-Elemente Simulationsmodelle erarbeitet, die erstmalig den Einsatz einer flexiblen Spannrolle im Karosseriebau abbilden. Die Simulationsmodelle ermöglichen die Berechnung von Spannprozessen auf drei Arten: weggesteuert mit vollständiger Vorgabe der Rollenbewegung, kraftgesteuerte mit Vorgabe eines Spannkraftverlaufs und kraftgeregelt mit Vorgabe gewünschter resultierender Fügespalte. Auf Basis der Untersuchungen wurden prozess- und bauteilseitige Maßnahmen zur Reduktion erforderlicher Spannkräfte und resultierender Fügespalte identifiziert und ein grundlegendes Prozessverständnis für den neuartigen Fertigungsprozess aufgebaut.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccgerTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaMechanical engineering and materialsthemaMechanical engineeringthemaProduction and industrial engineeringthemaBlechumformungFinite-Elemente-MethodFlexibilitätFügenKarosseriebauMaschinenbauProzesssimulationRemote-SchweißenSpannenSpannkraftBauer, Felixauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108250/1/9783961474981.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108250OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60756oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837665031978383946503510.1515/9783839465035doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaGthemaGLthemaGLZthemaJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaBernhardt, SebastianedtLiterarästhetisches Lernen im AusstellungsraumLiteraturausstellungen als außerschulische Lernorte für den LiteraturunterrichtBielefeldtranscript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (342 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLiteraturdidaktik und literarische Bildung4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLiteraturausstellungen bieten zahlreiche Perspektiven für literarästhetische Erfahrungen im Raum. Literatur wird dabei nicht auf ihre Trägermedien reduziert, sondern als immaterieller Gegenstand betrachtet. Diesem Ansatz folgend untersucht Sebastian Bernhardt die didaktischen Potenziale von Ausstellungen, die Literatur mittels Szenografie in den Raum übertragen. Neben einer Systematisierung der Möglichkeiten solcher Übertragungen erschließt er die sich daraus für eine mediale Erweiterung des Literatur- und Medienunterrichts ergebenden Potenziale. Damit liefert er spezifische Einsichten in die genuin literarästhetischen Erfahrungen im Ausstellungsraum.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaMuseology and heritage studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaAußerschulische LernorteDidaktikImmaterielle Immatrielle GegenständeLiterarisches LernenLiterary exhibitionLiteraturausstellungLiteraturtheorieLiteraturunterrichtMedienMuseumSchriftSpracheSzenografieextracurricular places of learningintangible objectsliterary learningliterary theoryliterature lessonsscenographyBernhardt, Sebastianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/60756/1/9783839465035.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60756OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25212oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100535561OCoLC97831103166121100535561OCoLCoapenoapendcMthemaMKthemaMKLthemaMerrick, JoavautAdolescent PsychiatryA Contemporary Perspective for Health ProfessionalsDe Gruyter2013texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPsychiatric disorders in adolescents are an important social problem relevant to almost all healthcare professionals. The prevalence of mood, anxiety, substance use and other psychiatric disorders among adolescents is high. However, medical professionals are not sufficiently trained about adolescent psychiatric disorders. Primary care providers correctly identify less than a fourth of youth with a depressive or anxiety disorder and many clinicians underestimate the importance of the problem of adolescent psychiatric illnesses and suicidal behavior. Multiple clinical, neurobiological, cultural and legal aspects of psychiatric disorders in adolescents are discussed in this book.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaPsychiatrythemaAdolescenceMedicineMedicine & Public HealthPsychiatric disordersPublic HealthMerrick, JoavedtSher, Leoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25212/1/1004880.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25212OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110755oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2026a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978378156209710.35468/tfs-11-2025doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNLthemaDimai, Bettinaauttransfer Forschung ↔ Schule Heft 11Vielfalt schulübergreifende KooperationsformenBad HeilbrunnVerlag Julius Klinkhardt20261 electronic resource (169 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDieses Heft widmet sich den unterschiedlichen Formen schul(form)- übergreifender Kooperation. Eine Antwort auf die drängenden Zukunftsfragen ist der Ruf nach Kooperation und Vernetzung: als Zukunftskompetenz für die junge Generation, als zentrales Element einer pädagogischen Professionalisierung und als Qualitätsmerkmal und Entwicklungspotential effektiver Schulen. Die vorliegenden Beiträge beschreiben das Phänomen schulüber­greifender Kooperationsformen aus unterschiedlichen theoretischen Ansätzen und praxisorientierten sowie evidenzbasierten Erfahrungen in folgenden Themenblöcken: - Schulübergreifende Kooperationsräume durch gesetzliche Reformen - Außerschulische Kooperationsakteure in schulübergreifenden Settings - Schulübergreifende KooperationsthemenAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/by-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaSchools and pre-schoolsthemaBildungs- NetzwerkeBildungsforschungBildungspolitikDemokratiebildungItalienLehrkräftebildungSchulclusterSchulentwicklungSchulfamilienSchulsprengelSchulvernetzungenSchulzusammenschlüsseSüdtirolUnterrichtsentwicklungÖsterreichDimai, BettinaedtRaggl, Andreaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110755/1/9783781562097.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110755OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110816oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9780190463601978019934830597801993483129780199348329978019934833610.1093/acprof:oso/9780199348305.001.0001doioapenoapendcJthemaJMthemaJMRthemaPthemaPSthemaPSXthemaPSXEthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTMthemaClark Barrett, H.edtThe Shape of ThoughtHow Mental Adaptations EvolveNew York, NY, United StatesOxford University Press20151 electronic resource (416 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEvolution and CognitionOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book presents a roadmap for an evolutionary psychology of the twenty-first century. It brings together theory from biology and cognitive science to show how the brain can be composed of specialized adaptations, and yet also be an organ of plasticity. Although mental adaptations have typically been seen as monolithic, hardwired components frozen in the evolutionary past, this book presents a new view of mental adaptations as diverse and variable, with distinct functions and evolutionary histories that shape how they develop, what information they use, and what they do with it. The book describes how advances in evolutionary developmental biology can be applied to the brain by focusing on the design of the developmental systems that build it. Crucially, developmental systems can be adaptively plastic, designed by the process of natural selection to build adaptive phenotypes using the rich information available in our social and physical environments. This approach bridges the longstanding divide between nativist approaches to development, based on innateness, and empiricist approaches, based on learning. It shows how a view of humans as a flexible, culturally dependent species is compatible with a complexly specialized brain, and how the nature of our flexibility can be better understood by confronting the evolved design of the organ on which that flexibility depends.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaCognition and cognitive psychologythemaMathematics and SciencethemaBiology, life sciencesthemaHuman biologythemaEvolutionary anthropology / Human evolutionthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaPhilosophy of mindthemaCognitionCognitive scienceCultureDevelopmental systemsEvolutionEvolutionary developmental biologyEvolutionary psychologyModularityNeurosciencePlasticityClark Barrett, H.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/110816/1/9780199348305.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/110816OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103092oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1003253132OCoLC97811382153999781138215429978131544401797813154440249781315444031978131544404810.4324/9781315444048doi1003253132OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaKthemaKCthemaKCCthemaKCPthemaKCZthemaKJthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaOhno, KenichiedtThe History of Japanese Economic DevelopmentOrigins of Private Dynamism and Policy CompetenceOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20171 electronic resource (218 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis is an easy-to-read book that explains how and why Japan industrialized rapidly. It traces historical development from the feudal Edo period to high income and technology in the current period. Catch-up industrialization is analyzed from a broad perspective including social, economic and political aspects. Historical data, research and contesting arguments are amply supplied. Japan’s unique experience is contrasted with the practices of today’s developing countries. Negative aspects such as social ills, policy failures, military movements and war years are also covered. Nineteenth-century Japan already had a happy combination of strong entrepreneurship and relatively wise government, which was the result of Japan’s long evolutionary history. Measured contacts with high civilizations of China, India and the West allowed cumulative growth without being destroyed by them. Imported ideas and technology were absorbed with adjustments to fit the local context. The book grew out of a graduate course for government officials from developing countries. It offers a comprehensive look and new insights at Japan’s industrial path that are often missing in standard historical chronicles. Written in an accessible and lively form, the book engages scholars as well as novices with no prior knowledge of Japan.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaMicroeconomicsthemaPolitical economythemaEconomic historythemaBusiness and ManagementthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaBretton Woods Fixed Exchange RateDevelopment economicsGreat Kanto EarthquakeIndustrial policiesJapan China WarJapan Russia WarJapan's stagnant growthJapanese economic developmentJapanese economyKobu DaigakkoLiaodong PeninsulaManufacturing SMEsMatsukata DeflationMeiji IndustrializationMicroeconomicsMinsei PartyPriority Production SystemPrivate DynamismRikken SeiyukaiSME LoanSME SupportVice VersaWest GermanyWoods Fixed Exchange Rate SystemYen Dollar Exchange RateOhno, Kenichiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103092/1/9781315444031.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103092OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57249oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1322446582OCoLC97831107641619783110764420978311076450510.1515/9783110764420doi1322446582OCoLCoapenoapendcBalmes, SebastianedtNarratologie und vormoderne japanische LiteraturTheoretische Grundlagen, Forschungskritik und sprachlich bedingte Charakteristika japanischer Erzähltexte des 10. bis 14. JahrhundertsBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (489 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWelten Ostasiens / Worlds of East Asia / Mondes de l’Extrême Orient32Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe fundamental characteristics of Japanese narrative texts written between the tenth and the fourteenth centuries can be defined using the categories voice, perspective, and distance. This volume critically reviews existing theories to build the methodological foundation for narratological research into this literature. This theory of Japanese narrative thus makes a contribution to both narratology and Japanese studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerJapan 10th-14th centuryNarratologyBalmes, Sebastianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57249/1/9783110764420.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57249OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39782oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1961a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1155812043OCoLC10.5149/9781469658025_vonKleistdoi1155812043OCoLCoapenoapendcFthemaQuincy Morgan, BayardedtThe Broken PitcherA Comedy in One ActChapel HillUniversity of North Carolina Press19611 electronic resource (84 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUNC Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures31Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn imperishable gem of German literature, Kleist's "The Broken Pitcher" is pure comedy. The author's handling of the theme—the judge as culprit—shows supreme mastery. This translation by Bayard Q. Morgan, originally published in 1961, is faithful in form.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Andrew W. Mellon FoundationFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengFiction and Related itemsthemaGerman studiesLiteratureTheatre and DramaQuincy Morgan, Bayardauthvon Kleist, Heinrichauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39782/1/9781469658025_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39782OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96949oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9780520402768978052040277510.1525/luminos.212doioapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATFthemaATFAthemaConway, KelleyautGlobal Movie Magazine NetworksOaklandUniversity of California Press20251 electronic resource (426 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis groundbreaking collection of essays from leading film historians features original research on movie magazines published in China, France, Germany, India, Iran, Latin America, South Korea, the U.S., and beyond. Vital resources for the study of film history and culture, movie magazines are frequently cited as sources, but rarely centered as objects of study. Global Movie Magazine Networks does precisely that, revealing the hybridity, heterogeneity, and connectivity of movie magazines and the important role they play in the intercontinental exchange of information and ideas about cinema. Uniquely, the contributors in this book have developed their critical analysis alongside the collaborative work of building digital resources, facilitating the digitization of more than a dozen of these historic magazines on an open-access basis. “A must-read for film scholars and a must-assign for film history courses.” — ALLYSON NADIA FIELD, University of Chicago “These richly detailed contributions spark exciting new questions for international historical exploration.” — KATHRYN FULLER-SEELEY, University of Texas at Austin “An amazing collection of essays on the little-studied phenomenon of movie magazines throughout the twentieth century. Wide-ranging and invaluable.” — RICHARD ABEL, University of MichiganAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaFilm history, theory or criticismthemaculturehistorymovie magazinesConway, KelleyedtHoyt, Ericedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/96949/1/global-movie-magazine-networks.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/96949OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91677oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978110891923410.1017/9781108919234doioapenoapendcUthemaBurri, MiraedtBig Data and Global Trade LawCambridgeCambridge University Press2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collection explores the relevance of global trade law for data, big data and cross-border data flows. Contributing authors from different disciplines including law, economics and political science analyze developments at the World Trade Organization and in preferential trade venues by asking what future-oriented models for data governance are available and viable in the area of trade law and policy. The collection paints the broad picture of the interaction between digital technologies and trade regulation as well as provides in-depth analyses of critical to the data-driven economy issues, such as privacy and AI, and different countries' perspectives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaBig dataInternational trade lawLawLaw and technologyBurri, Miraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/91677/1/198969.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91677OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27467oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1083010926OCoLC978316156441310.1628/978-3-16-156441-3doi1083010926OCoLCoapenoapendcNesselrath, Heinz-GüntherautDie Griechischen GötterCornutus - Ein Überblick über Namen, Bilder und DeutungenMohr Siebeck2009texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSAPEREOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie vorliegende erste vollständige Übersetzung von "Die Griechischen Götter" des Philosophen Lucius Annaeus Cornutus stellt ein ebenso einzig- wie eigenartiges Handbuch der stoischen allegorischen Götterdeutung dar, das Namen und Attribute der Götter sowie Aspekte der mit ihnen verbundenen Mythen, Riten und bildlichen Darstellungen mit Hilfe einer entwickelten Philosophie interpretiert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerAntike ReligionsgeschichtePhilosophieTexteditionTheology & ReligionNesselrath, Heinz-Güntheredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27467/1/1002541.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27467OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46605oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1152435975OCoLC9780520975354https://doi.org/10.1525/luminos.92doi1152435975OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFMthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaJPthemaJPAthemaMcKanan, DanedtCamphill and the FutureSpirituality and Disability in an Evolving Communal Movement (Edition 1)University of California PressUniversity of California Press [Imprint]2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA free open access ebook is available upon publication. Learn more at www.luminosoa.org. The Camphill movement, one of the world’s largest and most enduring networks of intentional communities, deserves both recognition and study. Founded in Scotland at the beginning of the Second World War, Camphill communities still thrive today, encompassing thousands of people living in more than one hundred twenty schools, villages, and urban neighborhoods on four continents. Camphillers of all abilities share daily work, family life, and festive celebrations with one another and their neighbors. Unlike movements that reject mainstream society, Camphill expressly seeks to be “a seed of social renewal” by evolving along with society to promote the full inclusion and empowerment of persons with disabilities, who comprise nearly half of their residents. In this multifaceted exploration of Camphill, Dan McKanan traces the complexities of the movement’s history, envisions its possible future, and invites ongoing dialogue between the fields of disability studies and communal studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDisability: social aspectsthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaPeople With DisabilitiesPolitical ScienceSocial ScienceSociology Of ReligionUtopiasMcKanan, Danauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/46605/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/46605OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52143oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1294653846OCoLC978904855180410.5117/9789463726139doi1294653846OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaNHTPthemaRthemaRGthemaRGCthemaDamen, MarioautConstructing and Representing Territory in Late Medieval and Early Modern EuropeAmsterdam University PressAmsterdam University Press [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (366 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn recent political and constitutional history, scholars seldom specify how and why they use the concept of territory. In research on state formation processes and nation building, for instance, the term mostly designates an enclosed geographical area ruled by a central government. Inspired by ideas from political geographers, this book explores the layered and constantly changing meanings of territory in late medieval and early modern Europe before cartography and state formation turned boundaries and territories into more fixed (but still changeable) geographical entities. Its central thesis is that analysing the notion of territory in a premodern setting involves analysing territorial practices: practices that relate people and power to space(s). The book not only examines the construction and spatial structure of premodern territories but also explores their perception and representation through the use of a broad range of sources: from administrative texts to maps, from stained glass windows to chronicles.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaHistorical geographythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaHuman geographythemaCartographyHeraldryHistoriographyPre-modern EuropeSpaceSpatial TurnTerritoryDamen, MarioedtOverlaet, Kimedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52143/1/9789048551804.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52143OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57524oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1097602749OCoLC97817738508631097602749OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTUthemaJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaLthemaMcGrath, SusanautMobilizing Global KnowledgeRefugee Research in an Age of DisplacementCalgaryUniversity of Calgary Press20191 electronic resource (336 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn examination of, and guide to, the challenges and responsibilities of doing research with displaced peoples while respecting their complex needs. In 2018, the United Nations High Commission for Refugees documented a record high 71.4 million displaced people around the world. As states struggle with the costs of providing protection to so many people and popular conceptions of refugees have become increasingly politicized and sensationalized, researchers have come together to form regional and global networks dedicated to working with displaced people to learn how to respond to their needs ethically, compassionately, and for the best interests of the global community. Mobilizing Global Knowledge brings together academics and practitioners to reflect on a global collaborative refugee research network. Together, the members of this network have had a wide-ranging impact on research and policy, working to bridge silos, sectors, and regions. They have addressed power and politics in refugee research, engaged across tensions between the Global North and Global South, and worked deeply with questions of practice, methodology, and ethics in refugee research. Bridging scholarship on network building for knowledge production and scholarship on research with and about refugees, Mobilizing Global Knowledge brings together a vibrant collection of topics and perspectives. It addresses ethical methods in research practice, the possibilities of social media for data collection and information dissemination, environmental displacement, transitional justice, and more. This is essential reading for anyone interested in how to create and share knowledge to the benefit of the millions of people around the world who have been forced to flee their homes.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaPeace studies and conflict resolutionthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaLawthemaDisplacementGlobal migrationMilitaryRefugeeResearchMcGrath, SusanedtYoung, Julie E.E.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57524/1/9781773850863.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57524OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54091oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1317838958OCoLC9783961103386https://doi.org/10.5281/zenodo.6207627doi1317838958OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaPaulsen, IngridedtThe emergence of American English as a discursive varietyTracing enregisterment processes in nineteenth-century U.S. newspapersLanguage Science PressLanguage Science Press [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDo speakers’ identity constructions influence the emergence of new varieties of a language? This question is at the heart of a debate about how the process of the emergence of postcolonial varieties of English can best be modeled. This volume contributes to the debate by linking it to models and theories proposed by anthropological linguists, sociolinguists and discourse linguists who view identity as a social and cultural phenomenon that is produced through linguistic and other social practices. Language is seen as essential for identity constructions because speakers use linguistic forms that index social ‘personae’ as well as specific social practices and values to convey an image of self to other speakers. Based on the theory of enregisterment that models the cultural and discursive process of the creation of indexical links between linguistic forms and social values, the argument is made that any model of the emergence of new varieties needs to differentiate carefully between a structural level and a discursive level. What emerges on the discursive level as a result of processes of enregisterment is a ‘discursive variety’. The volume illustrates how the emergence of a discursive variety can be systematically studied in a historical context by focusing on the enregisterment of American English as it can be observed in nineteenth-century U.S. newspapers. Using a discourse-linguistic methodological framework and two large databases containing close to 78 million newspaper articles, the study reveals a complex pattern of indexical links between the phonological forms /h/-dropping and -insertion, yod-dropping, a lengthened and backened bath vowel, non-rhoticity, a realization of prevocalic /r/ as a labiodental approximant as well as the lexical items baggage and pants on the one hand and social values centering around nationality, authenticity and non-specificity on the other hand. Qualitative analyses uncover the social personae associated with the linguistic forms (e.g. the American cowboy, the African American mammy and the ‘Anglo-maniac’ American dude), while quantitative analyses trace the development over time and show that the enregisterment processes were widespread and not restricted to a particular region.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaLanguage Arts & DisciplinesLinguisticsPaulsen, Ingridauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54091/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54091OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50447oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1272920358OCoLC978373151046810.5445/KSP/1000123306doi1272920358OCoLCoapenoapendcTthemaTGthemaSchneider, MarcusedtMethodik für Wissens- und Prozessmanagement bei der interaktiven kollaborativen Montage variantenreicher ProdukteKarlsruheKIT Scientific PublishingKIT Scientific Publishing [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (198 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierReihe Informationsmanagement im Engineering Karlsruhe24Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCollaboration-oriented knowledge and process management must support the integration of all systems involved, address specific questions of the division of labor within the control system, but also enable the planning and engineering of new variants and contribute to a continuous increase in quality through the persistence and analysis of process data.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0by-saccgerTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaMechanical engineering and materialsthemaAssemblyCobotCollaborationInformation ManagementInformationsmanagementKollaborationMontageRoboticsRobotikSchneider, Marcusauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50447/1/9783731510468.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50447OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34276oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1985a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d842295095OCoLC842295095OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaDullemond, K.edtCAO's en premie-afwenteling; een pilot-study naar de plaats van werknemersverzekeringen in een tiental CAO-onderhandelingenWRR19851 electronic resource (67 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWerkdocument6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSociety; Social SciencesDe serie 'Werkdocumenten' omvat stukken die in het kader van de werkzaamheden van de WRR tot stand zijn gekomen en die op aanvraag door de raad beschikbaar worden gesteld. De verantwoordelijkheid voor de inhoud en de ingenomen standpunten berust bij de auteurs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsdutSociety and Social Sciencesthemasamenlevingsocial sciencessociale zekerheidsocietyDullemond, K.authHuiskamp, M.J.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34276/1/439070.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34276OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54063oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1371761074OCoLC978379833226310.14279/depositonce-12283doi1371761074OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaRNthemaRNUthemaRPthemaSethi, MahendraedtSustainable Societies: Transition from theories to practiceBerlinUniversitätsverlag der Technischen Universität Berlin20221 electronic resource (232 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe national economic situation, rapidly changing societies, increasing environment pollution amidst global warming around us are some of the most burning topics in day-to-day discussions, news and scholarly discourses. What we see are only the consequences of protracted actions, policies and decisions. The issues associated with these phenomena are highly complex that challenge a direct interpretation of their root causations, indications, results and long-term impacts. For instance, is the issue of managing natural resources for industry & business operations within a country an economic problem? Or is it an ecological one? Or rather a social one? Could it be resolved with theories and techniques of either of these fields? Well, the issue and its redressal requires a combination of all the three disciplines. And yet actions to integrate all of these fields have typically by-passed one or more. The framework that has over the years most commonly explained the convergence of different spheres of disciplinary knowledge has been sustainability. At the same time, its pursuit in practice, the dominant public perception, political agendas and the mainstream media remains elusive. In absence of a critical theory on ‘sustainable societies’, the contemporary development model is misinformed by vague notions of greening, green growth, eco-development, ecotourism, smart cities, etc. largely steered by corporates and vested business groups. The contemporary societies exist and continue to develop without genuine knowledge about sustainability that lies fragmented in its contributing disciplinary streams. This book unfolds the inherent dilemmas, contradictions and paradoxes within the current sustainability paradigm to form a rather nuanced and inside view of what constitutes sustainability and how it could be realized with socio-technical, institutional, policy and management solutions. In the process, the research comprehensively reviews about a hundred environmental, social and economic theories to deliberate on the way forward. Considering that sustainability is a politico-economic and socio-cultural challenge, the transitions need to be culturally diverse and inter-generational, requiring infusion of fresh values, messaging and leadership while conserving traditional knowledge, prevailing institutions. The book culminates with a transition architecture bearing policy recommendations for governing without governmentality with plausible regulatory instruments, capacitating mechanisms, planning and voluntary measures that can be implemented in practice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaSustainabilitythemaRegional and area planningthemaenvironmental theoriesmacroeconomic theoriessociological thoughtsustainable societiestransitions to sustainabilitySethi, Mahendraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/54063/1/sustainable_societies.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/54063OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24966oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1126104578OCoLC97817873561849781787356191978178735620797817873562149781787356221978178735623810.14324/111.9781787356184doi1126104578OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJHthemaJPthemaJPAthemaHolbraad, MartinautRupturesAnthropologies of Discontinuity in Times of TurmoilLondonUCL Press20191 electronic resource (248 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRuptures brings together leading and emerging international anthropologists to explore the concept of ‘rupture’. Understood as radical and often forceful forms of discontinuity, rupture is the active ingredient of the current sense of a world in turmoil, lying at the heart of some of the most defining experiences of our time: the rise of populist politics, the corollary impulse towards protest and even revolutionary change, as well as moves towards violence and terror, and the responses these moves elicit. Rupture is addressed in selected ethnographic and historical contexts: images of the guillotine in the French revolution; reactions to Trump’s election in the USA; the motivations of young Danes who join ISIS in Syria; ‘butterfly effect’ activism among environmental anarchists in northern Europe; the experiences of political trauma and its ‘repair’ through privately sponsored museums of Mao’s revolution in China; people’s experience of the devastating 2001 earthquake in Gujarat; the ‘inner’ rupture of Protestant faith among Danish nationalist theologians; and the attempt to invent ex nihilo an alphabet for use in Christian prophetic movements in Congo and Angola.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical science and theorythemaanthropologyrupturesturmoilHolbraad, MartinedtKapferer, BruceedtSauma, Julia F.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/24966/1/Ruptures.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/24966OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62870oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d9791221500035979122150013410.36253/979-12-2150-003-5doioapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDthemaDSthemaSiedina, GiovannaautItinerari danteschi nelle culture slaveFlorenceFirenze University Press20221 electronic resource (252 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBiblioteca di Studi di Filologia Moderna70Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarA little more than 700 years after the death of the great Italian poet, this book intends to contribute to the assessment of what place the literary, cultural and linguistic heritage of the great Italian poet has had in linguistic development, in the formation of national consciousness of the Slavic peoples, in their literatures and in the elaboration of their literary canon, especially in the post-1991 period. Indeed, in the last thirty years, many political, social, cultural and linguistic changes have taken place in the varied panorama of the Slavic countries. New states have arisen, with their respective national languages and with the need to revise or elaborate their respective literary canons. The volume contains essays on Dante's reception in Belarus, Bulgaria, Czechia, Croatia, Macedonia, Poland, Russia, Serbia, Slovakia, and Ukraine.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaDante in the Slavic worldDante translationDante’s role in Slavic culturesSlavic cultural heritagereception studiesSiedina, Giovannaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62870/1/book-36594.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62870OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30934oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|mis d1030817940OCoLC10.23865/noasp.27doi1030817940OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPSthemaMarsteintredet, LeivedtNorge i Latin-AmerikaForbindelser og forestillingerOsloCappelen Damm Forskning20171 electronic resource (349 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDespite long traditions for contact with Latin America, increasing trade and investments in the region and important contributions to the recent peace process in Colombia, Latin America is often depicted as a "forgotten region" in Norway. Through a series of thematic analyses of the extent of Norway's contacts with Latin America, the authors of this anthology seeks to correct this perceived image of a "forgotten region".På tross av lange tradisjoner for kontakt med Latin-Amerika, økende handel og investeringer i Latin-Amerika og viktige bidrag og engasjement i fredsprosessen i Colombia, blir ofte Latin-Amerika fremstilt som en glemt region her hjemme. Forfatterne av denne boken søker å korrigere dette inntrykket gjennom en rekke tematiske analyser som viser bredden av vår kontakt med regionen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: University of Oslo, Stiftelsen Fritt OrdCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccmisSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaInternational relationsthemaforbindelserforestillingerinternational relationslatin americalatin-amerikanorgenorwayperceptionsMarsteintredet, Leivauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30934/1/641272.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30934OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31468oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2011a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d900417396OCoLC978383941596210.14361/transcript.9783839415962doi900417396OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATQthemaKlein, GabrieleautEmerging BodiesThe Performance of Worldmaking in Dance and ChoreographyBielefeld, Germanytranscript Verlag2011texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTanzScripteOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe concept of 'worldmaking' is based on the idea that 'the world' is not given, but rather produced through language, actions, ideas and perception. This collection of essays takes a closer look at various hybrid and disparate worlds related to dance and choreography. Coming from a broad range of different backgrounds and disciplines, the authors inquire into the ways of producing 'dance worlds': through artistic practice, discourse and media, choreographic form and dance material. The essays in this volume critically reflect the predominant topos of dance as something fleeting and ephemeral – an embodiment of the Other in modernity. Moreover, they demonstrate that there is more than just one universal 'world of dance', but rather a multitude of interrelated dance worlds with more emerging every day.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaDancethemaArtsBodyChoreographyCultural TheoryDanceGenderImaginationInterculturalitityMediaMusicPsychoanalysisTheatre StudiesKlein, GabrieleedtNoeth, Sandraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31468/1/627778.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31468OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102179oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1382630454OCoLC9781000924305978100092438197810033164979781032321073978103232743310.4324/9781003316497doi1382630454OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaNthemaNKthemaNKDthemaRthemaRGthemaRGBthemaRGCthemaRNthemaRNCthemaRNKthemaRNPthemaRNPGthemaArmstrong, Chelsey GeraldaautClimatic and Ecological Change in the AmericasA Perspective from Historical EcologyOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierNew Frontiers in Historical EcologyOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book offers a comparative analysis of the experiences, responses, and adaptations of people to climate variability and environmental change across the Americas. It foregrounds historical ecology as a structural framework for understanding the climate change crisis throughout the region and throughout time. In recent years, Indigenous and local populations in particular have experienced climate change effects such as altered weather patterns, seasonal irregularities, flooding and drought, and difficulties relating to subsistence practices. Understanding and dealing with these challenges has drawn on peoples’ longstanding experience with climate variability and in some cases includes models of mitigation and responses that are millennia old. With contributions from specialists across the Americas, this volume will be of interest to scholars from fields including anthropology, archaeology, geography, environmental studies, and Indigenous studies.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaArchaeologythemaArchaeology by period / regionthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaGeographythemaPhysical geography and topographythemaHuman geographythemaThe environmentthemaApplied ecologythemaConservation of the environmentthemaPollution and threats to the environmentthemaClimate changethemaAraucaria AraucanaCal BPClam GardensClam HarvestingClimate ChangeCultural Keystone SpeciesDenserFire ResilienceForest GardensFrench GuianaHigh Severity FiresHistorical EcologyLate HoloceneLightning IgnitionsLow IntertidalMaroni RiverMaya ForestMedieval Climatic AnomalyMogollon RimPonderosa Pine ForestsPrairie PeninsulaQuadra IslandSea Wateranthropologyclimaticecologicalecologyenvironmental anthropologypre-ColumbianArmstrong, Chelsey GeraldaedtOdonne, GuillaumeedtWhitaker, James Andrewedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102179/1/9781000924305.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102179OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60540oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97804720555799780472075577978047290294110.3998/mpub.12291596doioapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaDoyon, JérômeedtRejuvenating CommunismYouth Organizations and Elite Renewal in Post-Mao ChinaUniversity of Michigan Press20231 electronic resource (207 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierChina Understandings TodayOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWorking for the administration remains one of the most coveted career paths for young Chinese. Rejuvenating Communism: Youth Organizations and Elite Renewal in Post-Mao China seeks to understand what motivates young and educated Chinese to commit to a long-term career in the party-state and how this question is central to the Chinese regime’s ability to maintain its cohesion and survive. Jérôme Doyon draws upon extensive fieldwork and statistical analysis in order to illuminate the undogmatic commitment recruitment techniques and other methods the state has taken to develop a diffuse allegiance to the party-state in the post-Mao era. He then analyzes recruitment and political professionalization in the Communist Party’s youth organizations and shows how experiences in the Chinese Communist Youth League transform recruits and feed their political commitment as they are gradually inducted into the world of officials. As the first in-depth study of the Communist Youth League’s role in recruitment, this book challenges the assumption that merit is the main criteria for advancement within the party-state, an argument with deep implications for understanding Chinese politics today.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaAuthoritarian regimeChinaChinese communist PartyCommunist Youth leaguePeking UniversityStudent unionTsinghua Universityelite cohesionelite renewalfactionsmeritocracyone-party systempatronagepolitical alliegancepolitical commitmentpolitical counselorpolitical ideologypolitical loyaltypolitical networkspolitical socializationstudent cadrestudent controlyouth organizationDoyon, Jérômeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/60540/1/9780472902941.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60540OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27749oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d876834167OCoLC9783319038643978331903865010.1007/978-3-319-03865-0doi876834167OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCVthemaKCVGthemaKNthemaKNDthemaTthemaTCthemaGiesy, John P.autEcological Risk Assessment for Chlorpyrifos in Terrestrial and Aquatic Systems in North AmericaChamSpringer Nature2014texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierReviews of Environmental Contamination and Toxicology231Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarEcotoxicology; Environmental Management; Waste Management/Waste Technology; Chlorpyrifos; Terrestrial systems; Aquatic systems; Ecological risk assessmentAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomics of specific sectorsthemaEnvironmental economicsthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaManufacturing industriesthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaBiochemical engineeringthemaAquatic systemsChlorpyrifosEcological risk assessmentEcotoxicologyEnvironmental ManagementTerrestrial systemsWaste ManagementWaste TechnologyGiesy, John P.edtSolomon, Keith R.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27749/1/1002256.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27749OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63999oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1355689085OCoLC978100085164997810033753269781032450827978103245086510.4324/9781003375326doi1355689085OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaForsberg, TuomasedtDebating the War in UkraineCounterfactual Histories and Future PossibilitiesTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (111 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDebating the War in Ukraine discusses whether the war could have been avoided, and, if so, how? In this dialogical book, the authors discuss nodal points of history in terms of counterfactuals and contrastive explanations, concluding by considering future possibilities. They start in the 1990s where several causal elements of the war originate involving Russia’s economic developments and Europe’s security arrangements. Moving on to the next decade, they focus on the Iraq war, colour revolutions, and NATO’s 2008 announcement that Ukraine and Georgia will become members. Finally, they explore the past decade including the Ukrainian crisis of 2013–2014, the annexation of Crimea, and the consecutive war in east Ukraine. The current war can also be seen as a continuum of that war. The authors agree that NATO’s 2008 announcement on Ukraine’s and Georgia’s NATO membership was an unnecessary provocation, and that the implementation of the Minsk agreement could have prevented the current war, but otherwise their analysis of counterfactual possibilities differs, especially when it comes to the action-possibilities of the West (including diverse actors). These differences are not just dependent on different readings of relevant evidence but, importantly, stem from dissimilar contrast spaces and divergent theoretical understandings of the nature of states and mechanisms of international relations and political economy. This short, highly accessible book will be of great interest to all those studying and working in international relations and its various subfields such as peace and conflict studies and security studies, as well as all those wishing to understand more about the backdrop of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license. The Open Access version of this book was funded by University of Helsinki Library.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCausalCoercionCold WarConflictContrastCounterfactualCrimeaCrisisDebateDebatingDeclarationDialogueDiplomacyEconomicExplanationFutureGeorgiaHistoriesHistoryIRInternational RelationsIraqMinsk AgreementNATOPeacePoliticalPossibilitiesPossibilityRevolutionRussiaForsberg, TuomasauthPatomäki, Heikkiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63999/1/9781000851649.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63999OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88717oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1362927793OCoLC9783957962089978395796209610.14619/2089doi1362927793OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaBeckmann, Marie SophieedtRecords of DisasterMedia Infrastructures and Climate ChangeLüneburgmeson pressmeson press [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (164 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFuture Ecologies5Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRecords of Disasters: Media Infrastructures and Climate Change explores how environmental disasters manifest and inscribe themselves in infrastructures. By turning to infrastructures, their logic and functioning, collapse and malfunction, the volume reveals their potential as fragile material witnesses to and of disasters. As climate change is unequally distributed across continuous dynamics and events, time scales and spatial registers, infrastructures can be understood as proxies or seismographs mediating different spatio-temporal layers that make these dynamics tangible. Disaster is made operational by negotiating what is defined as such, and under which geopolitical conditions. What connects melting glaciers and the knowledge from ice cores to the mapping of the ocean floor and the extraction of resources in the deep-sea? How can infrastructures be thought in time and “critical proximity”, and how do they bear witness to colonial pasts and presents? The volume proposes an analytical perspective on infrastructures as multi-layered witnesses to climate change, bringing together scientific and artistic approaches, students and scholars from different disciplines.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Niedersächsisches Ministerium für Wissenschaft und KulturCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaClimate ChangeGeopoliticsInfrastructuresMedia StudiesBeckmann, Marie SophieauthBolwin, CharlotteauthKöppert, KatrinauthLinke, Armin LinkeauthSchabacher, GabrieleauthSchuppli, SusanauthSuess, Solveig QuauthClaus, JakobedtLöffler, Petraedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88717/1/978-3-95796-209-6-Records-of-Disaster.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88717OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100730oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978365847440910.1007/978-3-658-47441-6doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaWähner, MarcoedtDie „guten Gründe“ politischer Partizipation im InternetEin Anreizmodell zur Teilnahme an Online-KonsultationsverfahrenWiesbadenSpringer NatureSpringer Fachmedien Wiesbaden [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (246 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn diesem Open-Access-Buch wird das Zusammenspiel von Demokratie, Digitalisierung und Partizipation untersucht und hinterfragt, wie das Internet als Plattform zur politischen Mobilisierung dienen kann. Die Digitalisierung hat neue Wege eröffnet, politische Entscheidungen zu beeinflussen und die Bürger:innenbeteiligung zu fördern. Durch die Entwicklung eines Anreizmodells wird analysiert, welche Beweggründe Bürger:innen zur Teilnahme an Online-Konsultationsverfahren motivieren und ob soziale Unterschiede dabei eine Rolle spielen. Empirische Untersuchungen basierend auf Bevölkerungsumfragen zeigen, dass Bürger:innen unterschiedliche Ziele mit der Online-Partizipation verbinden. Gemeinwohlorientierte und negative Anreize sind dabei entscheidende Faktoren für die (nicht-)Teilnahme. Doch die erhoffte breite Mobilisierung bleibt begrenzt; insbesondere Menschen ohne hohe Bildungsressourcen profitieren weniger von den zeit- und ortsunabhängigen Möglichkeiten der Online-Konsultation. Diese Ergebnisse werfen wichtige Fragen zur politischen Gleichheit und Repräsentation auf und laden zur kritischen Diskussion ein.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaDemocracyDemokratieDigital SociologyDigitalisierungOnline-Partizipationpolitische Repräsentationsoziale UngleichheitWähner, Marcoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/100730/1/9783658474416.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100730OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103305oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783763961320978376396983810.3278/6004724wdoioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaArnold, TanjaedtWeiterentwicklung von Modellen betrieblichen LernensDurch Einbezug des Lernens mit digitalen MedienBielefeldwbv Media20211 electronic resource (262 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBerufsbildung, Arbeit und Innovation - Dissertationen und Habilitationen58Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn ihrer Dissertation beschäftigt sich Tanja Arnold mit einer Vielzahl von Modellen zum betrieblichen Lernen und berücksichtigt die Folgen, Auswirkungen und Möglichkeiten der Digitalisierung. Da diese unzureichend sind, ist eine Aktualisierung der Modelle aus berufs- und betriebspädagogischer Sicht überfällig. In dem vorliegenden Werk werden unter Rückgriff auf die Modelltheorie begründete ausgewählte vorhandene Modelle betrieblichen Lernens aktualisiert und entsprechend weiterentwickelt. Der mediendidaktische Diskurs wurde im Rahmen der Ausarbeitung in berufs- und betriebspädagogische Ansätze aufgenommen und dadurch informiert sowie aktualisiert. Insofern bearbeitet Tanja Arnold in ihrem Werk ein wichtiges Forschungsdesiderat und dies nicht nur im Hinblick auf die mediendidaktische Erweiterung.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaBerufs- und WirtschaftspädagogikDigitalisierungDissertationMedien - eEducationModelle aus berufs- und betriebspädagogischer SichtModelle betrieblichen LernensOpenLibrary 2021Arnold, Tanjaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103305/1/9783763969838.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103305OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/36961oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d808383270OCoLC10.17875/gup2006-201doi808383270OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNTthemaKNTXthemaKaspar, Christian MarkusedtIndividualisierung und mobile Dienste am Beispiel der MedienbrancheAnsätze zum Schaffen von KundenmehrwertUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2006texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarChristian Kaspar deals with the causes of the current economic crisis in the media industry and discusses opportunities for media companies to avert this crisis. Two options particularly are considered in more detail: the approaching of media products to individual desires of recipients on the basis of individualized systems on the one hand and the quick and location-independent distribution of contents through the mobile internet on the other. Kaspar makes point of two aims: First, it is examined whether and how far the strategies of individualization and distribution in the mobile internet are - compared with traditional media - able to provide additional benefit for customers. Second, conceptual issues in the context of realization of individual and mobile media products are raised and solutions are presented.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/3.0/deby-ndccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaMedia, entertainment, information and communication industriesthemaInformation technology industriesthemainternetmedia economyKaspar, Christian Markusauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/36961/1/kaspar.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/36961OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87116oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1417740521OCoLC9783763976133978376397614010.3278/9783763976140doi1417740521OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNSthemaBeyeler, LauraedtReparaturbildung gestaltenErfahrungsberichte & Anregungen für Lehrendewbv Mediawbv Media GmbH & Co. KG [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLehrkrafte und pedagogische Fachkrafte finden in diesem Buch Anregungen und Orientierungspunkte, um das Thema Reparieren didaktisch in ihre Schule zu integrieren. Die Autorinnen zeigen zunchst Sinnperspektiven des Reparierens von Alltagsgegenstnden auf, die dessen Bedeutung als Bildungsthema unterstreichen. Dabei geht es um mehr als die bernahme von Verantwortung fr eine nachhaltige Entwicklung: Reparieren wird als einfhlsamer und innovativer Umgang mit den Dingen, als Improvisation, Neuerfindung und emotionale Arbeit beschrieben, die ermchtigend wirkt. Im zweiten Teil geht es um die praktische Gestaltung von Reparaturlernangeboten an Schulen. Dazu werden die Ergebnisse einer Studie herangezogen, fr die Lehrende in ganz Deutschland befragt wurden. Sie haben sehr unterschiedliche Formate erprobt und weiterentwickelt. Ihre Erfahrungsberichte zeigen, dass Reparaturlernangebote der Unvorhersehbarkeit des Reparaturgegenstandes didaktisch erfolgreich begegnen knnen. Welche Besonderheiten bei bestimmten Gegenstnden vom Gartenwerkzeug bis zum Smartphone zu beachten sind, welche berlegungen zur Sicherheit angestellt werden mssen und welche Untersttzungsmglichkeiten es gibt, wird ebenso analysiert, wie die Mglichkeiten, die sich innerhalb bestimmter Bedingungen vor Ort ergeben. Auch fr eine Schule ohne Werkstattraum, auch fr Lehrkraft ohne spezielle Reparaturkenntnisse ist die Mglichkeit gegeben, das Thema Reparieren in die Schule zu bringen, sei es im Regelunterricht, in der AG oder am Wandertag.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaTeaching of students with different educational needsthemaEducationSpecial EducationBeyeler, LauraauthKlose, JaninaauthMeißner, Magdalenaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87116/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87116OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91087oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97818027013719781802702071978180270257610.2307/jj.15944953doioapenoapendcAthemaAKthemaAKHthemaAKHMthemaCleaver, LauraautThe Pre-Modern Manuscript Trade and its Consequences, ca. 1890–1945Arc Humanities Press20241 electronic resource (490 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCollection Development, Cultural Heritage, and Digital HumanitiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis collection brings together current research into the development of the market for pre-modern manuscripts. Between 1890 and 1945 thousands of manuscripts made in Europe before 1600 appeared on the market. Many entered the collections in which they have remained, shaping where and how we encounter the books today. These collections included libraries that bear their founders’ names, as well as national and regional public libraries. The choices of the super-rich shaped their collections and determined what was available to those with fewer resources. In addition, wealthy collectors sponsored scholarship on their manuscripts and participated in exhibitions, raising the profile of some books. This volume examines the collectors, dealers, and scholars who engaged with pre-modern books, and the cultural context of the manuscript trade in this era.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaDesign, Industrial and commercial arts, illustrationthemaBook design and BookbindingthemaManuscripts and illuminationthemamanuscriptstradeCleaver, LauraedtMagnusson, DanielleedtMorcos, HannahedtRais, Angélineedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/91087/1/9781802702071.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91087OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90176oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d908686117OCoLC978363164134797836530309079783653995077978365399508410.3726/978-3-653-03090-7doi908686117OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaABthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCCthemaNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaNHTDthemaTygielski, WojciechedtItalians in Early Modern PolandTranslated by Katarzyna PopowiczBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20151 electronic resource (540 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPolish Studies – Transdisciplinary Perspectives11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe book provides a panorama of Italian migrants’ activities in Polish economy, political life and, above all, culture. The motivations of Italians who decided to travel to the Polish-Lithuanian Commonwealth and quite often settled there permanently, the reasons which made this migration possible and approved by the Polish and Lithuanian hosts are described in detail. Various categories of Italian migrants are considered as well as the potential and growing difficulties in their adaptation. These premises serve as proof of social and cultural distances between the Italians and the Poles and underline the tensions between the Italians’ cultural background and the one which they had to cope with. The hypothesis of the lost historical opportunity made possible by numerous arrivals of migrants from more culturally advanced areas is highlighted through the debate on the efficiency of Italian influences upon Polish-Lithuanian realities, and by the catalogue of the causes which effectively hindered Italian impulse for modernity.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengThe ArtsthemaThe arts: general topicsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaCultural studiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaOral historythemaBarockarchitekturEarlyItaliansKatarzynaKrzysztofMigrationModernPolandPopowiczRenaissanceliteraturTranslatedTygielskiWojciechZajaspolnisch-litauische UnionTygielski, Wojciechauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90176/1/9783653030907.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90176OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102902oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1401057757OCoLC978100331248297810038534289781003853435978103232037310.4324/9781003312482doi1401057757OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJKthemaKJMthemaKJQthemaKJSthemaBalnave, NikolaedtA History of Australian Co-operatives 1827–2023OxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (272 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCo-operatives provide a different approach to organising business through their ideals of member ownership and democratic practice. Every co-operative member has an equal vote regardless of his or her own personal capital investment. They take a variety of different forms, including consumer co-operatives, agricultural co-operatives, worker co-operatives and financial co-operatives. Patmore, Balnave and Marjanovic provide a perspective on Australian co-operative development within a conceptual framework and international context since the 1820s by exploring the economic, political and social factors that explain their varying fortunes. Drawing upon the Visual Historical Atlas of Australian Co-operatives, a significant database of Australian co-operatives and a variety of historical sources, this book provides a detailed historical analysis of their development, from their inception in Australia to today. Australian co-operatives were heavily dependent on state sympathy for their growth and vulnerable to ideas that challenged collective organisation such as Neo-liberalism. Despite these challenges, the co-operative business model has persisted and since 2009, there has been resurgence of interest and organisation that may provide a platform for future growth. A useful resource for practitioners, students, educators, policy makers and researchers that highlights a significant alternative business model to the Investor-Owned Business and state enterprise. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaInternational businessthemaManagement and management techniquesthemaBusiness mathematics and systemsthemaSales and marketingthemaVisual Historical Atlas of Australian Co-operativesalternative business modelscivil societycoopcooperativesnon-profitpublicBalnave, NikolaauthMarjanovic, OliveraauthPatmore, Gregauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102902/1/9781003853428.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102902OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31248oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d922167213OCoLC978178374097010.11647/OBP.0065doi922167213OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaMcClure Mudge, JeanautMr. Emerson's RevolutionOpen Book Publishers20151 electronic resource (490 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"This volume traces the life, thought and work of Ralph Waldo Emerson, a giant of American intellectual history, whose transforming ideas greatly strengthened the two leading reform issues of his day: abolition and women’s rights. A broad and deep, yet cautious revolutionary, he spoke about a spectrum of inner and outer realities—personal, philosophical, theological and cultural—all of which gave his mid-career turn to political and social issues their immediate and lasting power. This multi-authored study frankly explores Emerson's private prejudices against blacks and women while he also publicly championed their causes. Such a juxtaposition freshly charts the evolution of Emerson's slow but steady application of his early neo-idealism to emancipating blacks and freeing women from social bondage. His shift from philosopher to active reformer had lasting effects not only in America but also abroad. In the U.S. Emerson influenced such diverse figures as Thoreau, Whitman, Dickinson and William James and in Europe Mickiewicz, Wilde, Kipling, Nietzsche, and Camus in Europe as well as many leading followers in India and Japan. The book includes over 170 illustrations, among them eight custom-made maps of Emerson's haunts and wide-ranging lecture itineraries as well as a new four-part chronology of his life placed alongside both national and international events as well as major inventions. Mr. Emerson's Revolution provides essential reading for students and teachers of American intellectual history, the abolitionist and women’s rights movement―and for anyone interested in the nineteenth-century roots of these seismic social changes. "Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaBostonabolitionemancipationralph waldo emersonsocial changeunited stateswomen's rightsMcClure Mudge, Jeanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31248/1/633754.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31248OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34076oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1999a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d842295668OCoLC842295668OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemavan Latesteijn, H.C.edtLand use in Europe. A methodology for policy-oriented future studiesWRR19991 electronic resource (175 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVoorstudie106Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPolitical ScienceDe serie 'Voorstudies en achtergronden' omvat werkstukken die in het kader van de werkzaamheden van de WRR tot stand zijn gekomen en naar zijn oordeel van zodanige kwaliteit en betekenis zijn, dat publikatie gewenst is. De verantwoordelijkheid voor de inhoud en de ingenomen standpunten berust bij de auteurs.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaExogenyHectareIrrigationLabour economicsLand useNetherlandsPesticidePrimary sector of the economyScientific methodoverheidsbeleidpolitical sciencevan Latesteijn, H.C.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34076/1/439706.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34076OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33551oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d953021496OCoLC978192214476810.26530/OAPEN_459931doi953021496OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPZthemaLarmour, PeteredtCorruption and Anti-CorruptionCanberraANU Press2013texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThere is new international attention being given to the old problem of corruption. It has been taken up by international organisations, and driven by economic analysis. It is impatient of cultural justifications, and suspicious of state action. It is concerned with corruption prevention as much as detection, investigation and prosecution. Corruption and Anti-Corruption deals with the international dimensions of corruption, including campaigns to recover the assets of former dictators, and the links between corruption, transnational and economic crime. It deals with corruption as an issue in political theory, and shows how it can be addressed in campaigns for human rights. It also presents case studies of reform efforts in Philippines, India and Thailand. The book explains the doctrines of a well-established domestic anticorruption agency. It is based on research to develop a curriculum for a unique international training course on ‘Corruption and Anti-Corruption’, designed and taught by academics at The Australian National University, the Australian Institute of Criminology and public servants in the New South Wales Independent Commission Against Corruption. Versions have been taught in Canberra, and several countries in South East Asia.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCorruption in politics, government and societythemaBriberyFerdinand MarcosHuman rightsPublic sectorcorruptionpolitical studiesLarmour, PeterauthWolanin, Nickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33551/1/459931.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33551OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100257oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783832556426oapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaDthemaDSthemaJthemaJFthemaKrause, SusanneedtMarktklassiker der Histotainmentmusik.Die Rezeption mittelalterlicher Liedkunst in der populären Musikkultur am Beispiel Walthers von der Vogelweide "Palästinalied"Logos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMittelalterliche Lyrik ist eine Liedkunst. In jedem einzelnen Lied vereinen sich lyrische, musikalische und performative Komponenten. In der heutigen populären Mittelalterrezeption wird mittelalterliche Lyrik hauptsächlich musikalisch aufgenommen. So hat sich um die sogenannte Histotainmentmusik ein Gesellschaftskreis gebildet, der den Gegenstand der mittelalterlichen Liedkunst neu verhandelt. Der Zugang zum Mittelalter scheint hier vor allem von emotionalen und identitätsstiftenden Aspekten geprägt zu sein.Wie aber wird das Mittelalter im populärkulturellen Gedächtnis bewahrt? Und was sagt diese Art der Mittelalterrezeption über unsere Gesellschaft aus? Diesen Fragen wird anhand Walthers von der Vogelweide ""Palästinalied"", einem Marktklassiker der Histotainmentmusik, nachgegangen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety & culture: generalthemaEuropeanGermanLiterary CriticismMusicSocial ScienceKrause, Susanneauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/100257/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/100257OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104966oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978152612498210.7765/9781526124982doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJBSF1themaLthemaLBthemaDe Vido, SaraedtViolence against women’s health in international lawManchester University Press2020texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarViolence against women is characterised by its universality, the multiplicity of its forms, and the intersectionality of diverse kinds of discrimination against women. Great emphasis in legal analysis has been placed on sex-based discrimination; however, in investigations of violence, one aspect has been overlooked: violence may severely affect women's health and access to reproductive health, and State health policies might be a cause of violence against women. Exploring the relationship between violence against women and women's rights to health and reproductive health, Sara De Vido theorises the new concept of violence against women's health in international law using the Hippocratic paradigm, enriching human rights-based approaches to women's autonomy and reflecting on the pervasiveness of patterns of discrimination. At the core of the book are two dimensions of violence: horizontal 'inter-personal', and vertical 'state policies'. Investigating these dimensions through decisions made by domestic, regional and international judicial or quasi-judicial bodies, De Vido reconceptualises States' obligations and eventually asks whether international law itself is the ultimate cause of violence against women's health.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaGender studies: women and girlsthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaInternationalLawSocial ScienceWomen's StudiesDe Vido, Saraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104966/1/9781526124982.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104966OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/93888oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783779971764978377997177110.3262/978-3-7799-7555-7doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJHthemaJHMthemaBrinkmann, MalteautWilhelm von Humboldt: Kulturwissenschaftliche Forschung zwischen Praxis, Theorie und Empirie der BildungWeinheimBeltz Juventa20241 electronic resource (199 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn diesem Buch steht Wilhelm von Humboldt als Bildungsforscher im Mittelpunkt. Es werden die neuesten Entwicklungen der Forschung von renommierten Vertretern unterschiedlicher geisteswissenschaftlicher Disziplinen vorgestellt. Humboldt wird dabei als ein bildungstheoretisch und anthropologisch orientierter empirischer Forscher gewürdigt. Der Band nimmt die Vielfalt der Gegenstandsbereiche – Sprache, Bildung, Anthropologie, Kultur, Ethnie, Staat, Politik, Universität, Schule, Curriculum – Humboldt´scher Forschungen in den Blick und entwickelt methodologische, kulturwissenschaftliche und bildungstheoretische Perspektiven, die auch das herrschende Verständnis empirischer Bildungsforschung als messende und vermessende Disziplin zur Diskussion stellen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaBildungsforschungBildungstheorieErziehungswissenschaftGeschichteKulturKulturwissenschaftBrinkmann, MalteedtKipf, StefanedtMattig, Ruprechtedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/93888/1/9783779971771.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/93888OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31291oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1030816562OCoLC978386395310210.17875/gup2017-1027doi1030816562OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaPineda Olivieri, Jesús Humberto,edtThe Transformational Potential of Higher Education Inclusion - Biographical Trajectories of Students from Disadvantaged Environments in VenezuelaUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the field of higher education research, one of the most fascinating observations is the consistent and permanent expansion of higher education systems worldwide since the end of the Second World War. Undoubtedly, the predominant approach to address these developments has been through quantitative analysis, as well as international comparisons. The following work examines the particularities of the Venezuelan context with the aim of identifying specific features of this worldwide phenomenon in this South American case. Through a combination of qualitative methods, the author proposes a biographical approach for the study of higher education inclusion processes, which takes into account the perspectives and experiences of those who have been targeted by an ambitious higher education expansion process. The most distinctive feature of this work would be its methodological contribution to the field of higher education research. One could also argue that the ethnographic account of the Bolivarian Missions of education in Chavez’s Venezuela is both original and unprecedented. Furthermore, the writing approach bridges the interests of both academics, practitioners of the field and members of the general public.In the field of higher education research, one of the most fascinating observations is the consistent and permanent expansion of higher education systems worldwide since the end of the Second World War. Undoubtedly, the predominant approach to address these developments has been through quantitative analysis, as well as international comparisons. The following work examines the particularities of the Venezuelan context with the aim of identifying specific features of this worldwide phenomenon in this South American case. Through a combination of qualitative methods, the author proposes a biographical approach for the study of higher education inclusion processes, which takes into account the perspectives and experiences of those who have been targeted by an ambitious higher education expansion process. The most distinctive feature of this work would be its methodological contribution to the field of higher education research. One could also argue that the ethnographic account of the Bolivarian Missions of education in Chavez’s Venezuela is both original and unprecedented. Furthermore, the writing approach bridges the interests of both academics, practitioners of the field and members of the general public.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.deby-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaLatin AmericaMission SucrePierre BourdieuVenezuelahigher educationinclusionPineda Olivieri, Jesús Humberto,authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31291/1/632110.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31291OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50446oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1272922826OCoLC978373151086410.5445/KSP/1000129225doi1272922826OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUYthemaUYAthemaUYAMthemaDunau, PatrickedtTracking von Menschen und menschlichen ZuständenKarlsruheKIT Scientific PublishingKIT Scientific Publishing [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (266 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKarlsruher Schriften zur Anthropomatik51Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis work evaluates different approaches for observing human states. The considered human conditions comprise the current position, the actual performance, and the emotional facial expression. This work relies on tracking and static classification methods to observe the humans‘ conditions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccgerComputing and Information TechnologythemaComputer sciencethemaMathematical theory of computationthemaMaths for computer scientiststhemaBildverarbeitungComputer VisionEmotion RecognitionEmotionserkennungLeistungsüberwachungObjektverfolgungPerformance TrackingTrackingDunau, Patrickauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50446/1/9783731510864.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50446OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58482oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978383255387610.30819/5387doioapenoapendcQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRMBthemaPöhlmann, ArminedtDie Debatte zwischen Rammohan Roy und Joshua Marshman von 1820 bis 1825Ein Streit um die Auslegung der Bibel zwischen interreligiöser Begegnung und UnversöhnlichkeitLogos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarVor zweihundert Jahren fand im indischen Kalkutta eine religiöse Debatte statt, die von der christlichen Welt mit Aufmerksamkeit beobachtet wurde. Ein Brahmane, der aus hinduistischer Tradition stammte und sich als Wahrheitssucher verstand, geriet in einen fünfjährigen Streit mit den baptistischen Missionaren in Serampore. Die Kontrahenten Rammohan Roy und Joshua Marshman produzierten im Verlauf dieser Jahre über 800 Seiten Streitschriften über die richtige Auslegung der Bibel. Auslöser war das Buch The Precepts of Jesus, eine Evangelienauslese, in der Rammohan eine ethische Lehre Jesu rekonstruieren wollte. Die Kernthemen der weiteren Debatte waren das richtige Verständnis Jesu und seiner Botschaft, das Wesen Gottes und der wahre Weg zur Glückseligkeit. Grund des gegenseitigen Unverständnisses war eine divergierende Vorstellung, wie eine heilige Schrift grundsätzlich auszulegen sei. Bisher fehlte eine grundlegende chronologische Darstellung der Debatte und Aufarbeitung der exegetischen und dogmatischen Argumente. Es wird hier erstmals umfassend dargestellt, wie sich die Themen und Standpunkte im Laufe der Diskussion wandelten, wie sich der Baptist und der Brahmane gegenseitig beeinflussten, und es wird aufgezeigt, dass es auch unter den Baptisten durchaus divergierende Meinungen zu Rammohan gab. Armin Pöhlmann, geboren 1975, ist Pfarrer in Eisenach. In mehreren Studienaufenthalten in Indien, vor allem am Henry-Martyn-Institut in Hyderabad, hat er sich auf das Thema spezialisiert, wie Menschen aus anderen Religionen auf die Bibel blicken und sie auslegen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaChristian Churches, denominations, groupsthemaChristian ChurchReligionPöhlmann, Arminauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/58482/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/58482OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101702oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783031880278978303188028510.1007/978-3-031-88028-5doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaJthemaJMthemaPthemaPSthemaPSAthemaPSADthemaSalzani, CarloedtAnimals, Empathy, and AnthropomorphismThe Limits of ImaginationChamSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (245 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThe Palgrave Macmillan Animal Ethics SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book explores the role of imagination in animal ethics and its constitutive links to empathy/sympathy and anthropomorphism. The book argues for the constitutive role of imagination in ethical deliberation, but acknowledges that there exist important limits to its use. However, “limit” is here understood not merely negatively as restriction and insufficiency, but rather positively as “condition of possibility,” so what the book explores and analyses are the conditions for a positive and fruitful use of the imagination in ethics. The book uses as a “frame” the questions and issues raised in J.M. Coetzee’s The Lives of Animals to explore some central and salient themes.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPsychologythemaMathematics and SciencethemaBiology, life sciencesthemaLife sciences: general issuesthemaBioethicsthemaJ.M. CoetzeeLiterary animal studiesanthropomorphismempathymoral imaginationsympathySalzani, Carloauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/101702/1/9783031880285.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101702OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102013oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783763973781oapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNDthemaJNDGthemaWissenschaft weltoffen 2023 kompakt English editionFacts and Figures on the International Nature of Studies and Research in Germany and WorldwideBielefeldwbv Media20231 electronic resource (20 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe study has been analysing the international nature of studies, research and universities in Germany since 2001. The compact edition of the annual data report contains the most important results and graphics of the main edition. These include the number of international students in Germany, data on the international mobility of German students, an overview of the countries of origin and destination of internationally mobile students worldwide, and developments in academic mobility to and from Germany. The publication integrates international data from OECD and UNESCO as well as national data from the Federal Statistical Office. In combination with other indicators, it provides a valid basis for long-term analyses.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaEducational systems and structuresthemaCurriculum planning and developmentthemaDAADDZHWacademic successdata analysisdoctoral studieseducation studyinternational studentsinternationalityinternationalizationlong-term analysismobilityresearch locationscience systemstudentsuniversity administrationwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102013/1/9783763973781.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102013OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/106507oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97836319244889783631924495978363193477710.3726/b22730doioapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaJNMthemaJNPthemaJNQthemaJPthemaJPBthemaJPFthemaJPHthemaJPHCthemaJPHVthemaWasilewski, KrzysztofautDigital Humanities and Digital Skills in the Future of WorkBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20251 electronic resource (196 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierManagement in Digital Times3Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe volume covers the field of digital humanities regarding the future of work. What digital skills will be needed in the nearby future? How digitization and digitalization change the very nature of science and the workplace? The authors represent higher education institutions which form the EU4Dual European University, as well as associated Ukrainian universities. Therefore the papers are often a result of applied and cooperative research, done together with the industry. As such they focus on practical usage of digital humanities and digital skills.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaAdult education, continuous learningthemaOpen learning, distance educationthemaPolitics and governmentthemaComparative politicsthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaConstitution: government and the statethemaPolitical structures: democracythemaDigitalFutureHumanitiesKrzysztofOlafPiotrSkillsWasilewskiWorkartificial intelligencedigital heritagedigital humanitiesfuture of workindustry 4.0ŻyliczWasilewski, Krzysztofedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/106507/1/9783631924495.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/106507OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25936oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1048896135OCoLC978178680315397817868031601048896135OCoLCoapenoapendcBhambra, Gurminder K.autDecolonising the UniversityPluto Press2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn 2015, students at the University of Cape Town demanded the removal of a statue of Cecil Rhodes, the imperialist, racist business magnate, from their campus. The battle cry '#RhodesMustFall' sparked an international movement calling for the decolonization of the world's universities. Today, as this movement grows, how will it radically transform the terms upon which universities exist? In this book, students, activists and scholars discuss the possibilities and the pitfalls of doing decolonial work in the home of the coloniser, in the heart of the establishment. Subverting curricula, enforcing diversity, and destroying old boundaries, this is a radical call for a new era of education. Offering resources for students and academics to challenge and resist coloniality inside and outside the classroom, Decolonising the University provides the tools for radical pedagogical, disciplinary and institutional change.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengColonialismHigher EducationImperialismPolitical ActivismPolitical SciencePostcolonialismRace and EthnicitySocial MovementsSociologyBhambra, Gurminder K.edtGebrial, DaliaedtNişancıoğlu, Keremedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25936/1/1004145.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25936OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39362oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d986210100OCoLC978395466322410.32745/9783954663224doi986210100OCoLCoapenoapendcMthemaMBthemaMBNthemaMBNSthemaSchneider, Uwe K.edtSekundärnutzung klinischer Daten – Rechtliche Rahmenbedingungenmit einem Beitrag von Alexander Roßnagel und Gerrit HornungBerlinMWV Medizinisch Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft20151 electronic resource (429 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMedical research is increasingly using data from care. However, this 'secondary use' of treatment data brings with it numerous legal questions. Social and health data are among the most intimate information about a person. This legal opinion provides for the first time a detailed overview of the specific legal framework for the secondary use of medical data in the individual federal states, which also takes into account the different sponsorship and legal form of the treating institution. The analysis provides researchers and other stakeholders in the health sector with guidance in the legally compliant handling of medical treatment data. The book also contains a supplementary report, which represents the legal framework for the secondary use of the data managed via the electronic health card in accordance with Section 291a Social Code Book V.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerMedicine and NursingthemaMedicine: general issuesthemaPublic health and preventive medicinethemaEpidemiology and Medical statisticsthemaBig DataMedicineTrusted Cloudclinical datacloud4healthmedical researchSchneider, Uwe K.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39362/1/sekundarnutzung-klinischer-daten-rechtliche-rahmenbedingungen.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39362OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31088oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1030821383OCoLC978386395164110.17875/gup2017-1042doi1030821383OCoLCoapenoapendcRthemaIbendorf, JensautBioenergie im SpannungsfeldWege zu einer nachhaltigen BioenergieversorgungUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe challenge of this interdisciplinary research on sustainable bioenergy production in rural areas is how to reconcile the chances and risks of bioenergy production within the context of climate stabilization, resource conservation, biodiversity, water, air, and soil preservation, the interests of society and of farmers. To answer this we developed and improved evaluation criteria and methods for a bioenergy implementation in rural areas. We show that the problems arising from energy plant production such as monoculture, changes of landscape and land use competition, loss of biodiversity, costs, social denial etc. may be eliminated during workshops with the main stakeholders (farmers, technicians, policymakers, administration, ecologists etc.) as well as with interested people. We created some tools to facilitate decision-making and consensus building. Especially the decision behaviour of farmers for or against bioenergy is investigated. Some results from our field research: Energy plants may increase the richness in species on farmland. Contaminated areas should be utilised to grow energy plants with low extraction efficiency for pollutants. Emissions from wood and straw burning can be strongly minimised.In einem interdisziplinären Ansatz werden die Chancen und Risiken der Bioenergie im Kontext einer nachhaltigen Entwicklung beleuchtet. Es werden Schwierigkeiten und Wege zu ihrer Überwindung aufgezeigt, wie die Produktion und die energetische Nutzung der Biomasse mit den Anforderungen des Klimaschutzes, der Biodiversität, des Landschaftsschutzes sowie der Nahrungsmittelversorgung aber auch mit ökonomischen Aspekten in Einklang zu bringen ist. Die teilweise konträren Argumente müssen in gemeinsamen Beratungen abgewogen werden, eine Basis für die Akzeptanz bei den Akteuren und der Bevölkerung. Es werden Werkzeuge zur Entscheidungsunterstützung und Lösungsansätze zur Problemminimierung auf lokaler wie regionaler Ebene vorgestellt. Es wird beispielweise gezeigt, wie Energiepflanzen zum Artenreichtum beitragen können, wie die Akteure konsensorientiert zusammengeführt und Dorfbewohner in Entscheidungen integriert werden können, aber auch welche ökonomischen Folgen für die Landwirte und die regionale Wertschöpfung resultieren. Es wird angeregt, auf belasteten Flächen Energiepflanzen anzubauen, die wenig Schadstoffe aufnehmen. Weiterhin wird gezeigt, wie Emissionen von Schadstoffen bei der Verbrennung von Biomasse minimiert werden können.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/deed.deby-saccgerEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaBiogasanlagebioenergyconflictssustainabilityIbendorf, JensedtRuppert, Hansedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31088/1/639200.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31088OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104124oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781068785306978106878531310.56920/lshtmp-1doioapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaGLMthemaCarpenter, EloiseedtA Classification for Medical and Veterinary LibrariesThird editionLondonLondon School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine20251 electronic resource (336 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe third edition of Classification for Medical and Veterinary Libraries is a long overdue revision of Cyril C. Barnard’s scheme, last updated in 1955. Barnard devised his scheme to meet the specialist focus of the London School of Hygiene & Tropical Medicine, focusing on tropical medicine and public health. Unlike many schemes, Barnard’s is based on specific entry, with an almost entirely alphabetical notation system. Classes include the sciences, general medicine, history of medicine, epidemiology, diseases and causative agents, pathology, diagnosis, specialties of medicine, surgery, dentistry, veterinary science, agriculture, and the social sciences. Auxiliary schedules enable further subdivision under any topic. This new edition provides a classification scheme which meets health-focused library and information services’ collections requirements and reflects current research and teaching priorities in public and global health. Subjects and structures have been revised to support increased findability and accessibility of resources. Equity, diversity and inclusion are promoted, with conscious and unconscious biases challenged. Language and content have been decolonised, resisting colonial taxonomies, integrating different voices and acknowledging the global creation of knowledge. The scheme supports library collection management activities and is suitable for integration across research systems which use taxonomies, leading to benefits for both libraries and their wider organisations. 424 Abstract Views 43 Downloads 37Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaLibrary and information servicesthemaCataloguingClassificationInformation managementLibraryMedicalVeterinaryCarpenter, EloiseauthCuthbert Barnard, Cyrilauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104124/1/a-classification-for-medical-and-veterinary-libraries.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104124OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109242oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783037773109978303777908810.33058/seismo.30908doioapenoapenenggerdcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaAnukriti Dixit, Melina RutishauserautDoing Gender Studies: Producing Knowledge OtherwiseZurichSeismo20251 electronic resource (288 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGender IssuesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume is rooted in a commitment to epistemic justice in times of rising precarity in academia. It seeks to question the hegemonic definitions of ‘doing research’. Commitment to gender studies, as the title suggests, is already an assurance to a form of research that is ‘otherwise’ – one that looks beyond neoliberal, competitive, and individual-driven agendas. Moreover, the anthology is an attempt to unfollow hierarchies, confront oppressive structures and question taken-for-grantedness in disciplinary knowledge production. The contributors are part of the Inter-university Doctoral Program Gender Studies CH at the universities of Basel, Bern and Zürich. They consist of professors, doctoral students, coordinators and further scholars, that belong to the wider network. They have all ‘done’ gender studies in various transnational and transdisciplinary contexts. Reflections on how knowledge is produced are thus nurtured by diverse networks of feminist solidarity, an ethics of care and a politics of situated research(ers). Authors engage with the politics of such an ‘otherwise’ in their respective contexts to illuminate intersubjective and collaborative ways of ‘doing gender studies’ and of ‘producing research otherwise’.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccenggerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaFeminismKate Manneepistemologygender studiespostcolonialismqueer spacessocial cloningtransnational adoptionAnukriti Dixit, Melina RutishauseredtBolokan, Dinaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109242/1/9783037773109.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109242OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59057oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1336522659OCoLC9781760465292978176046530810.22459/EMLCWSA.2022doi1336522659OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHAthemaNHAHthemaNHFthemaGalway, MatthewautExperiments with Marxism-Leninism in Cold War Southeast AsiaCanberraANU PressANU Press [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (366 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAsian Studies SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarOne of the most contentious theatres of the global conflict between capitalism and communism was Southeast Asia. From the 1920s until the end of the Cold War, the region was racked by international and internal wars that claimed the lives of millions and fundamentally altered societies in the region for generations. Most of the 11 countries that compose Southeast Asia were host to the development of sizable communist parties that actively (and sometimes violently) contested for political power. These parties were the object of fierce repression by European colonial powers, post-independence governments and the United States. Southeast Asia communist parties were also the object of a great deal of analysis both during and after these conflicts. This book brings together a host of expert scholars, many of whom are either Southeast Asia–based or from the countries under analysis, to present the most expansive and comprehensive study to date on ideological and practical experiments with Marxism-Leninism in Southeast Asia. The bulk of this edited volume presents the contents of these revolutionary ideologies on their own terms and their transformations in praxis by using primary source materials that are free of the preconceptions and distortions of counterinsurgent narratives. A unifying strength of this work is its focus on using primary sources in the original languages of the insurgents themselves.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: theory and methodsthemaHistoriographythemaAsian historythemaMaoismMarxism-LeninismSoutheast Asiacold warcommunismGalway, Matthewedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/59057/1/book.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59057OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98916oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789004707528978900471536310.1163/9789004715363doioapenoapendcMarx, AlexanderedtThe Preaching of the Third Crusade (1187–1192)The Early University of Paris, Biblical Exegesis, and the Coming ApocalypseBrillBrill [Imprint]2025texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book offers the first broad investigation of the preaching and mobilization of the Third Crusade (1187-92), straddling around 200 sermon texts as well as 100 manuscripts. It addresses the major problem that “crusade sermon” is an anachronistic category; therefore, it develops methodological tools for determining “crusade potential” in the many sermons that survived from the Middle Ages. As a result, both the medieval and the modern historiography are contested: the sermon texts tell us a story that is different in many ways.Dieses Buch bietet die erste breite Untersuchung zur Predigt und Mobilisierung des Dritten Kreuzzuges (1187-92), indem es rund 200 Predigttexte, sowie rund 100 Handschriften berücksichtigt. Es setzt sich mit dem zentralen Problem auseinander, dass „Kreuzzugspredigt“ eine anachronistische Kategorie ist, und entwickelt daher methodische Ansätze, um „Kreuzzugspotential“ in den vielen überlieferten Predigten des Mittelalters festzumachen. Auf diese Weise wird sowohl die mittelalterliche als auch die moderne Historiographie infrage gestellt, da uns Predigttexte eine in vielerlei Hinsicht andere Geschichte erzählen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: FWFCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengApocalypticismApokalyptikArchaeology (601)Archaeology (6010)Archäologie (601)Archäologie (6010)Aspects of religion (QRV)Battle of HattinBibelBibel (QRMF1)BibelexegeseBiblesBibles (QRMF1)Biblical ExegesisChristentumChristentum (QRM)ChristianityChristianity (QRM)CisterciansCriticism and exegesis of sacred textsCriticism and exegesis of sacred texts (QRVC)Crusade PreachingCrusade SpiritualityDiscourse AnalysisDiskursanalyseDritter KreuzzugEreignisse und Themen (NHT)European historyEuropean history (NHD)Europäische GeschichteEuropäische Geschichte (NHD)GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN (6)Gemeinschaften und Identitäten (JBS)GeschichteGeschichte (NH)Geschichte und Archäologie (N)Gesellschaft und KulturGesellschaft und Sozialwissenschaften (J)Gesellschaftliche GruppenGewaltHUMANITIES (6)Heilige Texte und geheiligte Schriften (QRMF)Heilige oder geweihte OrteHeilige oder geweihte Orte (QRVQ)Heiliges LandHistoryHistory (NH)History and Archaeology (N)Holy LandHoly or sacred plMarx, Alexanderauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/98916/1/PUB%201070_Marx_The%20Preaching%20of%20the%20Third%20Crusade.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/98916OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50778oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1324751594OCoLC978365770520710.30965/9783657705207doi1324751594OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaBianca Roman, RalucaedtRoma WritingsRomani Literature and Press in Central, South-Eastern and Eastern Europe from the 19th Century until World War IIBrillBrill | Schöningh [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (290 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe book focuses on the early period of Roma publishing (from the nineteenth century until the Second World War) when the first original texts, fiction and media publications authored by Roma appeared.Based on extensive archival and historical research, including the discovery of earlier, up to now unknown sources, the literary activities of Roma in Central, South-eastern and Eastern Europe are discussed in their historical context and interrelation with the birth of the Roma emancipatory movement. Romani literature and press are thus embedded in the history and literary studies of the European national literatures.The authors: Raluca Bianca Roman, Sofiya Zahova, Aleksandar G. Marinov, Elena Marushiakova and Vesselin Popov are affiliated with the University of St Andrews, UK. Other authors are Tamás Hajnáczky (Károli Gáspár University of the Reformed Church in Hungary), Viktor Shapoval (Moscow City University, Russia), and Risto Blomster (Finnish Literature Society/ The Finnish Cultural Foundation).Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaHistorySlavic and Eurasian StudiesBianca Roman, RalucaauthMarinov, AleksandarauthZahova, Sofiyaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50778/1/9783657705207.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50778OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103132oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1268515857OCoLC9780367344580978042932786597810004733089781000473315978103212952510.4324/9780429327865doi1268515857OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTMthemaJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaJPthemaJPBthemaLthemaLAthemaLAFthemaDawuni, J. JarpaautGender, Judging and the Courts in AfricaSelected StudiesOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (346 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWomen judges are playing increasingly prominent roles in many African judiciaries, yet there remains very little comparative research on the subject. Drawing on extensive cross-national data and theoretical and empirical analysis, this book provides a timely and broad-ranging assessment of gender and judging in African judiciaries. Employing different theoretical approaches, the book investigates how women have fared within domestic African judiciaries as both actors and litigants. It explores how women negotiate multiple hierarchies to access the judiciary, and how gender-related issues are handled in courts. The chapters in the book provide policy, theoretical and practical prescriptions to the challenges identified, and offer recommendations for the future directions of gender and judging in the post-COVID-19 era, including the role of technology, artificial intelligence, social media, and institutional transformations that can help promote women’s rights. Bringing together specific cases from Kenya, Uganda, Ghana, Nigeria, Zambia, Tanzania, and South Africa and regional bodies such as ECOWAS and the African Commission on Human and Peoples’ Rights, and covering a broad range of thematic reflections, this book will be of interest to scholars, students, and practitioners of African law, judicial politics, judicial training, and gender studies. It will also be useful to bilateral and multilateral donor institutions financing gender-sensitive judicial reform programs, particularly in Africa. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com/books/oa-edit/10.4324/9780429327865/gender-judging-courts-africa-jarpa-dawuni, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaRegional / International studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaPolitics and governmentthemaComparative politicsthemaLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaSystems of lawthemaAfricaAfrican CharterAfrican CommissionAfrican LawCEDAWDomestic Violence ActECOWASGBVGBV CaseGenderGender EqualityGender TrainingGhanaHuman RightsJSC.Judicial DiversityJudicial TrainingJudicial Training ProgramJudiciaryKenyaMaputo ProtocolMatrimonial PropertyMulago National Referral HospitalRevenge PornographyTanzaniaUNWomen JudgesWorld BankZambiaZuma Rape TrialDawuni, J. Jarpaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103132/1/9781000473308.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103132OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103831oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837675023978383940138510.14361/9783839401385doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaGaitsch, MyriamedtDie Gouvernementalität öffentlicher DienstleistungsarbeitMacht, Affekt und Widerstand im Kontext der Arbeitsvermittlung in der Schweiztranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (337 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKultur und soziale PraxisOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWie wird die Arbeit im öffentlichen Dienst reguliert – und wo entstehen Widerstände? Myriam Gaitsch wirft einen ethnographischen Blick auf die alltäglichen Praktiken der öffentlichen Arbeitsvermittlung und zeigt, wie affektive Steuerungsmechanismen deren Abläufe prägen. Aufbauend auf Michel Foucaults Gouvernementalitätskonzept und erweitert um affekttheoretische Ansätze analysiert sie das Spannungsfeld zwischen institutionellen Vorgaben und individueller Umsetzung. Ein Methodenmix aus Beobachtungen, Interviews sowie Raum-, Bild- und Dokumentenanalysen macht nicht nur subtile Machtmechanismen sichtbar, sondern rückt auch die oft übersehene Perspektive des Widerstands im Kontext moderner Machttechnologien in den Fokus.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaGouvernementalitätGovernmentalityMichel FoucaultPublic ServiceÖffentlicher DienstGaitsch, Myriamauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103831/1/9783839401385.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103831OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32439oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1030821509OCoLC978946298195910.26530/OAPEN_610631doi1030821509OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUBthemaUBJthemaBroeders, DennisedtThe Public Core of the Internet: An international Agenda for Internet GovernanceAmsterdam University Press20161 electronic resource (116 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWRR RapportenOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe growth and health of our digital economies and societies depend on the core protocols and infrastructure of the Internet. This technical and logical substructure of our digital existence is now in need of protection against unwarranted interference in order to sustain the growth and the integrity of the global Internet. The Internet's key protocols and infrastructure can be considered a global public good that provides benefits to everyone in the world. Countering the growing state interference with this 'public core of the Internet' requires a new international agenda for Internet governance that departs from the notion of a global public good. Core ingredients of this strategy are: - To establish and disseminate an international norm stipulating that the Internet's public core - its main protocols and infrastructure- should be considered a neutral zone, safeguarded against unwarranted intervention by governments. - To advocate efforts to clearly differentiate at the national and international level between Internet security (security of the Internet infrastructure) and national security (security through the Internet). - To broaden the arena for cyber diplomacy to include new coalitions of states (including the so called 'swing states') and private companies, including the large Internet companies as well as Internet intermediaries such as Internet Service Providers.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaDigital and information technologies: social and ethical aspectsthemaCyberspaceGlobal public goodInfrastructureNational securitycybercrimeinternetonlineBroeders, Dennisauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32439/1/610631.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32439OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91805oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783034015851oapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaBhend, AngelaedtTriumph der ModerneJüdische Gründer von Warenhäusern in der Schweiz, 1890–1945ZürichChronos Verlag2021texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDas Warenhaus scheint uns heute als Institution selbstverständlich. Erst in der zweiten Hälfte des 19. Jahrhunderts jedoch veränderte es die Konsumgewohnheiten grundlegend. Moderne Basare hatten schon ein paar Jahrzehnte zuvor begonnen, die vom kleinen Einzelhändler dominierte Marktordnung zurückzudrängen. Doch mit der Erfindung des Warenhauses wurden die herkömmlichen Warenvertriebsformen umgewälzt, und Prachtbauten schufen eine neue Plattform für den hereinbrechenden Massenkonsum. In der Schweiz konnten sich die ersten Warenhäuser an der Schwelle zum 20. Jahrhundert etablieren. Die Mehrheit der helvetischen Warenhauspioniere stammte aus dem benachbarten Ausland, viele von ihnen waren jüdische Einwanderer. Namen wie Brann, Mandowsky, Pilz oder Knopf sind heute in Vergessenheit geraten, aber auch bestehende Häuser wie Loeb und Manor oder die 2005 aufgelöste Epa sind weitgehend unerforscht geblieben. Obschon beim Publikum beliebt, war das Warenhaus von Beginn an umstritten. Spätestens in den 1930er-Jahren wurde das für den Mittelstand angeblich existenzvernichtende Warenhaus Zielscheibe einer rechtsbürgerlichen Kampagne, die den Liberalismus der Gründerzeit suspendierte. 1933 verbot ein dringlicher Bundesbeschluss die Eröffnung und Erweiterung von Warenhäusern, Kaufhäusern, Einheitspreisgeschäften und Filialgeschäften. Das Buch thematisiert einen kaum erforschten Zweig der Kultur- und Wirtschaftsgeschichte der Schweiz, der von einer jüdischen Minderheit mitgeprägt wurde. Die Darstellung vereint Aspekte der Wirtschafts- und Sozialgeschichte, der Migrations- und der Architekturgeschichte.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaArchitekturHandelJudenKonsumMigrationModeModerneSchweizWarenhausWirtschaftBhend, Angelaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/91805/1/204000.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91805OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85717oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1409180823OCoLC97837328603889783837660388978383946038210.14361/9783839460382doi1409180823OCoLCoapenoapendcLo Mascolo, GionathanautThe Christian Right in EuropeMovements, Networks, and DenominationsBielefeldtranscript Verlag20231 electronic resource (388 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Politik129Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInspired by the success of the US Christian Right and the rise of the global far-right, ultraconservative Christians in Europe are joining forces and seek to reshape Europe. By assembling in anti-gender movements and sharing anti-Muslim narratives, they actively influence the political landscape and shape government policies. The contributors offer new perspectives on the protagonists and the entangled networks that work to abolish liberal democracy in Europe behind the scenes. This anthology is the first to bring together case studies on the Christian Right in over 20 European countries, providing a transnational perspective and an accessible insight for clergy, politicians, and academics alike.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengAnti-genderAntisemitismChristian NationalismChristian RightEuropeEuropean PoliticsExtremismFar-rightFundamentalismIslamophobiaPolitical IdeologiesPolitical SciencePoliticsReligionRight-wing ExtremismSociology of ReligionLo Mascolo, Gionathanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/85717/1/9783839460382.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85717OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26046oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d899007557OCoLC9780262527156899007557OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUDthemaUDVthemaAlper, MeryledtDigital Youth with DisabilitiesCambridgeThe MIT Press20141 electronic resource (120 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn examination of media and technology use by school-aged youth with disabilities, with an emphasis on media use at home.Most research on media use by young people with disabilities focuses on the therapeutic and rehabilitative uses of technology; less attention has been paid to their day-to-day encounters with media and technology—the mundane, sometimes pleasurable and sometimes frustrating experiences of “hanging out, messing around, and geeking out.” In this report, Meryl Alper attempts to repair this omission, examining how school-aged children with disabilities use media for social and recreational purposes, with a focus on media use at home. In doing so, she reframes common assumptions about the relationship between young people with disabilities and technology, and she points to areas for further study into the role of new media in the lives of these young people, their parents, and their caregivers.Alper considers the notion of “screen time” and its inapplicability in certain cases—when, for example, an iPad is a child's primary mode of communication. She looks at how young people with various disabilities use media to socialize with caregivers, siblings, and friends, looking more closely at the stereotype of the socially isolated young person with disabilities. And she examines issues encountered by parents in selecting, purchasing, and managing media for youth with such specific disabilities as ADHD and autism. She considers not only children's individual preferences and needs but also external factors, including the limits of existing platforms, content, and age standards.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-4.0/by-4.0ccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaDigital Lifestyle and online world: consumer and user guidesthemaDigital TV and media centres: consumer / user guidesthemadigital mediayouthAlper, Merylauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26046/1/1004039.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26046OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25934oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100543354OCoLC978178680386397817868038701100543354OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCPthemaParisot, JamesedtHow America Became CapitalistImperial Expansion and the Conquest of the WestPluto Press2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn an age of political and economic uncertainty, from the Great Recession to the election of Donald Trump, it is essential to understand the ways capitalism and imperialism are central to the American way of life. The story told in this book brings together a new interpretation of American history beyond mainstream perspectives to chart the ways in which white-settler colonialism pushed expansion on the western frontier of empire, and locates the history through which empire gradually took on a capitalist form. It follows the pathway of expansion from the making of an Atlantic world market through the creation of white colonies in New England and Virginia. From here the book charts the growth of empire across the north and south, highlighting the gendered dynamics of empire-building, and culminates in a discussion of the Civil War and the consolidation of over two centuries of capitalist development explaining how a society with capitalism became a capitalist society.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaPolitical economythemaCapitalismCivil WarColoniesHistoryInternational RelationsNew EnglandNorth AmericaPolitical EconomySettler ColonialismUSAVirginiaParisot, Jamesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25934/1/1004147.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25934OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27814oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1040617119OCoLC978331973897010.1007/978-3-319-73897-0doi1040617119OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUYthemaGruhn, VolkerautThe Essence of Software EngineeringChamSpringer Nature2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSoftware Engineering; Software Development; Software Processes; Software Architectures; Software ManagementAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaComputer sciencethemaSoftware ArchitecturesSoftware DevelopmentSoftware EngineeringSoftware ManagementSoftware ProcessesGruhn, VolkeredtStriemer, Rüdigeredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27814/1/1002191.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27814OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32511oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2009a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d994500324OCoLC978394187523410.17875/gup2009-489doi994500324OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaRthemaRNthemaHerrmann, BerndautSchauplätze und Themen der Umweltgeschichte - Umwelthistorische Miszellen aus dem Graduiertenkolleg ; WerkstattberichtUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2009texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"Scenes and Topics of the History of Ecology" is the third workshop report presenting selected places of importance for the history of ecology, that can be recommended as travel destinations. Some topics could be attributed to a certain location only with great difficulties - if at all. For others there may be imaginary associations only. Therefore some essays and papers do not strictly adhere to the original intention. The volume continues the reports from the seminars, which are also intended to give outside observers a chance to stress their ecological consciousness. The reports may also serve as discussion material for similar seminars.„Schauplätze und Themen der Umweltgeschichte“ ist der dritte Werkstattbericht, in dem exemplarische Orte umwelthistorischer Bedeutung vorgestellt und als Ausflugs- oder Reiseziele empfohlen werden. Manche Themen können nicht oder nur sehr bemüht „verortet“ werden und bei anderen ist der heutige Ort kaum mehr physisch, sondern nur noch ideengeschichtlich mit dem umwelthistorischen Gegenstand verbunden. Deshalb wurden in diesen Werkstattbericht auch Essays und Aufsätze mit aufgenommen, die dem „Ortsprinzip“ nicht im strengen Sinne verpflichtet sind. Der Band setzt die Berichterstattung über Arbeitserträge aus der gleichnamigen Seminarveranstaltung des Graduiertenkollegs fort. Die Beiträge möchten auch Außenstehenden ein stärkeres Bewusstsein für zeit- und ortsübergreifende Umweltthemen vermitteln und zielen damit zugleich auf die Stärkung der ökologischen Grundbildung. Sie können unseres Erachtens auch als Vorlage oder Arbeitsmittel für ähnliche Seminarveranstaltungen dienen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/2.0/deby-ndccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaThe environmentthemaKartoffelecological historyHerrmann, BerndedtStobbe, Urteedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32511/1/610339.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32511OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108911oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978373151409110.5445/KSP/1000178410doioapenoapendcTthemaLaschuetza, TobiasedtMultiscale modelling of crazing in glassy polymers under cyclic loadingKarlsruhe, GermanyKIT Scientific PublishingKIT Scientific Publishing [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (124 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriftenreihe des Instituts für Mechanik, Karlsruher Institut für Technologie13Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarCrazing is the primary damage mechanism in amorphous thermoplastics, enabling load transfer and enhancing fracture toughness. This dissertation develops a multiscale model for crazing, combining molecular dynamics and continuum micromechanics to elucidate its response and its interaction with the adjacent bulk material under cyclic loading. The finite element simulations successfully reproduce important craze, shear band and failure characteristics reported in the experimental literature.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaBruch und SchädigungCrazingCyclic loadingFracture and damageMicromechanical continuum modelMikromechanisches KontinuumsmodellMolecular dynamics simulationMolekulardynamik-SimulationZyklische BelastungLaschuetza, Tobiasauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/108911/1/9783731514091.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/108911OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102799oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97803676371569780367638238978100034872997810003487439781000348767978100312084110.4324/9781003120841doioapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHRthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRABthemaCahill, Kevin M.edtTowards a Philosophical Anthropology of CultureNaturalism, Relativism, and SkepticismOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (194 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Studies in Contemporary PhilosophyOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book explores the question of what it means to be a human being through sustained and original analyses of three important philosophical topics: relativism, skepticism, and naturalism in the social sciences. Kevin M. Cahill’s approach involves an original employment of historical and ethnographic material that is both conceptual and empirical in order to address relevant philosophical issues. Specifically, while Cahill avoids interpretative debates, he develops an approach to philosophical critique based on Cora Diamond’s and James Conant’s work on the early Wittgenstein. This makes possible the use of a concept of culture that avoids the dogmatism that not only typifies traditional metaphysics but also frequently mars arguments from ordinary language or phenomenology. This is especially crucial for the third part of the book, which involves a cultural-historical critique of the ontology of the self in Stanley Cavell’s work on skepticism. In pursuing this strategy, the book also mounts a novel and timely defense of the interpretivist tradition in the philosophy of the social sciences. Towards a Philosophical Anthropology of Culture will be of interest to researchers working on the philosophy of the social sciences, Wittgenstein, and philosophical anthropology. The Open Access version of this book, available at http://www.taylorfrancis.com/books/9780367638238, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Universitetet i BergenCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaWestern philosophy from c 1800themaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaPhilosophy of religionthemaCavell’s ClaimCavell’s ThoughtCavell’s UnderstandingCavell’s ViewCavell’s WorkCharles TaylorClifford GeertzCora DiamondExternal World SkepticismJohn DupréKevin CahillResolute ReadingStanley CavellWittgensteinZande Magicambit of cultureculture conceptexternal world skepticismfinitudeinterpretivismlinguistic agencynaturalismordinary languageother minds skepticismphilosophical anthropologyphilosophy of the social sciencespractical holismrelativismskepticismCahill, Kevin M.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102799/1/9781000348729.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102799OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102611oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1135845064OCoLC97802030883339780415343602978041547967797811342893019781134289349978113428935610.4324/9780203088333doi1135845064OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTPthemaJthemaJPthemaKthemaKCthemaKCLthemaKCMthemaKCPthemaBussolo, MaurizioautGlobalisation and PovertyChannels and Policy ResponsesOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20061 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRoutledge Studies in GlobalisationOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe consequences of globalization for the world's poor are uncertain and fierce rhetoric is dividing its supporters and detractors. The channels of effect of essentially macroeconomic shocks on the microeconomic position of individuals and households in poor countries are many and various. This book addresses three core issues: 1) what are the main channels of effect? 2) what are the lessons to be learned from policy measures to alleviate negative poverty consequences? and 3) do the proposed analytical approaches assist in providing a monitoring capability? This volume assesses the more easily quantifiable effects resulting from price and quantity responses in the goods and labour markets. It includes studies of Colombia, Ghana, India, Nepal, Bangladesh and Vietnam. It uses key analytical approaches, most of which are based on numerical simulation methods employing models with different levels of complexity. These models capture the features of an economy, how it functions, and how it might respond to globalization shocks. The most important collective contribution of the authors is their establishment of directions and magnitudes of effect, based on empirical evidence.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaDevelopment studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaInternational economicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaPolitical economythemaBa LiBangladesh EconomyCGE ModelDirect Labour CoefficientsGdp MeasureGeneral EntropyHo LdLabour Market SegmentsMulti-market ModelsNon-agricultural CapitalNonagricultural CapitalOccupational ChoiceOccupational Choice ModelPPP GDPSAMStandard CGE ModelTa TeTe ChTrade ShocksTransaction CostsaccountingcomputableequilibriumgeneralliberalisationmatrixreformsshockssocialtradeBussolo, MaurizioedtRound, Jeffery Iedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102611/1/9781134289356.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102611OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30987oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2004a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d871258657OCoLC10.2166/9781780402598doi871258657OCoLCoapenoapendcPthemaPDthemaPDGthemaTthemaTQthemaTQSthemaTQSWthemaNoorsij, A.edtOrganic Compounds and Genotoxicity in Drinking WaterIWA Publishing2004texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarUntil recently only lipophilic compounds were analysed in any research on the occurrence of mutanogenic and carcinogenic compounds in water. They were isolated using XAD-resins. They contain approximately half of the total organic material present in water. A clear mutanogenic effect was demonstrated for these compounds using Amestest. The hydrophilic fraction of the organic material was difficult to investigate because of problems with isolation and analysis caused by its high solubility. The high solubility means in practice that the hydrophilic compounds are mobile in conventional treatment systems and in soil and can easily penetrate into drinking water. A method was developed to isolate hydrophilic compounds using a combination of ion exchange and a clean-up with a XAD-resin. The isolated compounds were examined with the Amestest for the presence of mutanogenic compounds. For some tested water types a mutanogenic effect was found in the lipophilic material. Due to oxidation with ozone, mutanogenic compounds can be formed from (non-mutanogenic) industrial pollutions. No mutanogenic activity was found in the hydrophilic organic material of all examined water types, even after ozone oxidation or chlorination. It was hypothesized that hydrophilic compounds can not reach the DNA of the cell, thus they do not play any (geno) toxicological role.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOAPEN: read-only licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaIndustrial applications of scientific research and technological innovationthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnvironmental science, engineering and technologythemaSanitary and municipal engineeringthemaWater supply and treatmentthemaorganic compounds genotoxicity drinkingNoorsij, A.authvan Beveren, J.authvan Genderen, J.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/30987/1/640673.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/30987OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/38159oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1958a||||fo|||||||||0|dut d1030816203OCoLC978900428649810.1163/9789004286498doi1030816203OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHFthemaTeeuw, A.edtLombokEen dialect-geografische studieBrillBrill [Imprint]19581 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierVerhandelingen van het Koninklijk Instituut voor Taal-, Land- en Volkenkunde25Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarRegional and national historyAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccdutHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAsian historythemaindonesiaTeeuw, A.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/38159/1/9789004286498_ebook_content_text.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/38159OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62071oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1991a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97815017404739781501740480978150174049710.7298/564m-rx37doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBBthemaBlumenfeld-Kosinski, RenateedtNot of Woman BornRepresentations of Caesarean Birth in Medieval and Renaissance CultureIthacaCornell University PressCornell University Press [Imprint]19911 electronic resource (222 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"Not of woman born, the Fortunate, the Unborn"—the terms designating those born by Caesarean section in medieval and Renaissance Europe were mysterious and ambiguous. Examining representations of Caesarean birth in legend and art and tracing its history in medical writing, Renate Blumenfeld-Kosinski addresses the web of religious, ethical, and cultural questions concerning abdominal delivery in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. Not of Woman Born increases our understanding of the history of the medical profession, of medical iconography, and of ideas surrounding "unnatural" childbirth. Blumenfeld-Kosinski compares texts and visual images in order to trace the evolution of Caesarean birth as it was perceived by the main actors involved—pregnant women, medical practitioners, and artistic or literary interpreters. Bringing together medical treatises and texts as well as hitherto unexplored primary sources such as manuscript illuminations, she provides a fresh perspective on attitudes toward pregnancy and birth in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance; the meaning and consequences of medieval medicine for women as both patients and practitioners, and the professionalization of medicine. She discusses writings on Caesarean birth from the twelfth and thirteenth centuries, when Church Councils ordered midwives to perform the operation if a mother died during childbirth in order that the child might be baptized; to the fourteenth century, when the first medical text, Bernard of Gordon's Lilium medicinae, mentioned the operation; up to the gradual replacement of midwives by male surgeons in the fifteenth and sixteenth centuries. Not of Woman Born offers the first close analysis of Frarnois Rousset's 1581 treatise on the operation as an example of sixteenth-century medical discourse. It also considers the ambiguous nature of Caesarean birth, drawing on accounts of such miraculous examples as the birth of the Antichrist. An appendix reviews the complex etymological history of the term "Caesarean section." Richly interdisciplinary, Not of Woman Born will enliven discussions of the controversial issues surrounding Caesarean delivery today. Medical, social, and cultural historians interested in the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, historians, literary scholars, midwives, obstetricians, nurses, and others concerned with women's history will want to read it.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: ancient, classical and medievalthemaGender studiesLiterary studiesancientc 1400 to c 1600classical and medievalwomen and girlsBlumenfeld-Kosinski, Renateauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62071/1/9781501740480.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62071/6/9781501740497.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62071OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109188oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97839614702359783961470242oapenoapendcTthemaMaser, Andreas JohannesedtFew-photon coherent nonlinear optics with a single moleculeErlangenFAU University Press20171 electronic resource (130 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFAU Studies Mathematics & Physics10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis thesis examines the interaction of light with single dibenzanthanthrene (DBATT) dye molecules. DBATT serves as a model for a quantum-mechanical two-level system. By means of strong focusing of the incident light and cooling of the dye molecules to temperatures below 2 K, a particularly efficient light-matter interaction can be realized. This enables observation of the nonlinearity inherent to a two-level system, e.g., in the form of saturation of the fluorescence signal with light beams containing only a few photons per lifetime of the excited molecular state. Various nonlinear phenomena arise when two light beams of different frequency are sent to a single molecule. These processes can be exploited to coherently manipulate the transmission of a beam focused onto a single molecule via a second light beam. The occurrent effects, i.e., the AC-Stark shift, stimulated Rayleigh scattering, and three-photon amplification, are detected in the transmitted signal. In addition, four-wave mixing and the dependence of the excited state population on the phase difference of the two incident beams are demonstrated by the use of measurements with subnanosecond time resolution. These results show the possible application of organic dye molecules in the field of quantum information processing where nonlinearities on the single photon and single emitter level are highly sought-after. In this work, the experimental and theoretical principles of single molecule spectroscopy are discussed. Particular attention is placed on the investigation of the coherent light-matter interaction using transmission measurements. A significant change in this transmitted signal, via the scattering of a single molecule, requires a strong light-matter coupling. To quantify the efficiency of this interaction, the maximum possible coupling of a focused beam and a single emitter is discussed. The results presented herein show that the achieved coupling is typically 5% of the theoretical maximum. Thus, the interaction of a molecule with two light fields with different frequencies is investigated. The nonlinear effects that arise are described qualitatively within the dressed-atom model and quantitatively with a Fourier ansatz. The experimental techniques are explained in detail and the measurement results are presented and discussed.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaDynamischer Stark-EffektEinzelmolekülspektroskopieEinzelphotonenemissionQuantenoptikVierwellenmischungMaser, Andreas Johannesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109188/1/9783961470242.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109188OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104369oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783734417313978375661731910.46499/2408doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJPthemaJPHthemaJPHVthemaBeutel, WolfgangautMonitor Demokratiebildung Band 2Der Monitor-BerichtFrankfurtWochenschau Verlag20251 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMonitor DemokratiebildungOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBand 2 bündelt die Ergebnisse der aus dem Projekt „Monitor Demokratiebildung“ erhobenen, schwerpunktmäßig qualitativen Daten zu Erfahrungen, Konzepten und zum Begriff der „Demokratiebildung“. Ausgehend von der Erarbeitung eines Indikatorensystems zur „Demokratiebildung“ wurde in methodentriangulierendem Zugriff zunächst eine Online-Umfrage durchgeführt. Zudem wurden Dokumente, Stellungnahmen, Gutachten und Positionspapiere sowie eine Auswahl aus der Literatur zum Thema analysiert, die bis Ende 2024 erschienen sind. Der Schwerpunkt der Datenerhebung und -auswertung richtet sich auf 59 Expert*innengespräche mit im Themenfeld arbeitenden und engagierten Vertreter*innen der Didaktik politischer Bildung, der erziehungswissenschaftlichen Schulpädagogik, einer Reihe von demokratiepädagogisch orientierten Schulen sowie Expert*innen aus Wettbewerben und Stiftungen, die sich in der Förderung von „Demokratiebildung“ engagieren.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaPolitical structures: democracythemaDemokratie LernenDemokratiebildungDemokratieerziehungDemokratiepädagogikEvaluationPolitische BildungBeutel, WolfgangedtLange, Dirkedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/104369/1/9783756617319.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/104369OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51690oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d951075876OCoLC97831104694939783110472639978311047331510.1515/9783110473315doi951075876OCoLCoapenoapenenggerdc3thema3KthemaNthemaNHthemaNHCthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaQRAXthemaQRMthemaBrandes, WolframautPeoples of the ApocalypseEschatological Beliefs and Political ScenariosBerlin/BostonDe Gruyter20161 electronic resource (367 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMillennium-Studien / Millennium Studies63Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume addresses Jewish, Christian and Muslim future visions on the end of the world, focusing on the respective allies and antagonists for each religious society. Spanning late Antiquity to the early modern period, the collected papers examine distinctive aspects represented by each religion`s approach as well as shared concepts.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccenggerTime period qualifiersthemaCE period up to c 1500themaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAncient historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaHistory of religionthemaChristianitythemaEnd time visionsBrandes, WolframedtSchmieder, FelicitasedtVoß, Rebekkaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51690/1/9783110473315.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51690OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44045oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d978373701060310.14220/9783737010603doioapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHDthemaBoysen, JensedtÖsterreich-Ungarns imperiale HerausforderungenNationalismen und Rivalitäten im Habsburgerreich um 1900 (Edition 1)BrillVandenhoeck & Ruprecht [Imprint]2019texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarÖsterreich-Ungarn lässt sich nur verstehen, wenn nationale Lebenswelten mit politischen, militärischen, wirtschaftlichen und künstlerischen Beispielen der imperialen Herrschaft verglichen werden. Die Autorinnen und Autoren verbinden theoretische Überlegungen zu Österreich-Ungarn als Imperium bzw. Kolonialmacht mit der Analyse konkreter Beispiele der imperialen Herrschaftspraxis. Ein besonderer Fokus gilt dabei Städten als Laboratorien gebauter, intellektueller und gesellschaftlicher Diskurse über imperiale und koloniale Vorstellungen. Der vorliegende Band präsentiert damit Antworten auf die Frage, wie ein Imperium überhaupt mit den andauernden Herausforderungen von innen und außen umgehen und seine eigene Existenz sichern kann. The book combines theoretical reflections on Austria-Hungary as an empire and colonial power with the analysis of concrete political, military, economic and artistic examples of imperial rule, which come to fore in particular by comparison. A special focus is on cities as laboratories of built, intellectual and social discourses on imperial and colonial ideas. This volume presents answers to the question of how an empire can handle the ongoing challenges from inside and outside and secure its own existence.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaEuropean historythemaAustria & HungaryEuropeHistoryBoysen, JensauthBrendel, HeikoauthChernev, BorislavauthEgry, GaborauthGabriel, MartinauthGantner, EszterauthHein-Kircher, HeidiauthHorel, CatherineauthKronenbitter, GüntherauthLeidinger, HannesauthLewandowski, JanauthMann, KatharinaauthReznik, MilosauthRuthner, ClemensauthTechet, PeterauthTrümpi, FritzauthBachinger, BernhardedtDornik, WolframedtLehnstaedt, Stephanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/44045/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/44045OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90306oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1250405277OCoLC978386309752310.20378/irb-48574doi1250405277OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNLthemaJNLBthemaLamprecht, XeniaedtMultiplikatives Verständnis fördernEntwicklung und Evaluation eines Förderkonzepts in differenten RahmenbedingungenBambergUniversity of Bamberg Press20201 electronic resource (496 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriften aus der Fakultät Humanwissenschaften der Otto-Friedrich-Universität Bamberg35Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarGuter gemeinsamer Mathematikunterricht für Kinder mit unterschiedlichen Voraussetzungen stellt in der Praxis für Lehrkräfte eine große Herausforderung dar. Vor dem Hintergrund der Inklusionsforderung wird in dieser Arbeit ein Konzept zum Multiplikativen Verständnis in der zweiten Jahrgangsstufe entworfen, das in der Einzelförderung sowie im Klassenverband eingesetzt und evaluiert wird. Das Design der Test- und Aufgabenformate basiert auf Forschungsergebnissen und bereits vorliegender Konzeptionen zur Förderung im Inhaltsbereich Multiplikation. Bei der Aufgabenentwicklung spielen Grundvorstellungen wesentlicher Aspekte der Multiplikation und der Wechsel von Darstellungsformen sowie das Verständnis der Eigenschaften der Operation eine besondere Rolle.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaSchools and pre-schoolsthemaPrimary and middle schoolsthemaDistributivgesetzMathematikunterrichtMultiplikationSchuljahr 2Lamprecht, Xeniaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90306/1/9783863097523.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90306OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87798oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1409679583OCoLC97831104978099783110500424978311050111710.1515/9783110501117doi1409679583OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaGLMthemaStang, RichardedtBildungs- und Kulturzentren als kommunale LernweltenKonzepte, Umsetzungen und PerspektivenBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter Saur [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (241 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLernweltenOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Förderung des Lebenslangen Lernens ist zu einer zentralen gesellschaftlichen Herausforderung geworden. Bildungs- und Kulturinstitutionen liefern einen wichtigen Beitrag bei der Unterstützung. Vor allem Bildungs- und Kulturzentren, in denen Erwachsenenbildungs-/Weiterbildungseinrichtungen, Bibliotheken und auch Kultureinrichtungen räumlich und/oder organisatorisch zusammengeführt werden, bilden dabei im kommunalen Kontext eine wichtige Infrastruktur. Dieser Band zeigt solche Entwicklungen auf und eröffnet konzeptionelle Perspektiven. Anhand von 40 nationalen und internationalen Beispielen wird die Vielfalt der Ansätze von Bildungs- und Kulturzentren aufgefächert. ; Die Förderung des Lebenslangen Lernens ist zu einer zentralen gesellschaftlichen Herausforderung geworden. Bildungs- und Kulturinstitutionen liefern einen wichtigen Beitrag bei der Unterstützung. Vor allem Bildungs- und Kulturzentren, in denen Erwachsenenbildungs-/Weiterbildungseinrichtungen, Bibliotheken und auch Kultureinrichtungen räumlich und/oder organisatorisch zusammengeführt werden, bilden dabei im kommunalen Kontext eine wichtige Infrastruktur. Dieser Band zeigt solche Entwicklungen auf und eröffnet konzeptionelle Perspektiven. Anhand von 40 nationalen und internationalen Beispielen wird die Vielfalt der Ansätze von Bildungs- und Kulturzentren aufgefächert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaLibrary and information servicesthemaCultural centerKommuneKulturzentrummunicipalityStang, Richardauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87798/1/9783110501117.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87798OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27520oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1083007763OCoLC978383944422110.14361/9783839444221doi1083007763OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSPthemaJBSP4themaLaceulle, HanneedtAging and Self-RealizationCultural Narratives about Later LifeBielefeld, Germanytranscript Verlag2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAging StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDominant cultural narratives about later life dismiss the value senior citizens hold for society. In her cultural-philosophical critique, Hanne Laceulle outlines counter narratives that acknowledge both potentials and vulnerabilities of later life. She draws on the rich philosophical tradition of thought about self-realization and explores the significance of ethical concepts essential to the process of growing old such as autonomy, authenticity and virtue. These counter narratives aim to support older individuals in their search for a meaningful age identity, while they make society recognize its senior members as valued participants and moral agents of their own lives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaAge groups and generationsthemaAge groups: the elderlythemaAgeingAging StudiesArtefactsAutonomyBiopicsCollective MemoryCultural NarrativesCultural PracticesCultural StudiesCultureLifespanMediaMemoryMemory CultureMusic By The ElderlyNarrativePhilosophy of CultureReminiscenceRepresentationSelf-RealizationSociologyVirtueLaceulle, Hanneauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27520/1/1002487.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27520OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26056oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100536162OCoLC97802625257701100536162OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNAthemaPthemaPDthemaPDRthemaSoep, ElisabethedtParticipatory PoliticsNext-Generation Tactics to Remake Public SpheresCambridgeThe MIT Press20141 electronic resource (96 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAn examination of the mix of face-to-face and digital methods that young people use in their experiments with civic engagement. Although they may disavow politics as such, civic-minded young people use every means and media at their disposal to carry out the basic tasks of citizenship. Through a mix of face-to-face and digital methods, they deliberate on important issues and debate with peers and powerbrokers, redefining some key dynamics that govern civic life in the process. In Participatory Politics, Elisabeth Soep examines the specific tactics used by young people as they experiment with civic engagement.Drawing on her scholarly research and on her work as a media producer and educator, Soep identifies five tactics that are part of effective, equitable participatory politics among young people: Pivot Your Public (mobilizing civic capacity within popular culture engagements); Create Content Worlds (using inventive and interactive storytelling that sparks sharing); Forage for Information in public data archives; Code Up (using computational thinking to design tools, platforms, and spaces for public good); and Hide and Seek (protecting privacy and information sources). After describing these tactics as they manifest themselves in a range of youth-driven activities—from the runaway spread of the video Kony 2012 to community hackathons—Soep discusses concrete ideas for cultivating the new literacies that will enable young people to participate in public life. She goes on to consider some risks associated with these participatory tactics, including simplification and sensationalism, and ways to avoid them, and concludes with implications for future research and practice.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaPhilosophy and theory of educationthemaMathematics and SciencethemaScience: general issuesthemaImpact of science and technology on societythemapolitcsSoep, Elisabethauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26056/1/1004029.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26056OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101483oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2015a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d902675850OCoLC978036724039497803673778239780429190209978100021900597810002194879781466573376978146657338310.1201/b18005doi902675850OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKNthemaKNSthemaUthemaUBthemaUBLthemaURthemaUTthemaUTFthemaUYthemaHerold, RebeccaedtData Privacy for the Smart GridTaylor & FrancisAuerbach Publications [Imprint]20151 electronic resource (250 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarPrivacy for the Smart Grid provides easy-to-understand guidance on data privacy issues and the implications for creating privacy risk management programs, along with privacy policies and practices required to ensure Smart Grid privacy. It addresses privacy in electric, natural gas, and water grids from two different perspectives of the topic, one from a Smart Grid expert and another from a privacy and information security expert. While considering privacy in the Smart Grid, the book also examines the data created by Smart Grid technologies and machine-to-machine applications.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaIndustry and industrial studiesthemaHospitality and service industriesthemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaDigital and information technologies: Legal aspectsthemaComputer securitythemaComputer networking and communicationsthemaNetwork managementthemaComputer sciencethemaEnergy Usage DataHEMSsSmart GridSmart Phonesappliancescharging stationscustodiandata privacydemandelectric vehiclesenergyenergy regulationhome area networkshome energy management systemsmetermonetizationprivacy claimsprivacy policiesprivacy risk management programsprivacy risksprivacy-enhancing technologiesresponseriskssmart grid privacysmart grid technologiessmart meter datatechnologiestransactivetransactive energyusageHerold, RebeccaauthHertzog, Christineauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/101483/1/9781466573383.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101483OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39860oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1990a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d645454279OCoLC10.5149/9781469656830_Sperberg-McQueendoi645454279OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaSperberg-McQueen, Marian R.edtThe German Poetry of Paul FlemingStudies in Genre and HistoryChapel HillUniversity of North Carolina Press19901 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUNC Studies in the Germanic Languages and Literatures110Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis study reassesses the poetry of Paul Fleming (1609–1640) in the context of its own literary, historical, and social background. The four chapters focus initially on generic and historical context. The study of selected texts leads to more general considerations of the sources and significance of certain major themes. A number of poems by Fleming and poets contemporary with him uncovered in the twentieth century are evaluated here for the first time. The result is a substantially revised view of Fleming's poetic development. Fleming is shown to have been a more complex and wide-ranging poet than was conventionally thought, one whose debt to Renaissance literary traditions has been underestimated.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Andrew W. Mellon FoundationFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaGerman StudiesLiteraturePoetrySperberg-McQueen, Marian R.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/39860/1/9781469656830_WEB.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/39860OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31808oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d982239372OCoLC978062072526210.4102/aosis.2016.csaldc05doi982239372OCoLCoapenoapendcQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRMPthemaKlerk de, B.J.edtCorruption in South Africa's liberal democratic contextEquipping Christian leaders and communities for their role in countering corruptionDurbanvilleAOSISAOSIS [Imprint]20161 electronic resource (362 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book is meant for academics in the fields of theology and ecclesial management, for business leaders and governmental authorities in the private and public domain. This collected work by mainly practical theologians reflects on the phenomenon of corruption in the liberal democracy of post-apartheid South Africa. Liberal democracy has considerable salience in the contemporary world. Not only is it the form that many of the world’s most powerful and influential nations approve of, but it is a political system that is being tried – and used – by many formerly developing countries. South Africa is described as predominantly Christian. In such a context corruption is not to be expected. However, it is strongly prevalent. It undermines the values of both democracy and Christianity. Not only does corruption promote a general lack of trust in institutions and leadership, but it stimulates a perpetual culture of corruption that invades all spheres of life. The research is based on a qualitative empirical study. Its aim is to stimulate discourse in theology and related disciplines. Data were collected by means of interviews with political, business, church, and labour union managers and leaders in South Africa’s Gauteng area, who have experienced corruption. This area is the hub of economic, executive political and public office activities in South Africa. Respondents were specifically asked how their experience of corruption was informed by their norms, which in turn were influenced by their religious convictions and cultural conventions. The book suggests strategies for redressing the current ‘culture of corruption’. Although the chapters represent different perspectives, the shared objective is to emphasise that corruption is unethical, to describe and explain why it is taking place and how the situation should appear. The explanation focuses on the negative consequence of corruption: it does not respect human dignity – the ‘otherness’ of others; it exacerbates poverty; it weakens religious values and norms; it is not conducive to social cohesion in the country. The authors also share the theological premise that God is present in this world. In the kingdom of God, believers are encouraged to participate in the ‘clean-up’ process which includes combating the phenomenon of corruption. This book roots theological research and reflection in the real life of both believers and non-believers who consider a ‘clean’ world without corruption as an absolute necessity for a country characterised by the ideals of liberal democracy. The book will stimulate on-going transdisciplinary research focusing on unethical lifestyles, and it will also encourage church leaders to engage with managers in other spheres of society, such as politics and economics in order to counter the evil of corrupt practices. The research outcomes are relevant not only in the South African context, but also globally.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licences/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaChristian life and practicethemaEzekielGodJesusSouth Africachristian leaderscorruptioncountering corruptiondemocratic contextpastoral directivesKlerk de, B.J.authKruger, Ferdiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31808/1/625175.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31808OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31730oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d982228791OCoLC978385476811110.26530/oapen_625410doi982228791OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaBayer, Waltraud M.edtMOSCOW CONTEMPORARYMuseen zeitgenössischer Kunst im postsowjetischen RusslandMandelbaum Verlag20161 electronic resource (235 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe monograph is the first international study to analyze and describe the process of the post-Soviet contemporary art museums from 1992 to 2015. Based on exemplary case studies, it covers the heterogeneous museum-political development, both on the state as well as on the local Moscow level. In addition, it offers a comprehensive documentation of analogous and digital sources.Die Monografie ist international die erste Studie, die den Entstehungsprozess der postsowjetischen zeitgenössischen Kunstmuseen von 1992 bis 2015 analysiert und beschreibt. Anhand von konkreten Fallstudien zeigt sie exemplarisch die oft nicht synchron verlaufende museumspolitische Entwicklung auf staatlicher wie auf lokaler Moskauer Ebene. Sie enthält eine umfassende Quellendokumentation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Austrian Science FundOpen licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsgerHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaKulturpolitikMoskauMuseum studies – contemporary art institutions – Russian Federation – Post-Soviet studies – 1992 to Museumswissenschaft – Institutionalisierung zeitgenössischer Kunst – postsowjetisches Russland – 199Bayer, Waltraud M.authwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31730/1/625410.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31730OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62137oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2016a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978080142455797808014970639781501705441978150170545810.7298/wpsc-0q80doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSAthemaHohendahl, Peter UweedtReappraisalsShifting Alignments in Postwar Critical TheoryIthacaCornell University PressCornell University Press [Imprint]20161 electronic resource (256 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarReappraisals is a provocative account of the development of modern critical theory in Germany and the United States. Focusing on the period since World War II, Peter Uwe Hohendahl explores key debates on the function of critical theory, illuminating the diverse positions and alliances among the participants. Bringing together six essays, as well as new introductory and concluding chapters, Hohendahl interprets and subjects to critical scrutiny many of the central ideas of the Frankfurt School. He first maps the trajectory of neomarxist criticism in Germany to the 1980s. Individual chapters then focus on the work of Georg Lukács, Theodor W. Adorno, and Jürgen Habermas, and on such issues as the politicization of German criticism after 1965 under the influence of the Frankfurt School. ; Reappraisals is a provocative account of the development of modern critical theory in Germany and the United States. Focusing on the period since World War II, Peter Uwe Hohendahl explores key debates on the function of critical theory, illuminating the diverse positions and alliances among the participants. Bringing together six essays, as well as new introductory and concluding chapters, Hohendahl interprets and subjects to critical scrutiny many of the central ideas of the Frankfurt School. He first maps the trajectory of neomarxist criticism in Germany to the 1980s. Individual chapters then focus on the work of Georg Lukacs, Theodor W. Adorno, and Jürgen Habermas, and on such issues as the politicization of German criticism after 1965 under the influence of the Frankfurt School.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableAccessibility options of EPUB file not availableFunded by: National Endowment for the HumanitiesCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaLiterary studiesLiterary theoryModern philosophyc 1900 to c 2000since c 1800Hohendahl, Peter Uweauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62137/1/9781501705458.pdf||https://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/62137/6/9781501705441.epubOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/62137OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57246oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1333440916OCoLC97831107701319783110770209978311077026110.1515/9783110770209doi1333440916OCoLCoapenoapendcMellado Blanco, CarmenautKonstruktionen zwischen Lexikon und GrammatikPhrasem-Konstruktionen monolingual, bilingual und multilingualBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (373 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierLinguistik – Impulse & Tendenzen101Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe object of study in this edited volume is semi-schematic phrasemes, which are known in German construction grammar research by the term "phraseme constructions." Ten contributions by internationally renowned authors from the fields of construction grammar carry out a corpus-based study of various German phraseme constructions, contrasting them with five other European languages.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerLexico-grammatical continuumconstruction familyequivalent constructionphraseo templateMellado Blanco, CarmenedtMollica, FabioedtSchafroth, Elmaredtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/57246/1/9783110770209.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/57246OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52415oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1289856285OCoLC978303082759510.1007/978-3-030-82759-5doi1289856285OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPPthemaLthemaLAthemaLAFthemaLAFDthemaRthemaRBthemaRBPthemaRGthemaRGCthemaRGCMthemaRNthemaRNFthemaTthemaTHthemaLucatello, SimoneautTowards an Emissions Trading System in Mexico: Rationale, Design and Connections with the Global Climate AgendaOutlook on the first ETS in Latin-America and Exploration of the Way ForwardSpringer NatureSpringer International Publishing [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (303 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSpringer ClimateOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis Open Access book provides detailed information about the incoming Mexican Emissions Trading System, including an analysis on why the system was implemented, how the system was designed, how it operates, how it could work, and how it could be strengthened by 2023 when it will be formally launched. This document is aimed at those who want to understand how an ETS can operate in an emerging economy. Although it has been written for experts and non-experts, this book does not provide the underlying theory of market-based instruments and emissions trading systems in general. The book can be read from start to finish, but can also be used as a reference for specific components of regional ETSs. The book draws upon a meticulous study of background documents and fieldwork from different authors to tell the story of how a Mexican ETS, the first of its kind in Latin America, can be set in the country. The emissions trading system cover many greenhouse gas emissions and has been hailed as one of the cornerstones of the Mexican climate policy. The book also examines and explains how the ETS is designed and implemented.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPublic administrationthemaLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaSystems of lawthemaSystems of law: civil codes / civil lawthemaEarth Sciences, Geography, Environment, PlanningthemaEarth sciencesthemaMeteorology and climatologythemaGeographythemaHuman geographythemaEconomic geographythemaThe environmentthemaEnvironmental managementthemaTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaClimate change in MexicoEmissions trading systemsEnvironmental economicsGlobal SouthGreenhouse gas emissionsOpen AccessPolicy makingLucatello, Simoneedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52415/1/978-3-030-82759-5.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52415OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25805oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1090023286OCoLC10.11647/OBP.0150doi1090023286OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaAlymov, Sergei S.autLife Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and BeyondOpen Book Publishers20191 electronic resource (448 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe idea of etnos came into being over a hundred years ago as a way of understanding the collective identities of people with a common language and shared traditions. In the twentieth century, the concept came to be associated with Soviet state-building, and it fell sharply out of favour. Yet outside the academy, etnos-style arguments not only persist, but are a vibrant part of regional anthropological traditions. Life Histories of Etnos Theory in Russia and Beyond makes a powerful argument for reconsidering the importance of etnos in our understanding of ethnicity and national identity across Eurasia. The collection brings to life a rich archive of previously unpublished letters, fieldnotes, and photographic collections of the theory’s early proponents. Using contemporary fieldwork and case studies, the volume shows how the ideas of these ethnographers continue to impact and shape identities in various regional theatres from Ukraine to the Russian North to the Manchurian steppes of what is now China. Through writing a life history of these collectivist concepts, the contributors to this volume unveil a world where the assumptions of liberal individualism do not hold. In doing so, they demonstrate how notions of belonging are not fleeting but persistent, multi-generational, and bio-social.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaEurasiacollective identitiesethnicityetnoslanguagenational identitytraditionsAlymov, Sergei S.edtAnderson, David G.edtArzyutov, Dmitry V.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25805/1/9781783745463.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25805OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25258oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100525909OCoLC978394477319310.12946/gplh10doi1100525909OCoLCoapenoapendcLthemaLAthemaLAZthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaSchuppert, Gunnar FolkeedtThe World of RulesA Somewhat Different Measurement of the WorldFrankfurt am MainMax Planck Institute for Legal History and Legal Theory20171 electronic resource (378 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierGlobal Perspectives on Legal History10Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"This book takes a stand against the narrowing focus of (German) jurisprudence on state law, rooted in the history of the territorially organised nation state. In the shadow of this tradition, state(-hood) law was only conceived of as state law. However, a gradual decoupling of state and law is observable – not least because of globalisation – which inevitably entails a pluralisation of legal regulations. Jurisprudence has to react to this, if it wants to remain relevant. This can happen through a broadening of its horizon towards a more far-reaching “science of regulation”, in order to grasp the increasing “Variety of Rules” adequately. State law remains an important and central type of law, yet it is no longer the sole type. If that is the case, it becomes necessary to analyse the following three spheres: (1) the plurality of normative orders, especially those of non-state character; (2) the plurality of norm producers, from state legislature to transnational networks of regulation; (3) finally, the plurality of norm enforcement regimes, from states’ judiciaries via the judiciary of (international) sport to the exercise of social pressure (e. g. political correctness). Those findings of plurality inevitably lead to the follow-up problem of a redefinition of the concept of law and to the question, which types of law/norms can be identified meaningfully."Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/de/by-nc-ndccengLawthemaJurisprudence and general issuesthemaLegal historythemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaDecoupling of state and lawnormative pluralismplurality of norm-enforcement regimesrethinking the concept of lawvariety of law producersSchuppert, Gunnar FolkeauthDuve, ThomasedtVogenauer, Stefanedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25258/1/GPLH_10.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25258OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86360oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|fin d1416677575OCoLC97895185861459789518586152978951858616910.21435/ht.290doi1416677575OCoLCoapenoapendcHarju, KaisaedtKehitysyhteistyön mieli ja mielettömyysSuomalaiset Apumaassa 1965–2000HelsinkiFinnish Literature Society / SKS20231 electronic resource (393 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierHistoriallisia Tutkimuksia9Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe book approaches the history of Finnish development cooperation through the experiences of development aid workers. At its core is a small group of Finns (experts and officials from different fields) who have worked with international development aid in Asia, Africa and Latin America. Their memories and experiences, together with diverse archival material offer an interesting window into the world of development (cooperation), or “Aidland”, from the 1960s to the turn of the millennium. The research focuses on the personal motives and experiences of Finnish aid workers from the 1960s to the 2000s. The book offers perspectives on the historical construction of Aidland since the 1940s and on the gradual integration of Finland and the Finns into its structures. It describes the mindset of the first two generations of aid workers and the factors that made them interested in developing countries. The book follows their education, their first contacts with Aidland, adaptation to work and conditions, returning home and the challenges that come with it. The study gives the reader a view of the power positions, hierarchies and contradictions in Aidland and development cooperation, which at times led Finns to reassess their motives and justify to themselves the meaningfulness of the entire undertaking. Through their experiences, the book also deals with the less-known side of development cooperation, such as corruption, prejudices, and opposition to development projects, as well as their occasionally unwanted consequences in partner/recipient countries. It also sheds light on the effects of the Aidland experience on an individual’s worldview and identity. The book is an academic study suitable for a wide audience, from university students to ordinary readers interested in development cooperation. The book helps to understand both the history of development and the construction of multi-level connections of Finnish society with the countries of the Global South. It is therefore also ideally suited for readers interested in the development of Finland’s internationalization in the late twentieth century. For its part, the book contributes to wider public debates on development cooperation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfinFinnsdeveloping countriesdevelopment cooperationdevelopment policyexpatriatesoral historyHarju, KaisaauthHokkanen, MarkkuauthKuhanen, Janauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/86360/1/kehitysyhteistyon-mieli-ja-mielettomyys.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86360OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25684oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1086494840OCoLC978386388752010.3224/86388752doi1086494840OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSFthemaBrandt, MartinaedtGendersensible Gestaltung des neuen Studiengangs „BWL – Digitale Wirtschaft“ an der Beuth Hochschule für Technik BerlinLeverkusen-OpladenVerlag Barbara Budrich20171 electronic resource (32 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSchriftenreihe des Gender- und Technik-Zentrums (GuTZ) der Beuth Hochschule für Technik Berlin „Gender Diskurs"8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe advancing digitalisation is leading to a fundamental change in the world of work. So far, women have not taken advantage of the associated career opportunities to the same extent as men. A gender-sensitive design of degree programmes can make a significant contribution to changing this situation. This publication examines which measures were taken to this end in the new "Business Administration - Digital Economy" course at Beuth University of Applied Sciences. In addition, relevant experiences and good practices from other universities are presented and the possible gain of knowledge on career goals and career requirements from surveys of students and graduates is discussed.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/de/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaGender studies, gender groupsthemaChancengerechtigkeitDiversityEqual OpportunitiesGenderBrandt, MartinaauthDucki, Antjeauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/25684/1/1004407.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/25684OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23945oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2013a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d878147750OCoLC10.35690/978-2-7592-2062-5doi878147750OCoLCoapenoapendcTthemaTVthemaTVQthemaChantereau, JacquesedtLe sorghoéditions Quae20131 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarSorghum is a vital food crop for populations in arid and sub-arid areas. It is also cultivated in temperate areas for animal feed. This book addresses all aspects of the plant (biology, genetics, sensitivity to pests) together with the cultivation systems, harvesting methods and how it is processed into human food. A wealth of illustrations supplement the in-depth, up-to-date knowledge on sorghum, its ecological functions and integrated protection.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/2.0/by-nc-ndccfreTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaAgriculture & farmingthemaTropical agriculturethemaAfricaagriculturecerealcropping systemfoodChantereau, JacquesauthCruz, Jean-FrançoisauthFliedel, GenevièveauthRatnadass, AlainauthTrouche, Gillesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23945/1/1006190.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23945OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109139oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783961470808978396147081510.25593/978-3-96147-081-5doioapenoapendcTthemaDonati, GiovanniedtAdvanced Digital Predistortion Algorithms for modern Base-Station Front-EndsA physically motivated approachErlangenFAU University Press20181 electronic resource (117 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFAU Studien aus der Elektrotechnik11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe power amplifier (PA) is the key component of the transmit chain in a mobile telecommunication system. It allows the coverage of a wide service area but it’s non-linear effects need to be compensated in order to obtain high linearity and efficiency without introducing interference on the adjacent channels. Digital Pre-Distortion (DPD) is the commonly used solution to overcome these problems. The The LTE system makes use of OFDM modulation used in modern systems, provides signals with wide bandwidth, but low average power, thus common PA designs achieve low average efficiency. Dual-input Doherty power amplifiers with digital steering introduce new degrees of freedom in terms of linearization and reconfiguration. This work analyzes the tradeoffs between linearity, efficiency and linearization bandwidth, when digitally driving the DPA inputs separately. The knowledge of the physics of the devices allows to design a workflow to linearize the dual-input DPA obtaining high efficiency and reconfigurability. In this work an application of a bio inspired optimization algorithm show how to calibrate the DPD directly at the base-station.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaAlgorithmusBasisstationDigital Signal ProcessingLeistungsverstärkerOFDMPA-AnlagePartikel-Schwarm-OptimierungPower Amplifier LinearizationVorverzerrungDonati, Giovanniauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109139/1/9783961470815.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109139OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102885oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978100332474497810323498179781040143834978104014388910.4324/9781003324744doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJPthemaJPVthemaJPVCthemaLthemaLBthemaLBBthemaLBBRthemaLNthemaLNDthemaLNDAthemaLNDA3themaLNTthemaQthemaQDthemaQDTthemaQDTSthemaMorris, LydiaedtCitizen Rights, Migrant Rights and Civic StratificationOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (122 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book explores the concept of civic stratification and examines its contemporary relevance for analysis and understanding of the functioning of rights in society. David Lockwood’s (1996) concept of civic stratification outlines the way in which the rights associated with citizenship can be a source of inequality by virtue of their formal granting or denial by the state, or by informal impediments to their full realisation. The purpose of this book is to explore the meaning and significance of this concept, and elaborate its potential in offering a framework for understanding the dynamic nature of rights. Lockwood’s model reverses Marshall’s (1950) view of citizenship as guaranteed inclusion in society and is linked to the way that the differential entitlement and the qualifying conditions associated with certain rights can be harnessed as a means of control. While both Marshall and Lockwood were principally concerned with the rights attaching to citizenship, this book extends the insights of these two authors to show how such controls apply in various ways to both citizens and non-citizens alike. Building on Lockwood’s conception of ‘moral resources’ the book set out a theoretical framework and empirical illustration of how the position of different groups within society is subject to shifting perceptions of social worth and is engaged both in claims to fuller access to rights and in justifications of their denial or removal. This book will appeal to scholars and higher-level students with relevant interests in sociolegal studies, sociology, social policy and politics. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons Attribution-NoDerivatives (CC-BY-ND) 4.0 license. This publication was supported by the University of Essex’s open access fund.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nd/4.0/by-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical control and freedomsthemaCivics and citizenshipthemaLawthemaInternational lawthemaPublic international lawthemaPublic international law: human rightsthemaLaws of specific jurisdictions and specific areas of lawthemaConstitutional and administrative law: generalthemaCitizenship and nationality lawthemaAsylum lawthemaSocial law and Medical lawthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaTopics in philosophythemaSocial and political philosophythemaDavid Lockwoodasylumcitizenshipinequalitymigrationrefugeessocial inclusionMorris, Lydiaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/102885/1/9781040143834.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/102885OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90310oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1433058169OCoLC978386309770710.20378/irb-48992doi1433058169OCoLCoapenoapendcQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaBiri, Kudzaiedt“The wounded Beast?”Single Women, Tradition, and the Bible in ZimbabweBambergUniversity of Bamberg Press20211 electronic resource (196 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBible in Africa studies28Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarBiAS 28/ ERA 6 captures the experiences of single women in Zimbabwe. It brings out the indigenous cultural socialisations that negatively impact on them. The vibrancy of Pentecostalism did not save them from stigma and negative perceptions but rather fuels their challenges and misery. The over-glorification of marriage over and above singlehood and in extreme cases denunciation of singlehood, has implications for single women, especially for those who have divorced. The attitudes and perceptions towards single women in the families, society and Church are largely adversarial and do not attach dignity and value, in a nation where marriage and motherhood remain important and cherished statuses. Therefore, the author adopts a multi-dimensional approach in analysing and critiquing the pitfalls of Shona indigenous cultures, limitations of Pentecostal gender ideology and proffers avenues that can create safe spaces for single women.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaAlleinerziehende MutterAlleinstehende FrauGesellschaftPfingstbewegungReligionSimbabweBiri, Kudzaiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/90310/1/9783863097707.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/90310OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/94380oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d97831110727089783111075143978311107653910.1515/978311107514doioapenoapendcDthemaDBthemaDSthemaDSAthemaDSCthemaKellner, BeateautMittelalterliche Lyrik im KontextBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (430 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierDeutsche Literatur. Studien und Quellen49Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe anthology, which is the result of an interdisciplinary conference in Munich, looks at medieval lyric poetry from a European perspective. It examines the points of contact, as well as differences, between the poetry of different vernacular languages in the spectrum of genres and makes references to ancient poetry as well as to the Song of Songs. It also sees itself as a contribution to a historicization of lyric theory.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaAncient, classical and medieval textsthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary theorythemaLiterary studies: poetry and poetsthemaHistory of literature Middle Ages poetry theory of poetryKellner, BeateedtRudolph, Alexanderedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/94380/1/9783111075143.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/94380OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33793oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d945782633OCoLC10.26530/OAPEN_458881doi945782633OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNKthemaUlm, SeanedtCoastal Themes: An Archaeology of the Southern Curtis Coast, QueenslandAn Archaeology of the Southern Curtis Coast, QueenslandCanberraANU Press20061 electronic resource (314 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarArcheology; Aboriginal australians; Antiquities; Queensland; AustraliaAccessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengHistory and ArchaeologythemaArchaeologythemaBefore PresentCharcoalEstuaryMiddenRadiocarbon datingStone toolTerra AustralisWicket-keeperaboriginal australiansantiquitiesarcheologyaustraliaqueenslandUlm, Seanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/33793/1/458881.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/33793OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103881oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9789151324753978915132476010.33063/2k4ey947doioapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DNthemaCthemaCJthemaJthemaJNthemaJNLthemaAckermann-Boström, ConstanzeedtAlla språk i skolanSpråkundervisning i nordisk kontextUppsala University Publications20251 electronic resource (193 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Didactica Upsaliensia16Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn our multilingual societies, communication and collaboration between people are more important than ever. One of the school’s most important missions is therefore to provide students with opportunities to develop their linguistic abilities, enhance intercultural and multilingual competence, and learn to navigate diverse cultural contexts. This anthology is intended to offer inspiration, valuable insights, and practical advice to teachers and other school professionals responsible for language teaching and education, as well as to serve as a resource for student teachers, teacher educators, and researchers working with language in an educational context. The anthology brings together texts that highlight language education from both theoretical and practical-didactic perspectives. With contributions from practicing teachers, teacher educators, and researchers, the anthology turns its focus toward contemporary language teaching and illustrates the breadth present in the Nordic school context. The authors’ contributions address a wide range of classroom practices, such as the teaching of language competencies, assessment practices, and factors influencing language teaching and learning. The idea for the anthology arose in connection with the 60th anniversary of the Centre for Professional Development and Internationalisation in Schools (Fortbildningsavdelningen för skolans internationalisering) at Uppsala University in 2024.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaNorthern Europe, ScandinaviathemaLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLanguage teaching and learningthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaSchools and pre-schoolsthemalanguagelanguage didacticsnorthern Europe undervisningschoolskolateachingAckermann-Boström, ConstanzeauthBarfod Lund, SonjaauthBerggren, JessicaauthDinér, CatrinauthEdgren, HenrikauthElander Malmqvist, PernillaauthFernández, Susana S.authGonzález Guarro, BertaauthGranfeldt, JonasauthGunneriusson Andrew Clarke, SaraauthHaglind, MalinauthHansson, KlaraauthHellqvist, BirgittaauthHjelmgren, ElsaauthHoskins, AmandaauthHåkansson Ramberg, MariaauthKunitz, SilviaauthLöfquist, AnnaauthMalmberg, SebastianauthMäkipää, ToniauthNilsson, MariaauthNyström, FredrikaauthOxley, SimeonauthPaukkonen, MonikaauthPettersson, JennyauthPålsson Gröndahl, KarinaauthReath Warren, AnneauthReierstam, HelenaauthRobertsson, Hanna S.authRocher Hahlin, CélineauthSadow, LaurenauthSharif, HassanauthSkovgaard Andersen, MetteauthSundell, Lars-GöranauthSvensson, ZandraauthSvärd, MarieauthAckermann-Boström, ConstanzeedtHellqvist, BirgittaedtHåkansson Ramberg, Mariaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/103881/1/978-91-513-2476-0.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/103881OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42364oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1162708233OCoLC10.3726/b15295doi1162708233OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBHthemaKucher, Primus-HeinzautDer lange Schatten des ›Roten Oktober‹Zur Relevanz und Rezeption sowjet-russischer Kunst, Kultur und Literatur in Oesterreich 1918–1938BernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20191 electronic resource (462 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierWechselwirkungen22Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Oktoberrevolution von 1917 und die Gründung der Sowjetunion zog politisch-ideologisch wie kulturell-künstlerisch im deutschsprachigen Raum hohe Aufmerksamkeit auf sich und polarisierte die intellektuelle Öffentlichkeit. Insbesondere in der Ersten Republik bzw. im ›Roten Wien‹ stießen manche ihrer Impulse auf Resonanz, andere auf dezidierte Zurückweisung. Auch im bürgerlichen Kunst- und Literaturbetrieb, zum Beispiel dem der Musik, des Theaters oder des Films wurden (sowjet)russische Entwicklungen wahrgenommen und diskutiert. Der Band widmet sich solchen Rezeptionsbeziehungen, arbeitet ihre zum Teil erstaunliche Resonanz heraus, verortet sie in zeittypischen Diskursen wie dem des Aktivismus, der Theater- und Musikavantgarde, aber auch, kontrastierend-komplementär, dem des zeitgenössischen Amerika-Diskurses.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0byccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: c 1900 to c 2000themaLiteraturehistory and criticismKucher, Primus-HeinzedtUnterberger, Rebeccaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/42364/1/9783631781999.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/42364OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/40114oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2011a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d773036079OCoLC10.1201/b11363doi773036079OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUBthemaAndreasson, Kim J.edtCybersecurityPublic Sector Threats and ResponsesTaylor & FrancisCRC Press [Imprint]20111 electronic resource (392 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Internet has given rise to new opportunities for the public sector to improve efficiency and better serve constituents in the form of e-government. But with a rapidly growing user base globally and an increasing reliance on the Internet, digital tools are also exposing the public sector to new risks. An accessible primer, Cybersecurity: Public Sector Threats and Responses focuses on the convergence of globalization, connectivity, and the migration of public sector functions online. It identifies the challenges you need to be aware of and examines emerging trends and strategies from around the world. Offering practical guidance for addressing contemporary risks, the book is organized into three sections: Global Trends—considers international e-government trends, includes case studies of common cyber threats and presents efforts of the premier global institution in the field National and Local Policy Approaches—examines the current policy environment in the United States and Europe and illustrates challenges at all levels of government Practical Considerations—explains how to prepare for cyber attacks, including an overview of relevant U.S. Federal cyber incident response policies, an organizational framework for assessing risk, and emerging trends Also suitable for classroom use, this book will help you understand the threats facing your organization and the issues to consider when thinking about cybersecurity from a policy perspective.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaCybersecurityPublic SectorResponsesThreatsAndreasson, Kim J.authWilliams, Gabriellaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/40114/1/9781439846636.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/40114OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60915oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2017a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783487421964oapenoapendcGiessen, Hans W.autPersuasionsstile in Europa IIILinguistische Methoden zur vergleichenden Analyse von Kommentartexten in Tageszeitungen europäischer Länder.Georg Olms VerlagGeorg Olms Verlag [Imprint]2017texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarNachdem im zweiten Projektband das Vorkommen von Kommentaren in den europäischen Zeitungslandschaften beschrieben wurde, rückt dieser dritte Band die Frage in den Mittelpunkt, welche Methoden verschiedene linguistische Disziplinen für die vergleichende Analyse meinungsbetonter Texte bereitstellen. Vorgestellt werden argumentationsorientierte Verfahren aus der Publizistikwissenschaft und Rhetorik, die Erfassung von Stilmustern und Handlungsstrukturen, quantitative und computerlinguistische Herangehensweisen sowie solche Beschreibungsmodelle, die in der systemisch-funktionalen oder der kulturkontrastiven Linguistik beheimatet sind. Auch die Markierung von Evidentialität und die Etablierung von Textsortennetzen gehören zu dem in diesem Band präsentierten Methodenspektrum.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerGiessen, Hans W.edtLenk, Hartmut E.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/60915/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/60915OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59592oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97831106984599783110698510978311069856510.1515/9783110698510doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaQDHRthemaQDTthemaQDTKthemaQDTSthemaKolman, VojtěchautPerspectives on the SelfReflexivity in the HumanitiesBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20221 electronic resource (277 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarModernity is the era of the self-made person: the moderns create themselves by self-reflexivity and make their world – society – in their own image. That the social world is reflexive means that its dynamics become independent of its constructors. It is not made of individuals but of a non-subjective communication. The volume analyzes this double reflexivity from an interdisciplinary perspective, focusing both on individual and social narratives.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: European Regional Development FundCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaWestern philosophy from c 1800themaTopics in philosophythemaPhilosophy: epistemology and theory of knowledgethemaSocial and political philosophythemaAutopoiesisNarrativitySelf ReflexivityKolman, VojtěchedtMatějčková, Terezaedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/59592/1/9783110698510.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59592OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31842oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d982238776OCoLC978386395161010.17875/gup2014-762doi982238776OCoLCoapenoapendc3thema3KthemaNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaAntunes, Gabrielaaut(De)formierte Körper 2 - Die Wahrnehmung und das Andere im MittelalterUniversitätsverlag Göttingen2014texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn der Kultur des Mittelalters nehmen Körper in ihrer äußeren Zeichenhaftigkeit eine zentrale Stellung ein. Dies gilt insbesondere für deformierte Körper, die aufgrund ihrer auffälligen Andersartigkeit immer wieder Thema wahrnehmungstheoretischer Diskurse werden. Das zeigt sich in zweierlei Hinsicht: Zum einen wird bereits in zeitgenössischen Quellen diskutiert, wie die körperlichen Besonderheiten den inneren Imaginationsapparat der Betrachter stimulieren, zum anderen zeichnen sich körperlich Deformierte zumindest in Kunst und Literatur auffallend häufi g durch gesteigerte Wahrnehmungsfähigkeiten aus. Die körperliche Deformation markiert dabei Grenzüberschreitungen. Sie weist über die Dinge hinaus auf ‚das Andere‘ – gleich ob es sich dabei um ein kulturell Anderes handelt, oder um das ‚Andere‘ der Diesseitigkeit: das Transzendente und Göttliche. Obgleich man für das Hoch- und Spätmittelalter kein einheitliches Körperkonzept annehmen kann, ist auffällig, an wie vielen Schnittpunkten der deformierte Körper ins Zentrum der Wahrnehmung rückt. Diese Vielfalt spiegelt sich auch in den Perspektiven verschiedener Fachdisziplinen, wie z. B. Kunst- und Literaturwissenschaft, Medizingeschichte, Dis/ability Studies oder Theologie in diesem Band, die den Besonderheiten des deformierten Körpers in seinem Verhältnis zur Epistemologie und eben zum "Anderen" gezielt nachspüren.In der Kultur des Mittelalters nehmen Körper in ihrer äußeren Zeichenhaftigkeit eine zentrale Stellung ein. Dies gilt insbesondere für deformierte Körper, die aufgrund ihrer auffälligen Andersartigkeit immer wieder Thema wahrnehmungstheoretischer Diskurse werden. Das zeigt sich in zweierlei Hinsicht: Zum einen wird bereits in zeitgenössischen Quellen diskutiert, wie die körperlichen Besonderheiten den inneren Imaginationsapparat der Betrachter stimulieren, zum anderen zeichnen sich körperlich Deformierte zumindest in Kunst und Literatur auffallend häufi g durch gesteigerte Wahrnehmungsfähigkeiten aus. Die körperliche Deformation markiert dabei Grenzüberschreitungen. Sie weist über die Dinge hinaus auf ‚das Andere‘ – gleich ob es sich dabei um ein kulturell Anderes handelt, oder um das ‚Andere‘ der Diesseitigkeit: das Transzendente und Göttliche. Obgleich man für das Hoch- und Spätmittelalter kein einheitliches Körperkonzept annehmen kann, ist auffällig, an wie vielen Schnittpunkten der deformierte Körper ins Zentrum der Wahrnehmung rückt. Diese Vielfalt spiegelt sich auch in den Perspektiven verschiedener Fachdisziplinen, wie z. B. Kunst- und Literaturwissenschaft, Medizingeschichte, Dis/ability Studies oder Theologie in diesem Band, die den Besonderheiten des deformierten Körpers in seinem Verhältnis zur Epistemologie und eben zum "Anderen" gezielt nachspüren.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerTime period qualifiersthemaCE period up to c 1500themaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaAbility StudiesBody conceptDisGottHistoryMiddleageMittelalterPhysical deformationAntunes, GabrielaedtReich, BjörnedtStange, Carmenedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31842/1/624772.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31842OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91133oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978100347105997810327481469781040017234978104001737110.1201/9781003471059doioapenoapendcTthemaTJthemaTJFthemaTJFMthemaTQthemaUthemaUBthemaUMthemaUMZthemaUYthemaUYQthemaGoyal, SBautApplied Data Science and Smart SystemsTaylor & FrancisCRC Press [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (632 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Second International Conference on Applied Data Science and Smart Systems (ADSSS-2023) was held on 15-16 December 2023 at Chitkara University, Punjab, India. This multidisciplinary conference focussed on innovation and progressive practices in science, technology, and management. The conference successfully brought together researchers, academicians, and practitioners across different domains such as artificial intel>ligence and machine learning, software engineering, automation, data science, business computing, data com>munication, and computer networks. The presenters shared their most recent research works that are critical to contemporary business and societal landscape and encouraged the participants to devise solutions for real>world challenges. The Open Access version of this book, available at www.taylorfrancis.com, has been made available under a Creative Commons [Attribution-Non Commercial-No Derivatives (CC-BY-NC-ND)] 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Chitkara UniversityCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaElectronics and communications engineeringthemaElectronics engineeringthemaAutomatic control engineeringthemaEnvironmental science, engineering and technologythemaComputing and Information TechnologythemaInformation technology: general topicsthemaComputer programming / software engineeringthemaSoftware EngineeringthemaComputer sciencethemaArtificial intelligencethemaBlockchainBusiness IntelligenceData ScienceDeep IntelligenceDeep LearningMachine LearningMetaverseSoftware EngineeringGoyal, SBedtKumar Kaushal, RajeshedtKumar, NaveenedtSingh Sehra, SukhjitedtSingh, Jaitegedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/91133/1/9781040017234.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/91133OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85172oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1406835431OCoLC9783837664867978383946486110.14361/9783839464861doi1406835431OCoLCoapenoapendcFriedmann, JoachimautNarratives Crossing BoundariesStorytelling in a Transmedial and Transdisciplinary ContextBielefeldtranscript Verlag20231 electronic resource (368 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierBild und Bit. Studien zur digitalen Medienkultur17Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarAs the dominant narrative forms in the age of media convergence, films and games call for a transmedial perspective in narratology. Games allow a participatory reception of the story, bringing the transgression of the ontological boundary between the narrated world and the world of the recipient into focus. These diverse transgressions - medial and ontological - are the subject of this transdisciplinary compendium, which covers the subject in an interdisciplinary way from various perspectives: game studies and media studies, but also sociology and psychology, to take into account the great influence of storytelling on social discourses and human behavior.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengComputer GamesGamesMediaMedia AestheticsMedia StudiesMedia TheoryPopular CultureSocial ImpactStorytellingTransmediaFriedmann, Joachimedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/85172/1/9783839464861.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85172OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88705oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1427431648OCoLC9783957960535978395796054210.14619/0535doi1427431648OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaAPthemaAPFthemaAPFAthemaGthemaGLthemaGLCthemaJthemaJFthemaJFDthemaAgina, AñulikaedtAccidental ArchivismShaping Cinema’s Futures with Remnants of the PastLüneburgmeson pressmeson press [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (492 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierConfigurations of Film8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn the digital media ecology, archives are changing. Artists, curators, critics and scholars assume the role of accidental archivists. They shape cinema’s futures by salvaging precarious repositories and making them matter in new ways. In the process, the cinema’s public, a democratic body seemingly scattered about platforms and niches in a post-pandemic world, re-emerges as a political force. Accidental Archivism brings together programmatic statements and proposals to explore an artistic space between archiving and activism, a space where remnants of the past become the building blocks of new ways of making, showing, teaching and thinking cinema.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Deutsche ForschungsgemeinschaftCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengThe ArtsthemaFilm, TV & radiothemaFilms, cinemathemaFilm theory & criticismthemaReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaLibrary, archive and information managementthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety & culture: generalthemaMedia studiesthemaactivismarchivismcinemadigitalitymedia ecologypandemicrepositoriesAgina, AñulikaauthAlipanah, HadiauthBabić, GabyauthBalatbat-Helbock, LynhanauthBalsom, ErikaauthBeckmann, Marie SophieauthBernien, MareikeauthBiswas, AmritaauthCampanini, SoniaauthCarter, EricaauthCheeka, DidiauthCésar, FilipaauthDavis, VaginalauthDutta, MadhusreeauthEl Said, TamerauthEscobar López, AlmudenaauthGlazunova, MariiaauthGoncharuk, OlenaauthGramann, KarolaauthGregor, UlrichauthHariharan, VeenaauthHassan, Mohammad ShawkyauthHeredia, ShaiauthHering, TobiasauthIngravalle, GraziaauthKaushik, RitikaauthKeidl, Philipp DominikauthKhitsinska, IvannaauthKim, HieyoonauthKloeckner, LauraauthKröger, MerleauthMakarevic, AsjaauthMeyn, NilsauthNdaliko Katondolo, PetnaauthOhene-Asah, RebeccaauthPantenburg, VolkerauthPerneczky, NikolausauthPitassio, FrancescoauthPratiwi, JulitaauthRahman, LisabonaauthRuhm, ConstanzeauthSchlüpmann, HeideauthSchneider, AlexandraauthShambu, GirishauthSiegel, MarcauthSungu, CanauthThieme, ClarissaauthTurajlić, MilaauthVasudevan, RaviauthVenturini, SimoneauthYounis, AlaauthÇakmak, SemaauthÇelikaslan, ÖzgeauthHediger, VinzenzedtSchulte Strathaus, Stefanieedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88705/1/978-3-95796-054-2_Accidental_Archivism.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88705OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88193oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1425208540OCoLC978178821462997817882146361425208540OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaKthemaKCthemaKCMthemaBryant, GarethedtClimate FinanceTaking a Position on Climate FuturesAgenda Publishing [Imprint]2024texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarClimate change is increasingly contested on financial terms. Different actors are advancing competing climate visions and interests by adopting financial positions. International institutions urge action by identifying financing gaps needed to meet climate targets. The finance sector claims it holds the key to unlocking money needed for climate investment. Activists expose greenwashing while using financial tactics to undermine fossil fuels. Vulnerable countries demand wealthy governments repay historical climate debts.This book offers an accessible and critical guide to the political economy and economic geography of climate finance. It identifies six competing ""positions"" of climate finance to make sense of the array of financial instruments, institutions and ideas that are remaking the relationship between capitalism and climate change. Using a wide range of case studies, from green bonds, to divestment, carbon offsetting, climate tech, central banks, and international climate funds, the authors show how climate finance is shaping our collective climate futures.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaDevelopment economics and emerging economiesthemaBusiness & EconomicsDevelopmentEconomic PolicyPolitical SciencePublic PolicySustainable DevelopmentBryant, GarethauthWebber, Sophieauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88193/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88193OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23499oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1135854537OCoLC1135854537OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaClerici, RenataedtLa valutazione del tutorato formativo per gli studenti universitariIl processo, la soddisfazione, l'efficaciaMilanFrancoAngeli20191 electronic resource (143 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierUniversitá: Didattica, Valutazione, Professionalitá docente/University: Teaching, Assessment and Professional Development - Open1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe text presents the evaluation model of an experimental program of extracurricular activities aimed at preventing drop-outs and promoting the empowerment of new university students, through the development of transversal skills. The training tutoring program being evaluated was proposed in eight first level degree courses of the University of Padua.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/it/legalcodeby-nc-ndccitaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaempowermentevaluationexperimental programstudentstraining tutoringuniversityClerici, RenataauthDa Re, LorenzaauthGiraldo, AnnaauthMeggiolaro, Silviaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23499/1/382-99Z_Book%20Manuscript-1776-1-10-20190219.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23499OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29551oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1051778909OCoLC978396110032310.5281/zenodo.1145680doi1051778909OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaMüller, StefanautBeiträge zur deutschen GrammatikGesammelte Schriften von Tilman N. HöhleLanguage Science Press2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierClassics in LinguisticsOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume contains the complete collection of published and unpublished work on German grammar by Tilman N. Höhle. It consists of two parts. The first part is Topologische Felder, a book-length manuscript that was written in 1983 but was never finished nor published. It is a careful examination of the topological properties of German sentences, including a discussion of typological assumptions. The second part assembles all other published and unpublished papers by Höhle on German grammar. All of these papers were highly influential in German linguistics, in theoretical linguistics in general, and in a specific variant of theoretical linguistics, Head-Driven Phrase Structure Grammar. Topics covered are clause structure, constituent order, coordination, (verum) focus, word structure, the relationship between relative pronouns and verbs in V2, extraction, and the foundations of a theory of phonology in constraint-based grammar.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaDerivation (Linguistik)Finite VerbformHaushundHöhleLinguisticsSubjekt (Grammatik)VerbWortstellungMüller, StefanedtReis, MargaedtRichter, Frankedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/29551/1/1000383.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29551OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26691oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2010a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1083014752OCoLC978365300281210.3726/978-3-653-00281-2doi1083014752OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCAthemaKCJthemaKCPthemaKJthemaKalusche, JohannesedtAusmaß und Staerke der automatischen Stabilisatoren in Deutschland vor dem Hintergrund der juengsten Steuer- und SozialreformenBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20101 electronic resource (227 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSozialoekonomische Schriften40Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn dieser Arbeit werden die Auswirkungen der in den Jahren 1999 bis 2005 durchgeführten Steuer- und Sozialreformen auf die automatische Stabilisierungswirkung der Einnahmen und Ausgaben des staatlichen Gesamthaushalts in Deutschland untersucht. Gegenstand der Untersuchung sind dabei sowohl die Auswirkungen der Steuer- und Sozialreformen auf die Stabilisierungswirkung einzelner Einnahmen und Ausgaben als auch die Auswirkungen auf die Stabilisierungswirkung des staatlichen Haushalts insgesamt. Zudem wird untersucht, wie sich die Intensität der automatischen Stabilisatoren Deutschlands im internationalen Vergleich darstellt. Abschließend wird vor dem Hintergrund der gefundenen Ergebnisse die Rolle der automatischen Stabilisatoren in der deutschen Fiskalpolitik diskutiert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomic theory and philosophythemaEconomic forecastingthemaPolitical economythemaBusiness and ManagementthemaAusmaßDeutschlandFiskalpolitikHintergrundKaluscheKonjunkturpolitikSozialreformenStabilisatorenStabilisierungspolitikSteuerStärkeWirtschaftspolitikautomatischenjüngstenKalusche, Johannesauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26691/1/1003370.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26691OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26396oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1988a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1082957917OCoLC978395479011110.3726/b12749doi1082957917OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaRehder, PeterautArs philologica slavicaFestschrift fuer Heinrich KunstmannBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19881 electronic resource (512 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSagners Slavistische Sammlung15Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstar<P>Mit dem Band "Ars philologica slavica" überreichten Herausgeber und Beiträger Herrn Prof. Dr. phil. Heinrich Kunstmann zum 65. Geburtstag am 4. März 1988 eine kleine Festschrift, die deutlich Bezüge zum nun fast vierzigjährigen wissenschaftlichen Arbeiten des Jubilars aufweist.</P>Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaAltertumskundeFestschriftGeburtstagGeschichteHeinrichKunstmannLiteraurgeschichteSetschkareffSlavistikphilologicaslavicaRehder, PeteredtSchmid, HertaedtSetschkareff, Vsevolodedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26396/1/1003684.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26396OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111315oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783837675269978383947526310.14361/9783839475263doioapenoapendcAthemaAVthemaAVAthemaBaumann, FelixedtRhythmisch-energetische IntensivierungZur Verlaufsform von Sonatenexpositionen in der Wiener Klassiktranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (198 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierMusik und Klangkultur74Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMusikkundigen ist geläufig, dass das Seitenthema einer Sonatenexposition der Wiener Klassik in einer Spannungstonart erfolgt. Weniger bekannt ist, dass sich zusammen mit der harmonischen Modulation eine rhythmisch-energetische Intensivierung vollzieht, die die Musik dramatisiert und strukturiert. In dieser Leseweise präsentiert sich die Sonatenform als die musikalische Form der Aufklärung. Felix Baumann zeigt, wie daraus innovative Einsichten resultieren, die mit den neuesten Theorieansätzen kompatibel sind und sie in fruchtbarer Weise ergänzen. So entsteht nicht nur für alle Spielarten der Musiktheorie, der Musikwissenschaft oder der Musikästhetik ein erheblicher Zugewinn, sondern auch eine Inspiration zur eigenen Auseinandersetzung mit der Materie.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/legalcodeby-saccgerThe ArtsthemaMusicthemaTheory of music and musicologythemaKlangMusicMusic HistoryMusicologyMusikMusikgeschichteMusikwissenschaftRhythmRhythmic DevelopmentRhythmic IntensificationRhythmic TransformationRhythmische EntwicklungRhythmische IntensivierungRhythmische TransformationRhythmusSonata FormSonateSonatensatzformSoundVienna ClassicWiener KlassikBaumann, Felixauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111315/1/9783839475263.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111315OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63226oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783487422985oapenoapendcWthemaWCthemaGanslmayer, ChristineautHistorische WortbildungTheorien - Methoden - Perspektiven.Georg Olms VerlagGeorg Olms Verlag [Imprint]2022texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer vorliegende Themenband beinhaltet in zwei Teilen Beiträge der Münsteraner Wortbildungstagung und führt unterschiedliche Herangehensweisen und Erkenntnisse zusammen, um den derzeitigen Status quo auszuloten. Als zentraler Interessensgegenstand hat sich die Produktivität von Wortbildungsmustern im diachronen Verlauf herauskristallisiert. In der Mehrzahl wird auf Basis korpusbasierter Auswertungen argumentiert, so dass zugleich ein Überblick zu Nutzungsmöglichkeiten historischer Korpora geboten wird.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerLifestyle, Hobbies and LeisurethemaAntiques, vintage and collectablesthemaAntiques & CollectiblesGanslmayer, ChristineedtSchwarz, Christianedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/63226/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/63226OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34769oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2005a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d808384589OCoLC888453236110.26530/OAPEN_356356doi808384589OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaAMthemaAMVthemaEnrica, Dall'AraedtCostruire per temi i paesaggi?Firenze University Press2005texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierScuole di dottoratoOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe current diffusion of a design mentality that proceeds by the assignment of themes, in the design of both sites and individual architectural elements, makes it useful to ponder the subject of the theme park that is the purest example of this. More specifically, what this signifies is questioning ourselves about the relations between the natural element, the architecture and the symbol. Addressing the argument with the eye of the landscape architect, it appears dense with repercussions, focusing the question of what landscape we are dealing with and what its design entails. This is an issue of landscape architecture in the purest sense and in its most extreme forms.La diffusione contemporanea dell'atteggiamento progettuale che procede per assegnazione di temi, nel disegno dei luoghi e delle singole architetture, rende utile ragionare sull'oggetto parco tematico che ne rappresenta l'esempio più puro. Questo significa specificatamente interrogarsi sul rapporto fra elemento naturale, architettura e simbolo: appare carico di conseguenze affrontare l'argomento con lo sguardo del paesaggista, domandarsi di quale paesaggio si tratti e cosa comporti progettarlo. È una questione di architettura del paesaggio nel suo senso più proprio e nelle sue forme più estreme.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licenceCopyright FUPitaThe ArtsthemaArchitecturethemaLandscape architecture and designthemalandscapepaesaggiotown planningurbanisticaEnrica, Dall'Araauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34769/1/356356.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34769OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51473oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1290625224OCoLC978303084343410.1007/978-3-030-84343-4doi1290625224OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaCFGthemaJthemaJBthemaJBCthemaJBCTthemaJHthemaJHBthemaJNthemaJNVthemaBettinger, PatrickautEducational Perspectives on Mediality and SubjectivationDiscourse, Power and AnalysisSpringer NaturePalgrave Pivot [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (136 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPalgrave Studies in Educational MediaOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book examines the complex relationship between education, media and power. Exploring the entanglement of education media and power structures, the contributions use various examples and case studies to demonstrate how subjectivation processes and digital structures interact with one another. The book asks which modes of subjectivation can be identified with current media cultures, how subjects deal with the challenges and potential of digitality, and how coping and empowerment strategies are developed. By addressing theoretical as well as empirical evidence, the chapters illuminate these connections and the subsequent significance for media education more widely.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaSemantics, discourse analysis, stylisticsthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaCultural and media studiesthemaMedia studiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaSociologythemaEducationthemaEducational equipment and technology, computer-aided learning (CAL)themadiscourse analysiseducation discourseeducational media researchopen accessqualitative researchsubjectivationBettinger, Patrickedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51473/1/9783030843434.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51473OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26093oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1100542886OCoLC97802627204721100542886OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKJthemaKJHthemavon Hippel, EricedtDemocratizing InnovationCambridgeThe MIT Press20061 electronic resource (216 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe process of user-centered innovation: how it can benefit both users and manufacturers and how its emergence will bring changes in business models and in public policy.Innovation is rapidly becoming democratized. Users, aided by improvements in computer and communications technology, increasingly can develop their own new products and services. These innovating users—both individuals and firms—often freely share their innovations with others, creating user-innovation communities and a rich intellectual commons. In Democratizing Innovation, Eric von Hippel looks closely at this emerging system of user-centered innovation. He explains why and when users find it profitable to develop new products and services for themselves, and why it often pays users to reveal their innovations freely for the use of all.The trend toward democratized innovation can be seen in software and information products—most notably in the free and open-source software movement—but also in physical products. Von Hippel's many examples of user innovation in action range from surgical equipment to surfboards to software security features. He shows that product and service development is concentrated among "lead users," who are ahead on marketplace trends and whose innovations are often commercially attractive.Von Hippel argues that manufacturers should redesign their innovation processes and that they should systematically seek out innovations developed by users. He points to businesses—the custom semiconductor industry is one example—that have learned to assist user-innovators by providing them with toolkits for developing new products. User innovation has a positive impact on social welfare, and von Hippel proposes that government policies, including R&D subsidies and tax credits, should be realigned to eliminate biases against it. The goal of a democratized user-centered innovation system, says von Hippel, is well worth striving for. An electronic version of this book is available under a Creative Commons license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness and ManagementthemaEntrepreneurship / Start-upsthemaInnovationentrepeneursvon Hippel, Ericauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26093/1/1003993.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26093OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/95968oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d97837328754749783837675474978383947547810.14361/9783839475478doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTUthemaJthemaJPthemaJPFthemaJPHthemaJavaid, ArshiedtKashmiri Nationalism, 1989-2016Contested Politics of ›Self‹ and ›Other‹transcript Verlagtranscript Verlag [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (204 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierEdition Politik177Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarKashmiri nationalism is defined by its dichotomy between the ethnic and the civic. Arshi Javaid delves into this dichotomy, unravelling the political and social variables that shape it. Moving beyond a conventional securitized perspective on the Kashmir conflict, she offers an understanding of Kashmiri nationalism as a daily practice. This perspective critiques the view that reduces Kashmiri nationalism to a monolithic entity, highlights dynamic socio-political developments, and argues that the state nationalist majoritarian agenda undermines collective rights, erodes local identities, and escalates tensions, breeding confrontation.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaPeace studies and conflict resolutionthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaPolitics and governmentthemaPolitical ideologies and movementsthemaPolitical structure and processesthemaCivic NationalismConflict StudiesEthnic NationalismIndiaKashmirNationalismPakistanPolitical IdeologiesPolitical SciencePoliticsPostcolonialismSouth AsiaViolenceJavaid, Arshiauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/95968/1/9783839475478.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/95968OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105930oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9781003451563978103258801897810325880329781040349762978104034979310.4324/9781003451563doioapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTPthemaJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaJNMTthemaKemp, SimonautPerspectives and Practices of Education for Sustainable DevelopmentA Critical Guide for Higher EducationOxfordTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20251 electronic resource (318 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarInformed by theory and full of practical advice, this key title offers a clear route to education for sustainable development (ESD) whilst questioning how we reconcile participatory, inclusive processes and the urgency of global crises. This handbook provides guidance for those with an interest in the purpose and direction of learning and the principles and practices of sustainability in universities in the UK and beyond. With critical analysis and useful case studies and recommendations, the book covers key topics such as: The need for sustainable development and the role that universities can play in this Showing how ESD should be part of a whole institution approach Development of relevant curricula with innovative and inspiring pedagogies to support sustainability competencies Transdisciplinary learning and pioneering forms of knowledge production Graduate futures and emerging priorities in the field of ESD Through detailed case studies from experts in the field, this book demonstrates how ESD enables a critical interrogation of our world and strengthens the capacities of our universities to nurture future thinking leaders. This is essential reading for all those interested in beginning or widening ESD in programmes, universities and the wider sector, including academic staff, university senior managers and support staff, students, policy makers, employers, and community leaders. This book is freely available as a downloadable Open Access PDF at http://www.taylorfrancis.com under a Creative Commons (CC-BY-NC-ND) 4.0 license.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccengReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaDevelopment studiesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaTeacher trainingthemaauthentic assessmentcurriculum innovationeducational leadership developmentparticipatory pedagogysustainable curriculum design in universitiestransdisciplinary educationtransformative learningKemp, SimonedtLonghurst, James W. S.edtPrice, Elizabeth A. C.edtWhite, Rehema M.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105930/1/9781040349762.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105930OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101992oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2022a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d97837639725179783763972524oapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaJNMthemaHaacke-Werron, StefanieautReflexive SchreibwissenschaftDisziplinäre und praktische PerspektivenBielefeldwbv Media20221 electronic resource (184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierTheorie und Praxis der Schreibwissenschaft14Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDieser Band versammelt 24 Schreibporträts von Schreibdidaktiker:innen und Fachwissenschaftler:innen diverser Disziplinen, die Auskunft über Ideen und Zugänge zum wissenschaftlichen Schreiben geben und dessen Bedeutung für die Forschung behandeln. Das Schreiben ist eine dynamische Form gesellschaftlichen und wissenschaftlichen Handelns. Je nach Kontext werden unterschiedliche Anforderungen gestellt und verschiedene Literaturen und Textspuren hinterlassen. Die Autor:innen reflektieren, wie das Schreiben in ihrem Leben und in ihrer Forschung wichtig wurde, wie sie sich dem Schreiben und Schreibenlehren nähern und was sie von der zukünftigen Verständigung über das Schreiben in Hochschule und Gesellschaft erwarten. Als Sammlung wissenschaftlich fundierter, persönlicher und praktischer Eindrücke bildet der Band den Ausgangspunkt einer offenen Diskussion zur Schreibwissenschaft als sich entwickelnder (Inter-)Disziplin. Die unkonventionell, kontrovers und pointiert geschriebenen Beiträge sind für Studierende und Enthusiast:innen ebenso inspirierend wie für professionell Schreibende und Lehrende.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0/by-saccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaHigher education, tertiary educationthemaImpulseMetadisziplinQuerschnittsdisziplinReflexionSchreiben denkenSchreibpraktikenSchreibprozesseSchreibwissenschaftSchriftSchriftszenenTexteTextgestaltungTextwirkungepistemisches Verfahreninterdisziplinärreflexive Schreibwissenschafttranskulturelle KommunikationHaacke-Werron, StefanieedtKarsten, AndreaedtScharlau, Ingridedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/101992/1/9783763972524.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/101992OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32110oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2002a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d982244960OCoLC9789517465786978952222766910.21435/sff.11doi982244960OCoLCoapenoapendc1thema1Dthema1DNthema1DNFthema1DTthema1DTAthema2thema2Fthema2FCthemaJthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaQthemaQRthemaQRMthemaQRYthemaStark, LauraedtPeasants, Pilgrims, and Sacred PromisesRitual and the Supernatural in Orthodox Karelian Folk ReligionHelsinkiFinnish Literature Society / SKS20021 electronic resource (229 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudia Fennica Folkloristica11Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarLying on the border between eastern and western Christendom, Orthodox Karelia preserved its unique religious culture into the 19th and 20th centuries, when it was described and recorded by Finnish and Karelian folklore collectors. This colorful array of ritulas and beliefs involving nature spirits, saints, the dead, and pilgrimage to monasteries represented a unigue fusion of official Church ritual and doctrine and pre-Christian ethnic folk belief. This book undertakes a fascinating exploration into many aspects of Orthodox Karelian ritual life: beliefs in supernatural forces, folk models of illness, body concepts, divination, holy icons, the role of the ritual specialist and healer, the divide between nature and culture, images of forest, the cult of the dead, and the popular image of monasteries and holy hermits. It will appeal to anyone interested in popular religion, the cognitive study of religion, ritual studies, medical anthropology, and the folk traditions and symbolism of the Balto-Finnic peoples.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengPlace qualifiersthemaEuropethemaNorthern Europe, ScandinaviathemaFinlandthemaEastern EuropethemaRussiathemaLanguage qualifiersthemaUral-Altaic and Hyperborean languagesthemaFinno-Ugric languagesthemaSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaChristianitythemaAlternative belief systemsthemaAnimismCattleDivinationFolk religionHaltijaMonasteryOrthodoxySupernaturaldeathforestillnesskareliapilgrimagepre-christianStark, Lauraauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/32110/1/9789517465786_peasants_pilgrims-REVISED.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/32110OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86806oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1249015477OCoLC978363184441097836318482039783631848210978363184822710.3726/b18078doi1249015477OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSGthemaMthemaMKthemaMKNthemaMQthemaNthemaNHthemaDarmann-Finck, IngridautPflegerische Versorgung alter MenschenQualitaet – Konzepte – Rahmenbedingungen Festschrift fuer Prof. Dr. Stefan GoerresBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20211 electronic resource (284 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierPflegeforschung6Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie Pflege hat eine zentrale Rolle in der Versorgung alter Menschen. Sie trägt dazu bei, dass alte Menschen trotz Einschränkungen, z.B. in der Selbstständigkeit, ein Leben in Würde und Selbstbestimmung führen können. Renommierte Autorinnen und Autoren konkretisieren, welches genau das Ziel der Pflege von alten Menschen sein soll und wie die Qualität in der Langzeitpflege weiterentwickelt und gemessen werden kann. Weitere Beiträge thematisieren Herausforderungen und Konzepte in der spirituellen Begleitung von zu pflegenden Menschen und hinsichtlich des Einsatzes von digitalen Technologien. Schließlich werden rechtliche und qualifikatorische Rahmenbedingungen diskutiert sowie Chancen und Desiderata von Pflegeforschung herausgearbeitet.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaCare of the elderlythemaMedicine and NursingthemaMedical specialties, branches of medicinethemaGeriatric medicinethemaNursing and ancillary servicesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaAusbildungCaring CommunityDarmannDigitalisierungFestschriftFinckGesundheitspolitikGörresHeikeIngridKonzepteMenschenMertesackerPflegeforschungPflegerischeProfQualitätQualitätsentwicklungRahmenbedingungenSelbstbestimmungSpiritualitätStefanVersorgungVersorgungsforschungWürdealterDarmann-Finck, IngridedtMertesacker, Heikeedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/86806/1/9783631848203.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/86806OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55536oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1142940075OCoLC97888645394169788864539423978889273032810.36253/978-88-6453-942-3doi1142940075OCoLCoapenoapendcBonacchi, ChiaraautArcheologia pubblica in ItaliaFlorenceFirenze University Press20191 electronic resource (328 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStrumenti per la didattica e la ricerca211Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume offers a representative and updated selection of the themes and proposals presented during the first congress of Public Archaeology in Italy, held in Florence in 2012. Public Archaeology is one of the most dynamic and innovative sectors of the contemporary humanistic and social research, and it has progressively established itself internationally as a scientific and cultural movement for the positive innovation of the relationship between research on the past and 'new' social needs. The 2012 congress in Florence contributed to defining the priorities and methodologies of this sector, which nowadays is rapidly expanding in Italy and which over the last decade has earned a place in university courses, scientific journals and advanced design experiments.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccitaBonacchi, ChiaraedtMolducci, ChiaraedtNUCCIOTTI, MICHELEedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55536/1/9788864539423.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55536OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59510oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|fre d1059281017OCoLC978311051792797831105180169783110519884978311070947610.1515/9783110519884doi1059281017OCoLCoapenoapendcCthemaCFthemaDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaFull, BettinaautJeux de mots et créativitéLangue(s), discours et littératureBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (287 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThe Dynamics of Wordplay4Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis volume seeks to shed light on the interdependencies between wordplay and language creativity. Contributions explore the most diverse genres and discourses throughout History —anagrams, medieval fatrasies, the works of Rabelais, children books, slam, riddles, and contemporary constrained writing—, trying to understand their theoretical, didactic and historical impact.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Deutsche ForschungsgemeinschaftCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccfreLanguage and LinguisticsthemaLinguisticsthemaBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaConstrained writingLanguage creativityLinguisticsLiteratureSemioticsFull, BettinaedtLecolle, Michelleedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/59510/1/9783110519884.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/59510OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50040oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1258657906OCoLC978303074218810.1007/978-3-030-74218-8doi1258657906OCoLCoapenoapendcUthemaUFthemaUFMthemaUMthemaUMZthemaHannay, Jo ErskineedtBenefit/Cost-Driven Software DevelopmentWith Benefit Points and Size PointsSpringer NatureSpringer International Publishing [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (103 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSimula SpringerBriefs on Computing8Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book presents a set of basic techniques for estimating the benefit of IT development projects and portfolios. It also offers methods for monitoring how much of that estimated benefit is being achieved during projects. Readers can then use these benefit estimates together with cost estimates to create a benefit/cost index to help them decide which functionalities to send into construction and in what order. This allows them to focus on constructing the functionality that offers the best value for money at an early stage. Although benefits management involves a wide range of activities in addition to estimation and monitoring, the techniques in this book provides a clear guide to achieving what has always been the goal of project and portfolio stakeholders: developing systems that produce as much usefulness and value as possible for the money invested. The techniques can also help deal with vicarious motives and obstacles that prevent this happening. The book equips readers to recognize when a project budget should not be spent in full and resources be allocated elsewhere in a portfolio instead. It also provides development managers and upper management with common ground as a basis for making informed decisions.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengComputing and Information TechnologythemaBusiness applicationsthemaMathematical & statistical softwarethemaComputer programming / software engineeringthemaSoftware EngineeringthemaMathematical & statistical softwareMathematical SoftwareSoftware Engineeringbenefitbenefit pointsbenefits managementcosts indexearned businessopen accessperiodizationuncertainty assessmentvalue managementHannay, Jo Erskineauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/50040/1/978-3-030-74218-8.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/50040OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27944oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1066194038OCoLC9783319684178978331968418510.1007/978-3-319-68418-5doi1066194038OCoLCoapenoapendcPthemaPHthemaTroccoli, AlbertoedtWeather & Climate Services for the Energy IndustryBasingstokeSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20181 electronic resource (197 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarClimate Change; Climate Forecasting; Energy Industry; Climate Risk Management; MeteorologyAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengMathematics and SciencethemaPhysicsthemaClimate ChangeClimate ForecastingClimate Risk ManagementEnergy IndustryMeteorologyTroccoli, Albertoauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/27944/1/1002055.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/27944OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111309oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d9783837650136978383945013010.14361/9783839450130doioapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBFthemaJBFHthemaJPthemaJPQthemaJPQBthemaAgnew, VanessaautRefugee RoutesTelling, Looking, Protesting, Redressingtranscript Verlagtranscript [Imprint]20201 electronic resource (320 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierThe Academy in Exile Book Series1Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe displaced are often rendered silent and invisible as they journey in search of refuge. Drawing on historical and contemporary examples from Turkey, the Ottoman Empire, Iraq, Syria, UK, Germany, France, the Balkan Peninsula, US, Canada, Australia, and Kenya, the contributions to this volume draw attention to refugees, asylum seekers, exiles, and forced migrants as individual subjects with memories, hopes, needs, rights, and a prospective place in collective memory. The book's wide-ranging theoretical, literary, artistic, and autobiographical contributions appeal to scholarly and lay readers who share concerns about the fate of the displaced in relation to the emplaced in this age of mass mobility.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial and ethical issuesthemaMigration, immigration and emigrationthemaPolitics and governmentthemaCentral / national / federal governmentthemaCentral / national / federal government policiesthemaDisplacementExileFleeingGenocideHumanitarianismMigrationMigration PolicyPolitical ScienceProtest MovementsRefugee StudiesRefugeesScholar Rescue InitiativesSociologyAgnew, VanessaedtKonuk, KaderedtNewman, Jane O.edtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/111309/1/9783839450130.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/111309OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/77022oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1390678267OCoLC978100329080397810038140169781032269825978103226983210.4324/9781003290803doi1390678267OCoLCoapenoapendcLomer, SylvieautResearch with International StudentsCritical Conceptual and Methodological ConsiderationsTaylor & FrancisRoutledge [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (302 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierInternationalization in Higher Education SeriesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis must-read book combines carefully selected contributions to form a collective scholarly critique of existing research with international students, focusing on key critical and conceptual considerations for research where international students are participants or co-researchers. It pushes forward new agendas for the future of research with international students in global contexts, posing new sets of problems, provocations, and possibilities. Bringing together a range of interdisciplinary scholars, this book explores the many facets of research, which centres international students and their experiences. Each chapter concludes with practical reflection questions, suggestions for researchers, and examples in existing research to support research designs and aid in developing high-quality, critical research on this topic. Bringing fresh perspectives to the topic of research with international students, the book focuses on: Outlining current problems with existing research, including the ways that international students may be stereotyped, homogenised, Othered, or framed through deficit and colonial narratives (Re)-conceptualising key ideas that underpin research which are currently taken for granted Developing reflection points and practical guidance for new research designs which centre criticality and ethics Outlining ways that discourses and narratives about international students can be made more complex, particularly in reflection of their intersectional identities This key text is essential reading for researchers at all career stages to reflect on issues of power, inequality, and ethics, whilst developing understandings about critical choices in research design, analysis, and the presentation of findings.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccengElspeth JonesInternationalization of Higher EducationJenna MittelmeierKalyani UnkuleSylvie Lomerhigher educationinternational studentsinternationalisationresearch designresearch methodsresearch with international studentsLomer, SylvieedtMittelmeier, JennaedtUnkule, Kalyaniedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/77022/1/9781003814016.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/77022OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37818oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1112791778OCoLC10.1163/9789004410510doi1112791778OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaHerman, FrederikautFabricating Modern Societies: Education, Bodies, and Minds in the Age of SteelBrillBrill [Imprint]20191 electronic resource (264 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierStudies in Global Social History37Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarFabricating Modern Societies: Education, Bodies, and Minds in the Age of Steel offers new interdisciplinary and transnational perspectives on industrialization and societal transformation in early-twentieth-century Luxembourg by analyzing social-educational initiatives and various technologies of modernity and their effects. Readership: All interested in the social, educational, cultural-material, technological, and economic transformations of modern industrialist societies and related technologies of mediatization, mechanization, and scientification at the beginning of the twentieth century.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythemaSocial & cultural historyHerman, FrederikedtPriem, Karinedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/37818/1/9789004410510_webready_content_text.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/37818OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51438oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1326117514OCoLCkitsr_776110.5445/KSP/1000136043doi1326117514OCoLCoapenoapendcTthemaTHthemaTHRthemaThumm, ManfrededtState-of-the-Art of High-Power Gyro-Devices. Update of Experimental Results 2021KarlsruheKIT Scientific PublishingKIT Scientific Publishing [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (160 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierKIT Scientific Reports183Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis report presents an update of the experimental achievements published in the review “State- of-the-Art of High-Power Gyro-Devices and Free Electron Masers”, Journal of Infrared, Millime-ter, and Terahertz Waves, 41, No. 1, pp 1-140 (2020) related to the development of gyro-devices (Tables 2-34). Emphasis is on high-power gyrotron oscillators for long-pulse or continuous wave (CW) operation and pulsed gyrotrons for any applications.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-sa/4.0by-saccengTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaEnergy technology and engineeringthemaElectrical engineeringthemaCARMDielectric Vacuum WindowsDielektrische VakuumfensterGyro-AmplifierGyro-BWOGyro-RWOGyro-VerstärkerGyrotron-OscillatorGyrotron-OszillatorThumm, Manfredauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/51438/1/KIT-SR_7761.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/51438OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55659oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ita d1325980846OCoLC97888551847009788855184717978885518472410.36253/978-88-5518-471-7doi1325980846OCoLCoapenoapendcFOLLESA, STEFANOedtIl progetto memoreLa rielaborazione dell’identità dall’oggetto allo spazioFlorenceFirenze University Press20211 electronic resource (242 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierRicerche. Architettura, Pianificazione, Paesaggio, Design9Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis book is a survey of the role of design in the protection and development of a cultural diversity still alive in the many productive areas of Italy. The “progetto memore” analysed in the text, is that of an identity continually investigated and rethought; an identity in the making that questions itself against the mutations of the contemporary to restart where modernity has undermined its bases. The book is also about the definition of a design and cultural movement that nowadays involves the discipline in its many fields. Texts and images investigate the different type of approach used when relating to arts and crafts or to the industrial processes and the ways through which it is possible to develop an identity: from working on materials and types to the use of the narrative process, from the re-elaboration of signs to the basic role of visual communication.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-sa/4.0/by-nc-saccitaCraftsCultural diversityCultural heritageIdentity designTerritoryFOLLESA, STEFANOauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/55659/1/9788855184717.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/55659OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85769oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1376454877OCoLC978100096396097810034297469781032551548978103255249110.1201/9781003429746doi1376454877OCoLCoapenoapendcInstitution of Mechanical Engineersaut15th International Conference on Turbochargers and TurbochargingPROCEEDINGS OF THE 15TH INTERNATIONAL CONFERENCE ON TURBOCHARGERS AND TURBOCHARGING (TWICKENHAM, LONDON, 16-17 MAY 2023)Taylor & FrancisCRC Press [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (288 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe Institution’s International Conference on Turbochargers and Turbocharging (Twickenham, London, UK, 16-17 May 2023) returns to address the latest advances, research and developments in turbocharging system designs and boosting solutions. This volume presents a peer-reviewed collection of papers which will address current and novel turbocharging system choices and components with a renewed emphasis to address the challenges posed by emission regulations and market trends. The latest developments leading to enhanced performance and efficiency, increased durability and reduced emissions in line with meeting Net-Zero and global emissions targets. Topics include: Air management in powertrains: conventional, hybrids, fuel cells and novel configurations Alternate fuels and their needs in boosting (e.g. hydrogen, synthetic fuels) Electrification of turbochargers, compressors, and exhaust turbines Simulation and testing techniques, data analytics, including AI and digital twins Thermal management, waste heat recovery and expanders Turbomachinery aerodynamic: novel compressors & turbines and multi-stage systems. Component fatigue life, bearing design, rotor-dynamics and durability prediction Mechatronics, control, sensors and power electronics High speed turbomachinery in propulsion and power systems Future Legislation needs for thermal propulsion systemsAccessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Institution of Mechanical EngineersCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/by-ncccengMechanical EngineeringTurbochargersTurbochargingInstitution of Mechanical Engineersedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/85769/1/9781000963960.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85769OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105958oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2025a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d978928615951010.2867/9717179doioapenoapendcKthemaShock waves from turbulent times: How EU businesses recalibrate supply chainsLuxembourgEuropean Investment Bank20251 electronic resource (560 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarUncertainty and trade disruptions caused by a series of geopolitical upheavals over the past decade continue to shake global trade and production models. The European Union has learned from recent shocks, and a variety of stabilising factors can already help EU firms, which have been exposed to trade tensions. The companies themselves have shown resilience and have been able to react swiftly. This study, conducted by the European Investment Bank in collaboration with the Directorate-General for Internal Market, Industry, Entrepreneurship and SMEs (DG GROW), looks at firms’ exposure to trade tensions over time and at their ability to react against an ongoing cascade of geopolitical shifts and global disruptions. Some key findings: EU firms have been investing in digital tracking to strengthen their supply chains. In their pursuit of resilience, efficiency and security, they have also been diversifying their supply chains and adding new sourcing countries. Trade within the European Union cushions importers against trade tensions: Extra-EU importers, or firms importing from outside the European Union, were more exposed than intra-EU importers to disruptions in logistics (22% vs. 14%) and limited access to raw materials (18% vs. 15%) and semiconductors (10% vs. 7%). EU firms are striving to decarbonise their supply chains. Nearly half of EU traders already monitor their carbon emissions, and 30% say they plan to take steps to reduce emissions in the next three years. Digital and innovative firms are more agile and better able to react to shocks. Access to finance and active policy have helped companies respond to shocks and sustain investment in key strategies to improve their resilience. In an uncertain global landscape, the European Union remains a beacon of stability for investors and trading partners. The challenges might be great, but so are the opportunities.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttps://oapen.org/article/rightsengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaBusiness & EconomicsEuropean Unionsupply chainswww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/105958/1/9789286159510.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/105958OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109604oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2020a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783961472895978396147290110.25593/978-3-96147-290-1doioapenoapendcTthemaTRthemaTRCthemaMüller, Johannes KlausedtZur Schallabstrahlung des Abgasturboladers in Abhängigkeit der Verdichter- und TurbinenanströmungErlangenFAU University Press20201 electronic resource (184 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDer Einsatz von Abgasturboladern ist in modernen Motorkonzepten unerlässlich, um hohe Wirkungsgrade, niedrigen Kraftstoffverbrauch und geringe Emissionen zu realisieren. Die sehr hohen Drehzahlen, großen Verdichtungsverhältnisse und dynamischen Beschleunigungs- und Abbremsvorgänge sorgen jedoch sowohl für tonale als auch breitbandige Schallabstrahlung. Aufgrund des engen Bauraums ist die Anströmung der Laufräder häufig von Umlenkungen und Querschnittssprüngen geprägt. Sie weist somit starke Sekundärströmungen auf. Daher ist es Ziel dieser Arbeit, den Einfluss der verdichter- und turbinenseitigen Anströmung der Laufräder auf die Schallabstrahlung des Abgasturboladers systematisch zu untersuchen. Turbinenseitige Druckpulsationen, wie sie aufgrund der Ventilhübe im Motor entstehen, beeinflussen die Schallabstrahlung nur geringfügig im niederfrequenten Bereich und können daher vernachlässigt werden. Eine Strömungsumlenkung vor dem Verdichter führt hingegen in nahezu allen Betriebspunkten des Laufrads zu einer deutlichen Erhöhung der breitbandigen Schallabstrahlung. Hierfür ist die nach der Umlenkung auftretende Sekundärströmung verantwortlich. Sie weist zwei gegenläufig exzentrisch rotierende Wirbel mit hohen Gleich- und Gegendrallanteilen an den äußeren Radien der Rohrströmung auf. Gegendrall erhöht den hochfrequenten Breitbandanteil ab 4 kHz in nahezu allen Betriebspunkten. Homogene Verdichteranströmungen führen hingegen zu geringeren Strömungsablösungen und somit niedrigerer breitbandiger Schallabstrahlung. Der Einbau geeigneter Gleichrichter in die Anströmung des Verdichters wirkt sich demnach positiv auf die Geräuschreduzierung des Turboladers aus. Sind die Gleichrichter zudem für einen niedrigen Druckverlust ausgelegt, sinkt der Wirkungsgrad nur geringfügig. Daher stellen Vorleiteinrichtungen, die die Sekundärströmung in der Ansaugung des Verdichters reduzieren, eine vielversprechende Möglichkeit dar, die Schallabstrahlung des Abgasturboladers im Pkw zu reduzieren.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerTechnology, Engineering, Agriculture, Industrial processesthemaTransport technology and tradesthemaAutomotive technology and tradesthemaAbgasturboladerAnströmungSchallabstrahlungStrömungsakustikThermische StrömungsmaschineVerdichterMüller, Johannes Klausauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/109604/1/9783961472901.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/109604OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23471oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2019a||||fo|||||||||0|spa d1147287278OCoLC1147287278OCoLCoapenoapendcNthemaNHthemaNHTthemaNHTBthemaGálvez, AnaautMujeres y Política en Chile, siglos XIX y XXSantiago de ChileAriadna Ediciones20191 electronic resource (309 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarChapters of history of Chilean women, 19th and 20th centuries. His social and political performance at different times in the country's historyAccessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccspaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaHistory: specific events and topicsthemaSocial and cultural historythema19th and 20th centuriesGenderHistory of womenSocietyGálvez, AnaedtLoyola, ManueledtÁlvarez, Rolandoedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/23471/1/15.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/23471OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/22556oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2008a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1049913655OCoLC978389942943510.14361/9783839409435doi1049913655OCoLCoapenoapendcAthemaATthemaATFthemaRichter, SebastianedtDigitaler RealismusZwischen Computeranimation und Live-Action. Die neue Bildästhetik in SpielfilmenBielefeldtranscript Verlag20081 electronic resource (230 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierFilmOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDigitale Doppelgänger und animierte Hollywoodstars, Fahrten durch Nervenbahnen und Hautporen, unmögliche Kameraperspektiven und Bildräume, die sich unendlich fortsetzen - in aktuellen Spielfilmen sind gefilmte Bildanteile und Computeranimationen oft ununterscheidbar miteinander verschmolzen. Eine neue Kategorie von »hybriden Bewegungsbildern« ist entstanden, die eine Bildästhetik jenseits des Effekt-Kinos hervorgebracht hat. Ihre Inszenierungsstrategien unterwandern unsere Vorstellung realistischer Darstellungen - sie beeinflussen unsere Wahrnehmung nachhaltig und prägen unsere Sicht auf die Welt mit. Das Buch verbindet die Darstellung der technischen Voraussetzungen dieser neuen Bildwelten mit einer eingehenden Untersuchung ihrer ästhetischen Implikationen. Es schließt damit eine Lücke in der wissenschaftlichen Auseinandersetzung mit der Digitalisierung der Bildproduktion.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccgerThe ArtsthemaPerforming artsthemaFilms, cinemathemaAnimationBildBildwissenschaftDigital MediaDigitale MedienFilmImageMediaMedia AestheticsMedia StudiesMedienMedienwissenschaftMedienästhetikNeue MedienRealismusVisual StudiesRichter, Sebastianauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/22556/1/1007600.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/22556OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26447oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s1986a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1082919717OCoLC978395479474410.3726/b12331doi1082919717OCoLCoapenoapendcDthemaEismann, WolfgangedtVon der Volkskunst zur proletarischen KunstTheorien zur Sprache der Literatur in Rußland und der SowjetunionBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers19861 electronic resource (359 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierSpecimina philologiae Slavicae20sOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar<P>In der vorliegenden Arbeit sollen in unterschiedlicher Manier Konzeptionen sichtbar werden, die die literarische Evolution aufhalten, überwinden wollen, um die Kunst am Leben auszurichten. Diese Arbeit ist theoretisch-historisch. Ausgehend von der Berechtigung der Frage nach dem Verhältnis von Volk oder Proletariat und Literatur und der Notwendigkeit einer Überwindung der Entfremdung sollen hier die Ansätze rekonstruiert werden, die den Grund für diese Entfremdung in der Kunst selbst sahen. </P>Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaBelarusEismannEntfremdungKunstLiteraturLiteraturwissenschaftRußlandSlavische SprachwissenschaftSowjetunionSpracheTheorienVolkskunstliterarische EvolutionproletarischenEismann, Wolfgangauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26447/1/1003633.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26447OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87229oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1313347321OCoLC978377995663197837799635781313347321OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJKthemaJKSthemaJKSNthemaBereswill, MechthildedtDie Verwaltung des FallesDie Rekonstruktion institutioneller HandlungsvollzügeBeltz JuventaBeltz Juventa [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (132 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarIn einer soziologischen Grundlagenforschung wurden auf Basis von personenbezogenen Akten aus der Heimerziehung der 1950er bis 1970er Jahre Entscheidungen, Legitimationsprozesse und Handlungsvollzüge analysiert und typische Mechanismen der Sozialverwaltung rekonstruiert. In der Monografie werden die Ergebnisse des abgeschlossenen Forschungsprojektes gebündelt. Die Herstellung und Verwaltung eines Falles wird mit Hilfe einer textwissenschaftlichen Perspektive auf die Aktenförmigkeit von sozialbürokratischen Entscheidungsprozessen analysiert und theoretisch reflektiert.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaSocial services and welfare, criminologythemaSocial welfare and social servicesthemaSocial workthemaEntscheidungsprozessHeimerziehungSoziologieVerwaltungsaktWissenWissenssoziologieBereswill, MechthildauthBuhr, HenrikeauthMüller-Behme, Patrikauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/87229/1/9783779956631.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/87229OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85033oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1407337102OCoLC9783031271274978303127128110.1007/978-3-031-27128-1doi1407337102OCoLCoapenoapendcRatschiller Nasim, Linda MariaedtMedical Missionaries and Colonial Knowledge in West Africa and Europe, 1885-1914Purity, Health and CleanlinessChamSpringer NaturePalgrave Macmillan [Imprint]20231 electronic resource (454 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierCambridge Imperial and Post-Colonial StudiesOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis open access book offers an entangled history of hygiene by showing how knowledge of purity, health and cleanliness was shaped by evangelical medical missionaries and their encounters with people in West Africa. By tracing the interactions and negotiations of six Basel Mission doctors, who practised on the Gold Coast and in Cameroon from 1885 to 1914, the author demonstrates how notions of religious purity, scientific health and colonial cleanliness came together in the making of hygiene during the age of High Imperialism. The heyday of evangelical medical missions abroad coincided with the emergence of tropical medicine as a scientific discipline during what became known as the Scramble for Africa. This book reveals that these projects were intertwined and that hygiene played an important role in all three of them. While most historians have examined modern hygiene as a European, bourgeois and scientific phenomenon, the author highlights both the colonial and the religious fabric of hygiene, which continues to shape our understanding of purity, health and cleanliness to this day.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttp://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengBaselCameroonCleaninessColonial medicineEvangelical missionsGold CoastHigh ImperialismHistory of scienceHygieneMedical missionariesReligious purityScramble for AfricaSwitzerlandTropical medicineWest African historyRatschiller Nasim, Linda Mariaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/85033/1/978-3-031-27128-1.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/85033OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/56788oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1261774057OCoLC9783832547127https://doi.org/10.30819/4712doi1261774057OCoLCoapenoapendcMeinhardt, ClaudiaedtEntwicklung und Validierung eines Testinstruments zu Selbstwirksamkeitserwartungen von (angehenden) Physiklehrkräften in physikdidaktischen HandlungsfeldernLogos Verlag BerlinLogos Verlag Berlin [Imprint]2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDie vorliegende Dissertation beschreibt den Entwicklungs- und Validierungsprozess eines neuen Testinstruments zur Erfassung von Lehrer-Selbstwirksamkeitserwartungen in vier physikdidaktischen Handlungsfeldern (Umgang mit Aufgaben, Experimentieren, Elementarisieren, Umgang mit Schülervorstellungen), jeweils bezüglich der Dimensionen Planung und Durchführung von Physikunterricht. Die Instrumententwicklung erfolgt in hohem Maße theoriebasiert, indem unter anderem auf der Grundlage der sozial-kognitiven Theorie Banduras Regeln für die Itemkonstruktion abgeleitet werden, die außerdem eine kritische Analyse existierender Instrumente erlauben. Der mehrschrittige Validierungsprozess ist argumentbasiert angelegt. Im Rahmen einer Interviewstudie und einer Expertenbefragung werden vor allem inhaltliche Aspekte, wie z.B. die definitionskonforme Formulierung der Items, die Abdeckung des Handlungsfeldes oder die wahrgenommene Authentizität der Items, untersucht. Im Zuge der auf eine quantitative Auswertung angelegten Hauptstudie (N approx 1000) werden vor allem psychometrische Aspekte, wie die Eindimensionalität der Skalen oder die Passung des Antwortformates, in den Blick genommen. Zusammenfassend kann ein übergeordnetes Validitätsargument in Bezug auf die intendierte Testwertinterpretation formuliert werden. Weiterer Forschungsbedarf deutet sich unter anderem bezüglich der Unterscheidung der zwei genannten Dimensionen an.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccgerEducationPhysicsPsychologyScienceMeinhardt, Claudiaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/56788/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/56788OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31395oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2014a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d892502888OCoLC978081016787210.26530/oapen_628770doi892502888OCoLCoapenoapendcNdzovu, HassanedtMuslims in Kenyan PoliticsPolitical Involvement, Marginalization, and Minority StatusEvanston, IllinoisNorthwestern University Press2014texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarMuslims in Kenyan Politics explores the changing relationship between Muslims and the state in Kenya from precolonial times to the present, culminating in the radicalization of a section of the Muslim population in recent decades. The politicization of Islam in Kenya is deeply connected with the sense of marginalization that shapes Muslims’ understanding of Kenyan politics and government policies. Kenya’s Muslim population comprises ethnic Arabs, Indians, and black Africans, and its status has varied historically. Under British rule, an imposed racial hierarchy affected Muslims particularly, thwarting the development of a united political voice. Drawing on a broad range of interviews and historical research, Ndzovu presents a nuanced picture of political associations during the postcolonial period and explores the role of Kenyan Muslims as political actors.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/legalcodeby-nc-ndccengArabsHistoryIslamKadhi courtsKenyaMuslimsNdzovu, Hassanauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/31395/1/628770.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/31395OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34637oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2006a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d808382317OCoLC978184788129810.26530/OAPEN_390768doi808382317OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSRthemaJHthemaJHMthemaJHMCthemaMarranci, GabrieleedtJihad Beyond IslamOxfordBerg Publishers20061 electronic resource (192 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar'Jihad' is a highly charged word. Often mistranslated as 'Holy War', it has become synonymous with terrorism. Current political events have entirely failed to take account of the subtlety and complexity of jihad. Like many concepts with a long history, different cultural ideas have influenced the religious aspects of jihad. As a result its original meaning has been adapted, modified and destabilized - never more than at the present time. How does jihad manifest itself in Muslims' everyday lives? What impact has 9/11 and its backlash had on jihad? By observing the current crisis of identity among ordinary Muslims, this timely book explores why, and in what circumstances Muslims speak of jihad. In the end, jihad is what Muslims say it is. Marranci offers us a nuanced and sophisticated anthropological understanding of Muslims' lives far beyond the predictable cliches.<br/><br/>Have a look at the author´s blog <a href="http://marranci.wordpress.com/">here</a>Explores the different cultural ideas that have influenced the religious<br/><br/> aspects of jihad. 'jihad', a term often mistranslated as 'Holy War', <br/><br/>has become synonymous with terrorism. This book, by observing the crisis<br/><br/> of identity among ordinary Muslims, explores why, and in what <br/><br/>circumstances Muslims speak of jihad.Gabriele Marranci is Lecturer in the Anthropology of Religion, School of Divinity and Religious Studies, University of Aberdeen. He is the founding editor of Contemporary Islam: Dynamics of Muslim Life.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: OAPEN-UKCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/by-nc-ndccengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaSocial groups: religious groups and communitiesthemaSociology and anthropologythemaAnthropologythemaSocial and cultural anthropologythemaAllahAntisemitismIslamJihadMuslimsQurananthropologyantropologiesociologiesociologyMarranci, Gabrieleauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/34637/1/390768.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/34637OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92147oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d97831110280579783111032030978311103220710.1515/9783111032030doioapenoapendcGthemaGLthemaEngelkenmeier, UteautHandbuch BibliothekspädagogikBerlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter Saur [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (507 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThis handbook is the first to provide a comprehensive overview of the theory and practice of library pedagogy. A theoretical part encompasses the theoretical principles of education science, learning theories, didactic principles, and models. The subsequent practical part includes introductory articles on didactic concepts and specific methods for education practice in libraries.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaLibrary and information sciences / MuseologythemaLibraryeducationlearningpedagogyEngelkenmeier, UteedtKeller-Loibl, KerstinedtSchmid-Ruhe, BerndedtStang, Richardedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/92147/1/9783111032030.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/92147OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76365oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2023a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1390609273OCoLC9781839095849978183909586397818390958701390609273OCoLCoapenoapendcRobinson, PeteredtHOW GAY MEN PREPARE FOR DEATHThe Dying BusinessEmerald PublishingEmerald Publishing [Imprint]2023texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe ebook edition of this title is Open Access, thanks to Knowledge Unlatched funding, and freely available to read online. Peter Robinson’s new book provides a practical contribution for anyone considering how to prepare for their end of life, including those from LGBTQ+ communities.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Knowledge UnlatchedCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccengGender StudiesSocial ScienceRobinson, Peterauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/76365/1/external_content.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/76365OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88259oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1426319654OCoLC9783781526174978378156071010.35468/6071doi1426319654OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJNthemaBartosch, UlrichautDie Idee der Universität – heutePassauer PerspektivenBad HeilbrunnVerlag Julius Klinkhardt20241 electronic resource (274 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarWhat "idea" does the university follow and what is its mission? These questions, explicitly raised by Karl Jaspers in 1923, 1946 and 1961, remain constantly topical. They must be reflected upon again and again in the context of permanent change. The answers focus on the university as a whole and the specific university in each case. The university realises itself in concrete conditions in confrontation with the questions of the time. The book combines a general perspective and specific realisation through contributions from outside and inside (here from the University of Passau). Science, politics, education and business thus enter into a multi-layered dialogue in defining the idea of the university. Translated with DeepL.com (free version)Welcher „Idee“ folgt die Universität und welchem Auftrag ist sie verpflichtet? Diese Fragen von Karl Jaspers 1923, 1946 und 1961 ausdrücklich aufgeworfen, bleiben stets aktuell. Sie müssen im Horizont eines permanenten Wandels immer wieder neu reflektiert werden. Die Antworten nehmen die Universität insgesamt und die jeweils konkrete Hochschule in den Blick. Universität realisiert sich in konkreten Bedingungen in Auseinandersetzung mit den Fragen der Zeit. Das Buch verbindet generelle Perspektive und spezielle Umsetzung durch Beiträge von außen und innen (hier aus der Universität Passau). Wissenschaft, Politik, Bildung, Wirtschaft treten somit in der Bestimmung der Idee der Universität in einen vielschichtigen Dialog.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/by-nc-ndccgerSociety and Social SciencesthemaEducationthemaApprobationsordnungBayernBildungsgeschichteCampusDeutschlandDigitalisierungDisziplinaritätForscherForschungFunktionalitätGegenöffentlichkeitGeschichte <Histor>GesellschaftHochschulbildungHochschuleHochschulforschungHochschulgesetzHochschulleitungHochschulpräsidentHochschulrahmengesetzInformatikInnovationInterdisziplinaritätInterdisziplinäre ForschungNachhaltigkeitOrganisationPassauReformSozialwissenschaftenStrategieStudentStudentische MitbestimmungStudiumUniversitätUnternehmenWahrheitWettbewerbWissenschaftWissenschaftlicher NachwuchsÖkonomisierungBartosch, Ulrichedtwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/88259/1/Klinkhardt_2024_Bartosch_Die_Idee.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/88259OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99090oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2024a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d9783770569120978384676912610.30965/9783846769126doioapenoapendcDthemaDSthemaDSBthemaDSBJthemaKeller, MarcedtSterbehilfe als LiebestodExistenzielles Leiden in Literatur und Film der GegenwartBrillFink [Imprint]20241 electronic resource (440 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstarContemporary literature and film often explore how illness impacts romantic relationships: Faced with the imminent or experienced death of the loved one, the healthy partner refuses to outlive them, echoing the long-standing literary tradition of the Liebestod. This study examines 13 relevant works and asks what ethical dimensions the Liebestod opens up in 21st-century discourse on assisted dying. Wie soll mit dem Sterbewunsch betagter Paare umgegangen werden, die einander nicht überleben wollen – gerade wenn nur eine*r der beiden schwer erkrankt ist? Und soll der*die Hinterbliebene, der*die den Verlust des geliebten Menschen nicht erträgt, ihm durch Sterbehilfe in den Tod folgen dürfen? Diese aktuellen gesellschaftspolitischen Fragen werden wiederholt auch von Literatur und Film aufgegriffen. Mehr noch: Sie lassen sich ohne literarischen Bezugshorizont nicht denken. Mit dem Liebestod haben unzählige Geschichten seit der Antike die affektiv meist positiv besetzte Vorstellung davon geschaffen, wie Liebende den Tod einem Leben ohne den*die andere*n vorziehen. Die Studie untersucht dreizehn literarische und filmische Werke der Gegenwart, die das Motiv im Kontext der Sterbehilfe aktualisieren. Sie fragt danach, in welcher Weise es erzählerisch fruchtbar gemacht wird. Wie wird der Verlust des*der Geliebten als Sterbemotiv greifbar? Wie wird dieses reflektiert, kommentiert, kritisiert oder affirmiert? Welche ethischen Perspektiven eröffnet das traditions- und facettenreiche Motiv im Sterbehilfediskurs des 21. Jahrhunderts?Accessibility options of PDF file not availableFunded by: Schweizerischer Nationalfonds zur Förderung der Wissenschaftlichen ForschungCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0by-nc-ndccgerBiography, Literature and Literary studiesthemaLiterature: history and criticismthemaLiterary studies: generalthemaLiterary studies: from c 2000themaAssisted DyingAssisted SuicideAssistierter SuizidContemporary FilmContemporary LiteratureEuthanasiaExistential SufferingGegenwartsfilmGegenwartsliteraturLiteratur und MedizinMedical HumanitiesNarrative EthicsNarrative EthikRomantic LoveRomantische LiebeSelbstbestimmtes SterbenSelf-determined DyingSterbenarrativeSuizidhilfeselbstbestimmtKeller, Marcauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/99090/1/9783846769126_webready_content_text.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/99090OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29736oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1051779213OCoLC978176046204810.22459/CAS.05.2018doi1051779213OCoLCoapenoapendcJthemaJBthemaJBSthemaJBSLthemaNthemaNHthemaNHBthemaQthemaQRthemaQRAthemaGanter, ReginaedtThe Contest for Aboriginal SoulsEuropean missionary agendas in AustraliaANU Press2018texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierOpen AccessUnrestricted online accessstar"This book covers the missionary activity in Australia conducted by non-English speaking missionaries from Catholic and Protestant mission societies from its beginnings to the end of the mission era. It looks through the eyes of the missionaries and their helpers, as well as incorporating Indigenous perspectives and offering a balanced assessment of missionary endeavour in Australia, attuned to the controversies that surround mission history. It means neither to condemn nor praise, but rather to understand the various responses of Indigenous communities, the intentions of missionaries, the agendas of the mission societies and the many tensions besetting the mission endeavour. It explores a common commitment to the supernatural and the role of intermediaries like local diplomats and evangelists from the Pacific Islands and Philippines, and emphasises the strong role played by non-English speakers in the transcultural Australian mission effort. This book is a companion to the website German Missionaries in Australia – A web-directory of intercultural encounters. The web-directory provides detailed accounts of Australian missions staffed with German speakers. The book reads laterally across the different missions and produces a completely different type of knowledge about missions. The book and its accompanying website are based on a decade of research ranging across mission archives with foreign-language sources that have not previously been accessed for a historiography of Australian missions. ‘A remarkable intellectual achievement, compelling reading.’ — Dr Niel Gunson ‘The range of knowledge on display here is very impressive indeed.’ — Professor Peter Monteath"Accessibility options of PDF file not availableOpen licencehttp://press.anu.edu.au/about/conditions-useengSociety and Social SciencesthemaSociety and culture: generalthemaSocial groups, communities and identitiesthemaEthnic studiesthemaHistory and ArchaeologythemaHistorythemaGeneral and world historythemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaReligion and beliefsthemaReligion: generalthemaAustraliaCatholic ChurchIndigenous peoplesLutheranismPallottineshistorymissionariesGanter, Reginaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/29736/1/anu1.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/29736OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52284oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2021a||||fo|||||||||0|ger d1280945847OCoLC97831107305319783110730678978311073537610.1515/9783110730531doi1280945847OCoLCoapenoapendcGthemaGTthemaGTZthemaQthemaQDthemaQDHthemaWirsing, ClaudiaedtDie Begründung des RealenHegels „Logik“ im Kontext der Realitätsdebatte um 1800Berlin/BostonDe GruyterDe Gruyter [Imprint]20211 electronic resource (262 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierQuellen und Studien zur Philosophie147Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarDas Problem einer ausschließlich „idealistischen“ oder „realistischen“ Position ist es, dass sie die Bedingungen ihrer Analyse nur einseitig einfangen und nicht hinreichend begründen kann, weil sie das begriffliche und evaluative Theoriedesign ihrer Position immer schon voraussetzen muss, und damit in der Beantwortung ihrer Frage stets normativ Stellung bezieht. Diesem Desiderat einer Begründung möchte die vorliegende Studie abhelfen. Die vorliegende Studie beschäftigt sich mit den kategorialen Begriffen von Realität und Wirklichkeit innerhalb der historischen Diskussionsstadien um 1800. Die Autorin liefert dabei jenseits des Dualismus von Idealismus und Realismus eine Begründung des Realen innerhalb ihrer Vermittlung. Sie fragt danach, wie wir um diese Vermittlung wissen können, und erkundet anhand der Hegelschen Wesenslogik in kritischer Absetzung zu dessen Vorläufern (Kant, Jacobi, Fichte) die argumentative Basis dafür, welche kategorialen Grundbedingungen ein Begriff von Realität erfüllen muss: nämlich Realität immer schon als immanent verbunden mit einer bestimmten Art von fundamentaler Begrifflichkeit zu verstehen.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/byccgerReference, Information and Interdisciplinary subjectsthemaInterdisciplinary studiesthemaGeneral studies and General knowledgethemaPhilosophy and ReligionthemaPhilosophythemaPhilosophical traditions and schools of thoughtthemaGeorg Wilhelm FriedrichGerman IdealismHegellogicrealismWirsing, Claudiaauthwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/52284/1/9783110730531.pdfOAPEN Library/DOAB: download the publication0www.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/52284OAPEN Library/DOAB: description of the publication0 naaaa uu https://library.oapen.org/handle/20.500.12657/26753oapen20260429a||||fo|||||||||0|cr|mn|---annan20260429s2018a||||fo|||||||||0|eng d1082957253OCoLC978363175572310.3726/b14075doi1082957253OCoLCoapenoapendcKthemaKCthemaKCAthemaKCKthemaHans-Michael Geiger- Informational Efficiency in Speculative Markets- A Theoretical InvestigationInformational Efficiency in Speculative MarketsBernPeter Lang International Academic Publishers20181 electronic resource (238 p.)texttxtrdacontentcomputercrdamediaonline resourcecrrdacarrierAllokation im marktwirtschaftlichen System29Open AccessUnrestricted online accessstarThe purpose of this work is to provide a critical presentation and some extensions of two perspectives of informational efficiency: On the one hand the neoclassical perspective or «arithmomorphic approach» explains efficiency in terms of a concept mainly based on an explicit economic theory. On the other hand, in the Austrian perspective or «causal genetic approach» attention is drawn to the entrepreneurial element of human decision making related to an arbitrage theory of profit which is not traced back to anonymous market forces but rather to incessant discovery of information guided by entrepreneurial alertness.Accessibility options of PDF file not availableCreative Commons Licencehttps://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/legalcodebyccengEconomics, Finance, Business and ManagementthemaEconomicsthemaEconomic theory and philosophythemaBehavioural economicsthemaEfficiencyGeigerHansINFORMInformationalInvestigationMarketsMichaelSpeculativeTheoreticalwww.oapen.orghttps://library.oapen.org/bitstream/20.500.12657/26753/